Sunday, January 27, 2013

Tata McGraw-Hill Education-Computer



 offers a wide variety of online products categorized as Content, Mobile Learning, Course Management Systems/Online
Testing and Multimedia
Content products offer online coursework that complements the textbook. Mobile Learning applications offer tests which help learners test their
understanding of the concepts and preparedness for various examinations. Course management systems/Online testing products focus on how well
students are doing in class. And Multimedia products include interactive study aids that help students learn through animation.
No matter which products our customers choose, they can count on unparalleled service that answers every question through the life of the adoption.
We Publish digital solutions
McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based
assignment and assessment platform
that gives you the power to create
assignments, practice, tests, and quizzes
online, while saving your time!
connect provides the problems directly
form the end-of-chapter material in your
McGraw-Hill textbook, so you can easily
create assignments and tests and deliver
them to your students. Connect grades
an assignment automatically, provides
instant feedback to sutdents, and
securely stores all student results.
Detailed results let you see at a glance
how each student performs, and easily
track the progress of every student in
your course.
These new and improved sites offer
instructors an instant online presence
with a ready-to-go Website that ties
directly to their book. Students can visit
the site for key terms, Quizzes, exercises,
and more. Instructors can have this
book-Specific contect delivered in
pageOut of other course management
systems like Blackboard or WebCT.
Easy-to-use desktop test generator used for creating paper tests. Create paper tests
from book specific banks or write your own algorithmic questions using simple
question templates. You can also create multiple versions of the same test.
www.mhhe.com/eztest
COURSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS/ONLINE ASSESSMENT & TESTING
CONTENT
E-BOOK LIBRARY
Online Learning Center
EZ Test
1. Business Management
2. Computer Engineering
3. Mechanical Engineering
4. Electrical & Electronics Engineering
5. Civil Engineering
6. First Year Engineering
7. Business & General Reference
8. Science & Mathematics
9. Science & Technology
§ IP based 24x7 access across the campus network
§ the eBooks are available in pdf format
§ eBooks Reader Independent Platform
§ The platform allows every user to create a personalized login to save their searches
& personal notes
§ Personalized Notes
§ Search & Retrieval
§ The users will be able to print and email their notes & saved searches
§ Exhaustive Cross-Referencing Facility
§ The product can be accessed by 50 concurrent users
Disciplines covered
Tata McGraw-Hill now offers Express Library-a library of 500 select e-books in
Engineering, Computing, Technology and related Management areas. The library is
available on Mylibrary platform which offers organizations the ability to acquire and
access digital content on an individual title, publisher-specific or subject collection
basis, based on the unique requirements and re-sources.
Features
press
Tata McGraw- Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.
B-4, Sector-63, Dist. Gautam Budh Nagar
Noida, UP-201301
Ph.: +91- 120 4383400
Fax : +91 120 4383401-403
E-mail : vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 1
COMPUTER SCIENCE
INTRODUCTORY
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTERS
1st Editon
by E. Balagurusamy, Chairman EBG
Foundation, Coimbatore
2009 / Pages
ISBN : 9780070141605
The foremost objective of this book is to
explain a beginner about computer’s
functionalities. Anyone interested in
knowing about computers can learn the
various applications without any prior
knowledge. The book has been
developed for various introductory
courses offered in Computer Science, IT
and other related areas.
FEATURES
• A complete self-study material for
obtaining basic knowledge and
understanding of various hardware
and software components of
computers.
• Covers Microsoft Office suite of
software such as MS Word and MS
Excel in great detail.
• Concepts have been explained
using ample number of illustrations
and screen shots to visualize the
commands.
• A chapter dedicated for further
reading on Programming concepts.
• Appendices on Multimedia and
Computer Graphics
• Huge presence of Pedagogy for
self-test:
• Review Questions: 329
• Fill-in-the-blank: 325
• Multiple Choice Questions: 315
• Solved Examples: 112
• Illustrations: 291
• Total: 1081
CONTENTS
• Understanding the Computer •
Computer Organization and Architecture
• Memory and Storage Systems • Input
Devices • Output Devices • Computer
Codes • Computer Arithmetic • Boolean
Algebra of Switching Circuits • Logic
Gates and Digital Circuits • Comuter
Software • Operating Systems •
Microsoft Software • Programming
Languages
• Data Communications and Networks
• The Internet and World Wide Web
• Introduction to C Programming/
Appendix A: Multimedia/Appendix B:
Computer Graphics
COMPUTING FUNDAMENTALS AND
C PROGRAMMING
by E. Balagurusamy, Chairman EBG
Foundation, Coimbatore
2008 / 520 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669093
Intended for an introductory course on
Computer Fundamentals, this title aims
to cover all essential topics like
Computer Organization, WORD
PROCESSING, and key programming
aspects. True to any Balagurusamy
book, this title continues to present
topics in a simple and clear way.
FEATURES
• Focused coverage on
Fundamentals and Programming
aspects, driven solely by syllabus
requirements
• C, being the preferred language in
most Universities, is what has been
followed in this text
• Chapter end Case Studies make
way for better comprehension of the
subject.
• Codes with comments are provided
throughout the book to illustrate
various features of the language
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals of Computers 2.
Programming Fundamental and
Structures: Constants, Variables, and
Data Types 3. Overview of C 4.
Managing Input and Output Operations
5. Operators and Expressions 6.
Decision Making 7. User-Defined
Functions 8. Arrays 9. Character
Arrays and Strings 10. Pointers 11.
Structures and Unions 12. File
Management in C / Appendix A :
Database Management Systems /
Appendix B : Introduction to Data
Structures
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS
7th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Peter Norton, Peter Norton
Computing Inc.
2010 / 650 Pages
ISBN : 9780070671201
This book is an ideal self-teach text that
provides comprehensive coverage of
computer concepts. It is geared toward
students learning about computer
systems at the elementary level. The
book is divided into 13 chapters each of
which is divided into two lessons. These
shorter learning segments provide
greater flexibility. The illustrations along
with text explanations and various
strong pedagogical entities like lab
exercises will help the readers in better
understanding and implementation of
the concepts.
FEATURES
• In-depth coverage of topics like
Operating Systems, Productivity
Softwares, Internet
• Discussion on Database
Management Systems supported
with DBMS softwares like – Oracle,
DB2, SQL Server, My SQL
• Illustrations include a wide variety of
operating systems, including
Windows, the Macintosh, and Linux
• Special Feature pages throughout
the text include:
• Computers in Your Career
• Norton Notebook
• Productivity Tips
• At Issue
• Enhancement of Pedagogy
includes:
• Self-Check - 104
• Review Questions (Lessonwise)
• Key Term Quiz- 286
• MCQs- 286
• Review Questions -302
• Lesson Labs- 50
• Chapter Skills Review
• Chapter Labs -40
• Discussion Questions -26
• Research and Report
• Ethical Issues
• Total: 1094
COMPUTER SCIENCE INTRODUCTORY
2 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCING COMPUTER
SYSTEM / Lesson 1A. Exploring
Computers and Their Uses / Lesson 1B.
Looking Inside the Computer System /
2. INTERACTING WITH YOUR
COMPUTER / Lesson 2A. Using the
Keyboard and Mouse / Lesson 2B.
Inputting Data in Other Ways / 3.
SEEING, HEARING, AND PRINTING
DATA / Lesson 3A. Video and Sound /
Lesson 3B. Printing / 4. PROCESSING
DATA / Lesson 4A. Transforming Data
into Information / Lesson 4B. Modern
CPUs / 5. STORING DATA / Lesson 5A.
Types of Storage Devices / Lesson 5B.
Measuring and Improving Drive
Performance / 6. USING OPERATING
SYSTEMS / Lesson 6A. Operating
System Basics / Lesson 6B. Survey of
PC and Network Operating Systems / 7.
NETWORKS / Lesson 7A. Networking
Basics / Lesson 7B. Data
Communications / 8. PRESENTING
THE INTERNET / Lesson 8A. The
Internet and the World Wide Web /
Lesson 8B. E-Mail and Other Internet
Services / 9. WORKING IN THE
ONLINE WORLD / Lesson 9A.
Connecting to the Internet / Lesson 9B.
Doing Business in the Online World /
10. WORKING WITH APPLICATION
SOFTWARE / Lesson 10A. Productivity
Software / Lesson 10B. Graphics and
Multimedia / 11. DATABASE
MANAGEMENT / Lesson 11A.
Database Management Systems /
Lesson 11A. Survey of Database
Systems / 12. SOFTWARE
PROGRAMMING AND
DEVELOPMENT / Lesson 12A.
Creating Computer Programs / Lesson
12B. Programming Languages and the
Programming Process / 13.
PROTECTING YOUR PRIVACY, YOUR
COMPUTER, AND YOUR DATA /
Lesson 13A. Understanding the Need
for Security Measures / Lesson 13B.
Taking Protective Measures
COMPUTER COURSE
by R K Taxali, Software Consultant,
Canada
2010 / 485 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700376
Meant for an average user, this book
gives a detailed and yet a simple
account of how to use a PC for basic
needs. The only pre-requisite for the
reader is the “ability to read” and hence
the book has been kept extremely
simple, straight forward and easy to
follow, with step by step instructions
accompanied by appropriate
illustrations. The book provides
explanations, with screen shots to
demonstrate the described functions.
The book starts with the introduction to
computer and its parts and their uses,
and then goes on to explain how to use
computers delving to the very basics
including how to hold, scroll and click
the mouse. MS Word, Excel, PPT,
Access, Internet and Email, Internet
Security and Basic Tally all are covered
in this book. This book is suitable for
everyone, whether you are a student in
a school or college, an office or factory
employee, a house-wife, or an even a
retired person- an excellent text for selfstudy
and practice.
FEATURES
• No prior knowledge assumed…the
book starts from scratch
• Simple and Step by step explanation
with screen shots wherever possible
for better understanding
• Gives detailed yet simple
explanation of how to work on
Windows, MS Word, Excel, Access,
Power Point , Internet &
Ecommerce
• Chapter on Tally 9 and other
variants
• Chapters on Computer Virus, DTP
CONTENTS
1. What is Computer 2. Windows 98/
2000/VISTA 3. Word Processing (MS
Word 20003/XP) 4. Microsoft Excel XP/
2003 5. Microsoft Access XP/2003 6.
Microsoft PowerPoint 2003/XP 7. Tally 9
and other variants 8. An Introduction to
DTP 9. Internet, Email, and ECommerce10.
Computer Virus
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
FUNDAMENTALS OF
COMPUTERS & C PROGRAMMING
by Alexis Leon, Software Consultant
2007 / 386 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091924
This book covers Introduction to
Computers and C Programming.
Designed as per the new Anna
University syllabus for first semester, the
book covers in toto the syllabi
requirements of two papers namely
Fundamentals of Computers and
Programming Laboratory.
FEATURES
• Clear and lucid presentation
• Numerous programming examples
and problems
• Pedagogical features include
exercises, solved problems,
examples, illustrations
CONTENTS
PART I: Fundamentals of Computers
1. Introduction to Computers 2.
Generations of Modern Computers 3.
Classification of Digital Computers 4.
The Computer System 5. Computer
System Architecture 6. Number System
7. Computer Software 8. Introduction to
Software Development PART II : C
Programming 1. Introduction to C
Language 2. Data Types 3. Operators
and Expressions 4. Input / Output
Functions 5. Control Statements 6.
Arrays and Strings 7. Functions 8.
Pointers 9. Structures and Unions 10.
Files 11. C Preprocessor
COMPUTER SCIENCE INTRODUCTORY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 3
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTING C
PROGRAMMING & MS OFFICE
by Alexis Leon, Software Consultant;
Leon, Mathews; L & L Consultants
2004 / 596 Pages
ISBN : 9788182090590
CONTENTS
PART I: Fundamentals of Computers
1. Introduction to Computers 2.
Generations of Modern Computers 3.
Classification of Digital Computers 4.
The Computer System 5. Computer
System Architecture 6. Number System
7. Computer Software 8.Introduction to
Software Development
PART II: C Programming 1.
Introduction to C Language 2. Data
Types 3. Operators and Expressions 4.
Input / Output Functions 5. Control
Statements 6. Arrays and Strings 7.
Functions 8. Pointers 9. Structures and
Unions 10. Files 11. C Preprocessor
PART III: MS Office Section I : MS
Word 1. Introduction to Word
Processing 2. Word 2000 Basics 3.
Creating and Saving a Document 4.
Editing Test 5. Formatting Documents 6.
Advanced Formatting 7. Mail Merging 8.
Working With Graphics 9. Working with
Tables 10. Advanced Topics Section II :
MS Excel 1. Introduction to Electronic
Spreadsheets 2. Excel 2000 Basics 3.
Creating and Saving a Workbook 4.
Data Entry—Manual and Automatic 5.
Basic Formatting 6. Advanced
Formatting 7. Formulas and Macros 8.
Excel Functions 9. Charts and Graphs
10. Advanced Topics
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY:
THE BREAKING WAVE
by Dennis Curtin
1999 / 300 Pages
ISBN : 9780074635582
INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTING SYSTEMS FROM BITS
AND GATES TO C AND BEYOND
2nd Edition
by Yale N Patt, University of Texas at
Austin; Sanjay J Patel, University of
Illinois, Champaign
2004 / 656 Pages
ISBN : 9780070595002
This book is based on the premise that
starting with a high level programming
language is not the best approach. The
reason most students are unsuccessful
using a programming language when
they encounter it in their first course is
because they are forced to memorize a
lot of technical details without having
any idea why these details are
necessary. That is, they do not
understand the basic underpinnings of
how a computer works. From this basic
notion evolves the motivated bottom-up
approach found in Patt/Patel’s
Introduction To Computing Systems,
now in a second edition. The text starts
with the logic structures and architecture
of a computer and moves up to the
application software that runs on it.
Every treatment that purports to start at
the bottom and work up begins with
some abstraction. For Patt/Patel, that
abstraction is the switch level behavior
of an MOS transistor. From a very short
treatment of that abstraction, the book
covers in turn: Logic Gates, latches,
logic structures (MUX, Decoder, Adder,
gated latches), finally culminating in an
implementation of memory. From there,
the book moves on to the Von
Neumann model of execution, then a
simple computer (the LC-3), machine
language programming, assembly
language and how an assembler works,
and then assembly language
programming of the LC-3. The LC-3
treatment concludes with a substantial
treatment of Physical I/O, including both
polling and interrupt-driven I/O, the
nature of traps and subroutine calls/
returns. The book then moves to the
high level language C, covering
recursion, pointers, and finally
elementary data structures. The book
establishes a foundation that every
subsequent course in the computer
science or computer engineering
curriculum can benefit from and build
on.
FEATURES
• The focus of the book is on the
fundamentals. The approach of this
text better prepares students for
later courses in both hardware and
software, applications and operating
systems, data structures and
algorithms, data bases and
networks, where an understanding
of the basic underpinnings is
essential to making the required
tradeoffs in all of the above areas.
• The book is broken down into two
major segments, (a) The underlying
structure of a computer, using the
LC-3, and (b) programming in a high
level language, in this case C.
CONTENTS
Part I: 1. Welcome Aboard! 2. Bits,
Data Types, and Operations. 3. Digital
Logic Structures. 4. The Von Neumann
Model. 5. The LC-3. 6. Programming. 7.
Assembly Language. 8. I/O. 9. TRAP
Routines and Subroutines. 10. And,
Finally... Part II: 11. Introduction to
Programming in C. 12. Variables and
Operators. 13. Control Structures. 14.
Functions. 15. Debugging. 16.
Recursion. 17. Pointers and Arrays. 18.
I/O in C. 19 Data Structures. Appendix
A The LC-3 ISA. Appendix B From LC-
3 to x86. Appendix C The
Microarchitecture of the LC-3. Appendix
D The C Programming Language.
Appendix E Extending C to C++.
Appendix F Useful Tables
MCQS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
4th Edition
By Timothy J Williams, Part-time
Professor, California State University,
Hayward
2011 / 436 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077699
This book is designed for Computer
Science/ Information Technology
students from various Engineering
(B.Tech/ BE), BSc/ MSc, BCA/ MCA
streams taking their GATE, GRE and
COMPUTER SCIENCE INTRODUCTORY
4 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
other competitive examinations e.g.
exams for PSUs. This book will be also
a useful practice guide for students who
appear for technical placement
examinations conducted by Software
firms.
FEATURES
• Excellent coverage of essential
topics like C Programming,
Mathematical Foundations,
Automata Theory, Digital Logic and
Computer organization
• Contains over 2000 Multiple Choice
Questions with complete solutions
to fully arm the student for the GATE
and other PSU exams
• Updated with new questions from
GATE questions papers of 2008 ,
2009 & 2010
• Includes selected questions from
GATE 2011 with solution at the end
of the book
CONTENTS
1. Mathematical Foundations of
Computer Science 2. Digital Logic and
Computer Organization 3 Programming
with C 4. Object Oriented Programming
Using C++ 5 Programming with Java 6.
Data Structures and Algorithms 7
Operating Systems 8 Unix 9 Database
Management Systems 10 SQL*PLUS,
SQL, PL/SQL, Forms and Reports 11
Automata Theory 12. Principles of
Programming Languages 13. Principles
of Compiler Design 14. System
Software 15. Software Engineering 16.
Computer Networks 17. Computer
Graphics Appendix: GATE-2011
Questions with Solutions
International Edition
PETER NORTON’S
COMPUTING FUNDAMENTALS
6th Edition
by Peter Norton; Peter Norton
Computing Inc.
2006 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780071117159
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introducing Computer
Systems. Chapter 2. Presenting the
Internet. Com put ing Keynotes #1:
Creating Your Own Web Page. Chapter
3. Interacting with Your Computer.
Chapter 4. Seeing, Hearing, and
Printing Data. Computing Key notes #2:
Buying Your First Computer. Chapter 5.
Processing Data. Chapter 6. Storing
Data. Chapter 7. Using Operating
Systems. Chapter 8. Working with
Application Software. Chapter 9. Net
works. Chapter 10. Working in the
Online World. Computing Keynotes #3:
Professional Certification Programs.
Chapter 11. Development of Information
Systems. Chapter 12. Protecting Your
Privacy, Your Computer, and Your Data.
Computing Keynotes#4: Viruses.
Appendix A: The History of
Microcomputers. Appendix B: Answers
to Self-Checks. / Glossary. / Index /
Forms and Reports
CONCEPTUAL PROGRAMMING
TIPS FOR INTERVIEWS AND
COMPETITIVE EXAMS: TRICKY
PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS
by Jitender Kumar Chhabra,
Professor, Department of Computer
Science and Engineering, National
Institute of Technology, Kurukshetra
2011 / 358 Pages
ISBN : 9780071329934
This book provides conceptual and
tricky problems in programming along
with their solutions, and also reveals
commonly occurring errors in program
implementation, thereby helping readers
in improving their programming skills
and understanding the concepts in a
better and easier way. It altogether
presents a new style of explaining
programming concepts accompanied
with C language examples which
upholds the interest of the reader from
beginning to the end.
FEATURES
• Examples based approach
• Provides coverage on problem
solving concepts and methods
along with explanations for doing
smart programming
• Offers an exhaustive list of tips to
quickly refresh the concepts just
before an examination
• Demonstrates frequently occurring
mistakes in programming
• Contains questions targeted for
various competitive examinations
such as GATE, UPSC, Public
Sector exams and interviews
conducted by IT companies
• Rich Pedagogy includes:
• 214 Solved conceptual
examples
• 120 True-and-False questions
• 227 Find-the-output
• 25 Programming questions
with hints
CONTENTS
1. Common Input-Output Mistakes &
Useful Concepts 2. Operators: Well-
Known Yet Unanticipated 3. Data Types
Are Not That Simple 4. Control of
Control Structures 5. Impact of Storage
Classes 6. Functions and Parameters
7. Arrays and Strings 8. Pointers Create
Solutions As Well As Confusions 9.
Structures & Unions 10. Macros 11.
Files Based Conceptual Issues 12.
Advanced & Miscellaneous Concepts
COMPUTER SCIENCE INTRODUCTORY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 5
PROGRAMMING
LANGUAGES
CONCEPTS
PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING
LANGUAGES : A PARADIGM
APPROACH
Mohamed Ismail Seyed Mohamed
Buhari, Senior Lecturer, Faculty of
Science, University Brunei Darussalam,
Brunei, Darussalam;
2010 / 450 Pages
ISBN: 9780070681873
Buhari’s text provides a concise
coverage of fundamental concepts and
paradigms related to Programming. It
helps in building semantics and
syntactic concepts required for
implementation of various programming
languages. This book is targeted
primarily at Undergraduate & Graduate
students of Computer Science &
Engineering & Information Technology
Engineering. The concept explanations
have been supported with solved and
programming examples which
enhances the features of the text
thereby catering to the requirements of
the different levels of users in the
market.
FEATURES
• Paradigm based approach for
explaining the concepts and
principles of programming
languages
• Exhaustive coverage provided for
Semantic and Syntax Analysis.
• Hands-on approach through
coverage of implementation aspects
of various tools like Yacc, Rie, Lex,
Bison, Memphis and parsers and
scanners like LEX/FLEX, YACC,
Bison, Accent and Amber
• Brief discussion on programming
languages like Ruby, Python,
ANTLR, Jflex, CUP, BYACC/J,
JavaCC, JJTree and JTB, SableCC
• Contains Glossary and Objective
questions.
• Rich Pedagogy:
• Solved Examples -91
• Additional Solved Examples- 81,
includes:
• Short answer type Questions-42
• Programming Examples -39
• Fill in the blanks - 108
• Review Questions-147
• Programming Problems- 88
• Total: 553 Exhaustive OLC
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Syntax Analysis 3.
Semantics 4. Imperative Programming
Languages 5. Storage Management 6.
Obj. Oriented Programming Languages
7. Functional Programming Languages
8. Logical Programming languages 9.
Concurrent and Distributed
programming; Appendix A. History of
Various Languages; Appendix B.
ANother Tool for Language Recognition
(ANTLR); Appendix C. JFlex, CUP,
BYACC/J; Appendix D. JavaCC, JJTree
and JTB; Appendix E. SableCC;
Glossary; Answers to Fill in the blanks
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
2nd Edition
by Alien B. Tucker, Bowdoin College,
and Robert Noonan, College of William
and Mary
2007 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780070636590
Tucker and Noonan’s new approach
emphasizes a thorough, hands-on
treatment of key issues in programming
language design, providing a balanced
mix or explanation and experimentation.
Opening chapters present the
fundamental principals of programming
languages, while optional companion
chapters provide implementation-based,
hands-on experience that delves even
deeper. This edition also includes a
greatly expanded treatment of the four
major programming paradigms,
incorporating a number of the most
current languages such as Perl and
Python. Special topics presented
include event-handling, concurrency,
and an all-new chapter on correctness.
Overall, this edition provides both broad
and deep coverage of language design
principles and the major paradigms,
allowing users the flexibility of choosing
what topics to emphasize.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Depth of coverage & currency: indepth
coverage of core topics
includes both modern and historical
example languages, including C,
Ada, Perl, Java, Smalltalk, Python,
Scheme, Haskell, and Prolog
• The authors’ approach offers unique
coverage of event-handling,
concurrent programming and
program correctness, with special
chapters on each of these topics.
• The authors emphasize a hands-on
approach for implementation-based
problems and exercises and include
expanded coverage of language
design principles and trade-offs.
• Introduces Clite (C Lite), a subset of
the language C, as a basis for
illustrating the principles of language
design.
FEATURES
• Flexibile organization and coverage
gives instructors the option of
adding implementation-based
coverage to the principles chapters
via optional companion chapters.
CONTENTS
1 Overview. 2 Syntax. 3 Lexical and
Syntactic Analysis. 4 Names. 5 Types.
6 Type Systems. 7 Semantics. 8
Semantic Interpretation. 9 Functions. 10
Function Implementation. 11 Memory
Management. 12 Imperative
Programming. 13 Object-Oriented
Programming. 14 Functional
Programming. 15 Logic Programming.
16 Event-Driven Programming. 17
Concurrent Programming. 18 Program
Correctness. A. Definition ofClite. B.
Discrete Math Review. Glossary
Bibliography.
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
6 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
FORTRAN
International Edition
FORTRAN 95/2003 FOR
SCIENTISTS & ENGINEERS
3rd Edition
by Stephen J. Chapman, BAE
Systems Australia
2008 / 864 Pages
ISBN : 9780071285780
Chapman's Fortran for Scientists and
Engineers is intended for both first year
engineering students and practicing
engineers. It simultaneously teaches the
Fortran 95/2003 programming
language, structured programming
techniques, and good programming
practice. Among its strengths are its
concise, clear explanations of Fortran
syntax and programming procedures,
the inclusion of a wealth of examples
and exercises to help students grasp
difficult concepts, and its explanations
about how to understand code written
for older versions of Fortran. We are the
most current Fortran book in the market.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Text has been revised to include the
latest updates in response to the
release of FORTRAN 2003.
• A new chapter, Object-Oriented
Programming in Fortran has been
added.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computers and the
Fortran Language. 2. Basic Elements of
Fortran. 3. Program Design and
Branching Structures. 4. Loops and
Character Manipulation. 5. Basic I/O
Concepts. 6. Introduction to Arrays. 7.
Introduction to Procedures. 8. Additional
Features of Arrays. 9. Additional
Features of Procedures. 10. More about
Character Variables. 11. Additional
Intrinsic Data Types. 12. Derived Data
Types. 13. Advanced Features of
Procedures and Modules. 14. Advanced
I/O Concepts. 15. Pointers and Dynamic
Data Structures. 16. Object-Oriented
Programming in Fortran. 17. Redundant,
Obsolescent, and Deleted Fortran
Features. / Appendix A ASCII and
EBCDIC Coding Systems. / Appendix B
Fortran 95/2003 Intrinsic Procedures. /
Appendix C Order of Statements in a
Fortran 95/2003 Program./ Appendix D
Glossary. / Appendix E Answers to
Quizzes.
International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF
PROGRAMMING WITH FORTRAN 77
by William Mayo; Martin Cwiakala,
Rutgers University
1995 / 352 Pages
ISBN : 9780070411555
BASIC
PROGRAMMING IN BASIC
3rd Edition
by E. Balagurusamy, Chairman EBG
Foundation, Coimbatore
1991 / 332 Pages
ISBN : 9780074600559
CONTENTS
1. Understanding the Computer. 2.
Problem solving and Flowcharts. 3.
BASICS of BASIC. 4. Constants and
Variables. 5. Expressions in BASIC. 6.
Printer Controls. 7. Jumping, Branching
and Looping. 8. Subscripted Variables.
9. Functions and Subroutines. 10.
Histograms and Graphs. 11. Matrix
Algebra. 12. String Manipulation. 13.
Program Design, Efficiency and Testing.
14. Case Studies. 15. Features of IBM
PC BASIC. 16. File Management in
BASIC. 17. Computer Graphics.
COBOL
International Edition
COMPREHENSIVE COBOL, VOL II
ADVANCED COBOL
PROGRAMMING
4th Edition
by A S Philippakis; L J Kazmier
1991 / 485 Pages
ISBN : 9780071127684
COBOL PROGRAMMING
INCLUDING MS-COBOL AND
COBOL-85
2nd Edition
by M. Roy, Jadavpur University;
D. Dastidar, Jadavpur University
1989 / 516 Pages
ISBN : 9780074603185
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computer Systems.
2. File Concepts and Program Logic. 3.
Introduction to COBOL. 4. Identification
and Environment Division. 5. First look
at Data Division. 6. Procedure Division
and Basic Verbs. 7. Writing Complete
Programs. 8. More about Data Division.
9. More about Data Movement Verb and
Arithmetic Verbs. 10. Conditional and
Sequence Control Verbs. 11. Table
Handling. 12. Structured Programming.
13. Sequential Files. 14. Sorting and
Merging of Files. 15. More about
Structured Programming. 16. Direct
Access Files. 17. Character Handling.
18. Report Writer. 19. COBOL
Subroutines. 20. Segmentation and
Library Facility. 21. COBOL for Personal
Computers. 22. Features of COBOL-85.
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 7
C
PROGRAMMING IN ANSI C,
6th Edition
by E. Balagurusamy, Chairman EBG
Foundation, Coimbatore
2012 / 570 Pages
ISBN : 9781259004612
In keeping with the original essence of
this distinguished bestseller, the sixth
edition presents C programming
concepts in a simple, clear and logical
order, thus making it ideal for novices.
This text uses sample programs, case
studies, programming problems,
projects and many more pedagogical
aids to enable better understanding of
the C language. The hallmark of this
edition is its new avatar in color, to
enhance visual appeal and make
learning a pleasure!
FEATURES
• Ample number of programming
codes with comments throughout
the book
• Special boxes within the text to
provide supplementary information
and notes
• Case studies illustrating real life
applications and ‘Just Remember’
sections, enlisting possible problem
areas and helpful hints
• Programming projects giving
insights into how to handle large
programs
• New programs and review questions
specially picked from frequently
asked university questions
• Latest compiler C99 features
provided
Updates to the Edition
• Visual Impact Through Coloured
Edition
• 15 New Programs Included And
Refreshed Review Questions
Across Chapters Like
• Fibonacci Series, Prime numbers
calculation, GCD, Matrices etc.
• Identified basis frequently asked
university examination questions
with high level of difficulty. Also
keeping
• Major university syllabi requisites in
mind! Also observed there from that
we already have a lot of FAQs in our
text
CONTENTS
1. Overview of C / 2. Constants,
Variables, and Data Types / 3.
Operators and Expressions / 4.
Managing Input and Output Operations /
5. Decision Making and Branching / 6.
Decision Making and Looping / 7. Arrays
/ 8. Character Arrays and Strings / 9.
User-Defined Functions / 10. Structures
and Unions / 11. Pointers / 12. File
Management in C / 13. Dynamic
Memory Allocation and Linked Lists/ 4.
The Preprocessor / 15. Developing a C
Program: Some Guidelines / Appendix I:
Bit-Level Programming / Appendix II:
ASCII Values of Characters / Appendix
III: ANSI C Library Functions / Appendix
IV: Projects / Appendix V: C99 Features
PROGRAMMING WITH C
3rd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Bryon S. Gottfried, Professor,
Industrial Engineering, University of
Pittsburgh; J. K.Chhabra, Professor,
Department of Computer Science and
Engineering, National Institute of
Technology, Kurukshetra
2010 / 650 Pages
ISBN : 9780070145900
This book follows a simplified way for
solving problem. Through sample
programs, it guides the readers to
comprehend the different situations in
which a certain feature can be used.
Extensive coverage of C Programming
concepts through addition of new
chapter on Strings and topics like
Fundamentals of Computers &
Introduction to Algorithms and
Pseudocodes, Types of Errors, Random
and Sequential Access of Files.
The book has been developed based on
the ANSI C standards. There is
emphasis on designing clear, legible,
modular and efficient programs
throughout the book.
FEATURES
• Inclusion of a new chapter on
Strings (Chapter-10)
• Addition of topics like Fundamentals
of Computers, introduction to
Algorithms and Pseudocodes in
Chapter 1: Introductory Concepts.
• In-depth treatment for File Handling.
Topics like Random and Sequential
Access of Files have been included
along with examples.
• Renaming of existing Chapter-8 as
Storage Classes and Multifile
Programming & Chapter-12 as File
Handling.
• Enrichment of Pedagogy. New
examples and problems have been
added.
• Over 1200 varied solved examples
& problems present
• Ideal for self-teach and test
preparation.
CONTENTS
1. Introductory Concepts 2. Introduction
to C Programming 3. Operators and
Expressions 4. Data Input & output 5.
Preparing and Running A Complete C
Program 6. Control Statements 7.
Functions 8. Stored Classes and
Multifile Programming 9. Arrays 10.
Strings 11. Pointers 12. Structures and
unions 13. File Handling 14. low-Level
Programming 15. Additional features of
C; Appendix A: Number Systems;
Appendix B: Escape Sequences;
Appendix C: Operator Summary;
Appendix D: Data Types and Data
Conversion rules; Appendix E: The
ASCII Character Set; Appendix F:
Control Statement Summary; Appendix
G: Commonly used Scanf and Printf
Conversion Characters; Appendix H:
Library Functions; Answers to Selected
Problems; Answers to FAQs
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
8 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
PROGRAMMING AND PROBLEM
SOLVING USING C LANGUAGE
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2008 / 348 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667600
This book is designed for the course on
Programming and Problem Solving
Through C Language offered to
students taking the DOEACC’s ‘O’ level
certificate examination. The book will
also be useful to the diploma students
who take a course on C Programming.
FEATURES
• Bottom up approach employed,
where overview of programming has
been covered followed by
fundamental and advanced
programming techniques.
• Comprehensive coverage of
advanced topics like C
Preprocessor, including discussions
on Macro Substitution, File
Inclusion, and Conditional
Compilation Directives.
• Written in a simple and lucid
language keeping in mind the
requirements of the target audience.
PEDAGOGY
• Multiple Choice Questions: 105
• True/False: 90
• Fill in the Blanks: 102
• Descriptive Questions: 103
• Previous Year Question Papers with
Solutions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computer-based
Problem Solving 2. Algorithms for
Problem Solving 3. Program Design
and Implementation Issues 4.
Programming Environment 5. Overview
of C Language 6. Data Types,
Variables, and Constants 7. Operators,
Type Modifiers and Expressions 8.
Basic Input/Output 9. Control Constructs
10. Arrays 11. Functions 12. Pointers
13. Structures 14. Unions 15. Linked
List 16. File Handling in ‘C’ 17. ‘C’
Preprocessor
TEST YOUR SKILLS IN C
2nd Edition
by Thamarai S Selvi, Professor &
Head, Dept. of Information
Technology, Madras Institute of
Technology, Chennai; R Murugesan,
Reader, Dept. of Mathematics,
Thiruvalluvar College, Tamil Nadu
2009
ISBN : 9780070145856
Test your skills in C is a complete selfteach
for all those aspiring for a career
in IT focusing on the ‘C’ language. The
book aids the readers to refresh their C
Programming knowledge in a shorter
span thereby enabling them to
thoroughly prepare and appear for the
various screening tests and campus
interviews. The book has been
developed based on the ANSI C
standards. It will be a practice book for
the undergraduate students of CSE, IT,
ECE, EEE, Electronics and
Instrumentation, etc.
FEATURES
• Practice tests covering all C
language related concepts provided
in eleven separate chapters.
• Refreshed model test papers with
solutions provided for selfassessment.
• Special section titled Tough Nuts to
Crack containing unique and
thought-provoking programming
exercises. Programming tips and
solutions are provided for these
exercises.
• Special Notes and Tips for tricky
questions.
• Simple program covered as an
example along with a brief theory/
definition in every chapter for
introducing the concepts to the
readers
• Syntax along with the concepts have
been highlighted.
• Four indispensable appendices on
ASCII table, Operator Precedence
Table, Timings of basic C operations
& ANSI C functions.
• Pedagogy refreshed and
increased. It includes
• Definitions: 58
• Short-answer question (with
answers)- 385
• Fill in the blanks: 126
• True or false: 128
• Multiple-choice questions:746
• Match the following: 50
• Total: 1433
CONTENTS
• Elements of C Language • C
operators and Expressions • Simple
Input/Output • Control Flow
Constructions • Storage Classes of
Variables • Arrays • Functions • Pointers
• Strings • Structures and Unions • Files
and Preprocessors • Model Test Papers
• Crack the Tough Nuts • Additional
Programs • ASCII table • Precedence
and Assosciativity of Operators • Timing
of Basic C Operations in Our Host
Machine • ANCI C Library Functions
MASTERING C
by K. R. Venugopal, Professor,
Department of Computer Science and
Engineering, University Visvesvaraya
College of Engineering, Bangalore
University, Bangalore; S. R. Prasad,
Software Architect, Philips Innovation
Campus, Bangalore
2006 / 864 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616677
This book lucidly explains the basic
features and syntax of the C language.
It includes brief theory, plenty of
programming examples, review
questions and problems for practice.
FEATURES
• Clear exposition of the fundamental
concepts of C.
• Exhaustive coverage of Graphics in
C
• In-depth coverage of file
manipulations, data structures,
searching and sorting.
• A chapter on UNIX highlighting the
features of C in the UNIX
environment.
• Pedagogical features
• 217 solved examples
• 403 programming exercises
• 625 review exercises
• 124 Figures for better
understanding of the concepts
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 9
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Variables and
Expressions 3. Basic input-output 4.
Control structures 5. Functions 6. Scope
and extent 7. Arrays and Strings 8.
Pointers 9. Structures and Unions 10.
Files 11. Dynamic Memory Allocation
12. Data Structures 13. Graphics 14.
UNIX Operating System 15. C Library
Functions 16. Controlling Complexity
17. Quick Reference 18. Answers to
Exercises 19. Programming Examples
Bibliography Index
C: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
4th Edition
by Herbert Schildt
2000 / 832 Pages
ISBN : 9780070411838
(Osborne Reprint)
International Edition
C FOR ENGINEERS AND
SCIENTISTS WITH COMPANION CD
by Harry H. Cheng, University of
California Davis
2009 / 900 Pages
ISBN : 9780077290467
C for Engineers and Scientists is
primarily for freshmen college students
in the first quarter or semester learning
computer programming language in C
with new features in C99, and
introduction to object-oriented
programming in C++, and graphical
plotting and numerical computing in C/
C++ interpreter Ch and MATLAB® for
applications in engineering and science.
It can also be used as a supplementary
textbook for upper division
undergraduate courses and graduate
courses which involve graphical plotting
and numerical computing such as linear
algebra, differential equations,
numerical analysis, etc.
C for Engineers and Scientists focuses
on systematic software design approach
in C for applications in Engineering and
Science following the latest standard
developed by the ANSI C/ISO C
Standard Committees called C99 which,
made C as a general purpose
programming language for scientific
computing and resolved many
deficiencies of C90 for applications in
Engineering.
Working with the ANSI C Standard
Committee, the author had developed a
C/C++ interpreter called Ch. Ch
contains all MATLAB® features. The
book uses Ch as an instructional tool to
teach/learn C and C++. Ch presents an
interactive computing environment so
that the students can focus on
improving their problem solving skills.
CONTENTS
Part 1: Programming in C Chapter 1.
Getting Started Chapter 2. Scalar Types
Chapter 3. Operators and Expressions
Chapter 4. Statements and Control Flow
Chapter 5. Functions Chapter 6.
Preprocessing Directives Chapter 7.
Storage Classes and Program Structure
Chapter 8 Formatted Input and Output
Chapter 9. Arrays Chapter 10. Pointers
Chapter 11. Characters and Strings
Chapter 12. Structures, Enumerations,
Unions and Bit Fields Chapter 13. File
and Directory Processing Chapter 14.
Scientific Computing in the Entire Real
Domain Chapter 15. Programming with
Complex Numbers Part 2: Introduction
to C++ Chapter 16. Some Features in
C++ Chapter 17. Classes and Object-
Based Programming in C++Part 3:
Introduction to Ch Chapter 18. Getting
Started with Ch Chapter 19.
Computational Arrays and Matrix
Computations Chapter 20. Two and
Three-Dimensional Plotting Chapter 21.
Advanced Numerical Analysis Part 4:
Introduction to MATLAB® Chapter 22.
Introduction to MATLAB® Part 5:
Introduction to Fortran 90 Chapter 23.
Introduction to Fortran
C PROGRAMMING FOR
ENGINEERING AND COMPUTER
SCIENCE (B.E.S.T SERIES)
by H H Tan, Morrison Knudsen
Corporation, and T. B. D’Orazio
1999 / 600 Pages
ISBN : 9780071167888
[with 3.5” Disk]
International Edition
APPLIED C
AN INTRODUCTION AND MORE
by Alice Fischer; Stephen M Ross,
both of the University of New Haven
2000 / 1136 Pages
ISBN : 9780070217485
CONTENTS
I Introduction. Chapter 1. Computers
and Systems. Chapter 2. Programs and
Programming. Chapter 3. Fundamental
Concepts. II Computation. Chapter
4: Writing Sentences in C. Chapter 5.
Using Functions and Libraries. Chapter
6. More Repetition and Decisions. III
Basic Data Types. Chapter 7. Integers
and Integer Operations. Chapter 8.
Real Numbers and Computation.
Chapter 9. Program Design. Chapter
10. An Introduction to Arrays. Chapter
11. Character Data and Enumerations.
Chapter 12. An Introduction to Pointers.
IV Structured Data Types. Chapter 13:
Strings. Chapter 14. Structured Types.
Chapter 15. Streams and Files. Chapter
16. Simple Array Algorithms Chapter 17.
Two Dimensional Arrays. Chapter 18.
Calculating with Bits. V Advanced
Techniques. Chapter 19. Dynamic
Arrays. Chapter 20. Working With
Pointers. Chapter 21. Recursion.
Chapter 22. Making Programs General.
Chapter 23. Modular Organization. VI
Appendix. / Appendix A: The ASCII
Code. / Appendix B: The Precedence
of Operators in C. / Appendix C: The
Tools Library. / Appendix D: A Simple
Makefile For the Tools Library. /
Appendix E: Advanced Aspects of C
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
10 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Operators. / Appendix F: Glossary and
Alphabet Soup.
C PROGRAMMING:
A CONCISE Q & A APPROACH
2nd Edition
By H H Andrew Tan, Morrison Knudsen
Corporation, and T. B. B'Orazio, San
Francisco State University, Siu-Hong
Or, the Chinese University of Hong
Kong, and Marian Ming Yan Choy, the
University of Hong Kong
2012 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780071311168
This book was developed to address the
difficulty beginning students often find
reading computer language texts. Tan
and D'Orazio aim to make the process
of learning a first language easier and
fun, by involving readers in their text,
holding their interest, and getting them
to think about the meaning and uses of
C code. The authors accomplish this
goal by using a question and answer
style, where the reader's thought
processes are stimulated by the same
questions about code that students
themselves often ask. Tan and D'Orazio
answer these questions clearly and
directly, focusing the reader's attention
on the important issues of C
programming. The new co-authors, Or
and Choy have further enhanced on this
book by “condensing” the book by
focusing on the essential programming
content. The end product is a book
which arouses the student’s interest and
guides the student along as he / she
learns the necessary programming
concepts. The new edition will feature
an improved layout in 2 colors and a
supporting website for instructors and
students. Instructors using this book will
also be well supported with solutions,
teaching slides and testbank. Students
will also find useful resources such as
additional practice questions in the text
website.
FEATURES
• New edition has been made more
concise and focused by reducing
early chapter on hardware and
software and end chapter on
structures and large program design
• New edition is made more modern
with a new layout in 2 color.
• Pedagogy features such as chapter
objectives, concept recap and
chapter review are added to
enhance the students learning
process.
CONTENTS
1. Programming Fundamentals 2. The
Basics of C—Math Functions, and
Input/Output 3. Beginning Decision
Making and Looping 4. Functions 5.
Numeric Arrays 6. File Input/Output,
Strings and Pointers 7. Structures and
Large Program Design 8. Introduction to
C++
C++
OBJECT OREINTED
PROGRAMMING WITH C++
5th Edition
by E Balagurusamy, Chairman, EBG
Foundation, Coimbatore
2011 / 588 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072830
The book in its fifth edition continues to
maintain its simplicity and lucid
presentation of C++ concepts using
Object Oriented explanations. This
edition intends to present refreshed and
revived content to its readers with the
inclusion and enhanced coverage of
topics along with addition of new solved
programs and projects.The website
accompanying this edition is exhaustive.
FEATURES
• New topical inclusions – Recursion,
preprocessor, Virtual Constructors
and Destructors, Exceptions in
Constructors and Destructors
Exceptions in Operator Overloaded
Functions
• Extended coverage for Dynamic
Memory Management, Overloading,
Structure and Union, Storage
Classes, Abstract classes, Type
casting and RTTI
• Addition of two new projects –
Telephone Billing System (Major)
and Typing Tutor (Minor) to provide
hands-on approach
• Includes answers for Debugging
Exercises
• Provides an updated and refreshed
C++ Proficiency Test along with
answers based on technical
interview question pattern
• Revived and enriched pedagogy
includes
• 115 Programs
• 218 Review Questions
• 67 Debugging Exercises
• 90 Programming Exercises
CONTENTS
1. Principles of Object-Oriented
Programming 2. Beginning with C++ 3.
Tokens, Expressions and Control
Structures 4. Functions in C++ 5.
Classes and Objects 6. Constructors
and Destructors 7. Operator
Overloading and Type Conversions 8.
Inheritance: Extending Classes 9.
Pointers, Virtual Functions and
Polymorphism 10. Managing Console I/
O Operations 11. Working with Files 12.
Templates 13. Exception Handling 14.
Introduction to the Standard Template
Library 15. Manipulating Strings 16.
New Features of ANSI C++ Standard
17. Object-Oriented Systems
Development
PROGRAMMING WITH C++
3th Edition
by D. Ravichandran, Corporate trainer
in Software Engineering, Data
Structures & Algorithms and
Programming Languages, Hyderabad
2010 / 860 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681897
This book introduces the syntax and
features of C++ programming
languages in a simple manner. The
concepts are very well exemplified with
program codes containing the inputs
and outputs of the sample programs. It
first discusses the basic concepts like
functions, arrays, pointers and
structures and then progresses with the
discussion on OOP concepts like
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 11
classes, objects, inheritance,
polymorphism, templates, etc. which will
be helpful for the beginners in better
understanding of the implementation
and applications of C++ language.
Detailed coverage of Standard Template
Libraries (STL) in three new chapters is
provided in this revised edition.The book
is developed including ANSI /ISO C++
syntax. It can be a handy reference for
C++ programming professionals.
FEATURES
• Inclusion of 5 new chapters : Object
Oriented Programming (Chapter 1:
Introduction to Object Oriented
Programming & Chapter 2: Building
ANSI C++ Programs) and STL (
Chapters 17: STL - Containers,
Chapter 18:STL - Iterators &
Chapter 19: STL - Algorithms and
Function Objects)
• Enhanced coverage for topics-
Datatypes, Arithmetic Operators,
IOStreams, Functions and Program
Structures, Special Member
Functions, Exception Handling
• Inclusion of New section on
Namespaces in chapter- 15.
• All programs are thoroughly revised,
checked and executed by the latest
C++ compiler (both Linux GNU C++
and .Net VC++ compiler)
• Pictorial representation in the form
of syntax diagrams, Flowcharts and
Object Modeling Technique (OMT)
class notation diagrams given
• Format of the program execution i.e.
sample input and output) revitalizes
the book amongst the beginners.
• Enrichment & Refreshment of
Pedagogy. About 120 new questions
added and Answer to the Concept
Review problems included in the
Appendix.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction To Object Oriented
Programming 2. Building ANSI C++
Program 3. Data Types, Operators and
Expressions 4. Input and Output
Streams 5. Control Statements 6.
Functions and Program Structures 7.
Arrays 8. Pointers and Strings 9.
Structures, Unions and Bit Fields 10.
Classes and Objects 11. Special
Member Functions 12. Single and
Multiple Inheritance 13. Overloading
Functions and Operators 14.
Polymorphism and Virtual Functions 15.
Templates, Namespace and Exception
Handling 16. Data File Operations 17.
STL - Containers Library 18. STL -
Iterators and Allocators 19. STL -
Algorithms and Function Objects;
Appendix - A - Solutions to the Concept
Review Problems; Bibliography
MASTERING C++
by K.R. Venugopal, Bangalore
University
1997 / 816 Pages
ISBN : 9780074463547
Comprehensively written, this book
covers rigorously the OOPS‘ and OOAD
concepts and emphasises real-life
applications using C++.
CONTENTS
1. Object Oriented Paradigm 2. Moving
from C to C++ 3. C++ at a glance 4.
Data types, Operators and Expressions
5. Control flow 6. Arrays and Strings 7.
Modular Programming with Functions 8.
Structures and Unions 9. Pointers and
Runtime Binding 10. Classes and
Objects 11. Object Initialization and
Cleanup 12. Dynamic Objects 13.
Operator Overloading 14. Inheritance
15. Virtual Functions 16. Generic
Programming with templates 17.
Stream Computation with Console 18.
Exception Handling 19. OO Analysis,
Design and Development 20.
Appendices
PROGRAMMING WITH C++
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum’s Outlines Series)
by John Hubbard, University of
Richmond; Atul Kahate, Head -
Technology Practice, PrimeSourcing
DivisionTM, Oracle Financial, Services
Software Limited
2009 / 541 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144811
The book is intended to provide an
introduction to Programming with C++.
In keeping with the basic approach of all
Schaum’s series books, this book aims
to help the students develop their
problem solving skills. The plethora of
solved examples and practice questions
in the book enables the students to get
a intuitive grasp on the subject.
FEATURES
• Separate chapter on Object
Oriented Programming, String and
File Handling.
• New topical coverage on Generic
Classes and Programming,
Exception Handling, Dynamic
Memory Management and
Manipulators.
• Pedagogy includes:
• 170 Solved examples
• 170 Review questions
• 336 Multiple-choice questions
• 206 Programming assignments
• 60 Coding errors exercises
CONTENTS
1. An Introduction to Object Technology
2. Key Object Oriented Concepts and
Elementary C++ Programming 3.
Fundamental Type 4. Decision Making
Statements 5. Looping Statements 6.
Functions 7. Arrays 8. Pointers and
References 9. C++ Strings 10. Classes
and Objects 11. Overloading Operators
12. Composition and Inheritance 13.
Templates, Integrators and Generics 14.
C++ File Handling 15. Case Studies
Appendix A: Character Codes,
Appendix B: Standard C++ Keywords,
Appendix C: Standard C++ Operators,
Appendix D: Standard C++ Container
Classes, Appendix E: Standard C++
Generic Algorithms, Appendix F:
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
12 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Hexadecimal Numbers, Appendix G:
References / Index
PROBLEMS AND SOLUTIONS IN
C++ (Sigma Series)
by K. R. Venugopal; Professor &
Chairman, Department of CSE
University Visvesvaraya College of
Engineering Bangalore University,
Bangalore; N. Chandrakant, Software
Engineer, AGILE Software Enterprise
Pvt. Ltd, Bangalore
2007 / 272 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648210
This book presents solutions to more
than seven hundred fifty problems on
various features of the C++ language. It
challenges the students to test their
skills and knowledge of the C++
language.
FEATURES
• 755 solved problems to test C++
skills.
• Explanations accompany the
solutions to the problems.
• Helps the student build the concepts
of classes, structures, function
overloading, inheritance and
dynamic memory allocation through
problems and solutions.
• Quick reference of C++ concepts in
a separate chapter.
CONTENTS
1. Data Types, and Operators 2. Control
Flow 3. Arrays and Strings 4. Modular
Programming with Functions 5.
Structures and Unions 6. Pointers and
Runtime Binding 7. Classes and
Objects 8. Dynamic Objects and
Initialization 9. Operator and Function
Overloading 10. Inheritance 11.
Dynamic Memory Allocation 12. Generic
Program with Templates 13. Streams
Computation with Console and Files 14.
Preprocessor 15. General Problems 16.
Frequently Asked Questions 17. Quick
Reference
C++: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
4th Edition
by Herbert Schildt
2003 / 1068 Pages
ISBN : 9780070532465
(Osborne Reprint)
CONTENTS
Part I: The Foundation of C++: The C
Subset 1. An overview of C 2.
Expressions 3. Statements 4. Arrays
and Null-Terminated Strings 5. Pointers
6. Functions 7. Structures, Unions,
Enumerators and User-Defined Types 8.
C-Style Console I/O 9. File I/O 10. The
Preprocessor and Comments Part II:
C++ 11. An Overview of C++ 12.
Classes and Objects 13. Arrays,
Pointers, References and the Dynamic
Allocation Operators 14. Function
Overloading, Copy Constructors, and
Default Arguments 15. Operator
Overloading 16. Inheritance 17.Virtual
Functions and Polymorphism 18.
Templates 19. Exception Handling 20.
The C++ I/O System Basics 21. C++
File I/O 22. Run-Time Type ID and the
Casting Operators 23. Namespaces,
Conversion Functions, and other
Advanced topics 24. Introducing the
Standard Template Library Part III: The
Standard Function Library 25. The CBased
I/O functions 26. The String and
Character Functions 27. The
Mathematical Functions 28. Time, Date
and Localization Functions 29. The
Dynamic Allocation Functions 30. Utility
Functions 31. The Wide-Character
Functions Part IV: The Standard C++
Class Library 32. The Standard C++ I/
O Classes 33. The STL Container
Classes 34. The STL Algorithms 35.
STL Iterators, Allocators and Function
Objects 36. The String Class 37. The
Numeric Classes 38. Exception
Handling and Miscellaneous Classes
Part V: Applying C++ 39. Integrating
New Classes: A Custom String Class
40. Parsing Expressions Appendixes:
Appendix A: The .NET Managed
Extensions to C++ Appendix B: C++
and the Robotics Age / Index
TEACH YOURSELF C++
by Herbert Schildt
1998 / 747 Pages
ISBN : 9780074638705
(Osborne Reprint)
U.S. Edition
C++ : A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
2nd Edition
by Herbert Schildt
2004 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780072232158
(Osborne Title)
International Edition
C++ PROGRAMMING FOR
ENGINEERS AND SCIENTISTS
by Tim B. D’Orazio, San Francisco
State University
2004 / 976 Pages
ISBN : 9780071194532
CONTENTS
1 Computers and Computing
Fundamentals. 2 Getting Started -
Program Structure, Printing, and
Comments. 3 The Basics of C++ -
Variables, Arithmetic Operations, Math
Functions, Input/Output, Characters,
Objects, and Classes. 4 Decision
Making. 5 Loops. 6 Functions. 7 One-
Dimensional Numeric Arrays. 8 Multi-
Dimensional Numeric Arrays, Arrays as
Data Members, Arrays of Objects. 9
Strings. 10 The C++ Sring Class. 11 More
About Classes, Objects, and Object-
Oriented Design. 12 Inheritance, Virtual
Functions, and Polymorphism. 13 Data
Structures, Recursion, and Other Topics.
14 Templates and the C++ Standard
Template Library
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 13
PROGRAMMING IN C++
(Special Indian Edition)
by James P. Cohoon, University of
Virginia; Jack W. Davidson,
University of Virginia
2006 / 976 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634619
Programming in C++ covers the
fundamentals of programming and
software development using C++. It
adopts an objects early approach to
teaching C++ and integrates the use of
a graphical API, called EzWindows.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive chapter on
debugging and testing.
• Classes are introduced early with a
gentle introduction to object-oriented
design in Chapter 1.
• A graphical Application Programmer
Interface (API) is used so that
beginning programmers can
develop interesting programs.
• 600 review questions help the
students revise and practice
concepts learnt.
CONTENTS
1. Computing and the Object-oriented
Design Methodology. 2. The
Fundamentals. 3. Modifying Objects. 4.
Control Constructs. 5. Function Basics.
6. Programmer-defined Functions. 7.
The Class Construct and Objectoriented
Design. 8. Implementing
Abstract Data Types. 9. Lists. 10. The
EzWindows API : A Detailed
Examination. 11. Pointers and Dynamic
Memory. 12. Testing and Debugging. 13.
Inheritance. 14. Templates and
Polymorphism. 15. Software Project –
Bug Hunt! Index.
INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT
ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
AND C++
(For DOEACC ‘A’ Level)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 550 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616837
This book is designed for the course on
Object Oriented Programming and
C++ offered to students taking the
DOEACC’s ‘A’ level certificate
examination. The book will also be
useful to the Diploma students of
Computer Science who take a paper on
C++.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of Object
Oriented Programming.
• Programming Methodology
discussed thoroughly.
• Detailed discussion on Virtual
Functions and Templates.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Object Oriented
Programming 2. Getting Started with
C++ 3. Data Types, Operators &
Expressions in C++ 4. Flow Control in
C++ 5. Console Input/Output
Operations 6. Programming
Methodology 7. Array: A Structured Data
Type 8. Functions and Header Files 9.
Structures and Unions 10. Classes and
Objects 11. Constructors and
Destructors 12. Overloading Functions
and Operators 13. Derived Classes and
Inheritance 14. Pointers in C++ 15.
Virtual Functions and Polymorphism 16.
File Organization and Streams 17.
Exception Handling 18. Class Libraries
and Data Structures in C++ 19.
Templates
SCHILDT'S C++
PROGRAMMING COOKBOOK
by Herb Schildt
2008
ISBN : 9780070264786
In this book, bestselling programming
author Herb Schildt provides more than
200 practical, self-contained recipes for
experienced C++ programmers. Each
chapter contains a series of real-life
programming tasks, followed by code
solutions and concise but detailed
discussions on the technique used. This
guide will be essential to every C++
programmer's toolkit.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Overview Chapter 2. String
Handling Chapter 3. Working with STL
Containers Chapter 4. Algorithms,
Function Objects, and Other STL
Components Chapter 5. Working with I/
O Chapter 6. Formatting Data Chapter
7. Potpourri / Index
International Edition
A C++ PRIMER FOR ENGINEERS:
AN OBJECT-ORIENTED APPROACH
by Kumaraswamy Ponnambalam,
University of Waterloo; and Tivley
Algvindigve, Chief Software Engineer
for Engsoft
1997 / 293 Pages
ISBN : 9780071158077
[with 3.5”disk]
60 TIPS ON OBJECT ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING
by S. G. Ganesh, Siemens
2007
ISBN : 9780070656703
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
14 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CRACKING THE C, C++ AND
AVA INTERVIEW
by S.G. Ganesh
2009 / 264 Pages
ISBN : 9780070077928
CONTENTS
1. Cracking the IT Interview: FAQ
Section I: General Programming 2. C
Problem Solving 3. Data Structures and
Algorithms 4. Object Oriented
Programming Section II: C
Programming 5. Multiple Choice
Questions 6. Programming Aptitude 7.
Theory Section III: C++ Programming
8. Multiple Choice 9. Programming
Aptitude10. Theory Section IV: Java
Programming 11. Multiple Choice
Questions12. Programming Aptitude13.
Theory Section V: Sample Question
Papers 14. Sample Written Test
Question Paper- I 15. Sample Written
Test Question Paper-II 16. Sample
Interview Questions Appendix I:
Suggested Reading Appendix II: Web
Resources Appendix III: Entry Level
Certification Courses
C#
PROGRAMMING IN C#: A PRIMER
3rd Edition
by E. Balagurusamy, Chairman, EBG
Foundation, Coimbatore
2010 / 508 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702073
This revised edition maintains the lucid
flow and continuity that have been
hallmarks of this book. This book takes
the student through a step-by-step
process, starting from simple
programming problems to more
complex and difficult ones. The content
of this new edition has been enriched
with the inclusion of new topics, projects
and sample programs and offers handson
practice to students at developing
real-life C# applications.
FEATURES
• Expanded coverage of Debugging
• Coverage of Winforms
• Case studies at the end of each
chapter - more than 20 case studies
in the book
• Three new projects - 1 major project
(Voting Control for Asp.Net) and 2
minor projects
(Project Planner and Task Actions)
• Two new appendices - The CLR and
.Net Framework and Building C#
Applications
• Excellent pedagogical features
• Over 100 Example Programs
• Over 350 Review Questions
• Over 150 Programming
Exercises
• Over 40 Debugging Exercises
CONTENTS
1. Introducing C# 2. Understanding
.NET: The C# Environment 3. Overview
of C# 4. Literals, Variables and Data
Types 5. Operators and Expressions 6.
Decision Making and Branching 7.
Decision Making and Looping 8.
Methods in C# 9. Handling Arrays 10.
Manipulating Strings 11. Structures and
Enumerations 12. Classes and Objects
13. Inheritance and Polymorphism 14.
Interface: Multiple Inheritance 15.
Operator Overloading 16. Delegates
and Events 17. Managing Console I/O
Operations 18. Managing Errors and
Exceptions 19. Multithreading in C# 20.
WindowForms and Web-based
Application Development on .NET
Appendix A: Minor Project 1: Project
Planner Appendix B: Minor Project 2:
Task Actions Appendix C: Major
Project: Voting Control for Asp.Net
Appendix D: The CLR and the .NET
Framework Appendix E: Building C#
Applications / Bibliography / Index
C# 4.0 THE COMPLETE
REFERENCE
by Herbert Schildt
2010
ISBN : 9780070703681
CONTENTS
Part I: The C# Language;
1. The Creation of C#; 2. An Overview of
C#; 3. Data Types, Literals, and
Variables; 4. Operators; 5. Program
Control Statements; 6. Introducing
Classes and Objects; 7. Arrays and
Strings; 8. A Closer Look at Methods
and Classes; 9. Operator Overloading;
10. Indexers and Properties; 11.
Inheritance; 12. Interfaces, Structures,
and Enumerations; 13. Exception
Handling; 14. Using I/O; 15. Delegates,
Events and Lambda Expressions; 16.
Namespaces, the Preprocessor, and
Assemblies; 17. Runtime Type ID,
Reflection, and Attributes; 18. Generics;
19. LINQ; 20: Unsafe code, Pointers,
Nullable Types, Dynamic Types, and
Miscellaneous Topics; Part II:
Exploring the C# Library; 21.
Exploring the System Namespace; 22.
Strings and Formatting; 23.
Multithreaded Programming, Part One;
24. Multithreading Part Two: Exploring
the Task Parallel Library and PLINQ; 25.
Collections, Enumerators, and Iterators;
26. Networking Through the Internet
Using System.Net; Appendix A.
Documentation Comment Quick
Reference / Index
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 15
International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN C# .NET
by Julia Case Bradley; Anita C
Millspaugh, Mt. San Antonio College
2004 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780071218030
[IE with Student CD and 4-CDSet]
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to Programming
and C#. Chapter 2. More Controls.
Chapter 3. Variables, Constants, and
Calculations. Chapter 4. Decisions and
Conditions. Chapter 5. Menus and
Methods. Chapter 6. OOP Creating
Object-Oriented Programs. Chapter 7.
Lists, Loops, and Printing. Chapter 8.
Arrays. Chapter 9. Programming With
Web Forms. Chapter 10. Accessing
Database Files. Chapter 11. Saving
Data and Objects in Files. Chapter 12.
Graphics in Windows and the Web.
Chapter 13. Advanced Topics in C#. /
Appendix A Answers to Feedback
Questions. / Appendix B Methods for
Working with Dates, Strings, and
Mathematics. / Appendix C Tips and
Shortcuts for Mastering the
Environment. / Glossary. / Index
International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN
VISUAL C# 2008
3rd Edition
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio
College; Anita C. Millspaugh, Mt San
Antonio College
2009 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780070172814
Programming in Visual C# 2008 gives
you a fresh and easily accessible
approach to learning programming
concepts using Visual C# for 2008, one
of the most pervasive programming
languages in the job market today. A
hands-on approach, Programming in
Visual C# 2008 lets you begin
programming in the very first chapter.
Thought-provoking feedback questions
and in-chapter tips are dispersed
throughout so students can reflect on a
topic introduced and evaluate their
understanding of the details.
Comprehensive Hands-On Programming
Examples found in each chapter
reinforce the programming logic and
techniques learned in the chapter.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to Programming
and Visual C# 2008 Chapter 2. User
Interface Design Chapter 3. Variables,
Constants, and Calculations Chapter 4.
Decisions and Conditions Chapter 5.
Menus, Common Dialog Boxes, and
Methods Chapter 6. Multiform Projects
Chapter 7. Lists, Loops, and Printing
Chapter 8. Arrays Chapter 9. Web
Applications Chapter 10. Database
Applications Chapter 11. Data Files
Chapter 12. OOP: Creating Object-
Oriented Programs Chapter 13.
Graphics, Animation, Sound, and Dragand-
Drop Chapter 14. Additional Topics
in C# / Appendix A Answers to
Feedback Questions 613 / Appendix B
Methods for Working with Dates,
Mathematics, and String Operations 627
/ Appendix C Tips and Shortcuts for
Mastring the Environment 635 /
Appendix D Security 653 / Glossary
657 / Index 668
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
VISUAL C#.NET
by C. Muthu, St. Joseph’s College,
Trichy
2007 / 556 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091283
The .Net framework has a lot of
advantages over the conventional
programming architectures in terms of
security, development, platform
independence, and maintenance. This
book focuses on Visual C#.Net
programming. Designed for students
and professionals, the book provides
complete coverage of fundamental
concepts and gradually introduces
topics like attributes, database
connectivity, and web applications.
FEATURES
• More than 140 complete programs
• Exercise for testing the acquired
knowledge
• Step-by-step approach with screen
shots for understanding
• Simple and student-friendly writing
style
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Visual C#.Net 2.
Features in Visual Studio.Net 3. Data
Types and Console I/O 4. Control
Statements 5. Arrays and Methods 6.
Classes and Objects 7. Properties,
Indexers, and Operator Overloading 8.
Inheritance and Polymorphism 9.
Interfaces, Namespaces, and
Components 10. Delegates, Events,
and Attributes 11. Exception Handling
12. Multithreading 13. I/O Streams 14.
Networking 15. Windows Applications-
I16. Windows Applications-II 17.
Database Connectivity 18. Basic Web
Controls 19. Validation and List Web
Controls 20. User and Custom Web
Controls 21. Web Services
VISUAL BASIC
PROGRAMMING IN
VISUAL BASIC 6.0
(Updated Editon) (with CD)
by Julia Case Bradley; Anita C.
Millspaugh, Mt. San Antonio College
2002 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780074635216
CONTENTS
1. Introuction to Visual Basic. 2. More
Controls. 3. Variables, Constants, and
Calculations. 4. Decisions and
Conditions. 5. Menus, Sub Procedures,
and Sub Functions. 6. Multiple Forms.
7. Lists, Loops, and Printing. 8. Arrays.
9. OOP-Creating Object-Oriented
Programs. 10. Data Files. 11. Accessing
Database Files. 12. Data Handling-
Grids, Validation, Selection, and Sorting.
13. Drag-and-Drop. 14. Graphics. 15.
Advanced Topics in Visual Basic.
Appendix A Answers to Feedback
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
16 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Questions. Appendix B Functions for
Working with Dates, Financial
Calculations, Mathematics, and String
Operations. Appendix C Tips and
Shortcuts for Mastering the VB
Environment. Appendix D A Preview of
Microsoft’s VB.NET
VISUAL BASIC 6:
FROM THE GROUND UP
by Gary Cornell
1999 / 932 Pages
ISBN : 9780074635575
(Osborne Reprint)
International Edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF
VISUAL BASIC
by Byron S Gottfried, University of
Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh
2001 / 325 Pages
ISBN : 9780071356718
CONTENTS
1: Introducing Visual Basic. 2: Visual
Basic Fun da men tals. 3: Branch ing
and Loop ing. 4: Visual Basic Control
Fun da men tals. 5 Menus and Dialog
Boxes. 6. Ex e cut ing and De bug ging
a New Project. 7: Procedures. 8: Arrays.
9: Data Files. / Appendix A: The ASCII
Char ac ter Set. / Appendix B:
Incompatibilities with Visual Basic.NET.
/ Answers to Selected Problems.
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL
BASIC 2010
By Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio
College, and Anita C. Millspaugh, Mt
San Antonio College
2011 / 704 Pages
ISBN: 9780071314213 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/vb2010
Bradley; Programming in Visual Basic
2010 The author team of Julia Bradley
and AnitaMillspaugh remain the guiding
light for countless students around the
world in Programming with Visual Basic
2010. How better to master the most
popular object-oriented programming
language than to use the bestselling
textbook? Be at the cutting edge of
technology with examples, feedback
questions, and a full Hands On
Programming Example. Apply the
concepts yourself with Case Studies
and Exercises. Screen captures, stepby-
step exercises, and thorough
appendices ensure that Programming
Excellence Begins Here.
FEATURES
• VISUAL BASIC 2010 SOFTWARE
PACKAGE AVAILABLE: Based on
the Professional Edition of Visual
Studio 2010, but all exercises can
be completed using the free Visual
Basic 2010 Express Edition
• New content for VB 2010 :
Collection classes.Implicit line
continuation.
• Improved methods for array and
collection Initialization.
• APPROACH: This text incorporates
the basic concepts of programming,
problem solving, programming logic,
as well as the design techniques of
an object-oriented, event-driven
language. VB is a fully objectoriented
language, which includes
inheritance and polymorphism.
Object-oriented programming (OOP)
is introduced in Chapter 1, and its
features appear in every chapter of
the book.
• Chapter topics are presented in a
sequence that allows the
programmer to learn how to deal
with a visual interface while
acquiring important programming
skills such as creating projects with
objects, decisions, loops, and data
management.
• A high priority is given to writing
applications that are easy for the
user to understand and to use.
Students are presented with
interface design guidelines
throughout the text.
• Online Learning Center: Dedicated
website follows the textbook
chapter-by-chapter with ancillary
content for both instructors and
students
• HANDS-ON PROGRAMMING
EXAMPLE: complete programming
exercises guide students through
the process of planning, writing and
executing programs using Visual
Basic 2010.
• PROGRAMMING EXERCISES to
test the student’s knowledge of the
material within the chapter
• CASE STUDIES to allow students
to investigate programming more
independently
• This textbook is intended for use in
an introductory programming
course, which assumes no prior
knowledge of computer
programming.
• WHY VISUAL BASIC? Visual Basic
(VB) has become such a popular
programming language for several
reasons. VB is easy to learn, which
makes it an excellent tool for
understanding elementary
programming concepts. In addition,
it has evolved into such a powerful
and popular product that skilled
Visual Basic programmers are in
demand in the job market.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Visual Basic 2010 2.
User Interface Design 3. Variables,
Constants, and Calculations 4.
Decisions and Conditions 5. Menus,
Common Dialog Boxes, Sub
Procedures, and Function Procedures
6. Multiform Projects 7. Lists, Loops,
and Printing 8. Arrays 9. Web
Applications 10. Database Applications
11. Data Files 12. OOP: Creating
Object-Oriented Programs 13.
Graphics, Animation, Sound, and Dragand-
Drop 14. Additional Topics in Visual
Basic
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 17
US Edition
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING
USING VISUAL BASIC 2008
4th Edition
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio
College; Anita C. Millspaugh,Mt San
Antonio College
2009 / 672 Pages
ISBN: 9780073517223
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Visual Studio and the .NET
Framework Chapter 2. Building Multitier
Programs with Classes Chapter 3.
Windows Database Applications
Chapter 4. Windows Database using
Related Tables Chapter 5. Windows
Database Updates Chapter 6. Services
Chapter 7. Web Applications Chapter 8.
Web Database Applications Chapter 9.
Reports Chapter 10. Collections
Chapter 11. User Controls Chapter 12.
Help Files Chapter 13. Additional Topics
in Visual Basic / Appendix A. Answers
to Feedback Questions / Appendix B.
Review of Introductory VB Concepts /
Appendix C. Deployment / Appendix
D. Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the
Environment / Glossary / Index
International Edition
PROGRAMMING IN
VISUAL BASIC 2008
7th Edition
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio
College; Anita C. Millspaugh, Mt San
Antonio College
2009 / 704 Pages
ISBN: 9780071280891 [IE]
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• SOFTWARE: Based on the
Professional Edition of Visual Studio
2008, but all exercises can be
completed using the free Visual
Basic 2008 Express Edition
• Updated: All figures are based on
Vista
• PRINTFORM CONTROL: A new
PrintForm control is covered in
Chapter 1, so that students can
send the current form to the Print
Preview window or to the printer.
• LINQ: The new Language Integrated
Queries (LINQ) provide a more
consistent means of querying a
variety of data sources.
• Writing and reading XML data files
is covered.
• The sections on writing a small
amount of data in a file are
expanded to include using the My
object.
• Windows Presentation Foundation
(WPF): An introduction to the
Windows Presentation Foundation
(WPF) includes using WPF
interoperability with a standard
Windows Form and creating a WPF
Form project.
• Visual Basic PowerPacks: The new
line and shape controls from the
Visual Basic PowerPacks are
introduced in chapter 2. This set of
controls included LineShape,
OvalShape, and RectangleShape.
In¬structions for downloading and
installing the PowerPacks are
included in the Chapter 1, where the
PrintForm control is introduced.
• Visual Studio Editor: The Visual
Studio editor now has much richer
IntelliSense, eliminating the need for
using the Me keyword in most
instances.
• Pascal casing: To conform with the
published standards from Microsoft,
Pascal casing is used for variable
names.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to Visual Basic
2008 Chapter 2. User Interface Design
Chapter 3. Variables, Constants, and
Calculations Chapter 4. Decisions and
Conditions Chapter 5. Menus, Common
Dialog Boxes, Sub Procedures, and
Function Procedures Chapter 6.
Multiform Projects Chapter 7. Lists,
Loops, and Printing Chapter 8. Arrays
Chapter 9. Web Applications Chapter
10. Database Applications Chapter 11.
Data Files Chapter 12. OOP: Creating
Object-Oriented Programs Chapter 13.
Graphics, Animation, Sound, and Dragand-
Drop Chapter 14. Additional Topics
in Visual Basic / Appendix A: Answers
to Feedback Questions / Appendix B:
Methods and Functions for Working with
Dates, Financial Calculations,
Mathematics, and String Operations /
Appendix C: Tips and Shortcuts for
Mastering the Environment / Appendix
D: .NET Security
VISUAL BASIC 6:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
(With CD)
by Jerke
1999 / 788 Pages
ISBN : 9780074636664
(Osborne Reprint)
PROGRAMMING WITH
VISUAL BASIC 6
by Content Development Group
2001 / 784 Pages
ISBN : 9780070402904
CONTENTS
1. Getting Started with Visua Basic 6.0
2. Working with Controls 3. Menus,
Mouse Events and Dialog Boxes 4.
Graphics, MDI and FlexGrid 5. ODBC
and Data Acces Objects 6. ODBC Using
Data Access Objects and Remote Data
Objects 7. Data Environment and Data
Report 8. Object Linking and
Embedding 9. Objects and Classes 10.
All About ActiveX Controls 11. ActiveX
EXE and ActiveX DLL 12. ActiveX
Document Fundamentals 13. Built-in
ActiveX Controls 14. Working with Add-
Ins 15. Introducing Web Browser and
DHTML 16. Working with ActiveX Data
Objects 17. Files and File System
Controls 18. Debugging and Windows
API Glossary / Bibliography / Index
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
18 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
VISUAL BASIC 2005:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Ron Petrusha
2006 / 750 Pages
ISBN : 9780070619869
Visual Basic 2005 is the latest version of
Visual Basic.NET. Visual Basic 2005
introduced features meant to fill in the
gaps between itself and other “more
powerful” .NET languages.
FEATURES
• Documents the differences between
VB 2005 and previous versions
• Reveals undocumented VB 2005
functions readers will find nowhere
else
• In-depth coverage of current
language elements, coding
techniques, and troubleshooting
procedures
• Syntax explanations, code samples,
and real-world examples
• appendices include information on
constants and enumerations,
compiling applications from the
command line, and data conversion
CONTENTS
• Acknowledgments • Introduction •
Introduction to Visual Basic 2005 • Data
Types and Variables • Program
Structure • Object-Oriented Programming
• Event-Driven Programming •
Exception Handling • The .NET
Framework Class Library • Language
Reference • My Namespace Reference /
Appendix A: What’s New in Visual
Basic 2005 / Appendix B: Language
Elements by Category / Appendix C:
Operators New / Appendix D:
Constants and Enumerations /
Appendix E: The Visual Basic
Command-Line Compiler / Appendix F:
Conversions Reference / Appendix G:
.NET Data Type Reference / Appendix
H: Language Elements Removed from
Visual Basic .NET / Index
VISUAL BASIC.NET
International Edition
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING USING
VISUAL BASIC.NET
3rd Edition
by Julia Case Bradley; Anita C.
Millspaugh, Mt San Antonio College
2007 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780071102957
This textbook is intended for use in an
introductory programming course, which
assumes no prior knowledge of
computer programming. The later
chapters are also appropriate for
professional programmers who are
learning a new language to upgrade
their skills.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Hands-On Programming Examples
• Learning Objectives
• Feedback Questions
• Case Studies
• Tips
• Programming Exercises
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to Visual Basic
.NET. Chapter 2. User Interface Design.
Chapter 3. Variables, Constants, and
Calculations Chapter 4. Decisions and
Conditions Chapter 5. Menus, Common
Dialog Boxes, Sub Procedures, and
Function Procedures Chapter 6.
Multiform Projects Chapter 7. Lists,
Loops, and Printing Chapter 8. Arrays.
Chapter 9. Programming with Visual
Web Developer. Chapter 10. Accessing
Database Files. Chapter 11. Saving
Data in Files. Chapter 12. OOP:
Creating Object-Oriented Programs.
Chapter 13. Graphics, Animation,
Sound, and Dragand- Drop. Chapter 14.
Additional Topics in Visual Basic /
Appendix A: Answers to Feedback
Questions / Appendix B: Methods and
Functions for Working with Dates,
Financial Calculations, Mathematics,
and String Operations / Appendix C:
Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the
Environment / Appendix D: .NET
Security / Glossary / Index.
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL
BASIC.NET
4th Edition (With CD)
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt San Antonio
College
2002 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780070529090
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to Visual
Basic.NET. Chapter 2. More Controls.
Chapter 3. Variables, Constants, and
Calculations. Chapter 4. Decisions and
Conditions. Chapter 5. Menus, Sub
Procedures, and Sub Functions.
Chapter 6. OOP - Creating Object
Oriented Programs. Chapter 7. Lists,
Loops, and Printing. Chapter 8. Arrays.
Chapter 9. Programming With Web
Forms. Chapter 10. Accessing
DataBase Files. Chapter 11. Saving
Data and Objects in Files. Chapter 12.
Graphics in Windows and the Web.
Chapter 13. Advanced Topics in Visual
Basic. / Appendix A: Answers to
Feedback Questions. / Appendix B:
Functions for Dates, Financial
Calculations, Mathematics, and String
Operations. / Appendix C: Tips and
Short cuts for Mastering the Visual
Studio Environment
VISUAL BASIC.NET:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Shapiro
2002 / 901 Pages
ISBN : 9780070495111
(Osborne Reprint)
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 19
PROGRAMMING IN VISUAL
BASIC.NET, UPDATE EDITION FOR
VB.NET 2003 WITH 5-CD VB.NET
2003 SOFTWARE SET
by Julia Case Bradley, Mt. San Antonio
College; Anita C Millspaugh, Mt. San
Antonio College
2005
ISBN : 9780071114479
(with CD)
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to Visual
Basic.NET. Chapter 2. More Controls.
Chapter 3. Variables, Constants, and
Calculations. Chapter 4. Decisions and
Conditions. Chapter 5. Menus, Sub
Procedures, and Sub Functions.
Chapter 6. OOP: Creating Object-
Oriented Programs. Chapter 7. Lists,
Loops, and Printing. Chapter 8. Arrays.
Chapter 9. Programming With Web
Forms. Chapter 10. Accessing
DataBase Files. Chapter 11. Saving
Data and Objects in Files. Chapter 12.
Graphics in Windows and the Web.
Chapter 13. Advanced Topics in Visual
Basic. / Appendix A Answers to Feed
back Questions. / Appendix B Methods
and Functions for Working with Dates,
Financial Calculations, Mathematics,
and String Operations. / Appendix C
Tips and Shortcuts for Mastering the
Environment. / Appendix D Security /
Glossary / Index
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
VISUAL BASIC.NET
by C. Muthu St. Joseph’s College,
Trichy
2007 / 598 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091290
Visual Basic.Net, an object-oriented
programming language implemented on
.Net framework is the easiest and most
productive of programming languages
for building windows and web
applications. This book is written for
beginners and intermediate learners and
does not assume programming
knowledge as a prerequisite. The book
provides complete coverage of
fundamental programming concepts
and introduces topics like exception
handing, I/O streams, networking,
windows programming, ADO.NET,
ASP.NET and web services.
FEATURES
• Simple presentation of programming
concepts with screen-shots for
better understanding
• More than 140 thought provoking
problems in programming
• Exercise for testing the acquired
knowledge
• About 100 example programs
CONTENTS
1. .NET Framework and VB.NET 2.
Features in VS.NET 3. Variables,
Constants, and Expressions 4. Control
Statements 5. Methods and Arrays
6. Classes, Properties, and Indexers
7. Inheritance and Polymorphism 8.
Interfaces, Namespaces, and
Components 9. Delegates, Events, and
Attributes 10. Exception Handling
11. Multi-Threading 12. I/O Streams
13. Networking 14. Additional Windows
Controls 15. Database Connectivity
16. Basic Web Controls 17. Validation
and List Web Controls 18. User and
Custom Web Controls 19. Mobile
Application Development 20. Web
Services
International Edition
LEARNING PROGRAMMING USING
VISUAL BASIC .NET
4th Edition
by William E Burrows, University of
Washington
2003
ISBN : 9780071113502
[IE with CD and VB.Net Software,
4 CD set]
CONTENTS
1. Problem Solving and the Object-
Oriented Paradigm. 2. Creating Simple
Visual Basic .NET Windows
Applications. 3. Representing Data –
Constants and Variables. 4. Performing
Calculations and Manipulating Data. 5.
Specifying Alternative Courses of Action:
Selection Statements. 6. Reducing
Program Complexity: Programmer-
Defined Procedures and Functions. 7.
Repeating Processing Tasks: Loop
Structures. 8. Accessing Data:
Relational Database Processing. 9.
Accessing Data: Using XML. 10.
Working with Collections. 11. Using
Visual Basic .NET to Create Web
Applications. Comprehensive Projects:
CP.1 Multiple Forms, Menus, and
Logical Decision-Making. CP.2
Economic Order Quantity Calculator.
CP.3 Order Policy Simulation. CP.4
Product/Supplier Database Application.
CP.5 Order Entry Application Revisited.
CP.6 Real Estate Listings Database
Application Revisited. / Appendix A:
Debugging. / Appendix B: Configuring
and Using Internet Information Server
(IIS). / Appendix C: Configuring and
Using MS SQL Server. / Appendix D:
Answers to Selected Exercises
VISUAL C++ / VISUAL C++ 6
FROM THE GROUND UP
2nd Edition
by John Mueller
1999 / 752 Pages
ISBN : 9780074637296
(Osborne Reprint)
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
VISUAL PROGAMMING
by S. Anbuchelian is Assistant
Professor, Department of Computer
Science and Engineering, Tagore
Engineering College, Chennai.
2007 / 270 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091337
Visual C++ is an object-oriented
programming language used as a
programming tool for designing menus,
dialog boxes and so on. It is an IDE
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
20 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
(Integrated Design Environment), which
uses MFC (Microsoft Foundation Class)
an extraordinary package of prewritten,
ready-to-use code. This book Visual
Programming is designed for beginners
as a first level course on the subject.
FEATURES
• Clear and simple explanations of
fundamental programming concepts
• Includes advanced programming
concepts with MFC like DLL,
ActiveX Control, COM, OLE, DAO
• Numerous screen shots for better
understanding
• Over 100 sample programs and lab
exercises
• Previous year university question
paper with answers to two mark
questions
CONTENTS
Unit 1: Windows Programming
1. History of Windows 2. Windows and
Messages 3. Graphics Device
Interface— Fonts 4. Scroll Bar 5. Basic
Drawing 6. Child Window Controls Unit
2: Application Framework 7.
Application Framework and VC++
Components 8. MFC Library 9. Basic
Event Handling and Mapping Modes
10. GDI, Colors, Fonts 11. Dialog Box
12. Windows Common Controls 13.
Bitmaps Unit 3: The Document-View
Architecture 14. The Document-View
Architecture 15. Windows Resource 16.
MFC Document-View Applications 17.
Multiple Document Interface or MDI 18.
Dynamic Link LibrariesUnit 4: ActiveX
and Object Linking and Embedding
(OLE) 19. ActiveX Controls 20. COM 21.
Interfaces 22. Benefits of COM 23. OLE
Unit 5: Advanced Concepts 24.
Database Management 25. Data
Access Objects (DAO) 26. Threads and
Synchronization 27. VC++ Networking
Issues 28. Winsock 29. WinInet 30.
Internet Information Systems and
ISAPI Server Extension 31. Windows
and Multimedia
VISUAL C++6 :
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Chrisz
1999 / 1015 Pages
ISBN : 9780074638101
(Osborne Reprint)
VISUAL C++.NET
VISUAL C++.NET:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Chris Pappas
2002 / 1008 Pages
ISBN : 9780070495326
(Osborne Reprint)
VISUAL STUDIO.NET
International Edition
PROGRAMMING THE WEB USING
VISUAL STUDIO.NET
by David Mercer, AFC Computer
Services
2003
ISBN : 9780071236119
CONTENTS
1. Integrated Development
Environments. 2. Programming Basics.
3. Markup Languages and XML. 4.
Database Design. 5. Business
Processes and Information. 6. The
Graphical User Interface. 7. VB .NET,
ADO .NET. 8. VS .NET Templates. 9.
Web Applications. 10. Web Services.
11. Project Management with VS .NET. /
Appendices
US Edition
MICROSOFT VISUAL STUDIO 2008
PROGRAMMING
by Jamie Plenderleith; Steve Bunn
2009 / 600 Pages
ISBN: 97800770147249
(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Written by an award-winning software
developer and Microsoft MVP, this is an
invaluable programming guide for
experienced developers who need to
learn how to utilize all of the features
and tools in Visual Studio 2008 in order
to build professional data-driven
applications. New Visual Studio 2008
features are covered, including WPF
Designer, LINQ, code analysis tools,
new language features, new debugging
and source editing features, and more.
CONTENTS
Part I: New Features Chapter 1. New
VB.NET Language Features Chapter 2.
New C# Language Features Chapter 3.
New Studio 2008 Tools Part II: Project
Architecture Chapter 4. 3-Tier Design,
n-tier Design Chapter 5. Winforms &
WPF Applications Chapter 6. Webforms
Applications & WCF Chapter 7. Office
Applications Part III: Working with …
XML Chapter 8. XPath & XSLT Chapter
9. XML & LINQ [Language INtegrated
Query] Chapter 10. XML & SQL [SQL
Server] Chapter 11. XML & SOAP
[Simple Object Access Protocol / Web
Services] Part IV: Working with …
Data Access Chapter 12. ADO.NET
Chapter 13. ADO.NET & SQL,
ADO.NET & Oracle, ADO.NET &
MySQL, ADO.NET & Access Chapter
14. LINQ Chapter 15. Sample data
access applications Part V: Debugging
Chapter 16. Breakpoints, Stepping
through code , Watch Window &
Exception Assistant Chapter 17.
Creating Debug Visualizers Chapter 18.
Debugging Processes – Locally &
Remotely Chapter 19. Tracing &
Logging Part VI: Deployment Chapter
20. Deploying Web Applications Chapter
21. Deploying Windows Applications
Chapter 22. Deploying the .NET
Framework Part VII: Security Chapter
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 21
23. Security Principles, Hack Resistant
Code & Defensive Programming
Chapter 24. Encryption Chapter 25.
Authentication & Authorization Chapter
26. SQL Injection Attacks Part VIII:
Visual Studio Team System Chapter
27. VSTS Overview, TFS & Source
Control Chapter 28. Test Edition
Chapter 29. Developer Edition Chapter
30. Database Edition Chapter 31.
Architect Edition
PYTHON
EXPLORING PYTHON
by Timothy A. Budd, Oregon State
University
2011 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9780071321228
Tim Budd is one of the best-known
authors in CS and has a reputation for
producing texts in cutting edge,
emerging areas like Python. With
Python being the most recognized
emerging languages, Budd's created a
text that is thorough and easily
accessible. Python is an up-andcoming,
powerful language that many
people feel is easier to teach and
comprehend. Tim Budd's presentation
of the Python language is in keeping
with the light, flexible nature of the
language itself. It provides a thorough
grounding in the basics of Python
without the dispersed focus on CS
history and general programming
practice that tends to weigh down a lot
of traditional introductory programming
books. Budd's accessible writing style
and example-based approach make the
book ideal as both a teaching tool and a
reference.
FEATURES
• Example based approach
• Practical Code" Focus: Which all
beginning programmers need to
know, is integrated through out the
text
• Provides Common Programming
Errors
• Abundance of code samples
CONTENTS
Part I. Basic features of Python 1.
Interactive Execution 2. Programs in
Python 3. Functions 4. Strings 5.
Dictionaries 6. Files 7. Classes 8.
Functional Programming 9. Object-
Oriented Programming 10. Modules 11.
Advanced Features Part II. 12. GUI
programming with Tkinter 13. Webbased
Applications 14. A Blog 15. A Wiki
web 16. A Suduko Solver 17. XML
parsing with the iTunes database 18.
Data Structures /Appendices / A. Python
Reference Manual / B. How to Learn a
Second Programming Language
MATHCAD
International Edition
MATHCAD: A TOOL FOR
ENGINEERS AND SCIENTISTS
2nd Edition
by Philip J. Pritchard, Manhattan
College
2008
ISBN : 9780071266987
Mathcad: A Tool for Engineering
Problem Solving includes material
related to the latest release of MathCad
13, with the focus on the fundamentals.
It is enriched with great motivating
applications, and solid homework
problems appealing to both engineers
and scientists.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• The most current version of Math-
Cad - MathCad 14 - is represented
in this text.
• Examples and homework problems
updated to account for a broader
range of engineering disciplines, in
addition to mechanical and
electrical, to include: civil, chemical,
and environmental engineering.
• Pedagogy updated to be more
student-friendly, including new
beginning sections at the start of
each chapter that spell out specific
features to be covered, new end-ofchapter
summaries, and the
addition of tables and boxes where
appropriate that will reduce the
amount of math theory in the text.
• Examples and applications related
to the sciences.
• A full version of Mathcad 14 is
included with this text.
CONTENTS
1. What Is Mathcad? 2. Mathcad Basics
3. How to Numerically Solve Equations
4. Vectors, Matrices, and More 5.
Symbolic Math and Calculus 6.
Numerically Solving Differential
Equations 7. Importing, Exporting, and
Analyzing Data / Appendix: Graphing
MFC
MFC PROGRAMMING FROM
THE GROUND UP
2nd Edition
by Herbert Schildt
2000 / 699 Pages
ISBN : 9780074639924
(Osborne Reprint)
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES
22 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
PROGRAMMING SKILLS
PROGRAMMING:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
by Richard Mansfield
2009 / 364 Pages
ISBN : 9780070682665
GOOD PROGRAMMING:
SKILLS AND PRACTICE
by Abbas Sutarwala
2006 / 225 Pages
ISBN : 9780070599314
Good Programming Skill is the ability to
develop programs that meet the goals
of correctness, robustness,
understandability, adaptability and
reuse, which are universally considerd
valuable. Developing these skills
requires aptitude, knowledge, effort and
time.
The skills covered are by and large
generic and can be applied to business
software developed in any language
(like C++, COBOL, Java). The book
would serve as a “take-off” on the
interesting and valuable journey of
developing “Good Programming
Skills” which is a lifelong (pleasant)
professional journey for developers.
This book discusses the importance of
Good Programming for professional
developers. It provides strategies for
improving the correctness, understandability
and adaptability of
programs. Some of the key practices
and skills are discussed via “hands-on
practice” sessions; these include: “Test-
Driven Development”, using the “JUnit”
framework, and “Table-Driven Methods”.
Additional skills for improving code
design are illustrated via examples.
CONTENTS
• Test-Driven Development • Improving
Understandability • Improving
Robustness • Improving Adaptability •
Improving Re-use
DATA STRUCTURES
DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHMS: CONCEPTS,
TECHNIQUES & APPLICATIONS
by G.A.V. Pai, PSG College of
Technology, Coimbatore
2008 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667266
Intended for a course on Data
Structures at the UG level, this title
details concepts, techniques, and
applications pertaining to the subject in
a lucid style. Independent of any
programming language, the text
discusses several illustrative problems
to reinforce the understanding of the
theory. It offers a plethora of
programming assignments and
problems to aid implementation of Data
Structures.
FEATURES
• Lucid Language: Language used is
easy to comprehend and the text
steers clear of complicated
formalisms, case in point being the
coverage of Trees.
• Exhaustive coverage: Separate
chapters for Binary Search Trees
and AVL Trees, B-Trees and Tries,
and Red Black Trees and Splay
Trees.
• Example driven approach: After a
brief introduction to the topic, the
text applies these concepts using
solved examples and algorithms.
Eg. Infix, Prefix, and PostFix
Expressions.
• Use of Pseudocodes: Will provide
students with flexibility in terms of
language of implementation.
• Unique Feature: ADT for each Data
Structure has been discussed in a
separate section at the end of every
chapter.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Analysis of Algorithms
3. Arrays 4. Stacks 5. Queues 6. Linked
Lists 7. Linked Stacks and Linked
Queues 8. Trees and Binary Trees 9.
Graphs 10. Binary Search Trees and
AVL Trees 11. B Trees and Tries 12.
Red-Black Trees and Splay Trees 13.
Hash Tables 14. File Organizations 15.
Searching 16. Internal Sorting
DATA STRUCTURES
(Schaum Outline Series)
(Special Indian Editon)
by Semyour Lipschutz, Temple
University; Adaptation Author G A V Pai,
PSG Technology, Coimbatore
2005 / 484 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601680
This book treats the Data Structure
algorithms in a form that is machine and
language independent. It adopts an
elementary approach to the subject
matter with many examples & diagrams
and is suited to be of great assistance
as a textbook or supplement for
effective self-study.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and overview 2.
Preliminaries 3. String processing 4.
Arrays, records and pointers 5. Linked
lists 6. Stacks, queues, recursion 7.
Trees 8. Graphs and their applications
9. Sorting and searching
DATA STRUCTURES
USING C
DATA STRUCTURES WITH C (SIE)
(Schaum Outline Series)
by Seymour Lipschutz, Professor of
Mathematics, Temple University,
Philadelphia
2010 / 650 Pages
ISBN : 9780070701984
The book gives a clear and concise
presentation of wider range of data
structures topics supported with variety
of pedagogical features. New topical
inclusions and elaborations will make
the revised edition more exhaustive.
Addition of C programs to depict
concept and algorithm implementation
will make it more easier for the readers
to comprehend. MCQs included in the
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES • DATA STRUCTURES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 23
text will helping practicing the earlier
learnt concept. Thus, this book will be
an excellent self-teach and test
preparation material for beginners.
FEATURES
• Classification of Data Structures,
Abstract Data types (ADT),
implementations of ADT using array
and linked list in brief, realization of
ADT in C (Chap-1)
• Strings as ADT (Chap-3)
• Arrays as ADT, Concept of ordered
list, Storage representations,
Representation of Polynomials
using arrays, Addition of
polynomials; Dynamic Memory
Management (Chap-4)
• Linked Lists as ADT, Circularly
Linked Lists, Doubly Linked Lists -
add after the new section circular
linked list, Garbage compaction,
Josephus Problem & its solutionadd
as appropriate, Representation
and manipulations of polynomials
using linked lists, Buddy systems in
brief (Chap-5)
• Array representation &
implementation of queues, Queue
operations, Circular queues; Maze
Problem as example, Categorizing
Data, Simulation of Queues,
Concept of stack and queues as
ADT, Decimal to Binary Conversion,
Algorithm for Dequeue (Chap-6)
• Array Representation of Binary
trees, Conversion of general trees to
binary trees, Threaded Binary trees,
Balanced binary trees, B+ -trees,
Red - black trees, Introduction of
Top-down Splay Trees, Applications
of Trees (Expression Trees; Game
Trees) (Chap-7)
• Symbol tables, Dijkstra’s algorithm,
Floyd Warshall’s Algorithm,
Spanning Trees, Minimum Spanning
Tree Algorithms - Prim’s and
Kruskal’s Algorithms, Connected
Components, Directed acyclic
graphs; Bi-connected Graphs;
Activity network, critical path (Chap-
8)
• Sort order, sort stability, Shell sort ,
K-way merge sort, balanced merge
sort, polyphase merge sort, Two
Way Merge Sort; Merging ordered
and unordered files, Efficiency
Considerations in Searching &
Sorting (Chap-9)
• Elaboration of topics such as:
Pointers, Recursion, Heaps, Linked
List operations, Searching methods,
Hash table, Hash Functions,
Collision Resolution techniques.
• C programs given in the appendix
shifted to relevant chapters.
• Pedagogy enhanced and increased.
Over 75 new solved and unsolved
questions added. 135 MCQs added.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction and Overview 2.
Preliminaries 3. String Processing 4.
Arrays, Records and Pointers 5. Linked
Lists 6. Stacks, Queues, Recursion 7.
Trees 8. Graphs and Their Applications
9. Sorting and Searching
DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHMS USING C
by Brijendra Joshi, Military College of
Telecommunication Engg., MHOW
2010
ISBN : 9780070145962
Intended for a course on Data
Structures at the UG level, this title
details concepts related to Data
Structures and Algorithms in a lucid
style. The author aims to cover this
subject using C language as the
language of implementation.
FEATURES
• Extensive stress on Algorithm
Analysis with topics on Brute Force,
Boyer Moore Algorithm, and Knuth-
Morris-Pratt.
• Separate chapter on File
Management, in the face of brief
coverage in competing titles.
• Popular C Programming language
at use to describe Data Structure
concepts.
• Numerous solved problems and
unsolved programming problems.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Data Structures 2.
Arrays 3. Recursion 4. Linked List 5.
Stack 6. Queues 7. Hash Tables 8.
Graphs and Trees 9. Fundamentals of
Algorithms 10. Sorting Algorithms 11.
Substring Search Algorithms 12. Graph
Algorithms 13. File Management 14.
Storage Management
DATA STRUCTURES IN C
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 567 Pages
ISBN : 9780070591028
This book is designed for the course on
Data Structures through ‘C’ offered to
students taking DOEACC’s ‘A’ level
certificate examination. The book will
also be useful to the Diploma students
of the computer science stream who
take a paper on Data Structures using
C.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Data Structures 2.
Principles of Programming and Analysis
of Algorithms 3. Arrays 4. Linked Lists
5. Polynomials and Sparse Matrix
6. Stacks 7. Queues 8. Binary Trees
9. Advanced Trees, Forests and
Orchards 10. Multiway Trees 11.
Searching and Sorting 12. Graphs 13.
Hashing 14. String Processing 15.
Storage Management Appendix A:
Mathematical Concepts for Data
Structures Appendix B: Sample
Question Papers
DATA STRUCTURES USING C
(Sigma Series)
by S. Mukherjee, Software Developer,
Tata Consultancy Services
2008 / 556 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667655
Intended for a course on Data
Structures at the UG level, this title
gives numerous solved examples and
unsolved problems which would
facilitate the understanding of the
subject with greater clarity. Through
updated coverage of this subject and
simple language employed in this book,
students will appreciate many of the
practical aspects of Data Structures.
FEATURES
• Coverage of topics on Date, Map
and Currency in the form of full
fledged chapters.
DATA STRUCTURES
24 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• Separate chapter on Abstract Data
Types, which forms an integral part
of this course.
• Newly emerging Data Structures like
Saguaro Stack and emulation of
DNA reactions have been included
to give this title an updated
coverage.
• Popular C Programming language
at use to describe Data Structure
concepts.
• Numerous solved problems along
with brief theoretical treatment of
concepts.
CONTENTS
1. Arrays 2. Structure 3. Linked Lists
4. Strings 5. Recursion 6. Stacks 7.
Queues 8. Trees 9. Graphs 10. Sorting
11. Hashing 12. ADT 13. Date 14. Map
15. Currency 16. File Handling /
Appendix A: Project Ideas / Appendix B:
Bibliography
DATA STRUCTURES USING C
by R. Krishnamoorthy, Professor of
Information Technology, Bharathidasan
Institute of Technology, Trichy; G
Indirani Kumaravel, Department of
Computer Science and Engineering,
Annamalai University, Chidambaram
2008 / 600 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669192
Keeping in mind the level of beginners,
the book is written without any
prerequisites. It is an ideal text book for
students of various courses in Computer
Science at the diploma, polytechnic,
undergraduate and postgraduate level,
and also for new programmers who
wish to know about the usage of
different data structures in their project.
The novelty of this book is that it not
only covers all the concepts of data
structures but also explains the
implementation issues with tested
programs in all the chapters.
FEATURES
• Uses C Language to implement
Data Structures
• Special emphasis on Abstract Data
Types and their implementation in
various Data Structures
• Exhaustive coverage on Tress,
Binary Search Trees and AVL Trees
• Excellent pedagogical features
include
• 104 Solved examples
• 138 Review questions
• 127 Multiple-choices questions
• 115 Programming exercises
• 247 Illustrations
CONTENTS
1. Data Structures – An Overview 2.
Strings And Character Manipulation 3.
Stacks 4. Queues 5. Linked Lists 6.
Trees 7. Graphs 8. Sorting 9. Searching
10. Search Trees 11. Files Structures
International Edition
STRUCTURING DATA AND
BUILDING ALGORITHMS
by Ian Chai; Jonathon David White
2007 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780071261944
(Asian Publication)
This book is about those foundational
solutions. It describes how to structure
data and build algorithms to solve
common program¬ming tasks. Some of
these techniques have names that
come from ordinary non-computer life –
e.g. stacks, queues and sorting – and
others have names that might be
completely unfamiliar to a new student
of programming – e.g. recursion,
backtracking and arrays – but they are
all standards in the programmer’s tool
chest. Oc¬casionally, a new tool is
discovered – or at least, refined – and
we include one which was just
discovered in 1999 – introspective sort.
But most of them have been part of the
standard programmer’s tool chest for
decades. Unlike the majority of
textbooks in this field, this book takes a
“code first” approach. After a brief
introduction of the concepts, a short
complete ANSI-C program is presented
for students to analyse. A number of
questions arising from the code are then
posed and answered in the Socratic
format. In this way, we hope that the
reader will not only become fluent in the
concepts but also in the “nuts and bolts”
of translating these concepts into
functioning, efficient standard C code.
Variable pointer diagrams are developed
and used extensively to aid
understanding of the more complex data
structures and their manipulation.
CONTENTS
Preface. / About the Authors. / Part 1:
Structuring Data. 1. Structuring Data:
Variables and Pointers. 2. Structuring
Data: Arrays and Records. 3. Structuring
Data: Linked Lists. 4. Structuring Data:
Trees. 5. Structuring Data: Graphs and
Sets. Part 2: Building Algorithms. 6.
Building Algorithms: Basic Techniques.
7. Building. Algorithms: Key Concepts.
Part 3: Algorithms and Data Structures
in Action. 8. Searching. 9. Sorting. 10.
NP-hard Problems. Part 4: Theory of
Computing. 11. Finite State Automata.
12. Turing Machines. / Appendix:
Annotated Bibliography. / Answers to
Problems. / Index.
DATA STRUCTURES
USING C++
DATA STRUCTURES AND
ALGORITHMS USING C++
Ist Edition
by B K Joshi, Professor, Electronics,
Telecommunication and Computer
Engineering & Director, Research
Center, Military College of
Telecommunication Engineering,
MHOW
2010
ISBN : 9780070669109
Data Structures and Algorithms Using
C++ lays down the intricacies of Data
Structures in a simple and lucid manner.
C++ language has been used to
implement data structures. The USP of
the book is its discussion of the most
efficient and commonly occurring
algorithms.
FEATURES
• A C++ language based book.
• Advanced level algorithms such as
DATA STRUCTURES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 25
Brute Force, Boyer Moore
Algorithm, and Knuth-Morris-Pratt
Algorithm discussed
• Separate chapters dedicated to File
Management and Storage
Management
• Backtracking through various
examples like Towers of Hanoi and
Non-Attacking Queens are
discussed
• Extensive stress on examples
through programming practice.
PEDAGOGICAL FEATURES INCLUDES
• Solved Examples: 20
• Exercises: 218
• Illustrations: 170
CONTENTS
• Introduction to Data Structures • Arrays
• Recursion • Linked List • Stack •
Queues • Hashing and Hash Tables •
Graphs and Trees • Fundamentals of
Algorithms • Sorting Algorithms •
Substring Search Algorithms • Graph
Algorithms • File Structures • Storage
Management / Appendix A: Array Class
Template for One Dimensional Array /
Appendix B: Array Class Template for
Two Dimensional Array / Appendix C:
Program To Convert from Infix to Postfix
Data Structues through C++
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2011 / 656 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072779
The goal of this book is to help students
understand different concepts of data
structures using simple and lucid
language. It specifically covers the
entire syllabus of “Data Structures
through C++” prescribed by DOEACC
for its ‘A’ and ‘B’ level Programmes. It
will also be useful for students of BE/B
Tech (CSE), BCA and MCA
programmes of various universities.
FEATURES
• Provides complete explanation of
fundamentals of Data Structures,
Abstract concepts and how these
concepts are useful in problem
solving.
• Extensive and in-depth coverage of
Trees along with its representation
through Arrays and Linked Lists
along with separate chapters on AVL
trees and Multiway Trees
• Comprehensive coverage of Stack
along with its representation through
Arrays and Linked Lists
• Chapter-end exercises prepared
according to DOEACC question
paper pattern
• Pedagogy:
• Multiple Choice Questions: 77
• True/False: 82
• Fill in the Blanks: 86
• Descriptive Questions: 176
• Solved examples: 18
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Data Structures 2.
Design and anlysis of Algorithms 3.
Principles of Programming in C++ 4.
Functions and Object Oriented
Concepts 5. Arrays 6. Pointers in C++ 7.
Linked Lists 8. Stacks 9. Queues 10.
Binary Trees 11. Advanced Trees,
Forests and Orchards 12. Multiway
Trees 13.Searching and Sorting 14.
Graphs 15.Hashing, Strings and
Storage Management
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF DATA
STRUCTURES WITH C++
by John R Hubbard, University of
Richmond
2004 / 407 Pages
ISBN : 9780070590250
CONTENTS
Chapter . Review of C++. Chapter 2.
Pointersand Arrays. Chapter 3. Class.
Chapter 4. Recursion. Chapter 5.
Stacks. Chapter 6. Queuses. Chapter 7.
Lists. Chapters 8. Tables. Chapter 9.
Trees. Chapter 10. Binary Trees.
Chapter 11. Search Tree. Chapter 12.
Heaps and Priority Queues. /
Appendices. / Index.
International Edition
DATA STRUCTURES AND THE
STANDARD TEMPLATE LIBRARY
by William Collins, Lafayette College
2003 / 688 Pages
ISBN : 9780071150972 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/collins
CONTENTS
1. Important Features in C++. 2. Storage
Structures for Container Classes. 3.
Introduction to Software Engineering. 4.
Introduction to Recursion. 5. Vectors
and Deques. 6. Lists. 7. Queues and
Stacks. 8. Binary Trees and Binary
Search Trees. 9. AVL Trees. 10. Red-
Black Trees. 11. Priority Queues. 12.
Sorting. 13. Searching and the Hash
Classes. 14. Graphs, Trees, and
Networks. / Appendix 1 Mathematical
Background. / Appendix 2 The String
Class. / Appendix 3 Polymorphis
International Edition
DATA STRUCTURES, ALGORITHMS
AND OBJECT-ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING
by Gregory L Heileman, University of
New Mexico
1996 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780071143226
CONTENTS
Part 1: Fundamentals 1. Background
2. Algorithmics 3. Data Structures and C
Programs 4. Object Oriented
Programming and C++ Part II: Basic
Data Structures 5. Lists 6. Stacks and
Queues 7. Binary Search Trees 8.
Hashing 9. Priority Queues Part III:
Advanced Data Structures 10.
Amortized Analysis/ 11. Balanced
Search Trees 12. Heaps/ 13. Dynamic
Sets with Special Operations 14.
Graphs Appendix A Mathematical
Review Sums and Recurrences /
Appendix B Mathematical Review Sets,
Counting, and Graphs.
DATA STRUCTURES
26 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
DATA STRUCTURES
USING JAVA
DATA STRUCTURES WITH JAVA
2nd Edition
(Schaums Outline Series)
(Special Indian Edition)
by John R. Hubbard, University of
Richmonds
2009 / 360 Pages
ISBN: 9780070146075
CONTENTS
Schaum's Outline of Data Structures
with Java, 2ed Chapter 1. Advanced
Java Chapter 2. Object-Oriented
Programming Chapter 3. Abstract Data
Types Chapter 4. Generics in java
Chapter 5. Linked Structures Chapter 6.
Stacks Chapter 7. Queues Chapter 8.
Collections Chapter 9. Lists Chapter
10. Hash Tables Chapter 11. Recursion
Chapter 12. Trees Chapter 13. Binary
Trees Chapter 14. Search Trees
Chapter 15. Heaps and Priority Queues
Chapter 16. Sorting Chapter 17. Sets
Chapter 18. Graphs
International Edition
JAVA STRUCTURES
DATA STRUCTURES IN JAVA FOR
THE PRINCIPLED PROGRAMMER
2nd Edition
by Duane Bailey, Williams College
2003 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780071121637
CONTENTS
Chapter 0 Introduction. Chapter 1. The
Object-Oriented Method. Chpater 2.
Comments, Conditions, and Assertions.
Chapter 3. Vectors. Chapter 4. Design
Fundamentals. Chapter 5. Sorting.
Chapter 6. The Design Method. Chapter
7. Iterators. Chapter 8. Lists. Chapter 9.
Linear Structures. Chapter 10. Ordered
Structures. Chapter 11. Binary Trees.
Chapter 12. Priority Queues. Chapter
13. Search Trees. Chapter 14. Maps.
Chapter 15 Graphs. / Appendix A
Selected Answers. / Appendix B A Sip
of Java. / Appendix C Collections./
Appendix D Documentation. /
Appendix E Environments. / Appendix
F Further Reading. / Appendix G
Glossary./ Index
International Edition
DATA STRUCTURES AND THE JAVA
COLLECTIONS FRAME WORK
2nd Edition
by William Collins, Lafayette College
2005 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780071114073
Data Structures and the Java
Collections Framework, 2/e by William
Collins teaches the fundamentals of
data structures using java. This studentfriendly
book focuses on teaching
students how to apply the concepts
presented. To that end many
applications and examples are included
throughout the book. Collins also
provides programming projects at the
end of each chapter, which get students
hands on with code. In the second
edition, Collins has increased his
coverage on teaching students to build
data structures from scratch. He also
continues to use the Java Collections
Framework where appropriate. His goal
is give students an excellent back
ground in creating data structures
themselves, as well as make them
comfortable using the standard library.
On-line Labs accompany this book and
make it easy to have students start
practice what they are learning. These
labs can be used as open-labs, closed
labs, or homework assignments and are
designed to give students hands-on
experience in programming.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• This text is extremely studentfriendly.
Through out the book, there
are examples, hints, notes, and
marginal notes to help students
navigate through the concepts.
Collins also motivates by providing
many applications throughout.
• Collins uses the Java Collections
Framework, as well as presenting
other implementations. This allows
students to get comfortable using an
industry standard java library, which
they will be able to use even after
they finish the course.
• The new edition has given added
emphasis to buidling data structures
from scratch.
• Programming projects at the end of
chapters give students an
opportunity for hands on learning
that reinforces concepts.
• More extensive java review has
been added in the first two chapters
of the book, preparing students to
study data structures.
• Incorporates Java 2 Standard
Edition, Version 1.5, making use of
the newest features of the java
language including generics, boxing
and unboxing and the enhanced for
statement.
• UML (Unified Modeling Language)
and javadoc notation are introduced
in Chapter 1 and utilized throughout
the text-over 30 UML diagrams are
included.
• Includes generics-now part of the
Java Collections Framework.
CONTENTS
1 Important Features of Java. 2
Interfaces and Collection Classes. 3
Introduction to Software Engineering. 4
Recursion. 5 Array Lists. 6 Linked Lists.
7 Queues and Stacks. 8 Binary Trees
and Binary Search Trees. 9 Balanced
Binary Search Trees. 10 Tree maps and
Tree sets. 11 Priority Queues. 12
Sorting. 13 Searching and The Hash
Classes. 14 Graphs, Trees, and
Networks. Appendix 1 Mathematical
Background. Appendix 3 The Java
Collections Framework
DATA STRUCTURES
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 27
ALGORITHMS
ALGORITHMS
by Sanjoy Dasgupta, University of
California–San Diego, Christos H.
Papadimitriou, University of
California–Berkeley, and Umesh
Vazirani, University of California–
Berkeley
2007 / 336 Pages
ISBN : 9780070636613
An alternative to the comprehensive
algorithm texts in the market. This text,
extensively class-tested over a decade
at UC Berkeley and UC San Diego,
explains the fundamentals of algorithms
in a story line that makes the material
enjoyable and easy to digest. Emphasis
is placed on understanding the crisp
mathematical idea behind each
algorithm, in a manner that is intuitive
and rigorous without being unduly
formal. Features include: The use of
boxes to strengthen the narrative:
pieces that provide historical context,
descriptions of how the algorithms are
used in practice, and excursions for the
mathematically sophisticated. Carefully
chosen advanced topics that can be
skipped in a standard one-semester
course, but can be covered in an
advanced algorithms course or in a
more leisurely two-semester sequence.
An accessible treatment of linear
programming introduces students to
one of the greatest achievements in
algorithms. An optional chapter on the
quantum algorithm for factoring provides
a unique peephole into this exciting
topic. "Algorithms" is an outstanding
undergraduate text, equally informed by
the historical roots and contemporary
applications of its subject. Like a
captivating novel, it is a joy to read. Tim
Rough-garden Stanford University
FEATURES
• Sprinkled with interesting stories
about the development of important
algorithms As Well As About Their
Current Uses In The Global
Information Environment.
• The book is concise and realistic;
with key Design Issues and
rationales that clearly outline the
problems to be solveD and show
how to develop the algorithm...
• Self contained chapters that provide
a variety of perspectives on the
implementation of algorithms
• The authors cover THE essential
algorithms that students need to
know, but are also thorough and
rigorous; including coverage of
linear programming and quantum
computing (Both optional, but
Covered In No Other Book).
• This is a highly flexible text with self
contained chapters: some simple
and others high level; that provide a
variety of perspectives on the
analysis and design of algorithms.
Carefully class tested at UCSD and
UC Berkeley over 10 Years.
• The book uses a unique approach
for proofs and is intuitive and
accessible.
CONTENTS
0 Prologue. 1 Algorithms with Numbers.
2 Divide-and-conquer algorithms. 3
Decompositions of graphs. 4 Paths in
graphs. 5 Greedy algorithms. 6
Dynamic Programming. 7 Linear
Programming and Reductions. 8 NPcomplete
Problems. 9 Coping with
NP-completeness. 10 Quantum
Algorithms.
INTRODUCTION TO THE DESIGN
AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS: A
STRATEGIC APPROACH
by R. C. T. Lee, National Chi Nan
University, Taiwan S. S. Tseng, National
Chiao Tung University, Taiwan R. C.
Chang, National Chiao Tung University,
Taiwan Y. T. Tsai, Providence
University, Taiwan
2012 / 752 Pages
ISBN : 9781259025822
This book presents algorithm design
from the viewpoint of strategies. Each
strategy is introduced with many
algorithms designed under the strategy.
Each algorithm is presented with many
examples and each example with many
figures. This book also discusses the
concept of NP-completeness before
introducing approximation algorithms.
Again, this is explained through
examples which make sure that the
students have a definite idea about this
very abstract concept. This book can be
used as a textbook by senior
undergraduate students or master level
graduate students in computer science.
FEATURES
• Presents algorithm design from the
viewpoint of strategies.
• Each strategy is introduced with
many algorithms designed under
the strategy
• Each algorithm is presented with
many examples and each example
with many figures
• Author presents two important
concepts clearly: PTAS and NPOcomplete.
Also discusses the
concept of NP-completeness before
introducing approximation
algorithms. And, explained through
examples which make sure that the
students have a definite idea about
this very abstract concept
• Chapter on on-line algorithms. Each
on-line algorithm is introduced by
first describing the basic principle
behind it.
• Pedagogy:
• Illustration: 423
• Solved Examples: 34
• Algorithms with Output: 45
• Exercises: 102
CONTENTS
Introduction 1. The Complexity of
Algorithms and the Lower Bounds of
Problems 2. The Greedy Method“The
Divide-and-Conquer Strategy 3. Tree
Searching Strategies 4. Prune-and-
Search 5. Dynamic Programming 6. The
Theory of NP-Completeness 7.
Approximation Algorithms 8. Amortized
Analysis 9. Randomized Algorithms 10.
On-Line Algorithms“Bibliography
DATA STRUCTURES
28 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO THE DESIGN
AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
by R.C.T. Lee; Shian-Shyong Tseng;
Ruei-Chuan Chang; Y. T. Tsai
2005 / 752 Pages
ISBN : 9780071243469
(Asian Publication)
This book presents algorithm design
from the viewpoint of strategies. Each
strategy is introduced with many
algorithms designed under the strategy.
Each algorithm is presented with many
examples and each example with many
figures.
This book has a chapter on on-line
algorithms. Each on-line algorithm is
introduced by first describing the basic
principle behind it. Amortized analysis is
a new field in algorithm research. In this
book, detailed descriptions are given to
introduce this new and difficult-tounderstand
concept.
This book can be used as a textbook by
senior undergraduate students or
master level graduate students in
computer science.
CONTENTS
Preface. / 1. Introduction. 2. The
complexity of algorithms and the lower
bounds of problems. 3. The greedy
method. 4. The divide-and-conquer
strategy. 5. Tree searching strategies. 6.
Prune-and-search. 7. Dynamic
programming. 8. The theory of NPcompleteness.
9. Approximation
algorithms. 10. Amortized analysis. 11.
Randomized algorithms. 12. On-line
algorithms./ Bibliography. / Author
Index. / Subject Index.
COMPILERS
COMPILER DESIGN
1st Edition
by Viswanathan Raghavan, Technical
Manager, Wipro Technologies,
Bangalore
2009 / 581 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144712
Raghavan’s text follows a simplistic
approach in presenting the concepts on
this subject. The author takes care in
covering all the important topics as set
out by a standard syllabus on Compiler
Design. In addition, emerging areas on
Target Code Optimization using x86
Target Code Generator has been
touched upon as the concluding
chapter. The fact that a course on
Compiler Theory will usually be coupled
with a lab course pronounces the need
for an example driven approach. Our
script provides a number of
programming examples in C language.
These examples have been presented
in the form of entire sections, and thus
would provide a hands on approach to
students
FEATURES
• A gradual movement of topics from
basic to advanced, that ensures a
bottom-up approach. See examples
on Bottom Up Parsing and
Semantic Analysis
• Every concept has been
substantiated using C Programming
examples
• Simple language & Crisp
Explanations supported with easy
sample programs
• Target Code Optimization has been
explained using x86 Target Code
Generator, an industry norm
• Code Optimization has been
explained under both a Global and a
Local perspective
• Lexical, Syntax and Semantic
Analysis have been covered in
separate chapters, as demanded by
syllabus requirements
RICH PEDAGOGY
• Figures: 119
• Algorithms Examples: 23
• Programming Examples: 31
• Review Questions: 210
• Programming Exercises: 105
• Exhaustive OLC (Expected)
CONTENTS
1. Compilers – An Introduction 2. Lexical
Analysis 3. Syntax Analysis 4.
Semantic Analysis 5. Intermediate
Code Generation 6. Target Code
Generation 7. Code Optimization
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
by Amrendra Nath Sinha Professor,
Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra;
Arun Dayal Udai, Department of
Mechanical Engineering, Birla Institute
of Technology, Mesra
2007 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634374
This book is written for the student who
wishes to learn not only the concepts of
computer graphics but also its
meaningful implementation. It is a
comprehensive text on Computer
Graphics and is appropriate for an
introductory course in the subject.
FEATURES
• Facilitates better comprehension
with solved examples and practice
exercises.
• Over 40 complete C programs help
in implementation of algorithms.
• Detailed and effective discussion on
topics like 2 and 3-Dimensional
concepts.
• Emphasis laid on mathematical
model based algorithms.
• Complete chapter dedicated to
Animation
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computer Graphics 2.
Graphics System 3. Output Primitives 4.
Two Dimensional Transformations
5. Windowing and Clipping 6. Plane
Curves 7. Three Dimensional Concepts
DATA STRUCTURES • COMPILERS • COMPUTER GRAPHICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 29
and Technique 8. Space Curve 9.
Surface Generation 10. Visible Surface
Detection 11. Color and Illumination
Models 12. Texturing 13. Shading
Methods 14. Modeling Concepts and
Techniques 15. Animation 16.
Introduction to Multimedia Bibliography /
Index
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
(Schaums Outline Series)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Zhigang Xiang, Queens College,
NY; Roy A. Plastock, New Jersey Inst.
of Tech, NJ
Adaptation Author: P S Avadhani,
Professor and Head, Department of
Computer Science and Systems
Engineering, Andhra University College
of Engineering, Visakhapatnam.
2006 / 445 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601659
This book focuses on the fundamental
concepts and the relationship between
them. The book emphasizes on
mathematical and /or algorithmic
solutions. The concepts are also
discussed in sufficient depth so that the
book can also be used as a stand-alone
text on the subject. The solved
examples / problems, MCQs provided in
the book help in honing the problemsolving
skills of the students and also in
mastering the fundamentals of the
subject.
FEATURES
• Concise and to the point
explanations of all the fundamental
concepts
• Over 410 solved examples,
problems and objective questions.
• Ideal for honing the problem-solving
skills of the students
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Additional chapters on Computer
Animation, Graphics I/O Devices.
• Algorithms presented in ‘C’
language – Codes given in the book
are available for free download from
the book website.
• Inclusion of 25 new solved
problems and 10 additional
supplementary problems
• Addition of 65 Multiple-Choice
Questions.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. An Overview of
Graphics I-O Devices 3. Scan
Conversion 4. Two-Dimensional
Transformations 5. Two-Dimensional
Viewing and Clipping 6. Three-
Dimensional Transformations 7.
Mathematics of Projection 8. Three-
Dimensional Viewing and Clipping 9.
Curves and Surface Design 10. Hidden
Surfaces 11. Color and Shading Models
12. Ray Tracing 13. Computer
Animation
PROCEDURAL ELEMENTS FOR
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
by David Rogers, United States Naval
Academy
2001 / 748 Pages
ISBN : 9780070473713
CONTENTS
Preface • Preface to the First Edition 1.
Introduction to Computer Graphics 2.
Raster Scan Graphics 3. Clipping 4.
Visible Lines and Visible Surfaces 5.
Rendering Appendix: Problems and
Projects References Index
MATHEMATICAL ELEMENTS FOR
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
by David Rogers United States Naval
Academy
2002 / 612 Pages
ISBN : 9780070486775
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computer Graphics
2. two-dimensional Transformations 3.
three-dimensional Transformations 4.
Plane Curves 5. Space Curves 6.
Surface Description and Generation
Appendixes / Appendix A: Computer
Graphics Software / Appendix B: Matrix
Algebra / Appendix C: Pseudocode /
Appendix D: B-Spline Surface File
Format / Appendix E: Problems /
Appendix F: Programming Projects /
Appendix G: Algorithms / Index
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
(for DOEACC ‘A’ Level)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 372 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593763
This book is designed for the course on
Computer Graphics offered to students
taking the DOEACC’s ‘A’ level certificate
examination. The book will also be
useful to the Diploma students who take
a paper on Computer Graphics.
FEATURES
• Coverage of contemporary topics
like Multimedia and Open GL.
• Comprehensive treatment of Cubic
Curves.
• Written in a simple and lucid
language keeping in mind the
requirements of the target audience.
• Highly Illustrative with over 155
diagrams.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. Computer Graphics Application
2. Graphic Devices 3. Graphical User
Interface 4. Scan Conversion 5.
Windows and Clipping 6. 2-D
Transformation 7. 3-D Transformation 8.
Three Dimensional Perspective
Geometry 9. Hidden Surfaces 10. Solid
Modelling 11. Advanced Modelling
Techniques 12. Color Models 13.
Multimedia and Its Applications 14.
Multimedia Building Blocks 15.
Overview of OpenGL 16. Matrices and
Determinations 17. Vectors
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
30 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
PRINCIPLES OF INTERACTIVE
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
by William M. Newman Consultant
2001 / 641 Pgaes
ISBN : 9780074632932
International Edition
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
2nd Edition
by Steven Harrington, Xerox
Corporation, Rochester
1987 / 466 Pages
ISBN : 9780071224725
OPERATING SYSTEMS
CONCEPTS
OPERATING SYSTEMS: A CONCEPT
BASED APPROACH, 3rd Edition
by Dhananjay M. Dhamdhere, Institute
Chair Professor, Department of
Computer Science and Engineering,
Indian Institute of Technology Bombay,
Maharashtra, India
2012 / 848 Pages
ISBN : 9781259005589
Dhamdhere’s Operating Systems: A
Concept-Based Approach begins with
fundamentals“and is an ideal text for the
undergraduate students. It presents the
operating system “as anintermediary
between a computer system and a user,
one that provides services“to the user
and also ensures high system
performance. A discussion of the
operating“system’s interactions with the
computer, on one hand, and with user
computations, on“the other hand,
consolidates this view and adds
practical details to it. This
approach“demystifies the idea of the
operating system and also emphasizes
key features of“computer architecture
that are essential for a study of
operating systems.
FEATURES
• Introduces fundamental concepts in
simple terms.
• Concept-based figures illustrate
fundamental concepts and
techniques.
• Numbered examples demonstrate
key issues concerning concepts and
techniques.
• Tables provide overviews and
summaries of specific topics.
• Advanced topics include kernel
memory allocation, deadlockk
characterization, synchronization
and scheduling in multiprocessor
systems, file sharing semantics, and
file system reliability.
• Case studies include Linux 2.6 and
Windows Vista.
New to this Edition
• New dedicated chapter “The OS,
The Computer and User Programs”
will be a good connecting link for
beginners
• New OS Solaris introduced as an
example - Solaris Kernel,
Scheduling, Virtual Memory - Case
studies pertaining to the same
• Pedagogy additions – MCQ,
Chapter-end summary and Class
Projects for Process Management,
Process Synchronization and Virtual
Memory
• Pedagogy — Solved Examples
(114), Exercises (300), Test-Your-
Concepts (53), Class Projects (4),
Case Studies (40)
CONTENTS
Part I : Fundamental Concepts 1.
Introduction 2. Overview of Operating
Systems 3. Structure of Operating
Systems 4. Processes 5. Memory
Management 6. Virtual Memory 7. File
Systems 8. Scheduling 9. Messages
Passing Part II : Advanced Topics 10.
Deadlocks 11. Process Synchronization
12. Advanced Concepts in IOCS and
File Systems 13. Protection 14.
Multiprocessor Operating Systems Part
III : Distributed Operating Systems
15. Distributed Systems 16. Theoretical
Issues in Distributed Systems 17.
Distributed Control Algorithms 18.
Recovery & Fault Tolerance 19.
Distributed File Systems 20. Distributed
Systems Security Exercises
Bibliography Index
OPERATING SYSTEMS:
A SPIRAL APPROACH
by Ramez Elmasri, University of Texas
Arlington, A G. Carrick, and David
Levine, University Of Texas Arlington
2010 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071070942
Elmasri, Levine, and Carrick's "spiral
approach" to teaching operating
systems develops student
understanding early and helps students
approach the more difficult aspects of
operating systems with con¬fidence.
While operating systems have changed
dramatically over the years, the authors
of most operating systems books use a
linear approach that is difficult for
students to follow and requires
instructors to con¬stantly put materials
in context. Elmasri, Levine, and Carrick
do things differently by following an
integrative or "spiral" approach to
explain¬ing operating systems. The
spiral approach alleviates the need for
an instructor to "jump ahead" when
explaining processes by helping
students "completely" understand a
simple, working, functional system as a
whole in the very beginning. This is
more effective pedagogically, and it
inspires students to continue exploring
more advanced concepts with
confidence.
FEATURES
• The book covers modern operating
systems found in devices not
conventionally regarded as
computers. Since the students use
these devices every day and have
an operational familiarity with them.
• Authors use a conversational style
of writing to avoid boring the
students with excessive pedantry.
COMPUTER GRAPHICS • OPERATING SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 31
• The book uses the normal,
accepted terms for describing
operating systems but also
discusses alternative terms when no
accepted standard terminology
exists or where other terms were
used historically.
• The authors discuss algorithmic
solutions as opposed to list¬ing
actual codes since students at
different schools will have been
exposed to different languages.
• For each operating system that is
treated separately, whether in the
spiral section or in the case studies,
the book includes some history of
the industry at the time, and
sometimes the key companies or
individuals involved. This follows
from the author's basic belief that a
student can understand operating
systems better if they are placed in
a meaningful context.
• Frequent figures are incorporated as
an aid to those who learn best
visually rather than by reading a
sequence of words.
• Each chapter ends with a set of
questions that a student can use to
assess the level of understanding of
the material in the chapter.
• Projects are outlined for many
chapters which can be used by the
instructor to ground the students'
understanding in reality.
CONTENTS
PART 1: Operating Systems Overview
and Background 1. Getting Started 2.
Operating System Concepts,
Components, and Architec-tures PART
2: Building Operating Systems
Incrementally: A Breadth-Oriented
Spiral Approach 3. A Simple, Single
Process Operating System 4. A Single
User Multi-tasking Operating System 5.
An Advanced Single User Multi-tasking
Operating System 6. A Multiple-User
Operating System--Linux 7. Parallel and
Distributed Computing, Clusters and
Grids PART 3: In Depth--Processes
and Memory 8. Process Manage-ment:
Concepts, Threads, and Scheduling 9.
More Process Manage-ment: Interprocess
Communication, Synchronization,
and Deadlocks 10. Basic
Memory Management 11. Advanced
Memory Management PART 4: In
Depth--Files and Input/Output 12. File
Systems--Basics 13. File Systems--
Examples and More Features 14. Disk
Scheduling and Input/Output
Management PART 5: In Depth--
Networks and Distributed Processing
15. Introduction to Computer Networks
16. Protection and Security 17.
Introduction to Distributed Systems
PART 6: Case Studies 18. Windows
Vista 19. Linux 20. The Palm OS /
Appendices / Appendix A: Overview of
Computer System and Architecture
Concepts
OPERATING SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
by A S Godbole, Managing Director,
SoftExcel Consultancy Services,
Mumbai, Atul Kahate, i-flex Solutions
Ltd, Pune
2010
ISBN : 9780070702035
This book is explains the OS concepts
in lucid manner from basic to advanced
level. Coverage of topics like Computer
Architecture, Operating Systems-
Functions and Structure, Inter process
communication, Dead locks, Memory
Management, Security and Protection
have been made more comprehensive
in the third edition. This book can be
studied not only by students but also by
System Programmers, System
Engineers and Administrators.
FEATURES
• Separate chapters on File Systems
(chapter 4) and Information
Management and Disk Scheduling
(chapter-5) in the new edition.
• Enhanced coverage of topics like
Computer Architecture, Operating
Systems- Functions and Structure,
Inter process communication, Dead
locks, Memory Management,
Security and Protection.
• Retiling of existing chapters i.e.
Chapter- 1 renamed as Introduction
to Operating Systems and Chapter-
6 renamed as Process
Synchronization (given as chapter-7
in the revised edition).
• Chapter-15: Multimedia Operating
System of the existing book shifted
to the OLC.
• Enhanced pedagogical features.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Operating Systems 2.
Computer Architecture 3. Operating
systems-Function and Structure 4. File
System 5. I/O Management and Disk
Scheduling 6. Process Management 7.
Inter Process Communication/ Process
Synchronizaton 8. Deadlocks 9.
Memory Management 10. Operating
Systems: Security and Protection 11.
Parallel Processing 12. Operating
System in Distributed Processing 13.
Windows NT/2000- Case Study 14.
Unix: Case Study 15. Linux: Case Study
OPERATING SYSTEMS
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Archer J. Harris, Department of
Computer Science; James Madison,
University Adaptation Author: Jyoti P.
Singh, Assistant Professor, Department
of Information Technology, Academy of
Technology, West Bengal.
2008 / 308 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667587
Intended for a course on Operating
Systems, this text emphasizes on
design principles of operating system.
Characteristic to any Schaum’s Series
title, this book explores design principles
found in modern operating systems
through numerous solved examples and
supplementary problems, along with
concise presentation of basic concepts.
FEATURES
• Algorithms are presented in popular
C language.
• Linux and UNIX, being popular case
studies for most universities,
presented in the form of chapters
PEDAGOGY
• Solved Problems: 264
• Supplementary Problems: 190
• Figures: 72
Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction Chapter 2.
Process Management Chapter 3.
Interprocess Communication &
OPERATING SYSTEMS
32 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Synchronization Chapter 4. Deadlock
Chapter 5. Memory Management
Chapter 6. Virtual Memory Chapter 7.
File System Management Chapter 8.
Device Management Chapter 9.
Security Chapter 10. The Unix System
Chapter 11. The Linux System
BASICS OF OS UNIX AND SHELL
PROGRAMMING
(For DOEACC ‘A’ Level)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 376 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616813
This book is designed for the course on
OS, Unix and Shell Program-ming
offered to students taking the
DOEACC’s ‘A’ level certificate
examination. The book will also be
useful to the Diploma students who take
a paper on the Unix operating system.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of Unix
Internals.
• Operating System Concepts
covered as a separate section.
• Detailed discussion on Process
Management in Unix.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
Part I : Operating System Chapter 1.
Overview of Operating Systems Chapter
2. Process Management Chapter 3.
Memory and File Management Part II :
Unix & Shell Programming Chapter 4.
Unix Basics Chapter 5. The Unix File
System Chapter 6. The Vi Editor
Chapter 7. Shell as an Interpreter
Chapter 8. Filters Chapter 9. Process
Management In Unix Chapter 10. Shell
Programming Chapter 11. C
Programming Tools Part III : Unix
Internals and Networking Chapter 12.
Unix Internals Chapter 13. System Calls
Chapter 14. Administering File System
Chapter 15. General System
Administration Chapter 16. Networking
Tools Chapter 17. The X Window
System
OPERATING SYSTEMS
by Stuart E. Madnick
2001 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780074632734
OPERATING SYSTEM:
A DESIGN-ORIENTED APPROACH
by Charles Crowley University of New
Maxico
1998 / 884 Pages
ISBN : 9780074635513
OPERATING SYSTEMS:
CONCEPTS & DESIGN
2nd Edition
by Milan Milenkovic, IBM
2001 / 755 Pages
ISBN : 9780074632727
ADVANCED CONCEPTS
ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN
OPERATING SYSTEMS
by Mukesh Singhal; Niranjan
Shivaratri, both of Ohio State University
1994 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780070472686
CONTENTS
Part One•Process Synchronization 1.
Overview 2. Synchronization Mechanisms
3. Process Deadlocks/Part
Two•Distibuted Operating Systems 4.
Architectures of Distributed Systems 5.
Theoretical Foundations 6. Distribted
Mutual Exclusion 7. Distributed
Deadlock Detection 8. Agreement
Protocols Part Three: Distributed
Resource Management 9 Distributed
File Systems 10. Distributed Share
Memory 11. Distributed Scheduling Part
Four•Failure Recovery and Fault
olerance 12. Recovery 13. Fault
Tolerance Part Five: Protection and
Security 14. Resource Security and
Protection Access and Flow Control 15.
Data Security Cryptography Part Six:
Multiprocessor Operating Systems 16.
Multiprocessor System Architectures 17.
Multiprocessor Operating Systems Part
Seven•Database Operating Systems
18. Introduction to Database Operating
Systems 19. Concurfrency Control
Theoretical Aspects 20. Concurrency
Control / Algorithms
UNIX
UNIX CONCEPTS AND
APPLICATIONS
4th Edition
by Sumitabha Das, Formerly with
Bengal Engineering College, Howrah
2006 / 692 Pages
ISBN : 9780070635463
This book is both an exhaustive
reference and an outstanding guide for
the beginner. Real-world examples
make new concepts easy to grasp while
the practice exercises take
comprehension to a new level by forcing
the user to think. An unparalleled
reference apparatus, this is a book that
users will reach for now and for years to
come.
NEW IN THIS EDITION
• New chapter on Program
Development Tools.
• Emphasis on security aspect of
Operating System.
• Separate How it works’ section.
• Separate ‘How to’ section on
executing various jobs.
• ‘vi editor’ explained in a separate
appendix .
• Refurbished sets of chapter-end
exercises.
CONTENTS
1. Getting Started 2. The Unix
Architecture And Command Usage 3.
General-Purpose Utilities 4. The File
System 5. Handling Ordinary Files 6.
Basic File Attributes 7. The Vi Editor 8.
The Shell 9. The Process 10.
Customizing The Environment 11. More
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 33
File Attributes 12. Simple Filters 13.
Filters Using Regular Expressions—
Grep and Sed 14. Essential Shell
Programming 15. Essential System
Administration 16. The X Window
System 17. Networking Tools 18. Awk—
An Advanced Filter 19. Perl—The
Master Manipulator 20. Advanced Vi 21.
Advanced Shell Programming 22.
Program Development Tools 23.
Systems Programming I—Files 24.
Systems Programming II—Process
Control 25. Advanced System
Administration
YOUR UNIX: THE ULTIMATE GUIDE
by Sumitabha Das, Formerly with
Bengal Engineering College, Howrah
2001 / 960 Pages
ISBN : 9780070446878
Your UNIX: The Ultimate Guide is both
an outstanding pedagogical tool and an
exhaustive reference. It is the ideal text
for any Unix course. It can also be used
for any introductory programming
course that includes Unix and for
advanced courses such as those on
Operating Systems and System
Administration. Excellent pedagogy is
implemented throughout. Real-world
examples make it easier for students to
grasp concepts while “Going Further”
sections take more advaced students
beyond the basics. Over nine hundred
exercises allow students to test and
reinforce their understanding of material
at different levels. This book also
features coverage of Linux, which is well
marked so that instructors can choose
to either include it in their courses or
omit it. Additionally, Your UNIX has the
most extensive set of indices and
appendices currently available in a Unix
text.
CONTENTS
1 Getting Started. 2 Understanding the
Unix Command. 3 General-Purpose
Utilities. 4 The vi/vim Editor. 5 The GNU
emacs Editor. 6 The File System. 7 File
Attributes. 8 The Shell. 9 Simple Filters.
10 The Process. 11 TCP/IP Networking
Tools. 12 The X Window System. 13
Electronic Mail. 14 The Internet. 15
Filters Using Regular Expressions - grep
and sed. 16 Programming with awk. 17
Customizing the Environment. 18 Shell
Programming. 19 Advanced Shell
Programming including KORN and
BASH. 20 perl - The Master
Manipulator. 21 System Administration I
- The File System Revisited. 22 System
Administration II - The General Duties.
23 TCP/IP Network Administration. 24
Going Further - Building the Internet
Server. Appendixes: A: The C Shell
Programming Constructs. B: vi and
emacs Command Reference. C: The
Regular Expression Superset. D: The
Shell Reference. E: The HOWTD F:
The ASCII Character Set. G: Glossary.
H: Solutions to Self-Test Questions. I:
Bibliography
UNIX: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
2nd Edition
by Kenneth Rosen, Monmouth
University, New Jersy
2007
ISBN : 9780070658363
This expansive resource covers every
aspect of UNIX--the fast-growing, opensource
operating system. All existing
chapters have been revised to provide
the most cutting-edge coverage of the
latest versions of UNIX. It provides stepby-
step instructions on how to install
and configure UNIX on a PC or Mac and
use all the powerful tools and utilities.
The book includes up-to-date examples,
new features, and advanced options.
FEATURES
• New coverage of all the updates to
Solaris 10, Linux, HP-UX, AIX,
FreeBSD and Mac OS X
• New chapters on Samba, Python,
PHP, enterprise application,
middleware, the desktop (GNOME,
CDE), and databases
CONTENTS
PART I – BASICS FOR LINUX/UNIX 1.
Backgroud 2. Getting Started 3.
Working with Files and Directories 4.
Working with Shells and Enhanced
Shells 5. Text Editing 6. The Desktop:
GNOME 7. CDE and other Desktops
PART II – USER NETWORKING 8.
Electronic Mail 9. TCP/IP and other
Basic Networking Protocols 10. Using
the Internet PART III – SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATION 11. Processes and
Scheduling 12. Security and
Authentication 13. Basic System
Administration 14. Advanced System
Administration PART IV – NETWORK
ADMINISTRATION 15. Clients and
Servers 16. Administering the Network
17. Using UNIX and Windows Together:
SAMBA and other Integration Tools
PART V - TOOLS 18. Filters and
Utilities 19. Shell Programming 20. awk
and sed 21. Perl 22. Python and PHP
23. Developing Applications 24.
Overview of Java PART VI –
ENTERPRISE SOLUTIONS 25. UNIX
Applications and Middleware 26.
Databases 27. Developing Web
Applications and Running a Website VII
– APPENDICES / APPENDIX A. HOW
TO FIND OUT MORE / APPENDIX B.
COMMAND SUMMARIES
International Edition
JUST ENOUGH UNIX
5th Edition
by Paul Andersen, New Mexico State
University - Las Cruces
2006 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780072952971
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction to UNIX: 1
Introduction to UNIX. 2 Your UNIX
Account. 3 Getting Started. 4 Tutorial:
Getting Started (X/Motif). 5 Tutorial:
Getting Started (CDE). Part II: UNIX
File System: 6 The UNIX File System.
7 Tutorial: Working with Files. 8 Tutorial:
Working with Directories. 9 Tutorial:
Using File Manager. Part III: UNIX
Shells: 10 UNIX Shells. 11 Tutorial:
Working with the Shell. 12 Tutorial:
Using Additional Shell Features. Part IV:
Text Editors: 13 Text Editors. 14
Tutorial: Editing with vi. 15 Tutorial:
Editing with emacs. 16 Tutorial: Editing
OPERATING SYSTEMS
34 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
with pico. 17 Tutorial: Editing with Text
Editor. Part V: UNIX Net working: 18
UNIX Net working. 19 Tutorial: Using
mail and mailx. 20 Tutorial: Processing
Mail with pine. 21 Tutorial: Processing
Mail with Mailer. 22 Tutorial: Logging in
Remotely. 23 Tutorial: Transferring Files.
Part VI: Secure Computing: 24
Computer Security. 25 Tutorial: Remote
Computing Using SSH-1. 26 Tutorial:
Remote Computing Using SSH-2. 27
Tutorial: Protecting Privacy with PGP.
Part VII: Startup Files: 28 Startup Files.
29 Tutorial: Using sh and ksh Startup
Files. 30 Tutorial: Using csh and tcsh
Startup Files. 31 Tutorial: Using bash
Startup Files. Part VIII: Scripting: 32
Scripting Languages. 33 Tutorial:
Creating Shell Scripts. 34 Tutorial:
Scripting with awk. 35 Tutorial: Scripting
with Perl. Part VIX: Programming
Under UNIX: 36 Programming Under
UNIX. 37 Tutorial: Programming in C. 38
Tutorial: Programming in C++. 39
Tutorial: Programming in Fortran. 40
Tutorial: Programming in Java.
Appendices: Appendix A: Taming Your
Terminal. Appendix B: The UNIX
Manual. Appendix C: Regular
Expressions. Appendix D: write and talk.
Appendix E: Using dbx. Appendix F:
Using make
HARLEY HAHN'S GUIDE TO UNIX
AND LINUX
by Harley Hahn
2011 / 832 Pages
ISBN : 9780071321259
Harley Hahn's Guide to Unix and Linux"
is a modern, comprehensive text for
anyone who wants to learn how to use
Unix or Linux. The book is suitable as a
primary or secondary textbook for
classroom use, as well as for readers
who want to teach themselves. The text
covers all the basic concepts and tools
Unix/Linux users need to master: Unix
vs Linux, GUIs, the command line
interface, the online manual, syntax, the
shell, standard I/O and redirection, pipes
and filters, vi and Emacs, the Unix file
system, and job control. Hahn offers a
thoroughly readable approach to
teaching Unix & Linux by emphasizing
core ideas and carefully explaining
unfamiliar terminology. The book walks
readers through Unix & Linux systems
from the very beginning, assuming no
prior knowledge, and laying out material
in a logical, straightforward manner. An
experienced author, Hahn writes in a
clear, engaging, and student-friendly
style, resulting in a text that is both easy
and entertaining to read. Motivating
pedagogy, such as “What’s in a Name?”
boxes and highlighted Hints provide
readers with interesting background and
helpful tips.
FEATURES
• Covers all versions of Unix,
including thorough coverage of
Linux.
• Shows all common commands upfront
that go across systems-student
learns what commands he/she must
know
• Flexible text covers a wide range of
topics while allowing professors to
cover topics in the order they prefer.
• Topics are self contained, so you
don't need to read other chapters to
understand the meaning of the
chapter before.
• Entertaining engaging style--"What's
In A Name?" and "Hint" boxes
provide, respectively, the interesting
historical explanations behind
commonly used terminology and
helpful clues for readers.
• Nobody else has these kind of
features Contains special
appendices, indexes, reference
material, and glossary.
• Engaging, witty, student-friendly
writing style.
CONTENTS
A Personal Note from Harley Hahn /
Walkthrough for Students and Teachers
/ List of Figures / Glossary / 1.
Introduction to Unix 2. What is Unix?
What is Linux? 3. The Unix Connection
4. Starting to Use Unix 5. GUIs:
Graphical Users Interfaces 6. The Unix
Work Environment 7. Using the
Keyboard with Unix 8. Programs to Use
Right Away 9. Documentation: The Unix
Manual and Info 10. Command Syntax
11. The Shell 12. Using the Shell:
Variables and Option 13. Using the
Shell: Commands and Customization
14. Using the Shell: Initialization Files
15. Standard I/O, Redirection and Pipes
16. Filters: Introduction and Basic
Operations 17. Filters: Comparing and
Extracting 18. Filters: Counting and
Formatting 19. Filters: Selecting,
Sorting, Combining, and Changing 20.
Regular Expressions 21. Displaying
Files 22. The vi Text Editor 23. The Unix
File System 24. Working with
Directories 25. Working with Files 26.
Processes and Job Control /Appendix A
Summary of Unix Commands:
Alphabetical / Appendix B Summary of
Unix Commands: By Category /
Appendix C Summary of vi Commands
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO UNIX
by Kate Wrightson; Joe Merlino
2003 / 424 Pages
ISBN : 9780071219181
CONTENTS
Part I – UNIX Basics: Chapter 1. What
is UNIX? Chapter 2. Basic UNIX
Concepts. Chapter 3. Understanding
UNIX Commands. Chapter 4. The File
System. Chapter 5. Jobs and
Processes. Chapter 6. Using the Shell.
Part II – Working with UNIX: Chapter
7. The vi Editor. Chapter 8. Other Text
Editors. Chapter 9. Internet Applications.
Chapter 10. Networking I. Chapter 11.
Networking II. Part III – Shell
Programming: Chapter 12. Shell
Programming I. Chapter 13. Shell
Programming II. Chapter 14. Shell
Programming III. Chapter 15. Shell
Programming IV. Part IV – System
Administration: Chapter 16. Basic
System Administration I. Chapter 17.
Basic System Administration II. Chapter
18. X Windows. Chapter 19. Running
Servers. Part V— Appendices: /
Appendix A: UNIX Command
Compendium. / Appendix B: Glossary. /
Appendix C: Common Configuration
Files. / Appendix D: Internet Resources
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 35
LINUX
LINUX: THE COMPLETE
REFERENCE
6th Edition
by Richard Petersen
2007
ISBN : 9780070222946
Fully revised and expanded, this
comprehensive guide covers the latest
features of Linux, the widely popular
open-source operating system. You will
learn to configure and manage all
distributions of Linux, set up
applications, networks, and servers, and
optimize system performance.
FEATURES
• Includes full details on the new
Linux kernel, Gnome and KDE,
window managers, multimedia tools,
Web, FTP, and Mail services, file
systems, print servers, and backup
procedures. The book also includes
new coverage of security protocols,
network automatic configuration,
IPv6, Yum, Xen, and cutting-edge
virtualization technology.
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction 1. Introduction to
Linux 2. Getting Started Part II: The
Linux Shell and File Structure 3. The
Shell 4. The Shell Scripts and
Programming 5. Shell Configuration 6.
Linux Files, Directories, and Archives
Part III: Desktop 7. The X Window
System, Xorg, and Display Managers 8.
GNOME 9. KDE Part IV: Linux
Software 10. Software Management 11.
Office and Database Applications 12.
Graphics Tools and Multimedia 13. Mail
and News Clients 14. Web, FTP, and
Java Clients 15. Network Tools Part V:
Security 16. Encryption, Integrity
Checks, and Signatures 17. Security-
Enhanced Linux 18. IPsec and Virtual
Private Networks 19. Secure Shell and
Kerberos 20. Firewalls Part VI: Internet
and Network Services 21. Managing
Services 22. FTP Servers 23. Web
Servers 24. Proxy Servers 25. Mail
Servers 26. Print, News, Search, and
Database Servers Part VII: System
Administration 27. Basic System
Administration 28. Managing Users 29.
File Systems 30. RAID and LVM 31.
Devices and Modules 32. Kernel
Administration 33. Backup Management
Part VIII: Network Administration
Services 34. Administering TCP/IP
Networks 35. Network Autoconfiguration
with IPv6, DHCPv6, and DHCP 36. NFS
and NIS 37. Distributed Network File
Systems / Appendix A: Where to Obtain
Linux Distribution / Index
LINUX ADMINISTRATION:
A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
5th Edition
by Wale Soyinka
2009
ISBN : 9780070142602
Fully updated for the most current
versions, this bestselling guide helps
you get Linux installed and running
smoothly on a personal computer or an
entire network. The book explains how
to set up, configure, manage, and
troubleshoot all popular versions of
Linux, including the latest distributions
from Red Hat, Fedora 9, OpenSuSE,
and Ubuntu. You will also learn how to
manage files and software, grant user
rights, implement security, provide
Internet and intranet services, and
customize Linux 2.6 kernel.
CONTENTS
Introduction / Part I: Installing Linux as
a Server Chapter 1. Technical
Summary of Linux Distributions Chapter
2. Installing Linux in a Server
Configuration Chapter 3. Managing
Software Part II: Single-Host
Administration Chapter 4. Managing
Users Chapter 5. The Command Line
Chapter 6. Booting and Shutting Down
Chapter 7. File Systems Chapter 8.
Core System Services Chapter 9.
Compiling the Linux Kernel Chapter 10.
Knobs and Dials: proc and SysFS File
Systems Part III: Security and
Networking Chapter 11. TCP/IP for
System Administrators Chapter 12.
Network Configuration Chapter 13. The
Linux Firewall Chapter 14. Local
Security Chapter 15. Network Security
Part IV: Internet Services Chapter 16.
DNS Chapter 17. FTP Chapter 18.
Apache Web Server Chapter 19. SMTP
Chapter 20. POP and IMAP Chapter 21.
The Secure Shell (SSH) Part V:
Intranet Services Chapter 22. Network
File System (NFS) Chapter 23. Network
Information Service (NIS) Chapter 24.
Samba Chapter 25. LDAP Chapter 26.
Printing Chapter 27. DHCP Chapter 28.
Virtualization Chapter 29. Backups /
Index
LINUX APPLICATIONS AND
ADMINISTRATION
by Ashok Harnal
2009 / 676 Pages
ISBN : 9780070656758
LINUX+ CERTIFICATION STUDY
GUIDE
by Robb Tracy
2007
ISBN : 9780070222823
RED HAT LINUX
RHCE RED HAT CERTIFIED
ENGINEER LINUX STUDY GUIDE
(EXAM RH302)
5th Edition
by Michae l Jang
2007
ISBN : 9780070659674
RED HAT FEDORA CORE 7 & RED
HAT ENTERPRISE LINUX:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
4th Edition
by Richard Petersen
2007
ISBN : 9780070659766
OPERATING SYSTEMS
36 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
SOLARIS
SOLARIS 10:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Paul Watters
2005 / 864 Pages
ISBN : 9780070599666
(Osborne Reprint)
CONTENTS
I. Installation: 1. Overview of Solaris
and SunOS. 2. System Concepts and
Hardware. 3. Installation and JumpStart.
4. Booting, Initialization and OpenBoot
PROM and System Run Levels. II.
System Essentials: 5. Installing
Software, Live Upgrade, Patching and
Product Registry. 6. Editing Files, Text
Processing. 7. Shells, Scripts and
Scheduling. 8. Process Management.
III. Security: 9. System Security. 10.
Basic Access Control. 11. Role Based
Access Control. 12. Users, Groups and
Sun Man age ment Console. 13.
Kerberos and Pluggable Authentication.
IV. Managing Devices: 14. Device and
Resource Man age ment. 15. Installing
Disks and Filesystems. 16. Managing
Volumes and CacheFS. 17. Snapshots,
Backup and Recovery. 18. Printer
Management. 19. Pseudo File Systems
and Virtual Memory. 20. Logging,
Accounting, Tuning and Recovery. V.
Networking. 21. Net work Concepts,
OSI, Ethernet and IPv6. 22. DHCP and
NTP. 23. Routing, Firewalls and Network
Design. 24. Modems and Internet
Access. 25. IPSec and IKE. VI.
Services, Directories and
Applications: 26. Network File System
(NFS) and Automount. 27. Sendmail.
28. Domain Name Service (DNS). 29.
Network Information Service (NIS). 30.
Light weight Directory Access Protocol
(LDAP). 31. Samba and Windows
Integration. 32. Application
Development and Debugging. 33.
SunONE Application Server and Web
Services
WINDOWS 7
WINDOWS 7 QUICKSTEPS
by Matthews
2010
ISBN : 9780071067379
WINDOWS VISTA
HOW TO DO EVERYTHING
WITH WINDOWS VISTA
by Curt Simmons
2007
ISBN : 9780070658509
WINDOWS VISTA:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Levine Young, Margaret
2007
ISBN : 9780070659001
UBUNTU
UBUNTU:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Richard Petersen, University of
California, Berkeley.
2008 / 764 Pages
ISBN : 9780070252844
This comprehensive guide covers all
aspects of Ubuntu Linux, including both
desktop use and system administration.
learn how to install and configure
Ubuntu Linux, work with Gnome and
KUbuntu, configure the shell, and
implement security. The book covers
Office, database, and multimedia
applications, local and Internet services,
file systems, kernel administration,
backup management, network autoconfiguration,
and much more.
CONTENTS
Part I - Getting Started Chapter 1 -
Introduction to Ubuntu Chapter 2 -
Installing Ubuntu Chapter 3 - Interface
Basics: Login, Desktop, and Help Part II
- Configuration Chapter 4 -
Administration Tasks Chapter 5 -
Network Connections Chapter 6 -
Software Installation Chapter 7 -
Software Management with DEB, APT,
and dkpg Part III - Desktops Chapter 8
- GNOME Chapter 9 - KDE, KDE-4, and
Xfce Part IV - Using the Shell Chapter
10 - The Shell Chapter 11 - Shell
Configuration Chapter 12 - Files,
Directories, and Archives Part V -
Applications Chapter 13 - Office and
Database Applications Chapter 14 -
Graphics Tools and Multimedia Chapter
15 - Mail and News Clients Chapter 16 -
Web Browsers, FTP, Java, VoIP, and IM
Part VI - Security Chapter 17 -
Authorization, Encryption, and
Permissions Chapter 18 - AppArmor
and Security-Enhanced Linux Chapter
19 - Secure Shell and Kerberos Chapter
20 - Firewalls Part VII - System
Administration Chapter 21 - Basic
System Administration Chapter 22 -
Managing Users Chapter 23 - File
Systems Chapter 24 - RAID and LVM
Chapter 25 - Devices and Modules
Chapter 26 - Kernel Administration
Chapter 27 - Backup Management Part
VIII - Local Services Chapter 28 -
Managing Services Chapter 29 - Print,
News, and Database Services Chapter
30 - Shared Resources: Samba and
NFS / Appendix A - Obtaining the
Distribution / Index
HOW TO DO EVERYTHING: UBUNTU
by Jeffrey T. Orloff, Director of
Technology, iSafeWave.org
2008
ISBN : 9780070139770
Ubuntu Linux offers the stability,
functionality, and security of the
Windows and Mac operating systems
without the cost--Ubuntu Linux is open
source and free! This book addresses
all the most common fears people have
about switching to Linux and makes it
easy for anyone to get up-and-running
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 37
on this wildly popular operating system.
Step-by-step tutorials lead you through
the Ubuntu Linux interface, the built-in
applications, and the process of
installing printers and other peripherals.
The book also explores the full-featured
OpenOffice.org productivity suite that
comes with Ubuntu, as well as the fun
side of Linux--including graphics,
photos, music, and videos.
CONTENTS
Part I: Meet Ubuntu Ch. 1. Ubunt-
Who?—Get to Know Ubuntu Ch. 2.
Exploring the Ubuntu Desktop Ch. 3.
Make It Personal—Fine Tune Ubuntu to
Your Taste Part II: Manage Ubuntu Ch.
4. Housekeeping—Update and Maintain
Ubuntu Ch. 5. Installing Peripherals Ch.
6. Beyond the Basics: Install Extra
Software Ch. 7. Time to Upgrade: Install
New Hardware Ch. 8. Keep it Safe—
Securing Ubuntu Part III: Open the
Door to OpenOffice Ch. 9. The Write
Stuff Ch. 10. Spread It Out with Calc Ch.
11. I'm Impressed Ch. 12. All Your Base
Ch. 13. Drawn to Open Source Part IV:
Reach Out Ch. 14. Share and Share
Alike--Networking Ubuntu Ch. 15. Can
We Talk? Communications and the
Internet Ch. 16. Master of Your Domain-
-Web Design Tools Ch. 17. Playing Nice
with Windows Part V: Having Fun with
Ubuntu Ch. 18. Fun and Games--Play
Games with Ubuntu Ch. 19. Play that
Funky Music--Making the Most of
Multimedia Ch. 20. Get Smart! Using
Educational Software Part VI:
Advanced Ubuntu Ch. 21. Coming Out
of Your Shell--A Guide to GNU/Linux
Shell Commands Ch. 22. The Emacs
Text Editor / Appendix A: Install Ubuntu
/ Index
UBUNTU SERVER ADMINISTRATION
by Michael Jang
2009 / 604 Pages
ISBN : 9780070142503
Written by bestselling Linux author
Michael Jang, Ubuntu Server
Administration explains how to
administer and manage the latest
release of the number-one Linux
distribution. Geared toward installing
and managing Ubuntu Server in the
enterprise, the book focuses on Ubuntu
8.04 "Hardy Heron" which rivals Red
Hat Enterprise Linux in stability. You will
be able to take full advantage of the
secure network configuration and
manage files and software, grant user
rights, and provide Internet and intranet
services. "Introduction
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. The Ubuntu Community
Chapter 2. Installing the Ubuntu Server
Chapter 3. Automated Installations with
Kickstart Chapter 4. The Boot Process
and Rescue Mode Chapter 5.
Filesystem Configuration Chapter 6.
Command Line Tools and Shell
Management Chapter 7. Basic
Administrative Tools Chapter 8. Manage
Updates and Local Repositories
Chapter 9. Printer Configuration Chapter
10. User, Group, and Administrative
Management Chapter 11. Network
Configuration and Troubleshooting
Chapter 12. Manage Network
Authentication Chapter 13. A Minimal
Graphic Environment Chapter 14.
DHCP and DNS Chapter 15. Web
Servers and Apache's LAMP Chapter
16. Create a File Server Chapter 17.
Other Services: Mail, FTP, and NTP
Chapter 18. Backups and Security
Chapter 19. Kernel Management
Chapter 20. Virtual Machines and
Terminal Servers / Glossary / Index
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
by D M Dhamdhere, Institute Chair
Professor, Department of Computer
Science and Engineering, Indian
Institute of Technology, Bombay
2011 / 552 Pages
ISBN : 9780071333115
This book offers in-depth treatment for
the fundamentals concepts in systems
programming and different kinds of
system software. It stresses on the use
of system programming concepts in
designing various system softwares. It
provides an overview of contemporary
trends in system software. This book is
designed for a undergraduate and postgraduate
courses offered on Systems
Programming.
FEATURES
• In-depth treatment for Assemblers,
Macro Processors!
• Dedicated chapters on Interpreters,
Scanners & Parsers!
• Detailed coverage on – Java
Language Environment, Operating
Systems !
• Stresses on the use of system
programming concepts in designing
various system softwares!
• Plenty of solved examples (190)
interspersed throughout the text!
• True/ False questions (133) and
exercises (128) given at the end of
each chapter!
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction / Chapter 2
Overview of Language Processors /
Chapter 3 Assemblers / Chapter 4
Macros and Macro Preprocessors /
Chapter 5 Linkers and Loaders /
Chapter 6 Scanning and Parsing /
Chapter 7 Compilers / Chapter 8
Interpreters / Chapter 9 Software Tools
/ Chapter 10 Overview of Operating
Systems / Chapter 11 Program
Management / Chapter 12 Memory
Management / Chapter 13 File
OPERATING SYSTEMS
38 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Systems / Chapter 14 Security and
Protection
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING
by John J. Donovan
2001 / 488 Pages
ISBN : 9780074604823
CONTENTS
Preface. Acknowledgements. Note to
the Student. 1. Background. 2. Machine
Structure, Mchine Language and
Assembly Language. 3. Assemblers. 4.
Macro Language and the Macro
Processor. 5. Loaders. 6. Programming
Languages. 7. Formal Systems and
Programming Languages : An
Introduction. 8. Compilers. 9. Operating
Systems. 10. Bibliography and
Suggestions for further reading. /
Appendix A : 360 Specification. /
Appendix B : Linkage Conventions. /
Index
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
SYSTEM SOFTWARE
1st Edition
by J. Nithyashri, Department of
Computer Science and Engineering,
“SRR Engineering College, Chennai
2008 / 208 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091634
This book covers the design and
implementation of various types of
system software like assemblers, macro
processors, loaders/linkers & text
editors. It also covers the interesting
topic of compilers. Designed as a
course book for undergraduate
students, the book provides solutions to
the lab exercises, review questions at
the end of each chapter and answers to
two mark questions and Part B type
questions at the end of the book.
FEATURES
• Simple and clear explanation of
concepts.
• Excellent topical coverage of
SPARC Assemblers, AIX
Assemblers, ELENA Macro
processor, SUN OS Linkers, SUN
OS “C” Compiler
• Illustrations for easy and better
understanding
• Solutions to Lab Exercise
• Review Questions in accordance
with examination pattern
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Assemblers 3. Macro
Processors 4. Loaders and Linkers 5.
Other Types of System Software 6.
Introduction to Compilers Lab Exercises
WINDOWS SERVER
MICROSOFT WINDOWS SERVER
2008: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Danielle Ruest, Senior Enterprise
Workflow Architect; Nelson Ruest,
Senior Enterprise IT Architect
2008
ISBN : 9780070248588
YOUR COMPLETE GUIDE
TO MICROSOFT WINDOWS
SERVER 2008
Featuring best practices for network
implementation and configuration, this
authoritative resource has been fully
updated to cover all of the new and
improved features of Windows Server
2008. This comprehensive guide covers
everything from Active Directory and
Web servers to security, network
management, and performance
optimization. A step-by-step network
implementation is included.
CONTENTS
Foreword / Acknowledgments /
Introduction / Part I: Tour Windows
Server 2008 Chapter 1. The Windows
Server 2008 Delta Chapter 2. Interact
with Windows Server 2008 Part II: Plan
and Prepare Chapter 3. Plan for
Windows Server 2008 Chapter 4.
Explore Windows Server 2008
Installation Modes Part III: Design
Server Roles Chapter 5. Prepare Your
Identity Management Chapter 6. Build
the Windows Server 1008 Network
Infrastructure Part IV: Manage Objects
with Windows Server 2008 Chapter 7.
Prepare for Object Management
Chapter 8. Build the Virtual Service
Offerings Infrastructure: File and Print
Servers Chapter 9. Build the Virtual
Service Offerings Infrastructure:
Application-Oriented Servers Part V:
Secure Windows Server 2008 Chapter
10. Design Your Security Infrastructure
Chapter 11. Build for Business
Continuity Part VI: Migrate to Windows
Server 2008 Chapter 12. Put the VSO
Network into Production Part VII:
Administer Windows Server 2008
Chapter 13. Common Administration
Tasks / Index
WINDOWS SERVER 2003:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Kathy Ivens
2003 / 1008 Pages
ISBN : 9780070540811
(Osborne Reprint)
Understand the architecture of operating
systems including Windows NT,
Windows 2000, and Windows Server
2003. Configure computers, manage
users, and design your Active Directory.
Implement group policies, enterprise
services, and disaster planning and
recovery processes.
CONTENTS
1. Introducing Windows Server 2003. 2.
Installation. 3. System Basics for
Servers. 4. The Windows Server 2003
Registy. 5. Booting. 6. Windows Server
2003 Uer Interface. 7. The Command
Prompt. 8. System Maintenance Tools.
9. Printing. 10. Networking with TCP/IP.
11. HCP and IP addressing. 12.
Understanding DNS. 13. Routing and
Remote Access Service. 14. Client
Networking Services. 15. File Systems
and Functions. 16. Disk and File
Management. 17. Window Server 2003
Security. 18. Domain Controllers. 19.
Understanding Active Directory. 20.
Managing Groups and OUs. 21.
Managing Users and Logons. 22. Using
Group Policy to Manage Server and
Client Machines. 23. Network Software
Installation. 24. Clustering. 5. Tweaking
OPERATING SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 39
and Optimizing Performance. 26.
Disaster Planning and Recovery. A:
Internet Ilnformation Services 6 (II 6).
WINDOWS SERVER 2003
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
2nd Edition
by Martin S Matthews
2003 / 752 Pages
ISBN : 9780070540682
(Osborne Reprint)
CONTENTS
PART I: The Windows Server 2003
Environment: 1. Exploring Windows
Server 2003. 2. Migrating to Windows
Server 2003. PART II: Deploying
Windows Server 2003 and Windows
XP Professional: 3. Preparing for
Installation. 4. Installing Windows Server
2003. 5. Rolling Out Windows XP
Professional. 6. Remote Installation
Services Part III: Networking
Windows Server Longhorn 7.
Windows Server 2003 Networking
Environment. 8. Setting Up and
Managing a Network. 9. Using Active
Directory and Domains. PART IV:
Communications and the Internet: 10.
Communications and Internet Services.
11. Internet Information Services
Version 6. 12. Virtual Private
Networking. 13. Terminal Services and
Remote Desktop. PART V:
Administering Windows Server 2003:
14. Managing Storage and File
Systems. 15. Setting Up and Managing
Printing and Faxing. 16. Managing
Windows Server 2003. 17. Controlling
Windows Server 2003 Security.
Answers to Mastery Checks
US Edition
MICROSOFT WINDOWS SERVER
2008: A BEGINER'S GUIDE
by Marty Matthews
2008 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780072263510
(Osborne Media Professional Title)
This fully revised, step-by-step guide
covers all the essential aspects of
deploying and administering Windows
Server 2008, the latest version of the
world’s most popular server software.
You will learn to migrate from previous
versions and take advantage of the new
and improved features, including the
new Windows Deployment Services,
Network Access Protection, Automated
System Recovery v2, and much more.
CONTENTS
Part I: The Windows Server Longhorn
Environment 1. Exploring Windows
Server Longhorn 2. Migrating to
Windows Server Longhorn Part II:
Deploying Windows Server Longhorn
and Windows Vista 3. Preparing for
Installation 4. Installing Windows Server
Longhorn 5. Rolling Out Windows Vista
6. Remote Installation Services Part III:
Networking Windows Server Longhorn
7. Windows Server Longhorn
Networking Environment 8. Setting Up
and Managing a Network 9. Using
Active Directory and Domains Part IV:
Communications and the Internet 10.
Communications and Internet Services
11. Internet Information Services 12.
Virtual Private Networking 13. Terminal
Services and Remote Desktop Part V:
Administering Windows Server
Longhorn 14. Managing Storage and
File Systems 15.Setting Up and
Managing Printing and Faxing 16.
Managing Windows Server Longhorn
17. Controlling Windows Server
Longhorn Security / Appendix A:
Answers to Mastery Checks
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS /
DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND
APPLICATIONS
7th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by DonaldP Leach, Santa Clara
University, Albert Paul Malvino,
President, Malvino Inc, & Gautam
Saha, IIT Kharagpur
2010 / 682 Pages
ISBN : 9780070141704
Digital Principles and Applications
continues to build upon its strengths of
being a lucid language, down-to-earth
approach, detailed analysis and readyto-
use book. The new edition has been
revised and restructured extensively to
enhance coverage on existing topics
and introduce new topics such as Error
Detection and Correction, Universal
Shift Register and Content Addressable
Memory. It also includes two innovative
features—problem-solving by multiple
methods and laboratory experiments.
FEATURES
• In-depth coverage of Boolean
algebra, Schmitt Trigger, 555 Timer
Clock and timing circuits, D/A-A/D
conversion, Register, Counters and
Memory, TTL & CMOS Devices and
Pin diagrams
• Practical approach through lab
experiments and various industrial
applications for designing digital
circuits
• Tutorial-based approach through
section-end self test questions and
problem solving through various
methods.
• Rich Pedagogy includes:
• Solved Examples: 181
• Section-end problems: 295
• Chapter-end Problems: 503
CONTENTS
1. Digital Principles 2. Digital Logic 3.
Combinational Logic Circuits 4. Data-
Processing Circuits 5. Number Systems
and Codes 6. Arithmetic Circuits 7.
Clocks and Timing Circuits 8. Flip-Flops
9. Registers 10. Counters 11. Design of
OPERATING SYSTEMS • DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
40 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Synchronous and Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 12. D/A Conversion
and A/D Conversion 13. Memory 14.
Digital Integrated Circuits 15.
Applications 16. A Simple Computer
Design
MODERN DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
4th Edition
by R P Jain, Director, BM Institute of
Engineering and Technology, Sonepat
2009 / 670 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669116
Keeping the basic approach of the
previous edition intact, this fourth edition
incorporates the recent developments in
the design of digital circuits and
systems. Many sections have been
rewritten and new sections have been
added to incorporate the latest
developments as well as the readers’
feedback.
FEATURES
• Provides comprehensive coverage
for CMOS Logic
• Asynchronous and Synchronous
SRAM Devices included
• Coverage of Edge Triggered Flip
Flops enhanced
• Cool Runner-II, a type of CPLD has
been introduced.
• VHDL Codes for Combinational and
Sequential Logic Circuits have been
included
• Pedagogy
• Solved Examples: 148
• Review Questions: 190
• Exercise Problems: 282
• Illustrations: 441
CONTENTS
Preface to the Third Edition V / Preface
to the First Edition IX /Acknowledgements
1. Fundamental Concepts
2. Number Systems and Codes 3.
Semiconductor Devices – Switching
Mode Operation 4. Digital Logic
F a m i l i e s
5. Combinational Logic Design 6.
Combinational Logic Design Using MSI
Circuits 7. FLIPFLOPs 8. Sequential
Logic Design 9. Timing Circuits 10. A/D
and D/A Converters 11. Semiconductor
Memories 12. Programmable Logic
Devices 13. Fundamentals of
Microprocessors 14. Computer-Aided
Design of Digital Systems
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS:
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
by S.K.Mandal, Asst. Professor, Dept of
Electrical Engg, National Technical
Teachers’ Training and Research,
Kolkata
2010 / 724 pages
ISBN: 9780070153820
This book on Digital Electronics is an
introductory level text on the subject. It
has been designed to primarily target
the Undergraduate students of
Engineering Streams (like CS, IT, EEE,
ECE, EI, etc.) and can also be used by
BSc./MSc., BCA/ MCA, Diploma and
Polytechnic level courses.
The book begins with discussion on the
fundamental concepts of digital
electronics such as number systems,
Boolean algebra, logic families followed
by topics (like combinational and
sequential logic, multivibrators, A/D
conversion and Memories) related to
design and analysis of digital systems
and finally covers fundamentals of
digital design using VHDL and Verilog
HDL.
The concepts are concisely explained
and supported with numerous
examples, illustrations and circuit
diagrams. The book provides objective,
theoretical and numerical problems for
testing and enhancing one’s subject
related knowledge and understandings.
The objective questions would be also
helpful in the preparation for competitive
examinations.
FEATURES
• Provides to-the-point explanations
along with numerous examples
illustrations and circuits diagrams.
• Lays emphasis on the design
aspects by discussing VHDL and
CAD tools in a separate chapter
• Widespread coverage for topics like
logic families, Flip-Flops, Registers
and Counters.
• Combinational Logic and Design
has been covered exhaustively.
• Arithmetic Circuits has been
emphasized - Covered in a separate
chapter.
• Discussion on Memories and PLDs
has been provided in a separate
chapter for better understanding of
designing complex circuits.
• Design and analysis of Sequential
Circuits covers discussion on State
Diagrams and Design Procedures
and Algorithmic State Machines
• Follows Step-wise methodology for
explaining solved examples.
• Contains Objective Questions and
Glossary terms.
• Strong Pedagogy Includes:
• Solved Examples : 179
• MCQs : 283
• Review Questions (theoretical
and numerical): 352
• Lab experiments: 15
CONTENTS
1. Number system 2. Boolan Algebra
and Logic Gates 3. Digital Logic Family
4. Combinational logic 5. Combinational
logic design 6. Arithmetic Logic Circuits
7. Flip- Flops 8. Sequential Circuits 9.
Sequential Circuits Design 10.
Multivibrators 11. Analog Digital
Conversion 12. Semiconductor
Memories 13. Programmable Logic
Devices 14. Computer Aided Digital
System Design 15. Laboratory
Experiments / Appendix-A IEEE Logic
Symbols / Appendix-B Symbols of
Logic Gates / Appendix-C Glossary /
Appendix-D Answer of multiple choose
questions / Appendix-E Answer of
selected review questions
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 41
DIGITAL CIRCUITS & SYSTEMS
by K R Venugopal, Principal and Dean,
Faculty of Engineering, Department of
Computer Science and Engineering,
University Visvesvaraya College of
Engineering, Bangalore University,
Bangalore; K Shaila, Assistant
Professor, Department of Electronics
and Communication Engineering,
Vivekananda Institute of Technology,
Bangalore
2011 / 900 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072700
This book discusses the fundamentals
of Digital Circuits and Systems in a
concise, lucid and simple style, aptly
supported by numerous examples,
illustrations and circuit diagrams. The
design of hardware circuits using
software platform has been highlighted.
In all, this is an indispensable book for
the students of Electrical, Electronics
and Communication & Telecommunication
Engineering as well as Computer
Science and Information Science.
FEATURES
• Provides to-the-point explanations
along with numerous examples
illustrations and circuits diagrams.
• Lays emphasis on the design
aspects by discussing HDL-VHDL
separate chapters
• Exhaustive coverage of Logic Gates
and Families.
• In depth coverage of Combinational
and Sequential Circuits
• Fundamental concepts discussed in
depth - separate chapters on Data
processors, Routers
• Contains numerous step wise
solved examples, along with
alternative ways of solving the same
problem.
• Strong Pedagogy - Includes:
• Solved Examples : 500+
• Exercise Questions: 400+
• Figures: 750
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Number System 3.
Logic Gates 4. Boolean Algebra 5.
Combinational Circuits Using K-Maps 6.
Combinational Circuits Using Tabulation
and MEV Techniques 7. Basic Logic
Families 8. Transistor Logic 9. Field
Effect Transistor Family 10. Digital
Arithmetic Operations 11. Logic Circuit
Design 12. Codes and Coding Circuits
13. Data Processor 14. Routers 15.
Memory Elements 16. Shift Registers
17. Counters 18. Synchronous
Sequential Circuits 19. Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 20. Timing Circuits
21. Memory Devices 22. Interfacing of
Digital Systems 23. VHDL—Basics
INTRODUCTION TO
LOGIC AND COMPUTER DESIGN
(Special Indian Edition)
by Alan B. Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic
University
2007 / 684 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667143
Introduction to Logic and Computer
Design is intended as an introductory
book for students of computer science,
computer engineering and electrical
engineering branches. Presence of
several chapters on computer design
makes the book fit for fundamentalsoriented
logic design course.
FEATURES
• Design oriented approach-The book
is divided into two parts-logic design
and computer design.
• Design Languages- VHDL covered
in Ch4, Verilog in Ch 7 and DDL in
Ch 9.
• MODEL: A Sample Computer-A
separate chapter on design of
computer. Chapter 10
• Test Yourself-Designed to help
students measure their
comprehension of key material, are
included at the end of chapters.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction Part I: Logic Design 2.
Combination Systems 3. The Karnaugh
Map 4. Designing Combinational
Systems 5. Analysis of Sequential
Systems 6. The Design of Sequential
Systems 7. SSolving Larger Sequential
Problems Part II: Computer Design 8.
Computer Organization 9. Computer
Design Fundamentals 10. The Design of
a Central Processing Unit 11. Beyond the
Central Processing Unit. / Appendix A:
Summary of MODEL Controller Design /
Appendix B: Answers to Selected
Exercises / Appendix C: Chapter Test
Answers / Index
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC DESIGN
3rd Edition
by Alan B. Marcovitz, Florida Atlantic
University-Boca Raton
2008 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070164901
Introduction to Logic Design by Alan
Marcovitz is intended for the first course
in logic design, taken by computer
science, computer engineering, and
electrical engineering students. As with
the previous editions, this edition has a
clear presentation of fundamentals and
an exceptional collection of examples,
solved problems and exercises.
The text integrates laboratory
experiences, both hardware and
computer simulation, while not making
them mandatory for following the main
flow of the chapters. Design is
emphasized throughout, and switching
algebra is developed as a tool for
analyzing and implementing digital
systems. The presentation includes
excellent coverage of minimization of
combinational circuits, including multiple
output ones, using the Karnaugh map
and iterated consensus. There are a
number of examples of the design of
larger systems, both combinational and
sequential, using medium scale
integrated circuits and programmable
logic devices.
The third edition features two chapters
on sequential systems. The first chapter
covers analysis of sequential systems
and the second covers design.
Complete coverage of the analysis and
design of synchronous sequential
systems adds to the comprehensive
nature of the text. The derivation of state
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
42 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
tables from word problems further
emphasizes the practical
implementation of the material being
presented.
FEATURES
• All of the K-Map (Karnaugh map)
coverage is resented in one chapter
(chapter 3) instead of coverage
appearing in two chapters.
For the third edition, Chapter 9 will
be posted on the website. This
allows for additional coverage of
other topics without increasing the
length of the text.
• Additional experiments have been
added to Appendix D to allow
students the opportunity to perform
a variety of experiments.
• New Appendix A (Relating the
Algebra to the Karnaugh Map) ties
algebra coverage and K-Map
coverage together.
• New problems have been added in
Appendix E for both combinatorial
and sequential systems which go
from word problem to circuit all in
one place.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Combinational
Systems 3. The Karnaugh Map 4.
Function Minimization Algorithms 5.
Designing Combinational Systems
6. Analysis of Sequential Systems
7. The Design of Sequential Systems
8. Solving Larger Sequential Prblems 9.
Simplification of Sequential Circuits /
Appendix A Relating the Algebra to the
Karnaugh Map / Appendix B Answers
to Selected Exercises / Appendix C
Chapter Tests Answers / Appendix D
Laboratory Experiments / Appendix E
Complete Examples
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC
DESIGN WITH VHDL
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Stephen Brown & Zvonko
Vranesic, University of Toronto
2006 / 670 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647756
This book is intended for an introductory
course in Digital Logic Design, which is
a basic course in Electrical & Computer
Engineering programs. It provides a
desirable balance between teaching the
basic concepts and practical application
through CAD tools. Fundamental
concepts are illustrated by using small
examples, then a modular approach is
used to show how larger circuits are
designed.
CONTENTS
1. Design Concepts 2. Introduction to
Logic Circuits 3. Implementation
Technology 4. Optimized
Implementation of Logic Functions 5.
Number Representation And Arithmetic
Circuits 6. Combinational-Circuit
Building Blocks 7. Flip Flops, Registers,
Counters, And
A Simple Processor 8. Synchronous
Sequential Circuits 9. Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 10. Digital System
Design 11. Testing of Logic Circuits 12.
Computer Aided Design Tools /
Appendix A: VHDL Reference /
Appendix B: Commercial Devices
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC
WITH VHDL DESIGN
3rd Edition
By Stephen Brown, University of
Toronto, Canada, and Zvonko
Vranesic, University of Toronto, Canada
2008
ISBN : 9780070260450
Fundamentals of Digital Logic with
VHDL Design teaches the basic design
techniques for logic circuits. It
emphasizes the synthesis of circuits
and explains how circuits are
implemented in real chips. Fundamental
concepts are illustrated by
using small examples, which are easy to
understand. Then, a modular approach
is used to show how larger circuits are
designed. VHDL is used to demonstrate
how the basic building blocks and larger
systems are defined in a hardware
description language, producing designs
that can be implemented with modern
CAD tools. The book emphasizes CAD
through the use of Altera's Quartus II
CAD software, a state-of-the-art digital
circuit design package. This software
produces automatic mapping of designs
written in VHDL into Field
Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs)
and Complex Programmable Logic
Devices (CPLDs)."
FEATURES
• The book emphasizes the concepts
that should be covered in an
introductory course on logic design,
focusing on: Logic functions, gates,
and rules of Boolean algebra.
• Circuit synthesis and optimization
techniques.
• Number representation and
arthmetic circuits.
• Combinational-circuit building
blocks, such as multiplexers,
decoders, encoders, and code
converters.
• Sequential-circuit building blocks,
such as flip-flops, registers, and
counters.
• Design of synchronous sequential
circuits.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 43
• Use of the basic building blocks in
designing larger systems."
CONTENTS
1. Design Concepts 2. Introduction to
Logic Circuits 3. Implementation
Technology 4. Optimized Implementation
of Logic Functions 5. Number
Representation and Arithmetic Circuits
6. Combinational-Circuit Building Blocks
7. Flip Flops, Registers, Counters, and a
Simple Processor 8. Synchronous
Sequential Circuits 9. Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 10. Digital System
Design 11. Testing of Logic Circuits 12.
Computer Aided Design Tools
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC
WITH VERILOG DESIGN
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Stephen Brown, Associate
Professor, Dept. of Electrical &
Computer Engineering, University
of Toronto; Zvonko Vranesic,
Professor, Dept. of Electrical &
Computer Engineering, University
of Toronto
2007 / 885 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667242
Intended for a course on Digital
Principles and Logic Design at the UG
level, this title aims to teach students
the fundamental concepts in classic
manual digital design and illustrate the
way in which digital circuits are designed
using CAD tools in modern times. Basic
concepts are presented by examples
that involve simple circuit design using
both manual techniques and modern
CAD-tool-based methods.
FEATURES
• Emphasis is on Programmable
Logic Devices, using FPGA and
CPLD- the most appropriate
technology in use today.
• Altera Quartus II software, which
provides automatic mapping of a
design into Altera CPLDs and
FPGAs, has been included in the
text.
• IEEE Standard Verilog HDL
language and its use has been
discussed in great detail.
• Number of design examples in the
book which can complement a lab
course.
• Solved Examples: 173
• Problems: 356
• Illustrations: 687
CONTENTS
1. Design Concepts 2. Introduction to
Logic Cicuits 3. Implementation
Technology 4. Optimized Implementation
of Logic Functions 5. Number
Representation and Arithmetic Circuits
6. Combinational-Circuit Building Blocks
7. Flip Flops, Registers, Counters, and a
Simple Processor 8. Synchronous
Sequential Circuits 9. Asynchronous
Sequential Circuits 10. Digital System
Design 11. Testing of Logic Circuits
12. Computer Aided Design Tools /
Appendix A: Verilog Reference /
Appendix B: Commercial Devices
DIGITAL COMPUTER
FUNDAMENTALS
by Dr. S. Poornachandra, Professor
and Head, Department of ECE, RMD
Engineering College, Chennai
2009 / 224 Pages
ISBN : 9780070671867
Digital Computer Fundamentals,
designed for the undergraduate
students of all engineering disciplines is
a well written, simple book. Clear
presentation with numerous exercises
makes the book very student friendly.
PEDAGOGY
• Solved Examples: 150
• Review Questions: 200
CONTENTS
1. Digital Concepts 2. Number System
3. Logic Gates 4. Hardware and
Software 5. Networking Fundamental
U.S. Edition
SCHAUM ’S OUTLINE OF
INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL
SYSTEMS
by James Palmer, Rochester Institute
of Technology; David Perlman,
Rochester Institute of Technology
1993 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780070484399
CONTENTS
1. Numbers and the Binary System 2.
Design of Combinational Logic I 3.
Design of Combinational Logic IIManipulation
4. Hardware and the
Mixe-Logic Convention 5. MSI and LSI
Elements 6. Timing Diagrams 7. The
Flip-Flop/8 Combinations of Flip-Flops
9. Application Specific Devices 10.
Design of Simple State Machines 11.
Electronically Programmable Functions
Appendixes A: Basic Boolean
Theorems and Identities / B: Standard
Logic Symbols / C: Some Comments
on Digital Logic Simulation
DIGITAL PRINCIPLES AND
DESIGN WITH CD-ROM
by Donald Givone, SUNY— Buffalo
2003 / 832 Pages
ISBN : 9780070529069
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Number Systems,
Arithmetic, and Codes. 3. Boolean
Algebra and Combinational Networks.
4. Simplification of Boolean Expressions.
5. Logic Design with MSI
Components and Programmable Logic
Devices. 6. Flip-Flops and Simple Flip-
Flop Applications. 7. Synchronous
Sequential Networks. 8. Algorithmic
State Machines. 9. Asnynchronous
Sequential Networks / Appendix A:
Digital Circuits. / Appendix B: TBD
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
44 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
DIGITAL COMPUTER
ELECTRONICS: AN INTRODUCTION
TO MICROCOMPUTERS
3rd Edition
by Alberto Paul Malvino, President,
Malvino Inc.
2001 / 522 Pages
ISBN : 9780074622353
CONTENTS
Part I : Digital Principles 1. Number
Systems and Codes 2. Gates 3. More
Logic Gates 4. TTL Circuits 5. Boolean
Algebra and Karnaugh Maps 6.
Arithmetic-Logic Units 7. Flip-Flops 8.
Registers and Counters 9. Memories
Part II : SAP (Simple-as-Possible)
Computers 10. SAP- 1, 11. SAP- 2, 12.
SAP- 3 Part III : Programming
Popular Micro-processors 13.
Introduction to Microprocessors 14.
Programming and Languages 15.
System Overview 16. Data Transfer
Instructions 17. Addressing Modes- I 18.
Arithmetic and Flags 19. Logical
Instructions 20. Shift and Rotate
Instructions 21. Addressing Modes- II
22. Branching and Loops 23. Subroutine
and Stack Instructions Part IV :
Microprocessor Instruction Set
Tables, Appendices, Answers to Odd-
Numbered Problems, Index
VERILOG DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Zainalabedin Navabi, Professor of
Electrical and Computer Engineer-ing,
Northeastern University.
2008 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780070252219
This rigorous text shows electronics
designers and students how to deploy
Verilog in sophisticated digital systems
design.The Second Edition is
completely updated -- along with the
many worked examples -- for Verilog
2001, new synthesis standards and
coverage of the new OVI verification
library.
CONTENTS
1. Design Automation with Verilog
2. Register Transfer Level Design with
Verilog 3.Verilog Language Concepts /
4. Combinational Circuit Description
5. Sequential Circuit Description
6. Component Test and Verification 7.
Detailed Modeling 8. RT Level Design
and Test / Appendix A: List of
Keywords / Appendix B: Frequently
Used Sysytem Tasks and Functions /
Appendix C: Compiler Directives /
Appendx D: Verilog Formal Syntax
Definition / Appendix E: Verilog
Assertion Monitors
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
(with CD)
6th Edition
by Roger L Tokheim
2004 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780070587908
Digital Electronics: Principles &
Applications, Sixth Edition is designed
to be used as an introductory text for
students who are new to the field of
electronics. This edition includes
numerous changes and improve-ments.
Most chapters have added questions
and problems. The textbook continues
its strong coverage of not only the
basics of digital circuits but stresses the
interfacing with a variety of simple input
and output devices
CONTENTS
1. Digital Electronics 2. Numbers We
Use in Digital Electro-nics 3. Logic
Gates 4. Combining Logic Gates 5. IC
Specifications and Simple Interfacing 6.
Encoding, Decoding, and Seven-
Segment Displays 7. Flip-Flops 8.
Counters 9. Shift Registers 10.
Arithmetic Circuits 11. Memories 12.
Digital Systems 13. Connecting with
Analog Devices
International Edition
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS:
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
7th Edition
by Roger L. Tokhei
2008 / 534 Pages
ISBN : 9780071108508
Digital Electronics: Principles and
Applications is a concise and practical
text that prepares students for entrylevel
electronics jobs. Its level and
approach are ideal for both electronics
and electricity programs looking for a
relatively short, applied book. The
seventh edition has been updated, with
new coverage of microcontrollers,
memory, and interfacing.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Interfacing has been updated and
expanded, especially in chapter 5
and chapter 14.
• Memory concepts and examples
have been updated in chapter 11.
CONTENTS
1. Digital Electronics. 2. Numbers We
Use in Digital Electronics. 3. Logic
Gates. 4. Combining Logic Gates. 5. 1C
Specifications and Simple Interfacing. 6.
Encoding, Decoding, and Seven-
Segment Displays. 7. Flip-Flops. 8.
Counters. 9. Shift Registers. 10.
Arithmetic circuits. 11. Memory and
Storage. 12. Digital Systems. 13.
Computer Systems. 14. Connecting with
Analog Devices
DIGITAL COMPUTER
FUNDAMENTALS
6th Edition
by Thomas Bartee
2001 / 610 Pages
ISBN : 9780074604007
CONTENTS
1. Computer Operation 2. Number
Systems 3. Boolean Algebra and Gate
Networks 4. Logic Design 5. The
Arithmetic-Logic Unit 6. The Memory
Element 7. Input-Output Devices 8.
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 45
Buses and Interfaces 9. The Control
Unit 10. Computer Organization
Appendixes Index
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS:
CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS
by V. K. Puri
2001 / 446 Pages
ISBN : 9780074633175
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS,
MICROPROCESSORS PROBLEMS &
SOLUTIONS
by R.P. Jain, B M Institute of
Engineering & Tech. Sonepat
1987 / 534 Pages
ISBN : 9780074517017
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
DEMYSTIFIED: A SELF-TEACHING
GUIDE
by Predko
2005 / 370 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601444
2000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
(SIGMA SERIES)
by S. P. Bali, Former Faculty
Member Military College of
Electronics & Mechanical Engineering,
Secunderabad
2004
ISBN : 9780070588318
CONTENTS
1. Digital Concepts 2. Number Systems
3. Codes and Parity 4. Logic Gates
5. Boolean Algebra 6. Reduction
Techniques 7. Pulse and Switching
Devices 8. Wave Shaping 9. Logic
Failies 10. Arithmetic Circuits 11.
Combinational Logic Circuits 12. Flip-
Flips 13. Registers and Counters 14.
Sequential Machines 15. Memory 16.
Programmable Logic Devices 17.
Interfacing 18. Microprocessor Basics,
Appendices, Glossary, Bibliography /
Index.
COMPLETE DIGITAL DESIGN
by Balch
2005 / 460 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601420
VHDL / VERILOG
VHDL PROGRAMMING BY
EXAMPLE
4th Edition
by Douglas Perry, Synopsis Inc.,
2002 / 496 Pages
ISBN : 9780070499447
Teaches VHDL by example - Includes
tools for simulation and synthesis - CDROM
containing Code/Design examples
and a working demo of ModelSIM
CONTENTS
Foreword,Preface. Acknowledgments.
1. Introduction to VHDL. 2. Behavioral
Modeling. 3. Sequential Processing. 4.
Data Types. 5. Subprograms and
Packages. 6. Predefined Attributes. 7.
Configurations. 8. Advanced Topics. 9.
Synthesis. 10. VHDL Systems. 11. High
Level Design Flow. 12. Top-Level
System Design. 13. CPU: Synthesis
Description. 14. CPU: RTL Simulation.
15. CPU Design: Synthesis Results. 16.
Place and Route. 17. CPU: VITAL
Simulation. 18. At Speed Debugging
Techniques. Appendix A: Standard
Logic Package. Appendix B: VHDL
Reference Tables. Appendix C:
Reading VHDL BNF. Appendix D:
VHDL93 Updates. Index.
VHDL-A DESIGN ORIENTED
APPROACH
by S.S. Limaye, Principal, RKN Engg
College and Professor of Electronics
2007 / 324 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648258
Intended for a course on VHDL
Programming this text can also be used
Digital Systems Design courses having
a portion on VHDL. The text follows a
bottom-up approach, whereby
Language Fundamentals have been
discussed followed by various styes of
Description and Design Examples.
FEATURES
• Based on the latest IEEE Std 1076-
1993. IEEE libraries have been
given sufficient coverage.
• Data flow description is discussed
using examples of Multiplexer,
Demultiplexer, Priority Encoder and
Barrel Shifter with Synthesis Effects.
• Separate chapter on Writing Test
Benches.
• Discussion on designing of a 16-Bit
RISC Microcomputer included.
• Guide to implement projects using
Xilinx ISE.
• Tutorial on Modelsim Simulator
provided.
• Facilitates better comprehension
with numerous Review Questions,
Programming Exercises, and
ebugging Exercises.
• Illustrations: 78
• Review Questions: 57
• Programming Exercises: 43
• Debugging Exercises: 29
• Answers to Selected Problems
• Numerous examples and exercises
of synthesizable code are provided,
which can be run in a lab.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Language
fundamentals 3. Behavioral and RTL
style of description 4. Dataflow style of
description 5. Structural style of
description 6. Writing test benches 7.
Design examples 8. Synthesis with
XILINX ISE / Appendix A: Design of 16-
bit RISC microcomputer / Appendix B:
VHDL syntax / Appendix C: STD
package functions / Appendix D: IEEE
library functions
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN • VHDL / VERILOG
46 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
VHDL: MODULAR DESIGN AND
SYNTESIS OF CORES AND
SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
by Zainalabedin Navabi Northeastern
University, Boston
2008 / 531 Pages
ISBN : 9780070223516
This cutting-edge resource explores the
design of RT level components, the
application of these components in a
core-based design, and the
development of a complete processor
design with its hardware and software
as a core in a system-on-a-chip [SoC]
"Filled over 150 illustrations, this edition
features.
FEATURES
• An entire toolkit for register-transfer
level digital system design
• Testbench development techniques
• New to this edition: Coverage of the
latest users of VHL for digital
system design, design of IP cores,
interactive and self-checking
testbench development, and VHDL’s
new libraries and packages.
CONTENTS
1. Digital System Design Automation
with VHDL 2. RTL with VHDL 3. VHDL
Constructs for Structure and Hierarchy
Descriptions 4. Concurrent Constructs
for RT Level Descriptions 5. Sequential
Constructs for RT Level Descriptions 6.
VHDL Language Utilities and Packages
7. VHDL Signal Model 8. Hardware
Cores and Models 9. Core Design and
Testability 10. Design, Test and
Application of a Processor Core
AUTOMATA THEORY /
THEORY OF COMPUTATION
THEORY OF AUTOMATA
LANGUAGES AND COMPUTATION
by Rajendra Kumar, Assistant
Professor and Head, Department of
Computer Science and Engineering,
Vidya College of Engineering, Meerut
2010 / 450 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702042
This book on Theory of Automata
introduces the theoretical basis of
computational models, starting with
formal languages & finiteautomata and
moving to Turing machines and shows
how they correspond to the various
models of computation and to generate
mechanisms such as regular expressions
and grammar. The emphasis
is on understanding the properties of
these models, the elationship among
them, how modifications such as nondeterminism
and resource bounds affect
them.
The book provides detailed, simple and
logical explanation of the important
concepts of Automata Theory These
concepts have been supported with
numerous solved examples, graded
problems, MCQs and hints to exercises
questions which helps in comprehending
& applying the concepts easily. It
provides both theoretical and
mathematical explanation of the
concepts in a balanced way.
‘Good to Know’ and ‘Did You Know’
provides interesting information & facts
about the subject and it’s history. These
features have been also appreciated by
the reviewers
• Provides 95% coverage of the
Automata Theory syllabi of major
Indian universities.
• Simple & lucid explanations for
difficult topic such as transition
functions, two way FA, equivalence
of two automata, equivalence of two
regular expressions, auxiliary and
two stack PDA, equivalence of two
stack PDA and Turing machine,
PDA for regular and context free
languages, Pumping Lemma, Turing
machine for regular and non regular
languages.
• Detailed coverage of topics such as
Regular Languages, Finite
Automata, and Pushdown
Automata.
• Hints and solutions to review
exercises, graded problems &
MCQs.
• ‘Good to Know’ and ‘Did You Know’
features provide additional
information and facts about the
subject & its history.
• Numerous solved examples help in
better understanding of the
concepts.
• Excellent pedagogy (including
graded problems, objective
questions). Pedagogy includes:
• 140 solved examples,
• 177 Review questions,
• 110 Graded Questions,
• 286 MCQs, (Total: 713 )
• 245 Illustrations
• Exhaustive OLC.
CONTENTS
1: Mathematical Preliminaries 2: Finite
Automata 3: Formal Languages :
Regular language and Regular grammar
5: Properties of Regular Languages 6:
Context free grammar and Context free
language 7: Push Down Automata 8:
Properties of Regular and Context Free
Languages 9: Turing Machines 10:
Undecidability and Computability 11:
NP-Completeness; Appendix: Answers
to Multiple Choice Questions
VHDL / VERILOG • AUTOMATA THEORY / THEORY OF COMPUTATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 47
FORMAL LANGUAGES AND
AUTOMATA THEORY
1st Edition
by KVN Sunitha, Prof. & Head, Dept of
Computer Science, GNITS, Hyderabad
& N Kalyani, Dept of Computer
Science, GNITS, Hyderabad
2010 / 376 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702059
This textbook on Formal Languages and
Automata Theory is a lucidly written text
that offers simple and concise
explanation for the important concepts
of Automata Theory. It emphasizes on
formal languages, models of
computation, computability and
complexity theory and is most suitable
for UG level CSE & IT students. It
provides conceptual tools that
practitioners use in computer
engineering. In this book, problems are
solved using various methods & stepby-
step approach and also, objective
type questions with answers are given
whih will be helpful in revising the
concepts & preparing for the competitive
exams.
FEATURES
• Wider coverage of topics such as
Finite Automata, Pushdown
Automata, Undecidibility, etc.
• Simple & lucid language used for
concept explanation
• Uses stepwise approach & various
methods for solving problems
• Excellent pedagogy (including
solved examples & problems,
ojective questions, questions).
Pedagogy includes:
146 Solved examples
122 Solved problems
122 Fill in the blaks & True/False
196 Objective-type question
142 Exercise questions
220 Illustrations
CONTENTS
1. Mathematical Preliminaries and
Formal Language 2. Finite Automata 3.
Regular Languages and Regular
Grammars 4. Context Free Grammars
and Context Free Language 5.
Pushdown Automata 6. Turing Machines
7. Undecidability and Computability 8.
NP-Completeness 9. LR(K) and LL(I)
Grammar; Appendix: Proposition and
Predicate Logic A. l Propositions A.2
Connectives A.3 Well-formed Formula
(WFF) A.4 Logical Identities A.5 Normal
Forms of Well-formed Formulas A.6
Principal Disjunctive Normal Form A.7
Predicate Calculus A.8 Universal and
Existential Quantifier A.9 Well-formed
Formulas of Predicate Calculus A.I0
Rules of Inferel1ce for Predicate
Calculus
INTRODUCTION TO LANGUAGES
AND THE THEORY OF
COMPUTATION
3rd Editon
(Special Indian Edition)
by J Martin, North Dakota State
University, Fargo, North Dakota.
2007 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070660489
Introduction to Languages and the
Theory of Computation is a highly
popular txt which provides an
introduction to the theory of computation
emphasizing on formal languages,
automata and abstract models of
computation, and computability; it also
includes an introduction to
computational complexity and NPcompleteness.
FEATURES
• Offers a gentle and gradual
introduction of the necessary
mathematical tools in the context in
which they are used.
• Emphasizes on formal languages,
automata and abstract models of
computation, and computability, and
it includes an introduction to
computational complexity and NPcompleteness.
CONTENTS
Introduction / Part 1: Mathematical
Notation and Techniques 1. Basic
Mathematical Objects 2. Mathematical
Induction and Recursive Definitions Part
II: Regular Languages and Finite
Automata 3. Regular Expressions and
Finite Automata 4. Nondeterminism and
Kleene’s Theorem 5. Regular and
Nonregular Languages Prt III: Context-
Free Languages and Pushdown
Automata 6. Context-Free Grammars 7.
Pushdown Automata 8. Context-Free
and Non-Context- Free Languages Part
IV: Turing Machines and Their
Languages 9. Turning Machines 10.
Recursively Enumerable Languages
Part V: Unsolvable Problems and
Computable Functions 11. Unsolved
Problems 12. Computable Functions
Part VI: Introduction and Classifying
Complexity 13. Measuring and
Classifying Complexity 14. Tractable
and Intractable Problems
International edition
INTRODUCTION TO
LANGUAGES AND THE THEORY
OF COMPUTATION
4th Eition
by John Martin, North Dakota State
University-Fargo
2011 / 488 Pages
ISBN: 9780071289429 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/martin
Introduction to Languages and the
Theory of Computation helps students
make the connection between the
practice of computing and an
understanding of the profound ideas that
defines it. The book's organization and
the author's ability to explain complex
topics clearly make this introduction to
the theory of computation an excellent
resource for a broad range of upper
level students. The author has learned
through many years of teaching that the
best way to present theoretical concepts
is to take advantage of the precision and
clarity of mathematical language. In a
way that is accessible to students still
learning this language, he presents the
necessary mathematical tools gently
and gradually which provides discussion
and examples that make the language
intelligible.
AUTOMATA THEORY / THEORY OF COMPUTATION
48 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
FEATURES
• Streamlined Presentation of Topics:
The author has made a number of
changes to make it easier for
students to understand ideas.
Arguments have been condensed
wherever it has beenpossible to do
so with out sacrificing rigor. Proofs
have been omitted or only sketched
in cases where the idea is clear and
the details add nothing but
completeness and in places where
there are extended prose passages,
the prose has been condensed, long
paragraphs have been broken up
into shorter ones, and in many
cases, steps in arguments and
algorithms have been itemized
numerically.
• Organizational Changes: The first
two chapters are combined into one
to shorten the introductory material
and move more quickly onto other
topics and chapters 3-5 are
combined into two chapters to help
facilitate the coverage of finite
automata befre regular expressions.
• Improved Exercises: The number of
routine exercises have been
increased to allow for more student
practice and additional challenging
exercises have been added to
illustrate important ideas.
• Examples: The examples have been
updated with a focus toward
selecting material that illustrates
principles in the most effective and
efficient manner possible.
• A text website will feature
instructor's solutions manual and
power points.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / 1. Mathematical
Tools and Techniques 2. Finite
Automata and the Languages They
Accept 3. Regular Expressions,
Nondeterminism, and Kleene's Theorem
4. Context-Free Languages 5.
Pushdown Automata 6. Context-Free
and Non-Context-Freez Languages 7.
Turing Machines 8. Recursively
Enumerable Languages 9. Undecidable
Decision Problems 10. Computable
Functions 11. Introduction to
Computational Complexity / Index
COMPUTER
ORGANISATION /
ARCHITECTURE
COMPUTER SYSTEM
ORGANIZATION
1st Edition
by Naresh Jotwani, Director School of
Solar Energy PDPU, Gandhinagar,
Gujarat
2009 / 324 Pages
ISBN : 9780070087101
Computer System Organization gives
an integrated approach to hardware,
software and processor design, which
takes an account of commercial
processors (e.g. Intel Pentium) through
case studies. Discussions on essentials
of computer system and software
development are unique to this book.
FEATURES
• Follows a design oriented approach.
• Concept building through
discussions on general processor.
• A separate chapter dedicated to
Case studies of various commercial
processors like; Pentium®
Processor, JAVA Virtual Machine,
8051 Microcontroller® Family.
• Tutorial based treatment-deals with
important concepts through solved
examples.
• Custom processor called NICE used
to build concept in all chapters.
RICH PEDAGOGY INCLUDES:
• Solved Examples: 71
• Review Questions: 373
• Exercises: 164
• Programs: 10
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Overview Chapter 2.
Representation of Data in Binary
Chapter 3. Hardware Building Blocks
Chapter 4. Processor Instruction Set –
IChapter 5. Processor Instruction Set –
II Chapter 6. Processor Design Chapter
7. Control Unit Chapter 8. Computer
Arithmetic Chapter 9. Memory
Organization Chapter 10. Input and
Output Organization Chapter 11. User
Interaction Chapter 12. Secondary
Storage and Other Devices Chapter 13.
Parallelism Chapter 14. Multiprocessor
Systems Chapter 15. Software Chapter
16. Case Studies
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION,
5th Edition
by Carl Hamacher, Professor of
Computer Engineering at Queens
University, Canada Zvonko Vranesic,
Professor of Computer Engineering at
Toronto University, Canada Safwat
Zaky, Professor of Computer
Engineering at Toronto University,
Canada
2011 / 828 Pages
ISBN : 9781259005275
The goal of the book is to illustrate the
principles of computer organization by
using a“number of extensive examples
drawn from commercially available
computers. The“machines discussed in
the book are the Motorola 680X0 and
683XX families, Intel“80X86 and
Pentium families, ARM family, Sun
Microsystems Sparc family,
and“DEC(Compaq) Alpha family. The
68000, Pentium, and ARM are used as
detailed examples“early in the book.
FEATURES
• The instruction sets of three
commercial processors are
introduced - 68000, ARM, and Intel
IA-32
• New chapter on embeddedprocessor
systems
CONTENTS
1 Basic Structure of Computers 2
Machine Instructions and Programs 3
ARM, Motorola, and Intel Instruction
Sets 4 Input/Output Organization 5 The
Memory System 6 Arithmetic 7 Basic
Processing Unit 8 Pipelining 9
Embedded Systems 10 Computer
Peripherals 11 Processor Families 12
Large Computer Systems Appendix A
Logic Circuits Appendix B ARM
Instruction Set Appendix C Motorola
68000Instruction Set Appendix D Intel
AUTOMATA THEORY / THEORY OF COMPUTATION • COMPUTER ORGANISATION / ARCHITECTURE
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 49
IA-32 Instruction Set Appendix E
Character Codes and Number
Conversion
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
ORGANIZATION, 3rd Edition
by John P. Hayes, University of
Michigan-ANN ARBOR
2012 / 620 Pages
ISBN : 9781259028564
The third edition of Computer
Architecture and Organization features a
comprehensive updating of the materialespecially
case studies, worked
examples, and problem sets-while
retaining the book's time-proven
emphasis on basic principles. Reflecting
the dramatic changes in computer
technology that have taken place over
the last decade, the treatment of
performance-related topics such as
pipelines, caches, and RISC's has been
expanded. Many examples and end-ofchapter
problems have also been
added.
FEATURES
• The third edition recognizes trend
toward quantitative issues and has
addressed this by providing a
balanced coverage of performance
analysis with a qualitative issues.
• Focusing on basic principles avoids
over-emphasis on arcane aspects of
design which are beyond the needs
of undergraduate students.
• The much-used end-of-chapter
problems sets have been expanded
from 240 to about 300 problems,
75% of which are completely new in
this edition.
• Recognizes the importance of CAD
tools such as "espresso" which will
give students valuable preparation
for industry experience.
CONTENTS
1. Computing and Computers 2. Design
Methodology 3. Processor Basics 4.
Datapath Design 5. Control Design 6.
Memory Organization 7. System
Organization
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE: AN
EMBEDDED APPROACH
by Ian McLoughlin, Nanyang
Technological University, Singapore
2012 / 520 Pages
ISBN : 9781259025563
This textbook presents the subject of
computer architecture in a modern light
to match“the needs of educational
institutions and graduates for modern
industry. An embedded“systemsrelevant
approach, this book addresses
the needs of industry, inspires“students
in their studies, and interlinks with
neighbouring electronics,
computer“engineering or computer
science course within a typical
curriculum. It is not just a“computer
architecture book with an extra chapter
on embedded system, it looks at
the“computer architecture of today,
which is built upon the foundation and
history of bigger“and older machines
and drives toward greater levels of
integration within embedded“systems.
FEATURES
• The text enhanced with may clear
illustrations and worked examples
• The book culminates in a CPU
design project containing everything
necessary for the step-by-step
design, simulation, test and
programming of a simple embedded
computer
• It covers the typical degree-level
syllabus in an engaging and
readable fashion
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction “Chapter 2
Foundations “Chapter 3 CPU Basics
“Chapter 4 Processor Internals “Chapter
5 Enhancing CPU Performance
“Chapter 6 Externals “Chapter 7
Practical Embedded CPUs “Chapter 8
CPU Design “Chapter 9 The Future “A
Standard Notation for Memory Size “B
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
Model “C Exploring Trade-offs in Cache
Size and Arrangment “D Wireless
Technology for Embedded Computers
“E Tools for Compiling and Simulating
Tiny CPU
International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
AND ORGANIZATION
3rd Edition
by John P Hayes, University of
Michigan
1998 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780071159975
CONTENTS
1. Computation and Computers.
2. Design Methodology. 3. Processor
Design. 4. Datapath Design. 5. Control
Design. 6. Memory Organization. 7.
System Organization
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
(For DOEACC ‘A’ Level)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 308 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593619
This book is designed for the course on
Computer Organization offered to
students taking the DOEACC’s ‘A’ level
certificate examination. The book will
also be useful to the Diploma students
who take a paper on Computer
Organization.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
Number Systems with the help of
worked out examples.
• Coverage of Design of Assemblers.
• Assembly Language Programming
dealt with in detail with the help of
numerous sample programs.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. Number System 2. Digital Signals
and Logic Gates 3. Logic Circuit
Designing 4. Digital Devices 5.
COMPUTER ORGANISATION / ARCHITECTURE
50 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Computer Organization 6. Memory
Organization 7. Input/Output Organization
8. Control Organization 9. Parallel
Processing 10. Introduction to System
Software 11. Loaders 12. Macros 13.
Introduction to Operating System
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER
ARCHITECTURE
by Senthil Kumar, Asan Memorial
College of Engineering & Technology,
Chengalpattu
2006 / 350 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091122
Fundamentals of Computer Architecture
deals with the basic structure and
operations of a digital computer. This
book is designed for the First course on
Computer Architecture. The book covers
control units, arithmetic and logic unit,
memory unit and I/O unit.
CONTENTS
1. Basics of Computers 2. Instructions
and Instruction Sequencing 3. Basic
Arithmetic Operations 4. Processor Unit
5. Advanced Concepts 6. Memory
System 7. Input-Output Organization 8.
Input-Output Devices 9. Buses and
Standard I/O Interfaces
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE
AN EMBEDDED APPROACH
by Ian Vince, McLoughlin
2011 / 544 Pages
ISBN : 9780071311182
This textbook presents the subject of
computer architecture in a modern light
to match the needs of educational
institutions and graduates for modern
industry. The book reflects the fact that
there are around 40 times as many
embedded systems sold as desktop
computers each year, and many more
graduates will end up designing
embedded systems hardware than will
ever design a traditional desktop
computer.
Without overlooking the historical
perspective of computers, or the
traditional topics in computer
architecture, Computer Architecture: an
embedded approach presents the
subject in a readable and interesting
format, and above all, provides the
background and places emphasis on
the increasingly important embedded
systems that we all rely upon for our
day-to-day living.
Whilst traditional computer engineering
textbooks were fine resources for
students needing to learn about
computers, work on desktop or
mainframe systems of the 1980s and
1990s, these older approaches are
looking increasingly dated as
technological progress marches on.
Students of today tend to be more
inspired by the iPod than by ENIAC, and
working with such tiny, low power
embedded devices is precisely what
Computer Architecture: an embedded
approach aims towards. This means
that modern and interesting topics for
embedded systems are included in this
book. An embedded systems-relevant
approach, this book addresses the
needs of industry, inspires students in
their studies, and interlinks with
neighbouring electronics, computer
engineering or computer science course
within a typical curriculum. It is not just a
computer architecture book with an
extra chapter on embedded system, it
looks at the computer architecture of
today, which is built upon the foundation
and history of bigger and older
machines and drives toward greater
levels of integration within embedded
systems.
FEATURES
• A comprehensive textbook covering
the main “Computer Architecture”
sections of the IEEE Body of
Knowledge in Computer
Engineering.
• An embedded systems-relevant
approach, the book includes topics
that are current in industry, and
issues and technologies that
embedded systems engineers face
these days, which is what industry
increasingly demands and
tomorrow’s graduates will need to
be conversant in. Some of these
topics, which are not found in
traditional texts, are:
1. Programming of memory in
embedded systems, especially
JTAG
2. Overlays and pages in code
contexts
3. The different types of memory
available, including parallel and
serial flash (NOR/NAND)
4. Power supply issues, how
clocking and system design
relates to low power
5. System reset, testing and error
checking (detection and
correction)
6. General purpose I/O and pin
configuration, especially in
system-on-chip processors
7. Modern buses including I2C,
SPI, LVDS etc... Evolved PC/
104 systems
8. The use of memory
management unit (MMU) in
diskless embedded systems
9. Soft core processors– including
an entire chapter in which we
design and build our own
10. System-on-chip processors,
application-specific ICs and field
programmable gate arrays
(FPGAs)
• Apart of the main items in the typical
computer architecture theory
curriculum relevant to embedded
engineers, the book offers a wealth
of practical information including the
opportunity to build and test out a
custom soft-core processor.
• Topics are placed into an academic
framework that not only discusses
the how and what, but also the why.
Plenty of diagrams are given to
explain tricky concepts and many
explanatory boxes (containing extra
worked examples, interesting
snippets of information and
additional explanations) are
provided throughout to augment the
main text.
• SI units are used throughout,
including the newer “kibibyte” and
COMPUTER ORGANISATION / ARCHITECTURE
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 51
“mebibyte” measures for computer
memory.
• Each chapter ends with a set of 20
problems (with answers provided in
the instructors’ manual).
• Supplementary materials: Solution
manuals (with detail explanations to
end-of-chapter problems in the
textbook), powerpoint slides,
diagrams, extra teaching material
(including recommendations for
further reading), ready-made
laboratory sessions are available for
instructors on the instructors’
website.
These supplement materials are
available only to instructors using
the textbook for their teaching
purposes. Please contact your local
McGraw-Hill sales representatives if
you require furthezr assistance.
CONTENTS
Preface / Acknowledgements / 1.
Introduction / 2. Foundations / 3. CPU
Basics / 4. Processor Internals / 5.
Enhancing CPU Performance / 6.
Externals / 7. Practical Embedded
CPUs / 8. CPU Design / 9. The Future /
Index
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
AND ORGANIZATION
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
(Schaum's Outline Series)
by Nicholas Carter, University of
Illinois; Rajkamal, Devi Ahilya
University, Indore
2009
ISBN : 9780070141797
Computer System Architecture and
Organization emphasises on the
efficient use of system resources. It
gives a step-by-step explanation of the
interface of hardware with software. This
book, being Schaum’s Outline, is a vital
study guide for the students to master
their problem-solving skills.
FEATURES
• Core concepts of hardware and
software for computer systems.
• Concise and to-the-point
discussions of concept.
• Coverage of latest concepts like;
Memory stick, SD Card, Flash
Memory
• Tutorial based treatment-deals with
important concepts through solved
examples and solved problems to
master the problem-solving skills.
RICH PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• Solved Examples: 251
• Solved Problems: 316
• Object Type Questions: 195
• Unsolved Problems: 164
CONTENTS
• Introduction • Computer Organization •
Computer Arithmetic • Instruction Sets
and the Processor Organizations •
Processing Unit Design • Instruction
Pipelining and Parallel Processing •
Instruction-Level Parallelism • The
Memory System • Caches • Virtual
Memory • Input/Output Organization •
Multiprocessor Architectures
COMPUTING ARCHITECTURE AND
LOGIC DESIGN
by Thomas Bartee
2010 / 628 Pages
ISBN : 9780071067133
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Number Systems. 3.
Boolean Algebra and Gate Networks. 4.
Logic Design. 5. The Arithmetic-Logic
Unit. 6. The Memory Element. 7. Input-
Output. 8. Buses and Interfaces. 9.
The Control Unit. 10. Computer
Architecture. 11. Selected Architectures.
12. Logic Circuits Overview.
McGraw-Hill / UK Edition
COMPUTERS SYSTEMS
ARCHITECTURE, NETWORKS AND
COMMUNICATIONS
by Sebastian Coope, John Cowley, and
Neil Willis
2003 / 450 Pages
ISBN : 9780077098032
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
ORGANIZATION
2nd Edition
by B Govindarajulu, Rajalakshmi
Engineering College, Chennai.
2010 / 892 Pages
ISBN : 9780070152779
This book provides a comprehensive
coverage of the architecture and
organization of the computers.
Supported by solved problems, case
studies, and examples, it provides a
complete description of computer
architecture for professionals ranging
from beginners to experienced ones.
SALIENT FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
concepts Revised and enhanced
review questions
• Modifications in the chapters
according to the latest
developments.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Computer Organization 2.
Evolution of Computers 3. CPU
Architecture and Instruction set
Principles 4. ALU Design and Datapath
5. Binary Arithmetic Operations 6.
Instruction Processing And Control Unit
7. Main Memory Design 8. Memory
management techniques 9. Secondary
Storage Devices 10. I/O Concepts and
Techniques 11. I/O Devices 12. RISC,
Parallelism and Pipelining 13.
Superscalar Architecture 14. Vliw and
epic architecture 15. Vector computing
and array processing 16. Multiprocessor
Systems and servers Annexure 1:
COMPUTER ORGANISATION / ARCHITECTURE
52 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Number Systems and Conversions,
Annexure 2: Types of Computer
Software, Annexure 3: ASCII Code,
Annexure 4: Hardware Components and
ICs
ADVANCED COMPUTER
ARCHITECTURE
ADVANCED COMPUTER
ARCHITECTURE
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Kai Hwang, University of Southern
California; Naresh Jotwani, Director,
School of Solar Energy PDPU, Gandhi
Nagar, Gujarat.
2010 / 810 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702103
This book deals with advanced
computer architecture and parallel
programming techniques.. It offers a
balanced treatment of theory,
technology architecture and software
used by advanced computer systems. It
presents state-of-the-art principles and
techniques for designing and
programming parallel, vector, and
scalable computer systems. The
emphasis on parallelism, scalability and
programmability lends an added flavor
to this text. The new chapter on -
Instruction Level Parallelism describes
the basic techniques of instruction level
parallelism, and discusses relevant
system design and performance issues
which place a limit on its successful
exploitation. While another newly added
chapter on Recent Advancements in
Computer Architecture discusses the
technological advances which have had
a major impact on computer
architecture, and details some recently
introduced processors, systems, and
multi-core systems-on-a-chip.
FEATURES
• Two New Chapters - Instruction
Level Parallelism (as chapter-12) &
Recent Advancements in Computer
Architecture (as chapter-13)
• Emphasizes on parallelism,
scalability and programmability
aspects related to computer
architecture
• Discusses case-studies of real
systems- IBM, Hitachi, Cray, Intel,
UltraSparc, Blue Gene (from IBM),
Cray XT series, XT5 and XMT,
Fujitsu, DEC, MasPar, Tera,
Stardent, etc.
• Issues related to instruction level
parallelism, processor clock speed,
and power consumption defined
according to the recent
developments in processor design
• Strong Pedagogical Features:
• Illustrations (Figures & Tables) :
360
• Solved Examples: 114
• Exercise Problems: 251
• Case Study: 6
CONTENTS
Preface / Part I Theory of Parallelism /
1. Parallel Computer Models 2. Program
and Network Properties 3. Principles of
Scalable Performance / Part II
Hardware Technologies / 4.
Processors and Memory Hierarchy 5.
Bus, Cache, and Shared Memory 6.
Pipelining and Superscalar Techniques /
Part III Parallel and Scalable
Architectures / 7. Multiprocessors and
Multicomputer 8. Multivector and SIMD
Computers 9. Scalable, Multithreaded,
and Dataflow Architectures / Part IV
Software for Parallel Programming /
10. Parallel Models, Languages, and
Compilers 11. Parallel Program
Development and Environments 12.
Instruction Level Parallelism 13. Recent
Advances in Computer Architecture
International Edition
COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND
PARALLEL PROCESSING
by Kai Hwang; University of Southern
California
1985 / 846 Pages
ISBN : 9780070663541
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to Parallel
Processing Chapter 2. Memory and
Input-Output Subsystems Chapter 3.
Principles of Pipelining and Vector
Processing Chapter 4. Pipeline
Computers and Vectorization Methods
Chapter 5. Structures and Algorithms for
Array Processors Chapter 6. SIMD
Computers and Performance Enhancement
Chapter 7. Multiprocessor
Architecture and Programming Chapter
8. Multiprocessing Control and
Algorthims Chapter 9. Example
Multiprocessor Systems Chapter 10.
Data Flow Computers and VLSI
Computations
PARALLEL PROGRAMMING
PARALLEL COMPUTING:
THEORY AND PRACTICE
2nd Edition
by Quinn
2002 / 446 Pages
ISBN : 9780070495463
CONTENTS
Preface 1. Introduction 2. PRAM
Algorithms 3. Processor Arrays,
Multiprocessors and Multicomputers 4.
Parallel Programming Languages 5.
Mapping and Scheduling 6. Elementary
Parallel Algorithms 7. Matrix
Multiplication 8. The Fast Fourier
Transform 9. Solving Linear Systems
10. Sorting 11. Dictionary Operations
12. Graph Algorithms 13. Combinatorial
Search Appendixes: AppendixA:
Graph Theoretic Terminology /
Appendix B: Review of Complex
Numbers / Appendix C: Parallel
Algorithm Design Strategies / Glossary
Call Numbers / Bibliography / Index
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE • PARALLEL PROGRAMMING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 53
PARALLEL PROGRAMMING IN C
WITH MPI AND OPEN MP
by Quinn
2003 / 544 Pages
ISBN : 9780070582019
Much more than a simple reference
manual, Parallel Programming in C with
MPI and OpenMP combines a parallel
programming tutorial with an
introduction to the design, analysis,
implementation, debugging and
benchmarking of parallel programs. It is
targeted to upper- division
undergraduate students and those who
are learning this material on their own.
All programs are developed in C using
the MPI (Message Passing Interface)
library, the prevailing message-passing
standard, and the OpenMP application
programming interface, the emerging
shared-memory standard.
FEATURES
• A high-level overview of parallel
architectures, including processor
arrays, centralized multiproces-sors,
distributed multiprocessors,
commercial multicomputers, and
commodity clusters.
• Introduction of a parallel algorithm
design methodology based on
Foster and Chandy’s task channel
model. This methodology is
particularly well suited for designing
algorithms that execute well on
modern parallel computers.
• Coverage of the most important
performance analysis metrics:
Amdahl’s Law, Gustafson- Barsis’
Law, and the Karp-Flatt Metric.
• New MPI functionality is introduced
“just in time.” A six-chapter tutorial
introduces 25 MPI functions by
developing parallel programs to
solve a series of increasingly difficult
problems. Each program is taken
from problem description through
design and analysis to
implementation and benchmarking
on an actual commodity cluster,
providing the reader with a wealth of
examples.
• A thorough presentation of Monte
Carlo methods, including the
important topic of parallel random
number generation.
• An examination of a wide variety of
problems amenable for solution on
parallel computers, including
numerical problems, nonnumerical
problems, and simulations.
• Reference manuals for MPI
functions and OpenMP directives
appear as appendices.
• The book website will contain a
downloadable version of the
solutions manual (password
protected for in structoruse only),
which contains the answers to all of
the nonprogramming exercises. It
will also have PowerPoint slides for
each chapter that contain outlines of
the material covered in the chapters,
copies of the figures and many
animations.
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction to Parallel
Computing: 1. Motivation and History.
2. Parallel Architectures. 3. Parallel
Algorithm Design. 4. Performance
Analysis. Part II: Introduction to MPI:
5.Message-passing Programming. 6.
The Sieve of Eratosthenes. 7. Floyd’s
Algorithm. 8. Matrix-vector Multiplication
I. 9. Matrix-vector Multiplication II. 10.
Document Classification. Part III:
Parallel Algorithms: 11. Monte Carlo
Methods. 12. Matrix Multipli-cation. 13.
Solving Linear Systems. 14. Finite
Difference Methods. 15. Sorting. 16.
The Fast Fourier Transform. 17.
Exhaustive Search. Part IV:
Programming Multiprocessor
Clusters: 18. Getting Started with
OpenMP. 19. Combining MPI and
OpenMP
MICROPROCESSORS AND
MICROCONTROLLERS
MICROPROCESSORS
MICROPROCESSORS AND
INTERFACING
(Revised 2nd Editon)
by Douglas V. Hall, Assistant Professor,
Department of Electrical & Computer
Engineering, Portland State University
2006 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780070601673
This book is written for a course on
microprocessor 8086. The only
prerequisite for this is some knowledge
of diodes, transistors and simple digital
devices
FEATURES
• Focused coverage of 8086
microprocessor.
• Introductory chapter refreshes digital
concepts.
• Introduction to the C programming
language including examples of
programs with C and assembly
language modules.
• Introduction to Neural Networks and
Fuzzy Logic.
NEW IN THIS EDITION
• Inclusion of a new chapter on
Pentium Processors.
• Focused discussion on Software
Keyboard Interfacing.
• Appendix on Multimedia
Technologies: MMX, SSE, SSE2
and SSE3
CONTENTS
1. Computer Number Systems, Codes,
and Digital Devices 2. Computers,
Microcomputers, and Microprocessors –
An Introduction 3. 8086 Family Assembly
Language Programming – Introduction
4. Implementing Standard Program
Structures in 8086 Assembly Language
5. Strings, Procedures, and Macros 6.
8086 Instruction Descriptions and
Assembler Directives 7. 8086 System
Connections, Timimg, and
PARALLEL PROGRAMMING • MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
54 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Troubleshooting 8. 8086 Interrupts and
Interrupt Applications 9. Digital
Interfacing 10. Analog Interfacing and
Industrial Control 11. D M A ,
DRAMs, Cache Memories,
Coprocessors, and EDA Tools 12. C, a
High-Level Language for System
Programming 13. Microcomputer
System Peripherals 14.Data
Communications and Networks 15. The
80286, 80386, and 80486
Microprocessors
ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS
& PERIPHERALS
2nd Edition
by Dr. Ajoy Kumar Ray, Professor,
Department of Electronics and Electrical
Communication Engineering, Indian
Institute of Technology, Kharagpur;; Dr.
K. M. Bhurchandi, Assistant Professor,
Department of Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering, Sri
Ramdeobaba Kamla Nehru Engineering
College, Nagpur
2006 / 712 Pages
ISBN : 9780070140622
This book is suitable for a one-semester
course on advanced microprocessors -
their architectures, programming,
hardware interfacing and applications.
The purpose of the book is to provide
the readers with a good foundation on
microprocessors, their principles and
practices. Thus it maintains the
appropriate balance between the basic
concepts and practical applications
related to microprocessors technology.
CONTENTS
1. The Processors: 8086/8088-
Architectures, Pin Diagrams and Timing
Diagrams 2. 8086/ 8088 Instruction Set
and Assembler Directives 3. The Art of
Assembly Language Programming with
8086/ 8088 4. Special Architectural
Features and Related Programming 5.
Basic Peripherals and Their Interfacing
with 8086/ 88 6. Special Purpose
programmable Peripheral Devices and
Their Interfacting 7. DMA, Floppy Disk
and CRT Controllers 8. Multimicroprocessor
Systems 9. 80286- 80287- A
Microprocessor with Memory Management
and Protection 10. 80386- 80387
and 80486 the 32 – Bit Processors 11.
Recent Advances in Microprocessor
Architectures- A Journey from Pentium
Onwards 12. Pentium 4- Processor of
the New Millennium 13. RISC
Architecture- An Overview 14.
Microprocessor Based Aluminium
Smelter Control 15. Design of a
Microprocessor Based Pattern Scanner
System 16. Design of an Electronic
Weighing Bridge 17. An Introduction to
Microcontrollers 8051 and 80196
MICROPROCESSORS (8086)
PROGRAMMING AND INTERFACING
1st Edition
By A Nagoor Kani, Founder, RBA
Group, Chennai
2011 / 560 Pages (T)
ISBN : 9780071329736
This book attempts to explain the basic
concepts od popular microprocessors
and microcontrollers programming and
interfacing techniques by taking INTEL
8086 microprocessor as an example. It
includes system design applications
based on 8086 Microprocessor. It
discusses the concepts using numerous
examples and programs and step-wise
approach which makes it easier for the
readers to grasp the concepts. The
book has been designed as a self-study
material for the students of engineering,
polytechnic, arts and science colleges.
FEATURES
• Extensive coverage for Instruction
sets, Memory & Peripheral
Interfacing of 8086 Microprocessor
• Discusses programming concepts
for 8086 using assembly language
• Uses simple methodology (i.e.
Problem analysis—> Flowchart—
>Algorithm —> Code —>Sample
Data) for programming examples.
• Provides chapter-end questions with
answers!
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. INTEL 8086 Pins,
Signals and Architecture 3. Instruction
Set of 8086 4. Memory and I/O
Interfacing 5. Interrupts 6. Assembly
Language Programming 7. Peripheral
Devices and Interfacing 8. INTEL 80x86
Family of Processors 9. 8086
Microprocessor Based System
MICROPROCESSORS (8085) AND
ITS APPLICATIONS
1st Edition
By A Nagoor Kani, Founder, RBA
Group, Chennai
2011 / 464 Pages (T)
ISBN : 9780071329224
This book attempts to explain the basic
concepts od popular microprocessors
and microcontrollers programming and
interfacing techniques by taking INTEL
8085 microprocessor as an example. It
includes system design applications
based on 8085 Microprocessor. It
discusses the concepts using numerous
examples and programs and step-wise
approach which makes it easier for the
readers to grasp the concepts. The
book has been designed as a self-study
material for the students of engineering,
polytechnic, arts and science colleges.
FEATURES
• Extensive coverage for Instruction
sets, Memory & Peripheral
Interfacing of 8085 Microprocessor
• Discusses programming concepts
for 8085 using assembly language
• Uses simple methodology for
programming examples. (i.e.
Problem analysis—>Flowchart —
>Algorithm —>Code—> Sample
Data)
• Provides chapter-end questions with
answers!
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Microprocessors 2.
Instruction Set of 8086 3. Memory and I/
O Interfacing 4. Interrupts 5. Assembly
Language Programming 6. Peripheral
Devices and Interfacing 7.
Microcomputer System Design and
Applications
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 55
MICROPROCESSORS AND
MICROCONTROLLERS:
ARCHITECTURE, PROGRAMMING
AND INTERFACING USING 8085,
8086 AND 8051
1st Edition
By SK Mandal, Associate Professor,
Department of Electrical Engineering,
National Institute of Technical Teachers’
Training and Research, Kollkata
2011 / 796 Pages
ISBN : 9780071329200
This book is designed to provide indepth
treatment for the fundamentals
concepts of Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers. It provuides a
balanced coverage for 8085 and 8086
Microprocessors. It stresses on the use
of system programming concepts in
designing various system softwares.
Applications such as Traffic Control,
Keyboard interfacing, Stepper Motor
Control, Seven Segment Display,
Control of Firing Circuit of a Thyristor,
etc given in the book demonstrates
learnt concepts. Assembly Language
programs has been incorporated in this
book to simulate 8085 and 8086
Microprocessors and 8051
Microcontroller. This book can be used
as textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate
courses offered on
Microprocessors and Microcontrollers at
degree and diploma levels.
FEATURES
• Discusses Architecture, Programming,
Interfacing of Microprocessors
and Microcontrollers using
lucid anguage!
• Offres a balanced coverage for
8085 and 8086 Microprocessors
• Detailed coverage for Advanced
Microprocessors
• Hands-on approach through
applications such as Traffic Control,
Keyboard interfacing, Stepper Motor
Control, Seven Segment Display,
Control of Firing Circuit of a
Thyristor
• Strong Pedagogy includes—
Solved examples and programs
(100), MCQs (258), Short Answer
Questions (130), Review Questions
(399)
• Exhaustive Website
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers 2. Architecture of 8085
Microprocessor 3. Instruction Set and
Addressing Modes of 8085
Microprocessor 4. Assembly Language
Programs of 8085 Microprocessor 5.
Architecture of 8086 & 8088
Microprocessor 6. Instruction Set and
Addressing Modes of 8086
Microprocessor 7. Assembly Language
Programs of 8086 Microprocessor &
8087, 80287 and 80387 Numeric Data
Processor 8. I/O and Memory
Interfacing with 8085/8086
Microprocessor 9. Communication and
Bus Interfacing with 8085/8086
Microprocessor 10. Applications of
8085/8086 Microprocessors 11. 80186,
80286, 80386 & 80486 Microprocessor
12. Pentium and RISC Processors 13.
Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller 14.
Instruction Set and Programming of
8051 Microcontroller
MICROPROCESSORS AND
MICROCONTROLLERS,
2nd Edition
By A. Nagoor Kani, Founder RBA
Educational Group, Chennai
2012 / 812 Pages
ISBN : 9780071329743
This book on Microprocessors and
Microcontrollers is primarily designed for
undergraduate“students of this subject
and will be very useful for self-study. In
view of complex“nature of topics, a stepwise
approach is especially followed to
facilitate easy comprehension.“The
chapters aptly detail concepts using
ample examples and programs
FEATURES
• Lucid writing style
• Balanced coverage of 8085 and
8086 Microprocessors
• Detailed discussion of 8051
Microcontrollers
• Extensive coverage of topics like
8086 Instruction sets, Memory and
Peripheral Interfacing
• Pedagogy:
• Block diagrams, Illustrations,
Solved examples and Programs
interspersed in chapters to aid clear
concept explanation
• Programming examples use
simple step-wise methodology as:
Problem analysis --> Flowchart -->
Algorithm--> Code--> Sample Data
• 393 Chapter-end Questions with
Answers
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Microprocessors 2
Introduction to Microcontrollers 3
Instruction Set of 8085 4 Instruction Set
of 8086 5 Instruction Set of 8031/8051“6
Memory and IO Interfacing 7 Interrupts
8 Assembly Language Programming 9
Peripheral Devices and Interfacing 10
Intel 80X86 Family of Processors 11
System Design with Microprocessors
Appendix I List of microprocessors
released by INTEL II 8031/8051
instructions in hexadecimal order III
8031/8051 instructions in alphabetical
order IV 8085 instructions in
hexadecimal order V 8085 instructions
in alphabetical order VI Templates for
8086 instructions VII DOS and BIOS
instructions
ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS
AND INTERFACING
by Badri Ram; Bihar College of
Engineering, Patna
2001 / 404 Pages
ISBN : 9780070434486
FEATURES
• In-depth coverage of 16, 32 and 64
bit microprocessors-8086to
Pentium.
• Lucidly explains the various
assembly language programming
instructions citing relevant examples
alongside
• OpCode formation of 8086
Microprocessors described with
examples to help students develop
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
56 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
microprocessor-based industrial
application projects.
• Covers 16 and 32 bit microcontrollers
in a chapter.
• Details the conventional and latest
VLSI supporting peripheral chips.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Microprocessors, 2.
16- Bit Intel Microprocessors, 3. 8086
Instruction Set, 4. Assembly Language
Programs for 8086, 5. Debug and
Assembler, 6. Embedded Control, I/O
Processors and Co-Processors, 7. Intel
386 and 486 Microprocessors, 8. Input/
Output Devices and Supporting Chips,
9. Other Microprocessors, 10.
Interfacing and A/D Converter and
Applications, 11. Standards for Bus
Architectures and Ports, Appendix
U S Edition
VLIW MICROPROCESSOR
HARDWARE DESIGN
by Lee Weng Fook Emerald Systems
Design Center.
2008 / 219 Pages
ISBN : 9780071497022
This resource is a practical tutorial if you
want to master the fast-growing VLIW
architecture, using Verilog.The author
covers all VLIW hardware design
essentials, including microarchitectures,
RTL coding, ASIC flow
and FPGA flow of design.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Design Methodology 3.
RTL Coding, Testbenching, and
Simulation 4. FPGA Implementation /
Appendix A: Testbenches and
Simulation Results / Appendix B:
Synthesis Results and Gate Level
Netlist / Bibliography / Index
INTRODUCTION TO
MICROPROCESSORS
3rd Edition
by A.P. Mathur; Purdua University
2001 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780074602225
International Edition
MICROPROCESSORS PRINCIPLES
AND APPLICATIONS
2nd Edition
by Charles M Gilmore
2008 / 544 Pages
ISBN : 9780071139656
CONTENTS
• What Is The Microprocessor? • The
Decimal And Binary Number Systems •
Processor Arithmetic • Basic
Microprocessor Architectural Concepts •
Inside The Microprocessor • An
Introduction To Microprocessor
Instructions • Communicating With The
Microprocessor • Two 8-bit
Microprocessors: The Z80 And 6802 •
The Microcontroller: A Single Chip
Microprocessor • Advanced
Microprocessors • Memory • Mass
Storage • Microprocessor I/o • An
Introduction To Programming •
Operating Systems And System
Software • Servicing Microprocessorbased
Products • Developing
Microprocessor-based Products • New
Developments In Microprocessor
Technology
International Edition
MODERN PROCESSOR DESIGN:
FUNDAMENTALS OF
SUPERSCALAR PROCESSORS
by John P Shen, Carnegie Mellon
University and Mikko Lipasti, University
of Wisconsin - Madison
2005 / 640 Pages
ISBN: 9780071244879 [IE]
CONTENTS
1. Processor Design. 2. Pipelined
Processors. 3. Memory and I/O
Systems. 4. Superscalar Organization.
5. Superscalar Techniques. 6. The
PowerPC 620. 7. Intel’s P6
Microarchitecture. 8. Survey of
Superscalar Processors. 9. Advanced
Instruction Flow Techniques. 10.
Advanced Register Data Flow
Techniques. 11. Executing Multiple
Threads.
MICROCONTROLLERS
8051 MICROCONTROLLERS
by V Udayashankara, Professor, Dept
of Instrumentation Technology, Sri
Jayachamarajendra Coll of Engg,
Mysore; M.S. Mallikarjunaswamy,
Assistant Professor, Department of
Instrumentation Technology; Sri
Jayachamarajendra College of Engg,
Mysore
2009 / 324 Pages
ISBN : 9780070086814
Targeted at UG students of CSE and
ECE, this text presents a concise
explanation of concepts making the
book focused and easy to understand.
The only text which gives programs for
Interfacing Experiments both in 8051
assembly and C language. Unique
approach of hardware, software &
applications makes the book standout
amongst all.
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 57
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
Important topics like; D/A – A/D.
These topics are important part of
Interfacing and find a place in major
University syllabi e.g. UPTU, PTU,
CUSAT & JNTU.
• Exhaustive discussion software
development tools like; A51
Assembler and S51 Simulator,
SC51 C compiler, μVision C
Compiler and Simulator (SIDE 51)
etc. for 8051.
• Programs for interfacing
experiments both in 8051 assembly
and C language
• Discussion of hardware interface
useful for laboratory
RICH POOL OF PEDAGOGY
INCLUDES
• Solved Examples: 220
• Section-end Questions: 277
• MCQs: 131
• Chapter-end exercises: 184
CONTENTS
• Introduction to Computer,
Microprocessor and Microcontroller •
The 8051 Microcontroller • 8051
Addressing Modes and Instruction Set
• 8051 Assembly Programming •
Software Development Tools for 8051 •
8051 Parallel I/O Ports • 8051 Interrupts
and Timers/Counters • 8051 Serial
Communication • 8255A Programmable
Peripheral Interface • Appendix •
Bibliography • Index
MICROCONTROLLERS:
THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
by Ajay V Deshmukh, Assistant
Professor, Department of Instrumentation,
VIT Pune, Pune.
2004 / 352 Pages
ISBN : 9780070585959
This book is designed for the course on
Microcontrollers taken by under
graduate students of Computer
Science, Electrical, Electronics and
Communication, Instrumentation
Engineering. The book compre
hensively covers the architecture,
programming and interfacing of MCS
8051, ATMEL - 89CXX61 & 89C51, PIC
16C6X & 16C7X microcontrollers. The
book also includes case studies and
projects using each of the above Micro
controllers.
FEATURES
• Exhaustive coverage on MCS-51
Microcontroller; Discussion of
ATMEL and PIC Microcontrollers;
• Detailed presentation of assembly
language programming;
• Interfacing and Industrial
Applications of Microcontrollers :
Power MOSFETS, Process Control
Design, LED, ADC/DAC interfacing;
• Pedagogical aids like chapter
summary and review questions to
test the readers’ grasp over the
subject
CONTENTS
Part 1: Learning Microcontrollers
1. Introduction to Microcontrollers 2.
8051 Microcontrollers 3. 8051 Pin
Description, Connections, I/O Ports and
Memory Organization 4. MCS 51
Addressing Modes and Instructions 5.
8051 Assembly Language Programming
Tools 6. MCS 51 Interrupts, Timer/
Counter and Serial Communication 7.
Design with Atmel Microcontrollers 8.
Applications of MCS-51 and Atmel
89C51 and 89C2051 Microcontrollers
Part 2: PICMicro-controllers 9. PIC
Microcontrollers 10. PIC 16F8XX Flash
Microcontrollers 11. More About PIC
Microcontrollers Part 3: Interfacing and
Industrial Applications of Microcontrollers
12. Interfacing and
Microcontroller Applications 13. Industrial
Applications of Microcon-trollers 14.
Advanced Programming and Math
Calculations Appendix I: PIC 16F877
Instructions Appendix II: Information
from Micro-controllers Data Sheet
References.
PROGRAMMING AND
CUSTOMIZING THE PIC
MICROCONTROLLER
by Myke Predko
2007 / 1263 Pages
ISBN : 9780070223509
With 100 experiments, projects, and
libraries, you get a firm grasp of PICs,
how they work, and the ins-and-outs of
their most dynamic applications.
Concentration on the three major PIC
families, to help you fully understand the
synergy between the Assembly, BASIC,
and C programming languages;
Coverage of the latest program
development tools; A refresher in
electronics and programming, as well as
reference material, to minimize the
searching you will have to do
CONTENTS
Part 1: The PIC Microcontroller Part 2:
Setting up your own PIC Microcontroller
Development Lab Part 3: PIC MCU
Basics Part 4: PIC Microcontroller
Interfacing Capabilities Part 5: PIC
Micro-controller Software Development
Part 6: PIC Microcontroller Applications
PROGRAMMING & CUSTOMIZING
THE 8051 MICROCONTROLLER
(With CD)
by Mike Predko
2000 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070421400
PROGRAMMING AND
CUSTOMIZING THE AVR
MICROCONTROLLER
(With CD)
by Dhananjaya Gadre; IUCAA Pune
2003 / 368 Pages
ISBN : 9780070582293
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS
58 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
MICROCONTROLLERS
by Kenneth J. Hintz; George Mason
University
2005
ISBN : 9780070606272
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Finite State Machines
3. Computer, Microprocessor, Microcontroller
Instruction Sets 4. Industrial
Controller Design 5. 8-Bit Microcontrollers
6. 16-Bit Microcontrollers 7.
The Super-scalar Microcontrollers 8.
Intel 80960CA.
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS:
ARCHITECTURE, PROGRAMMING
AND DESIGN,
2nd Edition
by Raj Kamal, Institute of Computer
Sciences and Electronics, Devi Ahilya
University, Indore & TIFAC Center of
Relevance and Excellence in Network
Engg. Arulmigu Kalasalingam College of
Engineering, Krishnankoil
2008 / 700 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667648
Raj Kamal: Embedded Systems, 2e,
gives an extensive account of
Embedded Systems ensuring balanced
coverage of hardware and software
concepts. This book gives due
weightage to architecture, programming
and design aspects. Comprehensive
treatment of popular Real time
Operating Systems will help the
students be in tune with the
requirements of the industry.
FEATURES
• Bottom-up approach - hardware and
software issues have been
discussed followed by case studies.
• Real Time Operating Systems
discussed in detail.
• Design process and examples are
covered throughout the book.
• Practical orientation: Two chapters
dedicated to case studies.
• Rich Pedagogy includes solved
examples, reviews questions and
exercise problems.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Better balance between Hardware
and Software aspects achieved by
including 8051 and other advanced
microprocessor architectures.
• Discussion of two new popular
RTOSes - Windows CE and
RTLinux.
• New topics on Design process in
embedded systems, Formalism of
system design, Wireless
communication devices, Internet
enabled systems, Wireless and
Mobile system protocols.
• Expanded coverage of Memory
organization, Bus architecture and
Threads.
• Fresh new case studies on Digital
camera, Robot orchestra and Mobile
phone SMS creating and sending.
• Embedded programming in Java is
included.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to The Embedded
Systems 2. 8051 And Advanced
Processor Architectures, Memory
organization, and Real World Interfacing
3. Devices and Communication Buses
For Devices Network 4. Device Drivers
And Interrupts Servicing Mechanism 5.
Programming Concepts And Embedded
Programming In C, C++ and Java 6.
Program Modeling Concepts In Single
And Multiprocessor Systems Software-
Development Process 7. Real Time
Operating Systems- I: Inter Process
Communication And Synchronization Of
Processes, Task And Threads 8. Real
Time Operating Systems 9. RTOS
Programming - I: MicroC/OS-II and
VxWorks 10. RTOS PROGRAMMING
- II: Windows CE, OSEK, RTLinux and
Others 11. Design Examples And Case
Studies Of Program Modeling And
Programming With Rtos - 1 12. Design
Examples And Case Studies Of
Program Modeling And Programming
With RTOS - 1
INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED
SYSTEMS
by K V Shibu, Technical Architect
Embedded Systems & Device Lab
Infosys Technologies Ltd, Trivandrum
Unit, Kerala
2009 / 712 Pages
ISBN : 9780070145894
The only text, which provides a
balanced coverage of all the concepts
and helps in giving a practical – oriented
approach to the subject. Easy
explanations for Micro Keil
development environment, software like
ORCAD and also designing &
development concepts explained
through illustrative example of Nokia
3310 are unique to this book and give
an edge over competition.
FEATURES
• Follows a design & development
oriented approach through detailed
explanations for micro Keil (i.e.
Embedded System/ Integrated
Development Environment),
ORCAD (Design & development
software tool) & PCB Fabrication
Design.
• Practical implementation: Covered
as Examples- Washing Machine,
Automotive, Nokia 3310 (example
for Embedded Product
Development cycle).
• Programming Concepts: Deals in
Embedded C starting from basic to
advanced level.
• Simple language & Precise
Explanations
RICH PEDAGOGY:
• Review Questions(MCQs): 309
• Assignments:297
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Embedded System 2.
The Typical Embedded System 3.
Characteristics and Quality Attributes of
Embedded System 4. Embedded
Systems - Application & Domain
Specific 5. Designing Embedded
Systems with 8bit microcontrollers –
8051 6. Programming the 8051
Microcontroller 7. Hardware Software
Co-Design and Program Modeling 8.
Embedded Hardware Design &
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 59
Development 9. Embedded Firmware
Design & Development 10. Real Time
Operating System (RTOS) based
Embedded System Design 11. An
Introduction to Embedded System
Design with VxWorks & MicroC/OS-II
RTOS 12. Integration & Testing of
Embedded Hardware and Firmware 13.
Embedded System Development
Environment 14. Product Enclosure
Design & Development 15. Embedded
Product Development Life Cycle (EDLC)
16. Epilogue: Trends in The Embedded
Industry
EMBEDDED REALTIME SYSTEMS
PROGRAMMING
by Iyer & Gupta
2003 / 349 Pages
ISBN : 9780070482845
CONTENTS
Section I : Introduction / 1.
Introduction to Embedded Realtime
Systems Section II: Embedded nittygritty
2. The Build Process for
Embedded Systems 3. Types of
Memory 4. Memory Management in
Embeded Realtime Systems 5.
Interrupts and ISRs Section III:
Correctness is not enough 6.
Introduction to Realtime Theory 7.
Realtime Operating Systems Section
IV: But, I know this already! 8.
Requirement Engineering 9.
Architecture and Design of an
Embedded System 10. Implementation
Aspects in Embedded Systems 11.
Estimation Modelling in Embedded
Software 12. Validation and Debugging
of Embedded Systems
DATA COMMUNICATION &
NETWORKING
COMPUTER NETWORKS:
A TOP DOWN APPROACH
Ist Edition
By Behrouz A. Forouzan, Deanza
College; Firouz Mosharraf, RIO Hondo
College
2011 / 960 Pages
ISBN: 9781259001567
This new networking text follows a topdown
approach. The presentation
begins with an explanation of the
application layer, which makes it easier
for students to understand how network
devices work, and then, with the
students fully engaged, the authors
move on to discuss the other layers,
ending with the physical layer. With this
top-down approach, its thorough
treatment of the topic, and a host of
pedagogical features, this new
networking book offers the market
something it hasn’t had for many yearsa
well-crafted, modern text that places
the student at the center of the learning
experience.
Forouzan’s Computer Networks
presents a complex topic in an
accessible, student-friendly way that
makes learning the material not only
manageable but fun as well. The
appealing visual layout combines with
numerous figures and examples to
provide multiple routes to
understanding. Students are presented
with the most up-to-date material
currently available and are encouraged
to view what they are learning in a realworld
context. This approach is both
motivating and practical in that students
begin to see themselves as the
professionals they will soon become.
FEATURES
• Top-Down Approach This book
approaches how application-layer
protocols exchange messages
before learning how these
messages are actually broken into
bits and signals and physically
carried through the internet.
• Visual Approach The book
Presents highly technical subject
matter without complex formulas by
using a balance of text and figures.
More than 700 figures in the text
provide a visual and intuitive
opportunity for understanding the
material. Network concepts are
easily grasped visually enhancing
student understanding.
• Simulation Experiments
demonstrate network concepts and
packet flow. Each hipster includes
Java applets and lab assignments
that mirror examples in the text.
• Companion Website includes a
host of supplements—a set of
quizzes for each chapter, lab
assignments, animated Power-
Points, several Java Applets for
each chapter, student solutions, and
professor solutions.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Application Layer 3.
Transport Layer 4. Network Layer 5.
Data Link Layer and Wired Networks 6.
Wireless Networks and Mobile IP 7.
Physical Layer and Transmission Media
8. Multimedia 9. Network Management
10. Network Security 11. Socket-
Interface Programming in Java
DATA COMMUNICATIONS AND
NETWORKING
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza
College
2006 / 1168 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634145
As one of the fastest growing
technologies in our culture today, data
communications and networking
presents a unique challenge for
instructors. As both the number and
types of students are increasing, it is
essential to have a textbook that
provides coverage of the latest
advances, while presenting the material
in a way that is accessible to students
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS • DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
60 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
with little or no background in the fi eld.
Using a bottom-up approach, Data
Communications and Networking
presents this highly technical subject
matter without relying on complex
formulas by using a strong pedagogical
approach supported by more than 700
figures. Now in its Fourth Edition, this
textbook brings the beginning student
right the forefront of the latest advances
in the fi eld, while presenting the
fundamentals in a clear, straightforward
manner. Students will fi nd better
coverage, improved fi gures and better
explanations on cutting-edge material.
The “bottom-up” approach allows
instructors to cover the material in one
course, rather than having separate
courses on data communications and
networking.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Visual approach is supported with
hundreds of figures and animations
on the text website
• Strong in-text pedagogy is designed
for the beginning student and
includes numerous fi gures,
highlighted points, examples and
real life applications, key terms,
chapter summaries, practice sets
and an extensive glossary and list of
acronyms.
• Text uses a bottom-up approach
where students learn about data
communications before learning
about networking. This approach
allows instructors to cover the
material in one course, rather than
having separate courses on data
communications and networking.
• An On-line Learning Center is
available to provide extra material to
both students and instructors. Some
features of the on-line learning
center include: PowerPoint Slides,
Solutions, and Animated Figures
from the text and solutions of oddnumbered
problems for students.
(even-numbered solutions for
instructor are password protected)
• Added coverage of TCP/IP
FEATURES
• Text lets students learn about data
communications before learning
about networking.
• More than 700 fi gures provide
complete, visual presentation of the
material. Figures replace the need
for students to rely on complex
formulas.
CONTENTS
Part 1: Overview of Data Communications
and Networking. 1. Introduction
2. Network Models Part 2: Physical
Layer 3. Signals 4. Digital Transmission
5. Analog Transmission 6. Multiplexing
7. Transmission Media 8. Circuit
Switching and Telephone Network 9.
High-Speed Digital Access: DSL, Cable
Modems, and SONET Part 3: Data Link
Layer 10. Error Detection and Correction
11. Data Link Control and Protocols 12.
Point-to-Point Access: PPP 13. Multiple
Access 14. Local Area Networks:
Ethernet 15. Wireless LANs 16.
Connecting LANs, Backbone Networks,
and Virtual LANs 17. Cellular Telephone
and Satellite Networks 18. Virtual Circuit
Switching: Frame Relay and ATM Part 4
Network Layer 19. Host-to-Host Delivery:
Internetworking, Addressing, and
Routing 20. Network Layer Protocols:
ARP, IPv4, ICMP, IPv6, and ICMPv6 21.
Unicast and Multicast Routing: Routing
Protocols Part 5: Transport Layer 22.
Process-to-Process Delivery: UDP and
TCP 23. Congestion Control and Quality
of Service Part 6: Application Layer 24.
Client-Server Model: Socket Interface
25. Domain Name System (DNS) 26.
Electronic Mail (SMTP) and File Transfer
(FTP) 27. HTTP and WWW 28.
Multimedia Part 7 Security 29.
Cryptography 30. Message Security,
User Authentication, and Key
Management 31. Security Protocols in
the Internet / Appendix A ASCII Code. /
Appendix B Numbering Systems and
Transformation. / Appendix C The OSI
Model / Appendix D 8B/6T Code. /
Appendix E Checksum Calculation. /
Appendix F Structure of a Router. /
Appendix G ATM LANs. / Appendix H
Client-Server Programs. / Appendix I
RFCs. Appendix J UDP and TCP Ports.
Appendix K Contact Addresses
DATA COMMUNICATION AND
NETWORKING
2nd Update
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, De Anza
College
2004 / 980 Pages
ISBN : 9780070499355
Data Communication and Networking,
Second Edition Update provides an
excellent introduction to networking
technologies that are increasingly
important in today‘s world. using the
traditional seven layer OSI model,
Forouzan teaches students to
understand the underlying concepts of
network architecture. After laying a
sound framework in overall concepts, he
spends two chapters covering the
specifics of the TCP/IP protocol;
CONTENTS
Preface 1. Introduction 2. Basic
Concepts 3. The OSI Model 4. Signals
5. Encoding and Modulating 6.
Transmission of Digital Data: Interfaces
and Modems 7. Trans-mission Media 8.
Multiplexing 9. Error Detection and
Correction 10. Data Link Control 11. Data
Link Protocols 12. Local Area Networks
13. Metropolitan Area Networks 14.
Switching 15. Point to Point Protocol
(PPP) 16. Integrated Services Digital
Network (ISDN) 17. X.25 18. Frame
Relay 19. ATM 20. SONET/SDH 21.
Networking and Inter-networking
Devices 22. Transport Layer 23. Upper
OSI Layers 24. TCP/IP Protocol Suite:
Part I 25. TCP/IP Protocol Suite: Part II,
Application Layer 26. VLANs and VPNs
27. Network Security Appendixes:
Appendix A: ASCII Code Appendix B:
Numbering Systems and Transformation
Appendix C: Representation of Binary
Numbers Appendix D: Fourier Analysis
Appendix E: Hardware Equipment for
Error Detection Appendix F: Huffman
Encoding Appendix G: LZW
Compression Method Appendix H: Next
Generation of TCP/IP Protocol Suite:
IPv6 and ICMPv6 Appendix I: Spanning
Tree References Glossary / Index
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 61
International edition
COMPUTER NETWORKS:
AN OPEN SOURCE APPROACH
By Ying-Dar Lin, National Chiao Tung
University, Ren-Hung Hwang, And
Fred Baker
2012/ 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780073376240
www.mhhe.com/lin
Ying-Dar Lin, Ren-Hung Hwang, and
Fred Baker’s Computer Networks will be
the first text to implement an Open
Source Approach, discussing the
network layers, their applications, and
the implementation issues. Thus, it tries
to narrow the gap between domain
knowledge and hands-on skills. The
book is internet focused and discusses
56 open source code segments among
all chapters. It is meant for the first
course in Computer Networks.
CONTENTS
1. Fundamentals 2. Physical Layer 3.
Link Layer 4. Internet Protocol Layer 5.
Transport Layer 6. Internet Services 7.
Internet QoS 8. Network Security
Appendix A: Who's Who Appendix B:
Linux Kernel Overview Appendix C:
Development Tools Appendix D:
Network Utilities
DATA COMMUNICATION &
NETWORKS
2nd Edition
by Achyut S Godbole, Managing
Director, SoftExcel Services Limited,
Mumbai; Atul Kahate, Senior
Consultant, Oracle Financial Services
Software Limited, Pune
2011 / 540 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077705
This book is designed to provide
coherent and concise coverage for
fundamental topics of data
communication and network models
and protocols to the latest topics on
Internet and Multimedia Protocols using
simple language. The addition of a new
chapter on Wireless Communication
and topics on Medium Access Sub
Layer, Subnetting, SONET / SDH –
Synchronous transport signals,
Firewalls further enhances the topical
coverage of the book and makes it
updated with the advancements in
Wireless Networks field. This revised
edition will have new and refreshed
practice questions.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New chapter on Wireless
Communication including latest
topics such as IEEE Standards,
Bluetooth, Wireless LANs, Cellular
Telephones
• Addition of new topics – Medium
Access Sub Layer, EIA RS-232C,
EIA RS-449, Comparison of OSI
and TCP/IP models, Firewalls, Web
Security, Subnetting , DTE-DTC
Interface, Queuing Theory,
Checksum, Hamming Code
• Expanded coverage for important
topics — Congestion Control ,
Ethernet, Multiplexing, X.25 Protocol
, ALOHA, Asynchronous Transfer
Mode, ISDN
• Independent, contemporary and
comprehensive coverage for various
protocols such as OSI, ATM, Frame
Relay, TCP/IP, ISDN, X.25
• Simplified explanations for basic to
advanced level topics
• 875 practice questions include 600
Objective-type questions (True/
False & Multiple choice questions
with Answers) & Review Questions
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Data Communication
and networking 2. Analog and Digital
Transmission Methods 3. Modes of
Data Transmission and Multiplexing 4.
Transmission Errors: Detection and
Correction 5. Data Compression and
Encryption 6. Transmission Media 7.
Network Topologies, Switching and
Routing Algorithms 8. Networking
Protocols and OSI Model 9. Local Area
Networks(LAN), Metropolitan Area
Networks(MAN) and Wide Area
Networks(WAN) 10. Medium Access
Sub Layer and ISDN 11. X.25 Protocol
12. Frame Relay and Congestion
Control 13. Asynchronous Transfer
Mode (ATM) 14. Wireless
Communication 15. Internetworking
Concepts, Devices, Internet Basics,
History and Architecture 16. Ways of
Accessing the Internet 17. TCP/IP Part
I: An Introduction to TCP/IP, IP, ARP,
RARP, ICMP 18. TCP/IP Part II (TCP,
UDP) 19. TCP-IP Part III (DNS, Email,
FTP, TFTP) 20. TCP-IP Part IV (WWW,
HTTP, TELNET 21. Multimedia
Communications
DATA COMMUNICATION &
COMPUTER NETWORKS
(For DOEACC ‘A’ Level)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 360 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616820
This book is designed for the course on
Data Communication and Computer
Networks offered to students taking the
DOEACC’s ‘A’ level certificate
examination. The book will also be
useful to the Diploma students who take
a paper on Data Communications and
Networks.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of
Communications and Transmission
fundamentals.
• Data Link Layer covered in detail as
two separate chapters.
• Detailed discussion on the Network
Layer.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. An Introduction to Communications 2.
Data Transmission 3. Modulation 4.
Transmission Media 5. Fiber Optic
Communication 6. Wireless
Transmission 7. Multiplexing 8.
Switching 9. Telecommunication
Networks 10. Introduction to Computer
Networks 11. ISO-OSI Reference Model
12. TCP/IP Protocol Suite 13. Modems
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
62 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
14. Elementary Protocols for Channel
Allocation 15. IEE Standard 802 for
LANs and MANs 16. Multichannel Data
Communication 17. Data Link Layer – I
18. Data Link Layer – II 19. X.25
Network 20. Local Area Network 21.
Wide Area Network 22. Network Layer
23. Security and Privacy
COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
2nd Edition
by Alberto Leon-Garcia, University of
Toronto and Indra Widjaja
2004 / 848 Pages
ISBN : 9780070595019
This book is designed for introductory
one-semester or one-year courses in
communications networks in upper-level
undergraduate programs. The second
half of the book can be used in more
advanced courses. As pre-requisites the
book assumes a general knowledge of
computer systems and programming,
and elementary calculus.
FEATURES
• The Big Picture is presented first in
chapter one and two with a
discussion of network-based
applications and services such as
the WWW, email, and home video
entertainment. The essential
functions in the operation of a
network are discussed, and
examples are given hat motivate the
notion of layering, and the OSI
Reference model. Exposing
students to the big picture will help
them learn and apply the
information more readily.
• Network performance is introduced
as an integral part of network design
and operation. Quantitative
examples are used to show the
tradeoffs involved in various
situations. This helps students
develop an intuitive feel for
performance issues by delving into
the underlying mathematics. Other
texts eliminate much of the
quantitative discussion of network
performance.
• The Berkeley API sockets are
introduced in an optional section in
Chapter 2 and socket programming
exercises are included. This will be
useful to those professors who wish
to introduce socket programming in
the course.Telnet-based exercises
to demonstrate the operation of
various TCP/IP protocols are also
included.
• Many figures, network graphs, time
diagrams, performance curves, etc.
are found throughout the text. These
diagrams are essential to effectively
convey concepts in networking. A
set of PowerPoint presentations,
upon which the book’s figures are
based, is available to adopters of
the text via the web site for the
book.
CONTENTS
Preface. / 1. Communication Networks
and Services. 2. Application and
Layered Architectures. 3. Digital
Transmission Fundamentals. 4.
Transmission Systems and Circuit
Switching Networks. 5. ARQ and Flow
Control. 6. Local Area Networks and
Medium Access Control. 7. Packet-
Switching Networks. 8. TCP/IP. 9. ATM
Networks. 10. Advanced Network
Architectures. 11. Network Security. 12.
Multi-Media Information and Networking.
Epilogue. Appendixes. A Delay and Loss
Performance. B Network Management
COMPUTER NETWORKING
(Special Indian Edition)
by Ed Tittel, Austin Community College,
and B. Muthukumaran, Department of
I n f o r m a t i o n
Technology, Sri Venkateswara College
of Engineering, Sriperumbudur
2006 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9780070617254
Schaum’s Outline of Computer
Networking introduces the underlying
concepts, principles, and terminology of
computer networks. Covering the full
scope of material taught in computer
networking courses, its problem-solving
approach presents the different
components of a network and shows
how these components fit together. It
also explains the varied harmonizing
functions needed for the interconnection
of many heterogene-ous computer
networks.
FEATURES
• Complete coverage of hardware and
software involved in networking
solutions.
• Real-world scenarios explained
step-by-step.
• Sections on Traffic and Traffic
Shaping, Integrated and
Differentiated Services and Random
Early Detection Switches, and
Dynamic DNS and Zone Transfers.
CONTENTS
1. Data Communications 2. Communications
Networks 3. Network
Technologies 4. Multiple Access 5.
Switching 6. Naming and Addressing 7.
Routing 8. Services and Applications 9.
Security Appendix A: Glossary
Appendix B: Online Internet and
Networking Standards Appendix C:
Binary Arithmetic and IP Address
Calculation Appendix D: Bibliography
/ Index
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
by William Schweber
2009 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780070677449
CONTENTS
1. An Introduction to Communications.
2. Communications Channel
Characteris-tics. 3. Modulation. 4.
Analog Communications and
Multiplexing. 5. Digital Communications.
6. Communi-cations, Media, and
Problems. 7. Communications System
Require-ments. 8. The RS-232 Interface
Standard. 9. Other Communications
Interfaces. 10. Telephone Systems and
Modems. 11. Networks. 12. Error
Detection, Correction, and Data
Security. 13. Test Techniques and
Instrumentation.
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 63
NETWORKING: A BEGINNER’S
GUIDE
5th Edition
by Bruce Hallberg
2009 / 460 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700413
A hands-on guide to wired and wireless
networking. The book covers designing,
building, and administering a network.
Completely revised to cover the latest
networking technologies such as
virtualization, Networking: A Beginner’s
Guide, Fifth Edition showProgramming
LanguagesProgramming Languagess
you how to set up and run a secure
network using both Linux and Windows.
Windows Server 2008, Fedora 10,
Ubuntu, and other Linux distributions
are covered.
CONTENTS
Introduction; Part I: Networking Ins and
Outs; Chapter 1. The Business of
Networking; Chapter 2. Laying the
Foundation; Chapter 3. Understanding
Networking; Chapter 4. Understanding
Network Cabling; Chapter 5. Home
Networking; Chapter 6. Understanding
Network Hardware; Chapter 7. Making
WAN Connections; Chapter 8.
Understanding Networking Protocols;
Chapter 9. Exploring Directory Services;
Chapter 10. Connections from Afar:
Remote Network Access; Chapter 11.
Securing Your Network; Chapter 12.
Network Disaster Recovery; Chapter 13.
Network Servers: Everything You
Wanted to Know but Were Afraid to Ask;
Chapter 14. Purchasing and Managing
Client Computers; Part II: Hands-on
Knowledge; Chapter 15. Designing a
Network; Chapter 16. Installing and
Setting Up Windows Server 2008;
Chapter 17. Administering Windows
Server 2008: The Basics; Chapter 18.
Introducing Exchange Server 2010;
Chapter 19. Understanding Other
Windows Server 2008 Services;
Chapter 20. Installing Linux; Chapter 21.
Introduction to Linux Systems
Administration; Chapter 22. Setting Up a
Linux Web Server with Apache; Chapter
23. Introduction to Virtualization;
Appendix: Understand-ing the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act; Index
US Edition
PRINCIPLES OF VOICE AND
DATA COMMUNICATIONS
by Regis “Bud” J. Bates,
TC International Consulting, Inc. and
Marcus Bates
2006 / 720 Pages
ISBN : 9780072257328
CONTENTS
1. Principles of Voice and Data
Communications- An Introduction. 2. The
Evolution of the Telephone Set. 3.
Introduction of the Carriers and
Regulation in the Industry. 4. Signaling
System 7, Intelligent Networks and
Number Portability. 5. Analog versus
Digital Communications. 6. Integrated
Services Digital Network and SONET. 7.
Data standards in Use. 8. Data Communications.
9. The Internet. 10. Local Area
Networks (LANs). 11. Packets, Frames
and Cell Switching Concepts. 12. xDSL.
13. Cable Modem Systems and
Technology. 14. Overview of Cellular
communications. 15. Security and Virtual
Private Networks (VPN.
COMMUNICATION NETWORKS:
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE
by Narang Kasera & Narang
2005
ISBN : 9780070583542
VOICE AND DATA
COMMUNICATIONS HANDBOOK
5th Edition
by J Regis ‘Bud’ Bates and Donald
Gregory
2001 / 650 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647664
NETWORKING:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Zacker
2001 / 1136 Pages
ISBN : 9780070474161
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF NETWORKING
AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
(With CD)
by Sheldon
2001 / 1496 Pages
ISBN : 9780070447424
TCP / IP
TCP/IP PROTOCOL SUITE
4th Edition
by Behrouz A. Forouzan, Deanza
College
2010 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780070706521
In a world where the number of people
who need to learn about data
communications and networking is
exploding, Forouzan's book is the
answer. The book's visual approach
makes it easy for students to learn
about and understand the concepts
involved in this rapidly developing field.
TCP/IP Protocol Suite teaches students
and professionals, with no prior
knowledge of TCP/IP everything they
need to know about the subject. This
comprehensive book uses hundreds of
figures to make technical concepts easy
to grasp as well as many examples
which help tie the material to the realworld.
The fourth edition of TCP/IP Protocol
Suite has been fully updated to include
all of the recent technology changes in
the field. Additionally, out-of-date
material has been overhauled to reflect
recent changes in technology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• More exercises and open-ended
problems in each chapter.
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING • TCP/IP
64 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• XML added to Chapter 22 (on World
Wide Web)
• A new chapter on Client/Server
Programming in Pseudocode
• Concept of flow and error control in
TCP
• Updated Chapter on Underlying
Technologies to cover new
technology
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. The OSI Model and
the TCP/IP Protocol Suite 3. Underlying
Technologies 4. IP Addresses: Classful
Addressing 5. IP Addresses: Classless
Addressing 6. Delivery, Forwarding, and
Routing of IP Packets 7. ARP and
RARP 8. Internet Protocol (IP) 9.
Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP) 10. Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) 11. User Datagram
Protocol (UDP) 12. Transmission
Control Protocol (TCP) 13. Stream
Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP)
14. Unicast Routing Protocols (RIP,
OSPF, and BGP) 15. Multicasting and
Multicast Routing Protocols 16. Host
Configuration: BOOTP and DHCP 17.
Domain Name System (DNS) 18.
Remote Login: TELNET 19. File
Transfer: FTP and TFTP 20. Electronic
Mail: SMTP, POP, and IMAP 21.
Network Management: SNMP 22. World
Wide Web: HTTP 23. IP over ATM 24.
Mobile IP 25. Multimedia 26. Private
Networks, Virtual Private Networks, and
Network Address Translation 27. Next
Generation: IPv6 and ICMPv6 28.
Network Security / Appendix A ASCII
Code / Appendix B Numbering
Systems / Appendix C Checksum /
Appendix D Error Detection / Appendix
E Project 802 / Appendix F Contact
Addresses / Appendix G RFCs /
Appendix H UDP and TCP Ports
TCP/IP: ARCHITECTURE,
PROTOCOLS, AND
IMPLEMENTATION WITH IPV6 AND
IP SECURITY
2nd Editon
by Feit
2008
ISBN : 9780070264960
This is a thorough revision of the
author's successful TCP/IP book with
significant additional coverage of IPng
(The Next Generation Internet Protocol),
important client/server applications such
as the World Wide Web, critical security
issues that relate to each protocol layer
and application and material on Domain
Name Servers (how to install and use
them). The revision will continue to have
as its aim to provide practical,
technically correct, information needed
to plan for, use, operate, and maintain a
TCP/IP network and its associated
services.
CONTENTS
• Introduction. TCP/IP: What It Is and
Where It Came From. • TCP/IP Suite
Service Overview. • TCP/IP Architecture.
Physical and Data Link Technologies. •
Naming and Addressing. Internet
Protocol. Internet Control Message
Protocol. • IP Routing. User Datagram
Protocol. • Transmission Control
Protocol. • File Transfer Protocol. • NFS,
RPC, and NIS. • Telnet. • Email. •
Network News. • Gopher, World Wide
Web, and WAIS. • Domain Name
System. • Network Management. •
Administering a TCP/IP Network. • IP
Next Generation. • The Socket
Programming Interface.
WEB TECHNOLOGIES:
TCP/IP, ARCHITECTURE, AND
JAVA PROGRAMMING
2nd Edition
by Achyut S Godbole, Managing
Director, SoftExcel Consultancy
Services, Mumbai; Atul Kahate, i-flex
Solutions Ltd, Pune
2008 / 632 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669055
This book, designed as a text for
students of computer science, presents
the concepts in simple and lucid
language, supported by ample
examples and diagrams. It gives a stepby-
step and sequential introduction to
the subject. It will also serve as an
useful guide to all who are familiar with
the world of mainframes or client-server
architecture, and who want to
understand web technologies with a fair
amount of depth.
FEATURES
• Balanced coverage on TCP/IP,
Internet Application Architecture and
Programming aspects
• Enhanced exposure of Java
Programming
CONTENTS
1. Networking Protocols and OSI Model
2. Internetworking Concepts, Devices,
Internet Basics, History and Architecture
3. TCP/IP Part I (Introduction to TCP/IP,
IP, ARP, RARP, ICMP) 4. TCP/IP Part II
(TCP, UDP) 5. TCP-IP Part III (DNS,
Email, FTP, TFTP) 6. TCP-IP Part IV
(WWW, HTTP, TELNET) 7. JavaScript
and AJAX 8. ASP.NET – An Overview 9.
Java Web Technologies 10. Web
Security 11. Network Security 12. Online
Payments 13. Introduction to XML 14.
Web Services and Middleware 15.
Wireless Internet
TCP/IP
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 65
LAN
LOCAL AREA NETWORKS
With CD-ROM
2nd Edition
by Gerd Keiser, Boston University
2002 / 552 Pages
ISBN : 9780070529045
CONTENTS
1. Overview of LANs. 2. Network
Architectures and Protocols. 3. Data
Communication Concepts. 4. LAN
Access Techniques. 5. Ethernet. 6.
Token-Passing LANs. 7. ATM LANs. 8.
Wireless LANs. 9. Fibre Channel and
SANSs. 10. Inter- networking. 11
Network Management. 12 Network
Security
NETWORK DESIGN
DATA NETWORK DESIGN
3rd Edition
by Spohn
2003 / 700 Pages
ISBN : 9780070530416
(Osborne Reprint)
I P DESIGN
IP NETWORK DESIGN
by Long
2001 / 528 Pages
ISBN : 9780070445239
(Osborne Reprint)
IP LOCATION
by Dawson
2006 / 338 Pages
ISBN : 9780070636934
CARRIER GRADE VOICE OVER IP
2nd Edition
by Daniel Collins
2005 / 522 Pages
ISBN : 9780070603233
(Osborne Reprint)
CONTENTS
Preface. / Acknowledgments. / Chapter
1: Wireless Basics. Chapter 2:
Developing GUIs: Software Control
Basics. Chapter 3: Electromechanical
Controls Interfacing. Chapter 4:
Electronic Switching Ciruits. Chapter 5:
Sensor-Interfacing Basics. Chapter 6:
Using Procedural Languages for
Mindstorms Robot Control. Chapter 7:
Client-Server Controller for Minstrom
Robots. Chapter 8: Simulator Controls
for Mindstroms Robots. Chapter 9:
Remote-Control Techniques. Chapter
10: Virtual Prototyping and Control
Using ActiveX Controls. Chapter 11:
Virtual Test Box (VTB) Development:
Math-Based Controllers for Mindstorm
Robots. Chapter 12: VBA Prototypes:
Developing Mindstorms Tools with
Advanced Programming Techniques. /
Index.
GRID COMPUTING
GRID COMPUTING MODELS:
A RESEARCH MONOGRAPH
(BOOK + CD)
by Jankiram
2005
ISBN : 9780070600696
This is a monograph illustrating the
evolution and progress of models of
computation in a chronological order,
from clusters to grid computing. The
interesting evolution of the various
models over the past 10 years at the
Distributed and Object Systems Lab, IIT,
Chennai, forms the subject of this
monograph. It depicts the growth of
models for parallel computations on
workstations from cluster computing to
grid computing in general.
TOPICS INCLUDED ARE
• Anonymous Remote Computing
(ARC)
• Anonymous Remote Computation
and Communication (ARCC)
• P-CORBA – An extension to the
Common Object Request Broker
Architecture
• Moset
• Distributed Pipes (DP)
• Computation Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
Applications
• Sneha Samudram
• Grid Computing Capacity Factor
(GCCF)
• VISHWA
• DOS Grid
The accompanying CD-ROM includes
software developed for the models
proposed, namely ARC, DP, P-CORBA
and Sneha Samudram.
There are a number of interesting
student projects that can be given
around these software. Some of them
are available at the web page http://
dos.iitm.ac.in/GridComputing.
CONTENTS
• Introduction: Cluster to Grid
Computing • Parset: Systemindependent
Parallel Programming on
Distributed Systems • Anonymous
Remote Computing (ARC) Model •
Integrating Task Parallelism with Data
Parallelism • Anonymous Remote
Computing and Communication (ARCC)
Model • Parallel Programming Model on
CORBA • Sneha-Samudram: Grid
Computing Model • Introducing Mobility
into Anonymous Remote Computing
and Communication Model • Distributed
Simulated Annealing Algorithms for Job
Shop Scheduling • Parallel Simulated
Annealing Algorithms • Epilogue - DOS
Grid: Vision of Mile Grids
LAN
66 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CLOUD COMPUTING
CLOUD COMPUTING: A PRACTICAL
APPROACH
by Toby Velte
2009 / 360Pages
ISBN : 9780070683518
Economic pressures have forced
companies to look to a new model of
providing IT services. Cloud Computing:
A Practical Approach offers a
comprehensive review of this new
paradigm of Internet-based enterprise
applications and services.This
approachable guide begins with a broad
introduction to cloud computing, and
then covers currently available solutions
and how organizations can benefit from
their use. The book includes details on
essential topics such as infrastructure
platforms, services standards, and
storage.
CONTENTS
Section One: Getting Started; Chapter
1. The History and Future of Cloud
Computing; Chapter 2. Cloud
Computing Basics; Chapter 3. Your
Organization and Cloud Computing;
Chapter 4. Cloud Computing with the
Titans (Google, Microsoft, Amazon,
Yahoo); Chapter 5. The Business Case
for going Cloud (w/ case study); Section
Two: Cloud Computing Technology;
Chapter 6. Hardware and Infrastructure;
Chapter 7. Accessing the Cloud (basics
to APIs); Chapter 8. Cloud Storage;
Chapter 9. Emerging Standards;
Section Three: Cloud Computing at
Work; Chapter 10. Software as a
Service; Chapter 11. Software Plus
Services; Chapter 12. Developing
Applications; Chapter 13. Local Clouds
and Thin Clients; Chapter 14. Migrating
to the Cloud; Appendix A. Best
Practices; Appendix B. List of Cloud
Computing movers and shakers and
Informational Resources
OPTICAL NETWORKING
OPTICAL NETWORKING & WDM
by Goralski
2001 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780070472396
(Osborne Reprint)
WIRELESS NETWORKING
INDIA REPRINT
FUNDAMENTALS OF WIRELESS
NETWORKING
by Ron Price, Spokane Community
College
2012 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9781259027413
Fundamentals of Wireless Networking
provides a fundamental introduction to
wireless networking for students who
have little technical background,
courtesy of a teacher with extensive
experience designing and implementing
wireless networks. Providing a
straightforward survey of wireless
technologies, the book also offers
practical, hand-on understanding that
builds the skills required of wireless
network technicians
FEATURES
• Real-world examples and case
studies illustrate how wireless topics
apply to the world outside of IT,
helping students apply their own,
non-technical, experience to the
subject matter.
• The writing style is pitched toward
the level of the average student,
using non-technical language to
clarify important concepts.
• Deep coverage of RF (radio
frequency) communications,
signaling, and the electronics of
communications helps to illustrate
how these technologies fit together
in a modern wireless network.
• This book is constructed around the
objectives of CWNA (Certified
Wireless Network Administrator)
exam PWO-100, giving students
seeking certification a valuable
edge, while still providing a
comprehensive overview of the
subject.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction to Wireless
Networks Chapter 2: Wireless Modes
Technologies Chapter 3: Wireless
Network Devices Chapter 4: Radio
Frequency (RF) Communications
Chapter 5: Wireless LAN Standards
Chapter 6: Infrared and Other
Networking Media Chapter 7: Bluetooth
and Wireless Personal Area Networks
Chapter 8: Wireless LAN Planning and
Design Chapter 9: WLAN Configuration
and Installation Chapter 10: WLAN
Antennas Chapter 11: WLAN Security
Chapter 12: HAH, SOHO, and the
Enterprise Chapter 13: Troubleshooting
WLANs and Wireless Devices Chapter
14: Wireless WANs
International Edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF
WIRELESS NETWORKING
by Ron Price
2007 / 528 Pages
ISBN : 9780071106610
This textbook provides a fundamental
introduction to network technologies,
including local area network topologies,
protocols, software, and hardware. Key
wireless topics, such as radio frequency
communications, wireless hardware
devices, and IEE standards are
explained in a straightforward, easy-to-
LAN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 67
read style. Learn step-by-step how to
build wireless LANs and personal
networks. Security, WANs, and other
advanced topics also covered.
FEATURES
• Fundamental introduction to network
technologies, including local area
network topologies, protocols,
software, and hardware.
• Covers key wireless networking
topics: Radio frequency
communications, wireless hardware
devices, and IEE standards.
• Security, WANs, and other
advanced topics also covered.
• Covers all objectives of Certifi ed
Wireless Network Administrator
(CWNA) Exam PWO-100.
• Step-by-step approach to building
wireless LANs and personal
networks.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Wireless Networks.
2 Wireess Network Architectures. 3
Wireless Network Devices. 4 RF
Communications. 5 Wireless LAN
Standards. 6 Infrare Devices. 7
Bluetooth. 8 Wireless LAN Planning and
Design. 9 Wireless LAN Confi guration
and Installation Planning. 10 Antennas
and Cables. 11Wireless LAN Security.
12 SOHO and Enterprise WLANs. 13
Troubleshooting Wireless Devices. 14
Wireless WANs. Appendix A Wireless
Certifi cation. Appendix B TCP/IP
Review. Appendix C Network
Addressing Basics. Appendix D
Answers to the Line Check Exercises.
Glossary.
3G WIRELESS NETWORKS
2nd Edition
by Clint Smity
2006 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780070636927
3G (or 3-G) is short for thirdgeneration
technology. It is used in the
context of mobile phone standards. The
services associated with 3G provide the
ability to transfer simultaneously both
voice data (a telephone call) and nonvoice
data (such as downloading
information, exchanging email, and
instant messaging). In marketing 3G
services, video telephony has often
been used as the killer application for
3G.
WHAT’S INSIDE?
• Lays out the basics of first and
second generation wireless
components, architecture, and
regulations and moves on to explain
the steps necessary to success-fully
build and operate a 3G wireless
network
• Detailed information on wireless
system design, high-speed voice
and data transmission, internetworking
protocols, and 4G
convergence
• New 3G RAN migration coverage
and more details on SMS and
EDGE
• Understand the air interface,
network architecture, and protocols
for WCDMA/UMTS (HSDPA),
CDMA2000 (1xRTT and EVDO),
TD-SCDMA and TD-CDMA
• Deliver high-resolution multimedia
content using WCDMA/UMTS
(HSDPA) and CDMA2000 (EVDO)
• Support asymmetric traffic and IP
streams with TD-SCDMA and TDCDMA
• Learn the details behind SIP and
H.323 VoIP standards
• Integrate WiFi, WiMAX, WiMAN,
Bluetooth, and cable systems
• Create and refine F, WCDMA,
CDMA2000, TD-SCDMA, and TDCDMA
system design plans
• Visualize the various wireless
technology call flows for circuit and
packet services through numerous
diagrams
• Migrate existing platforms toward an
all-IP network
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. First-Generation (1G)
Analog 3. Second Generation (2G) 4.
Third Generation (3G) Overview 5. The
Evolution Generation (2.5G) 6.
Universal Mobile Telecommunications
Service (UMTS) 7. CDMA2000 8. TDSCDMA
9. TD-CDMA 10. Voice over IP
(VoIP) Technology 11. Broadband 12.
3G System RF Design Considerations
13. Network Design Considerations 14.
Antenna System Selection 15. UMTS
System Design 16. CDMA2000 System
Design 17. TD-CDMA and TD-SCDMA
System Design 18. Communication
Sites 19. 4G and Beyond •
APPENDIX: ERLANG TABLES •
INDEX
MOBILE NETWORKS
STORAGE NETWORKS
STORAGE NETWORKS THE
COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Robert Spalding
2003 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780070532922
(Osborne Reprints)
Keep tabs on the vast array of storage
network technologies, including SAN,
NAS, Fibre Channel, file systems,
virtualization, database storage, and
snapshots. Plus, discover emerging
technology standards such as iSCSI,
Infi niBand, and storage provisioning. A
profoundly useful resource for
troubleshooting and coping with legacy
issues such as interoperability and
storage resource management.
CONTENTS
Part I: Concepts of Storage
Networking: 1: The Data Storage and
Data Access Problem. 2: The Battle for
Size and Access. 3: Decoupling the
Storage Component: Putting Storage on
the Network. 4: Decoupling the Storage
Component: Creating a Net work for
LAN • MOBILE NETWORKS
68 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Storage. Part II: Storage Fundamentals:
5: Storage Architectures. 6: Device
Over views. 7: Connectivity Options. 8:
Data Organizational Method. Part III:
Network Attached Storage: 9: Putting
Storage on the Network: A Detailed
Discussion. 10: NAS Hardware Devices.
11: NAS Software Compo-nents. 12:
NAS Connectivity Options. Part IV:
Storage Area Networks: 13:
Architecture Overview. 14: Hardware
Devices. 15: Soft ware Components. 16:
Configuration Options for SANs. Part V:
Application-Putting It Together. 17:
Defining the I/O Workload. 18: Applying
the SAN Solution. 19: Applying the NAS
Solution. 20: Considerations When
Integrating SAN and NAS. Part VI:
Management-Keeping It Runn-ing:
21: Planning Business Continuity. 22:
Managing Availability. 23: Maintaining
Serviceability. 24: Capacity Planning.
25: Security Considerations. Part VII:
Appendixes: A: NAS Case Study: The
International Image Processing
Company. B: SAN Case Study: The
Import Auto Industry. C: SAN/NAS
Management Case Study: The South
western CD Company. D: Glossary
CISCO
CISCO ASA CONFIGURATION
by Richard Deal
2009 / 764 Pages
ISBN: 9780070677241
CISCO: THE COMPLETE
REFERENCE
by Hill
2002 / 1188 Pages
ISBN : 9780070528895
(Osborne Reprint)
BLUETOOTH
BLUETOOTH DEMYSTIFIED
by Muller
2001 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9780070439498
(Osborne Reprint)
MOBILE COMPUTING
WIRELESS AND MOBILE NETWORK
SECURITY
by Pallapa Venkataram, Professor,
Dept of Electrical Communication
Engineering, IISc, Bangalore & B. atish
Babu, Professor, Dept of Computer
Science, Siddaganga Istitute of
Technology, Tumkur, Bangalore
2010 / 227 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700246
This book on Wireless and Mobile
Network Security comprehensively
deals with various security issues,
challenges, attacks, protocols, and
available security solutions for wireless
technologies at the application level. It
provides a collection of latest
advancements and techniques related
to the security dynamics, and adaptive
to applications. This book explains the
dynamic selection of the security
algorithms/schemes for encryption/
decryption, authentication, integrity
maintenance, non-repudiation, etc.,
depending on an application
characteristics as well as the
environment of execution. It provides a
practical approach for the
implementation of different techniques
associated with network security.
FEATURES
• Provides information on latest
researches and development in
security field related to various
networking technologies.
• Hands–on approach for
implementing different techniques
linked with network security.
• Well organized presentation of
security issues, attacks, solutions
and challenges.
• Covers conventional as well
updated attacks pertaining to
various wireless networks.
• Detailed coverage on Ubiquitous
and Integrated Network’s security
CONTENTS
1. Security Issues in Mobile
Communications 2. Security at Device,
Network, and Server Levels 3.
Application Level Security in Wireless
Networks 4. Application Level Security
in Cellular Networks 5. Application Level
Security in MANETs 6. Application Level
Security in Ubiquitous Networks 7.
Application Level Security in
Heterogeneous Wireless Networks 8.
Security for Mobile Commerce
Application
MOBILE COMPUTING:
TECHNOLOGY, APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICE CREATION
2nd Editon
by Dr. Asoke K. Talukder, Director and
Chief Scientific Officer of Geschickten
Solutions, Bangalore
2010 / 676 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144576
Mobile Computing technology
addresses challenges that enable the
realization of the global village concept
where people can seamlessly access
any information from anywhere through
any device, while stationary or even at a
state of mobility. This book covers all the
communication technolog-ies starting
from First Generation to Third
Generation cellular technology, wireless
LAN(WiFi), and wireless broadband
(WiMax). It covers intelligent networks
(IN) and emerging technologies like
mobile IP, IPv6, and VoIP (Voice over
IP).
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Mobile Computing
Architecture 3. Mobile Computing
through Telephony 4. Emerging
Technologies 5. Global System for
MOBILE NETWORKS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 69
Mobile Communications (GSM) 6. Short
Message Service (SMS) 7. General
Packet Radio Service (GPRS) 8.
Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) 9.
CDMA and 3G 10. Wireless LAN 11.
Intelligent Networks and Interworking
12. Client Programming 13.
Programming for the Palm OS 14.
Wireless Devices with Symbian OS 15.
J2ME 16. Wireless Devices with
Windows CE 17. Voice Over Internet
Protocol and Convergence 18.
Multimedia 19. IP Multimedia
Subsystems 20. Security Issues in
Mobile Computing 21. Next Generation
Network
FUNDAMENTALS OF MOBILE &
PERVASIVE COMPUTING
by Adelstein
2005 / 404 Pages
ISBN : 9780070603646
Mobile computing is famously volatile,
but the fundamentals are now
considered stable. Mobile computing is
a high growth area in professional
training and also in university computer
science and engineering programs.
Courses called Mobile Computing
currently exist in every Network
Engineering curriculum and about 35%
of Computer Engineering curricula.
Hence, we have a potential title for
replacing competition and securing bulk
adoptions. This book teaches all the
main topics via the hottest applications
in a rapidly growing field.
• Complete with numerous specific
examples of how pervasive
computing technologies are used
and integrated
• Focuses on the principles behind
technologies such as security and
wireless sensor networks
MOBILE APPLICATION SECURITY
by Dwivedi
2010
ISBN : 9780070701922
CONTENTS
Part I: Mobile Platforms; Chapter 1.
Top Mobile Issues and Development
Strategies; Chapter 2. Android Security;
Chapter 3. The Apple iPhone; Chapter
4. Windows Mobile Security; Chapter 5.
BlackBerry Security; Chapter 6. Java
Mobile Edition Security; Chapter 7.
SymbianOS Security; Chapter 8.
WebOS Security; Part II: Mobile
Services; Chapter 9. WAP and Mobile
HTML Security; Chapter 10. Bluetooth
Security; Chapter 11. SMS Security;
Chapter 12. Mobile Geolocation;
Chapter 13. Enterprise Security on the
Mobile OS; Part III: Appendices;
Appendix A. Mobile Malware;
Appendix B. Mobile Security
Penetration Testing Tools; Index
COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS & ITS
APPLICATIONS (SIE) WITH
COMBINATORICS AND
GRAPH THEORY
7th Edition
by Keneth H Rosen, Visiting Research
Professor, Monmouth University, New
Jersey; Kamala Krithivasan, Professor,
Dept of Computer Science and
Engineering, IIT- Madras, Chennai
2011 / 1152 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681880
The book lays emphasis on
mathematical reasoning, combinatorial
analysis, algorithmic thinking, and
applications and modeling. As one of
the most accepted books in use, it
presents the subject in great depth and
offers wider coverage of topics.
Considering this, the revised edition
provides a new chapter on Algebraic
Structures and Coding Theory along
with elaboration of existing topics. The
text is strengthened with illustrations of
a variety of real-world applications from
different arenas and a host of
pedagogical tools which makes it easy
to comprehend.
FEATURES
• New chapter on Algebraic Structures
and Coding Theory “? Topical
inclusions— Disjunctive and
Conjunctive Normal Form, Symbol
Logic Proof with Normal Forms,
Validity problem, Godel
Incompleteness Theorem,
Termination concept defined and
illustrated, Brief discussion on
platonic solid, Cut Set and Circle in
a Graph, Exponential Generating
Function, Background on complexity
and NP classes, Minimizing
Deterministic FSM
• Extended coverage of topics—
Resolution Principle, Semantics and
Syntax of Logic, Russell’s Paradox,
Introduction of Natural Deduction for
Propositional Logic, Program
Correctness, Cardinality, Formal
definition of Infinite Sets, Finite
State Machines
• Demonstrates utility of subjectrelated
concepts through various
real-world applications
• Enhanced pedagogical features:
• Over 800 Solved Examples
• Over 3100 Section-end Exercise
Problems (Graded)
• Over 230 Review Questions
• Close to 500 Supplementary
Exercises (Graded)
• 164 Computer Projects
• 101 Computations and Explorations
• 146 Writing Projects
CONTENTS
1. The Foundations: Logic and Proofs
2. Basic Structures: Sets, Functions,
Sequences, and Sums 3. The
Fundamentals: Algorithms, the Integers,
and Matrices 4. Induction and Recursion
5. Counting 6. Advanced Counting
Techniques 7. Relations 8. Graphs 9.
Trees 10. Boolean Algebra 11.
MOBILE NETWORKS • COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
70 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Algebraic Structures & Coding Theory
12. Modeling Computation
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
3rd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series) (Special
Indian Edition)
by Lipschutz, Seymour,
Temple University; Lipson, L. Marc
University of Georgia; Patil, H. Varsha,
K. K. Wagh Institute of Engineering
Education and Research, Nashik
2009 / 770 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669123
This text presents the subject within the
purview of the course requirements, in
agreement with the style followed by
any Schaum’s title. With a presence of
strong pedagogical features, the authors
have explained all topics with a brief
theoretical account to strengthen the
understanding of Discrete Mathematics.
FEATURES
• New! Chapter on Advanced
Counting Techniques, Recursion.
• New! Topics on Chebyshev’s
Numbers and Traveling
Salespersons Problem added.
• New! Multiple Choice Questions
added for every chapter.
• Pigeonhole Principle enhanced with
greater coverage in theory and
pedagogical features
• Solved Examples: 300
• Solved Problems: 540
• Miscellaneous Problems: 58
• Objective Problems: 175
• Supplementary Problems: 165
CONTENTS
1. Set Theory 2. Relations 3. Functions
and Algorithms 4. Logic and
Propositional Calculus 5. Vectors and
Matrices 6. Counting 7. Probability
Theory 8. Graph Theory 9. Directed
Graphs 10. Binary Trees 11. Properties
of the Integers 12. Algebraic Systems
13. Languages, Grammars, Machines
14. Ordered Sets and Lattices 15.
Boolean Algebra
DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL
STRUCTURE WITH APPLICATIONS
TO COMPUTER SCIENCE
by Tremblay
2001 / 606 Pages
ISBN : 9780074631133
CONTENTS
1. Mathematical Logic 2. Set Theory 3.
Algebraic Structures 4. Lattices and
Boolean Algebra 5. Graph Theory 6.
Introduction to Computability Teory
Appendix / Index
ELEMENTS OF
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by C L Liu, University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign; D P Mohapatra,
National Institute of Technology,
Rourkela
2008 / 584 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669130
This book, intended for the
undergraduate students taking the
course on discrete mathematics,
presents the subject in an algorithmic
point of view without adhering to any
particular language. The subject has
been treated using concepts and solved
examples juxtaposed against each
other.
FEATURES
• A Pseudocode approach to
Algorithms
• New topical Rules of Inference,
Warshall’s Algorithms, DFS, BFS,
Semi-Groups, Monoids
• Extensive coverage on algorithm
analysis
• Strong emphasis on Turing
Machines, Computability and
Formal Languages
• Rich pedagogical features includes
• 262 Solved examples
• 694 Chapter-end-problems
• 230 Figures
• 36 Programming Exercises
CONTENTS
1. Computability and Formal Languages
2. Permutations, Combinations, and
Discrete Probability 3. Relations and
Functions 4. Graphs and Planar Graphs
5. Trees and Cut-Sets 6. Finite State
Machines 7. Analysis of Algorithms 8.
Discrete Numeric Functions and
Generating Functions 9. Recurrence
Relations and Recursive Algorithms 10.
Groups and Rings 11. Boolean Algebras
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
BY EXAMPLE
by Andrew Simpson, Oxford Brookes
2010 / 449 Pages
ISBN : 9780071067140
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. Numbers. 3.
Propositional logic. 4. Set theory. 5.
Boolean algebra. 6. Typed set theory. 7.
Predicate logic. 8. Relations. 9.
Functions. 10. Sequences. 11.
Induction. 12. Graph theory. 13.
Combinatorics. 14. Modelling. 15.
Analysis
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
by B. Praba, SSN College of
Engineering, Chennai
2006 / 256 Pages
ISBN : 9788182090347
Discrete Mathematics deals with
mathematical structures that are not
continuous and has wide applications in
many areas of computer science. This
book follows a step-by-step approach to
learning theoretical concepts and
reinforces learnt concepts through
solved problems. The book is written
primarily to suit the requirements of
undergraduate engineering students of
computer science and mathematical
courses.
COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 71
FEATURES
• Clear and comprehensive coverage
of topics
• Solved problems and exercises
• Examples drawn from university
question papers
CONTENTS
1. Logic 2. Sets and Relations 3.
Lattices and Boolean Algebra 4.
Recursive Functions 5. Algebraic
Structures
DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
by T. Veerarajan, Sree Sowdambika
College of Engineering
2006 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616783
This book focuses on the problems that
are at the heart of the subject. The
theoretical concepts discussed in the
book are supported by an exhaustive
collection of solved examples/problems.
This judicious mix of concepts and
solved examples/problems makes this
book ideal for the beginners. The
student-friendly and lucid presentation
style of the author is an added
advantage in understanding this difficult
subject.
CONTENTS
1. Mathematical Logic 2. Set Theory 3.
Functions 4. Group Theory 5.
Combinatorics 6. Graph Theory 7.
Formal Languages and Automata
Theory
COMBINATORICS/
GRAPH THEORY
THEORY AND PROBLEMS OF
GRAPH THEORY
(Schaum's Outline Series)
by V. Balakrishan; University of Maine
2004 / 288 Pages
ISBN : 9780070587182
CONTENTS
1. Graphs and Diagrams 2. Connectivity
3. Eulerian and Hamiltonian Graphs 4.
Optimization involving Trees 5. Shortest
Path Problems 6. Flows, Connectivity
and Combinatorics 7. Matchings and
Factors 8. Graph Embeddings 9.
Colorings of Graphs Important Symbols
Select Bibliography / Index
INTRODUCTION TO GRAPH
THEORY
by Gary Chartrand; Western Michigan
University—Kalamazoo; Ping Zhang;
Western Michigan University—
Kalamazoo
2006 / 464 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616080
This text provides a student-friendly
approach to graph theory for
undergraduates. Much care has been
given to present the material at the most
effective level for students taking a first
course in graph theory. Historical
emphasis, unique examples and clearlywritten
proof techniques make it a
sound yet accessible text that
stimulates interest in an evolving subject
and exploration in its many applications.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction 1.1 Graphs and Graph
Models 1.2 Connected Graphs 1.3
Common Classes of Graphs 1.4
Multigraphs and Digraphs 2 Degrees
2.1 The Degree of a Vertex 2.2 Regular
Graphs 2.3 Degree Sequences 2.4
Excursion: Graphs and Matrices 2.5
Exploration: Irregular Graphs 3
Isomorphic Graphs 3.1 The Definition
of Isomorphism 3.2 Isomorphism as a
Relation 3.3 Excursion: Graphs and
Groups 3.4 Excursion: Reconstruction
and Solvability 4 Trees 4.1 Bridges 4.2
Trees 4.3 The Minimum Spanning Tree
Problem 4.4 Excursion: The Number of
Spanning Trees 5 Connectivity 5.1
Cut-Vertices 5.2 Blocks 5.3
Connectivity 5.4 Menger's Theorem
5.5 Exploration: Geodetic Sets 6
Traversability 6.1 Eulerian Graphs 6.2
Hamiltonian Graphs 6.3 Exploration:
Hamiltonian Walks and Numbers 6.4
Excursion: The Early Books of Graph
Theory 7 Digraphs 7.1 Strong
Digraphs 7.2 Tournaments 7.3
Excursion: Decision-Making 7.4
Exploration: Wine Bottle Problems 8
Matchings and Factorization 8.1
Matchings 8.2 Factorization 8.3
Decompositions and Graceful Labelings
8.4 Excursion: Instant Insanity 8.5
Excursion: The Petersen Graph 8.6
Exploration: -Labeling of Graphs 9
Planarity 9.1 Planar Graphs 9.2
Embedding Graphs on Surfaces 9.3
Excursion: Graph Minors 9.4
Exploration: Embedding Graphs in
Graphs 10 Coloring 10.1 The Four
Color Problem 10.2 Vertex Coloring
10.3 Edge Coloring 10.4 Excursion:
The Heawood Map Coloring Theorem
10.5 Exploration: Local Coloring 11
Ramsey Numbers 11.1 The Ramsey
Number of Graphs 11.2 Turan's
Theorem 11.3 Exploration: Rainbow
Ramsey Numbers 11.4 Excursion:
Erdös Numbers 12 Distance 12.1 The
Center of a Graph 12.2 Distant Vertices
12.3 Excursion: Locating Numbers 12.4
Excursion: Detour and Directed
Distance 12.5 Exploration: Channel
Assignment 12.6 Exploration: Distance
Between Graphs 13 Domination 13.1
The Domination Number of a Graph
13.2 Exploration: Stratification 13.3
Exploration: Lights Out 13.4 Excursion:
And Still It Grows More Colorful
Appendix 1 Sets and Logic Appendix
2 Equivalence Relations and Functions
Appendix 3 Methods of Proof
NUMERICAL METHODS
NUMERICAL METHODS
FOR ENGINEERS
5th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Steven C Chapra, Tufts University
2006 / 825 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634169
Continuing its tradition of being excellent
and student friendly, the fifth edition
presents a broad array of applications
including all engineering disciplines. The
orientation of the book is based on
Problem Solving perspective which
emphasizes upon the learning process
motivated by problem solving.
COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
72 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
Part One: Modeling Computers and
Error Analysis 1. Mathematical
Modeling and Engineering Problem
Solving 2. Approximations and Round
Off Errors 3. Truncation Errors and the
Taylor Series Epilogue Part 1 Part Two:
Roots of Equations 4. Bracketing
Methods 5. Open Methods 6. Roots of
Polynomials 7. Case Studies: Roots of
Equations Epilogue: Part Two Part
Three: Linear Algebraic Equations 8.
Guass Elimination 9. LU Decomposition
and Matrix Inversion 10. Special
Matrices and Guass-Seidel 11. Case
Studies: Linear Algebraic Equations
Epilogue: Part Three Part Four: Curve
Fitting 12. Least Square Regression
13. Interpolation 14. Fourier
Approximation 15. Case Studies: Curve
Fitting Epilogue: Part Four Part Five:
Numerical Differentiation and
Integration 16. Newton Cotes
Integration Formulas 17. Integration of
Equations 18. Numerical Differentiation
19. Case Studies: Numerical
Differentiation and Integration Epilogue:
Part Five Part Six: Ordinary
Differential Equations 20. Runge Kutta
Methods 21. Stiffness and Multi-step
methods 22. Boundary Value and
Eigenvalue Problems Case Studies:
Ordinary Differential Equations
Epilogue: Part Six Part Seven: Partial
Differential Equations 23. Finite
Differences: Elliptic Equations 24. Finite
Differences: Parabolic Equations Case
Studies: Partial Differential Equations
Epilogue: Part Seven
APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS
WITH MATLAB FOR ENGINEERS
AND SCIENTISTS
2ND EDITION
(Special Indian Edition)
by Steven C. Chapra, Berger Chair in
Computing and Engineering, Tufts
University
2007 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648531
Meant for Numerical Methods course,
this book on Applied Numerical Methods
with MATLAB keeps students learn and
apply numerical methods in order to
solve engineering & science related
problems. MATLAB has been integrated
throughout the text, demonstrating its
use for various applications while
developing the key concepts.
FEATURES
• Straight forward and practically
oriented explanations.
• Extensive use of engineering
examples, and applications are
given throughout the book.
• Use of MATLAB as the primary
computing environment MATLAB
functions have been introduced in
every chapter.
• Case studies: these consist of
engineering and science
applications that are more complex
and richer than the standard
examples given in the chapters.
CONTENTS
Part One: Modeling, Computers, and
Error Analysis 1. Mathematical
Modeling Numerical Methods and
Problem Solving 2. MATLAB
Fundamentals 3. Programming with
MATLAB 4. Roundoff and Trunication
Errors Part Two: Roots and
Optimization 5. Roots: Bracketing
Methods 6. Roots: Open Methods 7.
Optimization Part Three: Linear
Systems 8. Linear Algebraic Equations
and Matrices 9. Gauss Elimination 10.
LU Factorization 11. Matrix Inverse and
Condition 12. Iterative Methods Part
Four: Curve Fitting 13. Linear
Regression 14. General Linear Least-
Squares and Non-Linear Regression
15. Polynomial Interpolation 16. Splines
and Piecewise Interpolation Part Five:
Integration and Differentiation 17.
Numerical Integration Formulas 18.
Numerical Integration of Functions 19.
Numerical Differentiation Part Six:
Ordinary Differential Equations 20.
Initial-Value Problems 21. Adaptive
Methods and Stiff Systems 22.
Boundary-Value Problems / Appendix
A: Eigenvalues / Appendix B: MATLAB
Built-in Functions / Appendix C:
MATLAB M-File Functions Bibliography
Index
International edition
APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS
WITH MATLAB FOR ENGINEERS
AND SCIENTISTS
3rd Edition
by Steven C. Chapra, Tufts University
2012/ 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780073401102
www.mhhe.com/chapra
Steven Chapra’s Applied Numerical
Methods with MATLAB, third edition, is
written for engineering and science
students who need to learn numerical
problem solving. Theory is introduced to
inform key concepts which are framed in
applications and demonstrated using
MATLAB. The book is designed for a
one-semester or one-quarter course in
numerical methods typically taken by
undergraduates.
The third edition feature new chapters
on Numerical Differentiation,
Optimization, and Boundary-Value
Problems (ODEs) and is accompanied
by an extensive set of m-files and
instrutor materials.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Updated Coverage Many new
problems and examples have been
added, and there are new
explanations for certain MATLAB
functions including: fzero, fminbnd,
quad, & ODE23.
COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 73
• Two New Chapters Chapter 13-
Eigenvalues, and Chapter 16- Fast
Fourier Transform have been added
in response to instructor requests.
CONTENTS
Part One: Modeling, Computers, and
Error Analysis 1. Mathematical
Modeling, Numerical Methods and
Problem Solving 2. MATLAB
Fundamentals 3. Programming with
MATLAB 4. Roundoff and Truncation
Errors Part Two: Roots and
Optimization 5. Roots: Bracketing
Methods 6. Roots: Open Methods 7.
Optimization Part Three: Linear
Systems 8. Linear Algebraic Equations
and Matrices 9. Gauss Elimination 10.
LU Factorization 11. Matrix Inverse and
Condition 12. Iterative Methods 13.
Eigenvalues Part Four: Curve Fitting
14. Linear Regression 15. General
Linear Least-Squares and Nonlinear
Regression 16. Fast Fourier Transform
17. Polynomial Interpolation 18. Splines
and Piecewise Interpolation Part Five:
Integration and Differentiation 19.
Numerical Integration Formulas 20.
Numerical Integration of Functions 21.
Numerical Differentiation Part Six:
Ordinary Differential Equations 22.
Initial-Value Problems 23. Adaptive
Methods and Stiff Systems 24.
Boundary-Value Problems Appendix A:
MATLAB Built-in Functions Appendix
B: MATLAB M-file Functions /
Bibliography / Index
SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
2nd Edition
by Michael T Heath, University of
Illinois, Computer Science
2011 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9781259002281
Scientific Computing, 2/e, presents a
broad overview of numerical methods
for solving all the major problems in
scientific computing, including linear and
nonlinear equations, least squares,
eigenvalues, optimization, interpolation,
integration, ordinary and partial
differential equations, fast Fourier
transforms, and random number
generators. The treatment is
comprehensive yet concise, softwareoriented
yet compatible with a variety of
software packages and programming
languages. The book features more
than 160 examples, 500 review
questions, 240 exercises, and 200
computer problems. Changes for the
second edition include: expanded
motivational discussions and examples;
formal statements of all major
algorithms; expanded discussions of
existence, uniqueness, and conditioning
for each type of problem so that
students can recognize “good” and
“bad” problem formulations and
understand the corresponding quality of
results produced; and expanded
coverage of several topics, particularly
eigenvalues and constrained
optimization. The book contains a
wealth of material and can be used in a
variety of one- or two-term courses in
computer science, mathematics, or
engineering. Its compre-hensiveness
and modern perspective, as well as the
software pointers provided, also make. it
a highly useful reference for practicing
professionals who need to solve
computational problems.
CONTENTS
1. Scientific Computing. 2. Systems of
Linear Equations. 3. Linear Least
Squares. 4. Eigenvalues Problems. 5.
Nonlinear Equations. 6. Optimization. 7.
Interpolation. 8. Numerical Integration
and Differentiation. 9. Initial Value
Problems for ODEs. 10. Boundary Value
Problems for ODEs. 11. Partial
Differential Equations. 12. Fast Fourier
Transform. 13. Random Numbers and
Simulation
NUMERICAL METHODS
(Sigma Series)
by T. Veerarajan, Professor & Head,
Department of Mathematics, Sree
Sowdambika College of Engineering,
Aruppukottai
2006 / 520 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616851
This book is meant for the course on
Numerical Methods taken by all
engineering students. It presents a wide
range of methods for solving problems
encountered in real life design
situations.
• Mathematical and computeroriented
approach with algorithms,
pseudocodes and programs in C
and their test results. The
corresponding C++ programs are
given in the appendix.
• Unique first chapter introducing the
cause and consequences of errors
in computer arithmetic.
• Conclusion provided at the end of
each chapter briefly describes the
merits and demerits of each
numerical method.
• Concise but lucid presentation of the
mathematical background and
derivation of formulae used in
various numerical methods.
• A special feature of this book is the
one-to-one co-relation between a
numerical method, the
corresponding algorithm given and
that between the algorithm and the
corresponding C++ program.
COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
74 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
PEDAGOGY
• 63 new solved examples taking the
total number to 350
• 108 new practice problems – total
635
• 38 computer based solved
examples in C and C++
• 214 short answer questions with
answers.
CONTENTS
1. Errors in Computer Arithmetics 2.
Empirical Relations and Curve Fitting 3.
Theory of Equations 4. Numerical
Solutions of Algebraic and
Transcendental Equation 5. Solution of
Simultaneous Linear Algebraic
Equations and Eigenvalue Problems 6.
Finite Differences 7. Interpolation with
Equal Intervals 8. Interpolation with
Unequal Intervals 9. Numerical
Differentiation and Integration 10.
Difference Equations 11. Numerical
Solution of Ordinary Differential
Equations 12. Numerical Solution of
Partial Differential Equations ear
Algebraic Equations and Eigenvalue
Problems 6. Finite Differences 7.
Interpolation with Equal Intervals 8.
Interpolation with Unequal Intervals 9.
Numerical Differentiation and Integration
10. Difference Equations 11. Numerical
Solution of Ordinary Differential
Equations 12. Numerical Solution of
Partial Differential Equations
NUMERICAL METHODS
by E. Balagurusamy Chairman EBG
Foundation, Coimbatore
1999 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780074633113
(Book Only)
FORTRAN 77 is the programming
language used with FORTRAN 90
features wherever necessary; C/C++
conversion of all programs in the text
provided in appendix; Separate diskette
version to follow, diskette will contain the
code in C/C++; Fortran 77 Overview -
chapter also highlights the differences
between versions 90 and 77; C/C++
conversions of all programs given in
solved examples; Step-by-step
presentation of each stage involved in
solving a physical problem using
numerical methods; All numerical
methods illustrated with algorithms and
computer programs displaying input and
output; 129 solved problems
interspersed throughout the text.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Numerical Computing
2. Introduction to Computers and
Computing Concepts 3. Computer
Codes and Arithmetic 4. Approximations
and Errors in Computing 5. FORTRAN
77 Overview 6. Roots of Nonlinear
Equations 7. Direct Solution of Linear
Equations 8. Iterative Solution of Linear
Equations 9. Curve Fitting :
Interpolation 10. Curve Fitting :
Regression 11. Numerical Differentiation
12. Numerical Integration 13. Numerical
Solution of Ordinary Differential
Equations 14. Boundary-value and
Eigenvalue Problems 15. Solution of
Partial Differential Equations,
Appendices
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
2nd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Francis Scheid, Professor Emeritus
of Mathematics, Bostan University
2008 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780070085527
This Schaum’s Outline Series book on
Numerical Analysis gives a complete
and compact overview of the subject. It
is intended to be used as a supplement
to all textbooks on Numerical Analysis. It
may also be used as a textbook in its
own right. Numerous solved examples
and large number of multiple choice
questions with answers constitute an
integral part of the book and aid
students in conceptual understanding.
FEATURES
• Crisp coverage of Laplace’s
Transformation, Polynomial
Interpolation, Iterative Methods,
Numerical Differentiation, Numerical
Integration
• More than 1400 Solved and
Unsolved problems
CONTENTS
1. What is Numerical Analysis? 2. The
Collocation Polynomial 3. Finite
Differences 4. Factorial Polynomials 5.
Summation 6. The Newton Formula 7.
Operators and Collocation Polynomials
8. Unequally Spaced Arguments 9.
Splines 10. Osculating Polynomials 11.
The Taylor Polynomial 12. Interpolation
13. Numerical Differentiation 14.
Numerical Integration 15. Gaussian
Integration 16. Singular Integrals 17.
Sums and Series 18. Difference
Equations 19. Differential Equations 20.
Differential Problems of Higher Order
21. Least-Squares Polynomial
Approximation 22. Min-Max Polynomial
Approximation 23. Approximation by
Rational Functions 24. Trigonometric
Approximation 25. Nonlinear Algebra 26.
Linear Systems 27. Linear
Programming 28. Overdetermined
Systems 29. Boundary Value Problems
30. Monte Carlo Methods Answers to
Supplementary Problems
ELEMENTARY NUMERICAL
ANALYSIS AN ALGORITHMIC
APPROACH
3rd Edition
by Samuel D. Conte, Purdue
University, and Carl deBoor, University
of Wisconsin, Madison
2005 / 408 Pages
ISBN : 9870071204118
COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 75
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS (DBMS)
CONCEPTS
International Edition
DATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTS
6th Edition
by Abraham Silberschatz, Yale
University, Henry F. Korth, Lehigh
University, S. Sudarshan, IIT Bombay
2010
ISBN : 9780071289597
Database System Concepts by
Silberschatz, Korth and Sudarshan is
now in its 6th edition and is one of the
cornerstone texts of database
education. It presents the fundamental
concepts of database management in
an intuitive manner geared toward
allowing students to begin working with
databases as quickly as possible.
The text is designed for a first course in
databases at the junior/senior
undergraduate level or the first year
graduate level. It also contains
additional material that can be used as
supplements or as introductory material
for an advanced course. Because the
authors present concepts as intuitive
descriptions, a familiarity with basic data
structures, computer organization, and a
high-level programming language are
the only prerequisites. Important
theoretical results are covered, but
formal proofs are omitted. In place of
proofs, figures and examples are used
to suggest why a result is true.
FEATURES
• Revised Coverage of SQL: The
coverage of SQL is earlier and more
complete, with greater attention to
the variants of SQL that exist in
actual systems.
• New Running Example of a
University Organization: A new
database schema based on
university data is used as a running
example throughout the book.
• Revised and Expanded Coverage
of Database Design: An updated
chapter on ER modeling makes
good use of the new running
example of the university database.
• Updated Chapter on Relational
Design: The Relational Design
chapter has been updated with a
more readable style, providing more
intuition about normalization before
covering functional dependency
theory.
• Expanded and Updated
Applications: The material on
application security has been
significantly expanded and
emphasis is on practical issues over
abstract concepts. Additionally, new
material on application development
has been included, mirroring rapid
changes in the field and early
coverage of OLAP is featured.
• Transaction Management:
Coverage has been moved earlier in
the book, with chapter 14 providing
basics for an introductory course
and details following in Chapters 15
and 16. The new edition also
features coverage of snapshot
isolation including coverage of
potential hazards when using it.
• Expanded Coverage of
Distributed Data Storage
Systems: Also known as cloud data
storage, distributed data storage
systems are increasingly used for
storing Web scale data and are
more and more significant for
today’s computer professionals.
• Object Database and XML
Chapters Postponed to Later in
the Book: Although object-oriented
languages and XML are widely used
outside of databases, their support
and use in databases is limited,
making them appropriate for more
advanced courses. Placing this
material later in the book allows it to
be more easily skipped.
• Upgraded Chapter on Web
Applications and Their
Relationship to Databases: The
updated material on Web
Applications answers the increasing
need for web-related expertise in the
computing field.
• The text website features
instructor’s solutions manual, and
slides.
CONTENTS
1: Introduction / Part 1: Relational
Databases 2: Introduction to the
Relational Model 3: Introduction to SQL
4: Intermediate SQL 5: Advanced SQL
6: Formal Relational Query Parallel
Databases 19: Distributed Databases
Part VI: Data Mining and Information
Retrieval 20: Data Mining 21:
Information Retrieval Part VII: Specialty
Databases 22: Object-Based
Databases 23: XML 24: Advanced
Application Development 25: Advanced
Data Types and New Applications 26:
Advanced Transaction Processing Part
VIII: Case Studies 27: PostgreSQL 28:
Oracle 29: IBM DB2 Universal Database
30: Microsoft SQL Server Part IX:
Appendices Appendix A: Detailed
University Schema Appendix B: Other
Relational Query Languages Appendix
C: Advanced Relational Database
Design Appendix D: Network Model
Appendix E: Hierarchical Model
International Edition
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS
3rd Edition
by Raghu Ramakrishnan, University of
Wiscnsin- Madison and Johannes
Gehrke, University of Wisconsin -
Madison
2003 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780071231510
DATABons, additional Oracle exercises,
and minibase software.
CONTENTS
Foundations. Chapter 1 Introduction to
Database Systems. Chapter 2 The
Entity-Relationship Model. Chapter 3
The Relational Model. Chapter 4
Relational Algebra and Calculus.
Chapter 5 SQL: Queries, Programming,
Triggers. Storage and Indexing. Chapter
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS)
76 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
6 Overview of File Organizations and
Indexes. Chapter 7 Storing Data: Disks
and Files. Chapter 8 Tree-Structured
Indexing. Chapter 9 Hash-Based
Indexing. Query Evaluation. Chapter 10
Overview of Query Evaluation. Chapter
11 External Sorting. Chapter 12
Evaluation of Relational Operators.
Chapter 13 A Typical Relational Query
Optimizer. Application Development.
Chapter 14 Schema Refinement and
Normal Forms. Chapter 15 Physical
Database Design and Tuning. Chapter
16 Security. Chapter 17 Database
Applications and the Internet: Concepts.
Chapter 18 Database Applications and
the Internet: Practice. Transaction
Management. Chapter 19 Overview of
Transaction Management. Chapter 20
Concurrency. Chapter 21 Crash
Recovery. Advanced Topics. Chapter 22
Parallel and Distributed Databases.
Chapter 23 Data on the Web: XML and
XQuery. Chapter 24 Information
Retrieval and Database Systems.
Chapter 25 Decision Support. Chapter
26 Data Mining. Chapter 27 Object-
Database Systems. Chapter 28
Additional Reading
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS
By G K Gupta, Adjunct Professor of
Computer Science, Monash University,
Clayton, Australia
2011/ 780 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072731
This book provides simple and
comprehensive explanation of
fundamentals of database management
systems. It focuses on building
database applications by emphasizing
on concepts that are the foundation of
database processing. This book is
intended to be a complete text for
undergraduate and graduate level
database management courses offered
across a range of academic disciplines
such as computer science, information
systems, and business management.
FEATURES
• Concepts like Relational Model, ER
Model, etc., elucidated through a
running example of a cricket
database, especially formulated for
Indian students
• In-depth coverage of Transaction
Management and Concurrency,
Query Processing, Distributed
Databases, and Backup and
Recovery
• Discussion of new technologies like
Mobile Databases and Cloud
Computing
• Student friendly example (cricket
database) running throughout the
text
• Strong pedagogical features:
• 342 Review Questions along
with Section References
• 348 Short Answer Questions
• 409 Multiple Choice Questions
with Answers
• 246 Exercises
• 56 Lab Assignments
• 43 Projects
CONTENTS
1. . Introduction 2. Entity Relationship
Model 3. Relational Model 4. Relational
Algebra and Relational Calculus 5.
Structured Query Language (SQL) 6.
Normalization 7. Physical Storage and
Indexing 8. Query Processing 9.
Transaction Management and
Concurrency 10. Database Backup and
Recovery 11. Database Security 12.
Integrity Constraints and SQL3 13
Distributed Databases 14. Object
Oriented Database 15. Data Warehouse
and OLAP 16. Data Mining 17. Web
Databases and XML 18. Emerging
Database Technologies
DATABASE MANAGEMENT
SYSTEMS
(Schaum’s Outline Series)
(Special Indian Edition)
by Mata-Toledo, Ramon A, Associate
Professor of Computer Science, James
Madison University; Cushman, Pauline
K, Associate Professor of Integrated
Science & Technology, James Madison
University, Adaptation Author : Sahoo,
Debabrata, Associate Consultant, Data
Warehousing and Business Intelligence,
Wipro Technologies, Bangalore
2007 / 544 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634565
Written by academics and adapted by a
practitioner, this book is the perfect
arena for students to hone their DBMS
skills. The book boasts of over 400
solved problems with exposure to PL/
SQL and SQL query optimization.
FEATURES
• Full coverage of the database
system used by most manufacturers
including Microsoft and Oracle.
• Complete scripts to create and
populate all databases used in the
book.
• Language features that are
applicable across platforms.
• Includes 240 solved problems and
170 supplementary problems.
• Numerous solved examples that
help master DBMS fundamentals.
NEW IN THIS EDITION
• Inclusion of a new chapter on
Database Tuning & Query
Optimization.
• Inclusion of a new chapter on Object
Oriented Database Management.
• New chapters on SQL Query
Optimization and PL/SQL.
• Renewed attention to Database
Security.
• Addition of 3 real-life case studies to
implement concepts learnt through
the book.
CONTENTS
1. An Overview of DBMS and DB
Systems Architecture 2. An Introduction
to SQL and Relational Database
Systems 3. Functional Dependency 4.
The Normalization Process 5. The Entity
Relationship Model 6. Implementation of
the Relational Operators in SQL 7.
Boolean Operators and Pattern
Matching 8. Arithmetic Operators and
Built in Functions 9. Group Function 10.
Processing Date and Time Function 11.
Complex Queries and Set Operators 12.
Transaction Management 13. Beyond
SQL 14. SQL Queries Optimization 15.
Basic Security Issues 16. Concepts of
DBMS 17. Data Warehousing and Data
Mining / Appendices / Index.
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS)
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 77
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
ESSENTIALS OF DBMS
by Alexis Leon, Software Consultant;
Mathews Leon, L & L Consultancy Ltd.
2005 / 468 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091023
Essentials of Database Management
System has its emphasis on conceptual
clarity. It assumes no prior knowledge of
DBMS and provides a seamless
integration of fundamental and
advanced topics. Rich in pedagogical
features, a significant highlight is the
companion website for the book.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Database Management
Systems (DBMS) 2. Database
Architecture and Design 3. Data Models
4. Entity-Relationship (E-R) Modeling 5.
Enhanced Entity-Relationship (EER)
Model 6. Relational Database
Management Systems (RDBMS) 7.
Relational Data Integrity and Database
Constraints 8. Data Normalization 9.
Relational Algebra 10. Relational
Calculus 11. Tables Used in this Book
12. Structured Query Language (SQL)
13. Tables, Views, and Indexes 14.
Queries and Sub queries 15. Aggregate
Functions 16. Insert, Update, and
Delete Operations 17. Joins and Unions
18. Programming with SQL 19.
Secondary (Auxiliary) Storage Devices
20. Files, File Organization, and File
Structures 21. Indexing and Hashing 22.
Database Security 23. Transaction
Management and Concurrency Control
24. Backup and Recovery 25. Client/
Server Databases 26. Distributed
Databases 27. Hierarchical and Network
Databases 28. Object-Oriented and
Object-Relational Databases 29.
Parallel Processing and Parallel
Databases 30. Temporal, Spatial,
Multimedia and Web Databases 31.
Knowledge Discovery in Databases 32.
Data Warehouses and Data Marts 33.
Data Mining and On-Line Analytical
Processing (OLAP) / Appendixes
INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
by A.K. Majumdar, IIT Kharagpur;
P. Bhattacharya, IIT Kharagpur
1996 / 488 Pages
ISBN : 9780074622391
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Basic File Systems
3. Additional File Organization
techniques 4. Relational Data Model 5.
Relational Database Design 6. Query
Processing and Optimization 7.
Semantic and Object-oriented 8. Data
Models. 9. Network and Hierarchical
Database Systems 10. Security 11.
Concurrency Control and Database
Recovery 12. Distributed Databases.
Index
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
FUNDAMENTALS OF DATABASE
MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
by Alexis Leon, Software Consultant;
Mathews Leon, L & L Consultancy Ltd.
2005 / 628 Pages
ISBN : 9788182090293
Database Management is all about
storage, modification and retrieval of
information from a database and is an
important subject of study for both
students and professionals. This book in
37 chapters covers the fundamentals of
database management and is intended
for students, teachers, and professional
alike.
FEATURES
• Clear and easy-to-understand style
of presentation
• More than 1300 review questions
comprising short answers,
descriptive and essay type
questions
• 1800 objective type questions
comprising fill in the blanks, true or
false, multiple choice questions
• Nine model question papers with
answers
CONTENTS
Unit I - Introduction and Conceptual
Modeling 1. Introduction to Database
Management Systems (DBMS) 2.
Database Architecture and Design 3.
Data Models 4. Entity-Relationship (ER)
Modeling 5. Enhanced Entity-
Relationship (EER) Model Unit II -
Relational Database Management 6.
Relational Database Management
Systems (RDBMS) 7. Relational Data
Integrity and Database Constraints 8.
Transforming ER Models to Relations 9.
Data Normalization 10. Relational
Algebra 11. Relational Calculus Unit III -
Structured Query language 12.
Structured Query Language 13. Nulls
14. Tables Used in this Book 15. Tables,
Views, and Indexes 16. Queries and
Sub queries 17. Aggregate Functions
18. INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
Operations 19. Cursors 20. Joins and
Unions 21. Programming with SQL 22.
Triggers Unit IV - Data Storage and
Query Processing 23. Secondary
(Auxiliary) Storage Devices 24. Files,
File Organization, and File Structures
25. Indexing and Hashing 26. Query
Processing and Query Optimization
Unit V - Database Implementation
Issues 27. Database Security 28. Data
Integrity 29. Transaction Management
and Concurrency Control 30. Backup
and Recovery Unit VI - Modern
Databases 31. Introduction to Modern
Databases 32. Distributed Databases
33. Object-Oriented and Object-
Relational Databases 34. XML Unit VII -
Knowledge Discovery 35. Knowledge
Discovery in Databases 36. Data
Warehouses and Data Marts 37. Data
Mining and On-Line Analytical
Processing (OLAP)
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS)
78 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
International Edition
DATABASES DESIGN,
DEVELOPMENT AND DEPLOYMENT
USING MICROSOFT ACCESS
2nd Edition
by Peter Rob and Elie Semaan both of
Middle Tennessee State University
2004 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780071218054
Rob’s Databases: Design, Development
& Deployment Using Microsoft Access
is a book that teaches the more
advanced topics of database-design
through the use of Microsoft Access.
The 2nd edition has been completely
updated to give students the most up-todae
information. By using Microsoft’s
Access 2002, students will learn the
intricacies of developing a database.
Also with the ever- growing area of web
programming, students will have a
chapter tying database and web
programming together and another
chapter specifically on VB Script. Lastly,
a revamped chapter on security will
address the ever-changing and
important issues.
FEATURES
• Point of Sale (POS) Database - By
bilding a complete point of sale
database application throughout the
course of the book, students learn
not only the ‘how to’ aspects of
creating a database system; they
also gain valuable hands on
experience which clearly establishes
the importance of good, solid,
design, and development. As stated
earlier, the POS system will be in
VB Script.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Database Vocabulary,
Concepts, and Design Tools. Chapter 2
Normalizing the Database table
Structures. Chapter 3 The POS
Database Design Process. Chapter 4
Implementing the Database Design.
Chapter 5 Queries. Chapter 6 Form
Development. Chapter 7 Reports and
Labels. Chapter 8 Macros and Macro
Groups. Chapter 9 Access and the
Internet. Chapter 10 Implementing the
POS Database Applications. Chapter
11 The Database in the Web. Chapter
12 Database Security.
DISTRIBUTED DATABASES
PRINCIPLES AND SYSTEMS
by Stefano Ceri, Politecnico di Milano;
Giuseppe Pelagatti, Politecnico di
Milano
2008 / 406 Pages
ISBN : 9780070265110
Designed for graduate level course in
distributed databases and database
systems, this book provides an overall,
coordinated presentation of fundamental
principles and problems involving
distributed databases. It is for readers
who hve a background in databases,
but are not distributed database
specialists.
FEATURES
• New Problems for Building and
Implementing a distributed database
• Excellent coverage of Distributed
Database Design, Concurrency
Control and Distributed Database
Administration
• Detailed discussion on
Homogenous and Heterogeneous
Distributed Database Systems
• Equally useful for students and
professionals
CONTENTS
Preface / 1. Distributed Databases: An
Overview / 2. Review of Databases and
Computer Networks Part 1- Principles
of Distributed Databases 3. Level of
Distribution Transparency 4. Distributed
Database Design 5. Translation of
Global Queries to Fragment Queries 6.
Optimization of Access Strategies 7.
The Management of Distributed
Transactions 8. Concurrency Control 9.
Reliability 10. Distributed Database
Administration Part 2- Distributed
Database Systems 11. Commercial
Systems 12. SDD-1: A System for
Distributed Databases 13. The R*
Project 14. Other Homogeneous
Distributed Database Systems 15.
Heterogeneous Distributed Database
Systems.
MANAGEMENT
DATA MODELING
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
by Oppel
2010
ISBN : 9780070702349
CONTENTS
Part I: Data Modeling Concepts;
Chapter 1. Introduction to Data
Modeling; Chapter 2. Relational
Database Components; Chapter 3. Data
and Process Modeling; Chapter 4.
Organizing Database Project Work; Part
II: Data Modeling Details; Chapter 5.
Conceptual Data Modeling; Chapter 6.
Logical Database Design Using
Normalization; Chapter 7. Beyond Third
Normal Form; Chapter 8. Physical
Database Design; Part III: Design
Alternatives; Chapter 9. Alternatives for
Incorporating Business Rules; Chapter
10. Alternatives for Handling Temporal
Data; Chapter 11. Modeling for
Analytical Databases; Chapter 12.
Enterprise Data Modeling; Part IV:
Appendixes; Appendix A. Answers to
Self Tests; Appendix B. Solutions to Try
This Exercises; Index
DECISION SUPPORT
SYSTEMS
DECISION SUPPORT AND DATA
WAREHOUSE SYSTEMS
by Efrem G Mallach, University
Massachusetts Lowell
2000 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070486843
Decision Support and Data Warehouse
Systems ties the more traditional view of
decision support to the rapidly evolving
topics of database management and
data warehouse. As organizations move
quickly into networked-based
environments, the nature of decision
support tools has become increasingly
complex. These tools are now used
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS)
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 79
collaboratively and the use of data
warehousing mechanisms will be a
critical success factor for the survival of
many organizations. This new book
provides a strong foundation for the use
of models within the context of building
and using decision support systems,
and it will focus on multi-dimensional
databases and client/server computing.
CONTENTS
Preface Chapter 1: Introduction to
Decision Support Systems Chapter 2:
Human Decision Making Processes
Chapter 3: Systems, Information
Quality, and Models Chapter 4: Types of
Decision Support Systems Chapter 5:
DSS Architecture, Hardware and
Operating System Platforms Chapter 6:
DSS Software Tools Chapter 7: Building
and Implementing Decision Support
System Tools Chapter 8: Models in
Decision Support Systems Chapter 9:
Mathematical Models and Optimization
Chapter 10: Group Decision Support
Systems Chapter 11: Expert Systems
Chapter 12: Data Warehousing and
Executive Information System
Fundamentals Chapter 13: The Data
Warehouse Database Chapter 14:
Analyzing the Contents of the Data
Warehouse Chapter 15: Constructing a
Data Warehouse System Chapter 16:
Putting it all Together: Systems
Integration and the Future of DSS
Appendix: Selected Case Studies
DATA MINING /
DATA WAREHOUSING
DATA MINING
INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS
DATA MINING
by David L Olson, University of
Nebraska— Lincoln and Yong Shi,
University of Nebraska – Omaha
2006 / 336 Pages
ISBN : 9780072959710
DATA WAREHOUSING
DATA WAREHOUSING,
DATA MINING & OLAP
by Alex Berson, Member IEEE & ACN
2004 / 612 Pages
ISBN : 9780070587410
Improving data delivery is a top priority
in business computing today. This
comprehensive, cutting-edge guide can
help-by showing you how to effectively
integrate data mining and other powerful
data warehousing technologies.
YOU’LL LEARN HOW TO
• use data warehousing to establish a
competitive advantage
• solve business problems faster by
exploiting online analytical
processing (OLAP)
• evaluate various data warehousing
solutions (including SMP and MPP,
parallel database management
systems, metadata, OLAP etc
• leverage your data warehousing
utility via the Internet, client-server
computing and various data mining
tools
CONTENTS
Foreword Preface Part I: Foundation
1. Introduction to Data Warehousing
2. Client/Server Computing Model and
Data Warehousing 3. Parallel
Processors and Cluster Systems 4.
Distributed DBMS Implementations 5.
Client/Server RDBMS solutions Part II:
Data Warehousing 6. Data
Warehousing components 7. Building a
Data Warehouse 8. Mapping the Data
Warehouse to a Multiprocessor
Architecture 9. DBMS Schemas for
Decision Support 10. Data Extraction,
Cleanup and Transformation Tools 11.
Metadata Part III: Business Analysis
12. Reporting and QueryTools and
Applications 13. on-line Analytical
Processing (OLAP) 14. Patterns and
Models 15. Statistics 16. Artificial
Intelligence Part IV: Data Mining 17.
Introduction to Data Mining 18. Decision
Trees 19. Neural Networks 20. Nearest
Neighbour and Clustering 21.Genetic
Algorithms 22. Rule Induction 23.
Selecting and using the right technique
Part V: Data Visualization and Overall
Perspective 24. Data Visualization 25.
Putting it all together Appendix A:
Glossary Appendix B: Big Data-
Returns: Leveraging your Hidden Data
Assets to Improve ROI Appendix C: Dr.
E. F. Codd’s 12 guidelines for OLAP
Appendix D: 10 mistakes for Data
Warehousing Managers to avoid
Bibliography / Index
DATA WAREHOUSING
by Soumendra Mohanty, Accenture
India Delivery Center
2005 / 350 Pages
ISBN : 9780070635449
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Introduction to Data
Warehousing 3. The Data Warehousing
Development Life Cycle 4. Modeling the
Data Warehouse 5. Modeling Matters 6.
Designing the Data Warehouse 7.
Advanced Topics – Data Modeling with
Identifying Relationships 8. Advanced
Topics – Data Modeling with Non-
Identifying Relationships 9. Advanced
Topics – The Semantics of Surrogate
Keys & Business Keys 10. Advanced
Topics – Implementing Slowly Changing
Dimensions 11. Advanced Topics –
Extact, Transform & Loading Process
12. Advanced Topics – Data Quality 13.
Advanced Topics – Metadata
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS) • DATA MINING / DATA WAREHOUSING
80 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Management 14. Advanced Topics –
Beyond Monitoring 15. Testing a Data
Warehouse System 16. Building OLAP
Active DW 17. Integrating BI into the
Enterprise 18.Knowledge Discovery in
DW
DATA WAREHOUSE DESIGN:
MODERN PRINCIPLES AND
METHODOLOGIES
by Matteo Golfarelli, Stefano Rizzi
2009 / 492 Pages
ISBN : 9780070677524
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Data Warehousing 2.
Data Warehouse System Lifecycle 3.
Analysis and Reconciliation of Data
Sources 4. User Requirement Analysis
5. Conceptual Modeling 6. Conceptual
Design 7. Workload and Data Volume 8.
Logical Modeling 9. Logical Design 10.
Data-staging Design 11. Indexes for the
Data Warehouse 12. Physical Design
13. Data Warehouse Project
Documentation 14. A Case Study 15.
Business Intelligence: Beyond the Data
Warehouse Glossary Bibliography Index
WEB WAREHOUSING &
KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT
By Robert Mattison
1999 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780074637401
(Osborne Reprint)
CONTENTS
Part I. Applied Knowledge
Management 1. Web Warehousing and
Knowledge Management 2. From
Edison to Berners-Lee 3. Value Chains
and Killer Applications 4. Modelling,
Visioning, and Value Propositions 5.
Knowledge Networks, Neighborhoods,
and Economics Part II. Web
Warehousing in Action 6. Traditional
Warehousing 7. Web-Based Query and
Reporting 8. Web OLAP 9. Web-Based
Statistical Analysis and Data Mining 10.
Web-Based Graphical Geographic
Information Systems. 11. An
Introduction to Text Information
Management Systems 12. Architecture
of Text Information Management
Systems 13. Search Engines and
Facilities 14. Text Mining Systems 15.
Multimedia Information Management
Systems Part III. Technology
Foundations 16. The Internet and
Internet Services 17. Web Components
and Communications 18. PPP and CGI:
Database Access to the Web 19. Java:
The Alternative Approach to Web
Programming 20. JDBC: Accessing
Databases with Java 21. Architecture,
Performance, and Management
International Edition
MEASURING AND MANAGING
KNOWLEDGE
by Tom Housel and Arthur Bell
2001 / 176 Pages
ISBN : 9780071181372
CONTENTS
1. The Parameters of Knowledge
Management. 2. The Knowledge-based
Economy. 3. Paradigms for Knowledge
Management. 4. Knowledge Management
Principles. 5. Knowledge
Management at Work in Organizations.
6. Perspectives on Measuring
Knowledge. 7. Measuring Return on
Knowledge. 8. Electronic Tools for
Managing Knowledge. 9. Implementing
Knowledge Management. 10. The
Future of Knowledge Management.
BIO-INFORMATICS
BIOINFORMATICS: WITH
FUNDAMENTALS OF GENOMICS
AND PROTEOMICS
by Shuba Gopal, Rochester Institute of
Technology, Anne Haake, Rochester
Institute of Technology Rhys; Price
Jones, and Paul Tymann, Rochester
Inst Of Technology
2010 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070146242
This book is written by a very
experienced author team representing
the many areas out of which the new
discipline of Bioinformatics is emerging.
Their common sense approach and
carefully detailed presentation have
positioned Bioinformatics: A Computing
perspective on the front lines for
defining how the college Bioinformatics
course will ultimately be taught.
Bioinformatics: A Computing Approach
is to make students conversant with key
concepts in the biological sciences and
knowledgeable about current
iconoclastic tools and approaches. It
successfully ties interesting
computational challenges to relevant
biological phenomenon, avoiding the
"bioinformatics" vs. "computational"
debate that tends to confuse students
rather than interest and instruct them.
FEATURES
• Ties computational challenges to
relevant biological phenomenon
• Covers bioinformatics tools with a
focus on the algorithms
• Includes the most recent
developments in bioinformatics
including polygenetics, tree building
and gene networks
• Prepares students to identify and
understand biological problems and
specifically to identify appropriate
computational approaches for the
resolution of these challenges.
CONTENTS
1. Road Map 2. Biological Basics 3. Wet
and Dry Lab Techniques 4. Fragment
Assembly 5. Sequence Alignment
6. Simulating and Modeling Evolution
7. Gene Finding 8. Gene Expression
9. Projects
PERL PROGRAMMING FOR
BIOINFORMATICS
by Bal Harshwardhan
2002 / 405 Pages
ISBN : 9780070474475
CONTENTS
Part One: Unix 1. Unix 0S: The
Working Environment 2. Navigating in
Unix 3. Creating and Manipulating
Sequence Files 4. The emacs Editor 5.
The vi Editor 6. File Transfer Protocol
(FTP) 7. Advanced Unix Commands -I
8. Advanced Unix Commands - II 9.
DATA MINING / DATA WAREHOUSING • BIO-INFORMATICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 81
Advanced Unix Commands - III Part
Two: Perl 10. Introduction to Perl:
Scalars 11. Introduction to Perl: Arrays
12. Using Standard Perl Modules 13.
Perl Regular Expressions - I 14. The
Perl Debugger 15. Advanced Array
Operation 16. Perl Regular Expressions
- II 17. Perl Control Statements 18. File
I/0 19. Perl Subroutines and Functions
BIOINFORMATICS:
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
by Bal Harshwardhan
2004 / 226 Pages
ISBN : 9780070583207
CONTENTS
Part I: Principles 1. Web-based
Sequence Analysis: BLAST I 2. Webbased
Sequence Analysis: BLAST II 3.
Web-based Sequence Analysis: BLAST
III 4. Web-based Sequence Analysis:
Gene Prediction 5. Web-based
Sequence Analysis: HMMER 6. PSIBLAST
Part II: Applications 7.
Accessing Sequence Information Using
BioPerl 8. Bio::DB::GenBank 9.
Accessing GenBank Data 10. BioPerl
BLAST Modules 11. Parsing BLAST
Output
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
CONCEPTS
International Edition
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING:
A PRACTITIONER'S APPROACH
7th Edition
by Roger S. Pressman, R.S. Pressman
& Associates
2009 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780071267823
The seventh edition of Software
Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach
has been designed to consolidate and
restructure the content introduced over
the past two editions of the book. The
chapter structure will return to a more
linear presentation of software
engineering topics with a direct
emphasis on the major activities that
are part of a generic software process.
Content will focus on widely used
software engineering methods and will
de-emphasize or completely eliminate
discussion of secondary methods, tools
and techniques. The intent is to provide
a more targeted, prescriptive, and
focused approach, while attempting to
maintain SEPA's reputation as a
comprehensive guide to software
engineering.
The book will be organized in five (5)
parts-Process, Modeling, Quality
Management, Project Management, and
Advanced Topics. The chapter count will
remain at 32, unchanged from the sixth
edition. However, eight new chapters
have beendeveloped and another six
chaptershave undergone major or
moderate revisions. The remaining
chaptershave undergone minor edits/
updates.
FEATURES
• SEPA, 7th edition contains 8 new
chapters and 6 chapters with
moderate or major content
revisions. A new Part 3, Quality
Management, has been added to
emphasize the critically important
topics of SQA and software testing.
SEPA, 7th edition contains
expanded discussion of many topics
presented in the sixth edition and
introduces many additional topics.
• Web engineering topics have been
integrated into relevant SEPA, 7th
edition chapters.
• The writing style throughout the
book has been modified to present
a slightly less formal tone, and the
SEPA website has been further
enhanced.
• Many new Problems and Points to
Ponder have been added. The
Further Readings and Information
Sources sections have been revised
extensively and many new figures
and examples are used.
CONTENTS
1. Software and Software Engineering
Part One The Software Process 2.
Process Models 3. Agile Development
Part Two Modeling 4. Principles that
Guide Practice5. Understanding
Requirements 6. Requirements
Modeling: Scenarios, Information, and
Analysis Classes 7. Requirements
Modeling: Flow, Behavior, Patterns, and
WebApps 8. Design Concepts 9.
Architectural Design 10. Component-
Level Design 11. User Interface Design
12. Pattern-Based Design 13. WebApp
Design Part Three Quality
Management 14. Quality Concepts 15.
Review Techniques 16. Software Quality
Assurance 17. Software Testing
Strategies 18. Testing Conventional
Applications 19. Testing Object-Oriented
Applications 20. Testing Web
Applications 21. Formal Modeling and
Verification22. Software Configuration
Management23. Product Metrics Part
Four Project Management 24. Project
Management Concepts 25. Process and
Project Metrics 26. Estimation for
Software Projects 27. Project
Scheduling 28. Risk Management 29.
Maintenance and Reengineering Part
Five Advanced Topics 30. Software
Process Improvement 31. Emerging
Trends in Software Engineering 32.
Concluding Comments / Appendix I- An
Introduction to UML / Appendix IIObject-
Oriented Concepts
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
CONCEPTS
by Richard Fairley, Wang Institute of
Graduate Studies
2001 / 364 Pages
ISBN : 9780074631218
CONTENTS
1.Introduction to Software Engineering.
2. Planning a Software Project. 3.
Software Cost Estimation. 4. Software
Requirements Definition. 5. Software
Design. 6. Implementation Issues.
7. Modern Programming Language
Features. 8. Verification and Validation
Techniques. 9. Software Maintenance.
10. Summary. 11. Appendix. Indexes.
BIO-INFORMATICS • SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
82 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF THEORY
AND PROBLEMS OF SOFTWARE
ENGINEERING
by David Gustafson
2002/ 236 Pages
ISBN : 9780070531017
Master the fundamentals of software
engineering with Schaum‘s the high
performance study guide. It willhelp you
cut study time, hone problem-solving
skills and achieve your personal best on
exams and projects!
CONTENTS
1. The Software Life Cycle 2. Software
Process and Other Models 3. Software
Project Management 4. Software
Project Planning 5. Software Metrics 6.
Risk Analysis and Management 7.
Software Quality Assurance 8.
Requirements 9. Software Design 10.
Software Testing 11. Object-Oriented
Development 12. Object-Oriented
Metrics 13. Object-Oriented Testing 14.
Formal Notations Index
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING: A
PRIMER
by W. S. Jawadekar, Software
Consultant
2008 / 452 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667631
This title stresses on Object Oriented
and Classical Approach, by resorting to
a concise presentation of the subject. In
tune with reviewer comments and
market feedback, the book takes an
approach whereby a more balanced
emphasis has been given to Design,
Architecture and Management issues.
FEATURES
• Extensive stress on Object Oriented
Systems Analysis and Design.
• Separate chapter on Software
Systems Design and Architecture.
• Better organization with chapters on
Testing for Software Quality and
Quality Engineering for Software
Quality Assurance, placed in
succession.
• Case Studies conclude every
chapter for better comprehension of
concepts.
• Concepts presented through easy to
understand language and schematic
diagrams
PEDAGOGY
• Figures: 197
• Test Your Understandings: 198
• Chapter End Case Studies: 15
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Software Engineering
2. Software Estimation: Size, Effort and
Cost 3. Software Risk Management 4.
Software Engineering Tools 5. Software
Systems Design Architecture 6.
Procedural Design and Use of Reusable
Components 7. Object Orientation and
Object Basics 8. The Unified Approach
and Unified Modeling Language (UML)
9. Object Oriented Analysis (OOA) 10.
Object Oriented Design (OOD) 11.
Software Project Management 12.
Software Development Process
Management 13. Testing for Software
Quality 14. Quality Engineering for
Software Quality Assurance
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING:
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE
by W.S. Jawadekar, Software
Consultant
2004 / 791 Pages
ISBN : 9780070583719
A book that has in-depth coverage of
both, the traditional approach – Systems
approach and also the Objec Oriented
approach to Software Engineering.
Extensive coverage of both these
approaches makes this book an
invaluable text for the students of
Software Engineering. The practical
aspects of Software Engineering
discussed in the book would help the
student for long after completing the
course.
FEATURES
• Case study with solution illustrating
the use of both SSAD and OOSAD
approaches.
• Exhaustive coverage of Software
Estimation, Software Quality,
Software Project Management, Risk
management etc.
• In-depth coverage of COCOMO II
model.
• Includes 3 term projects on System
Design and Development.
• Includes about 52 template forms
widely used in Software Engineering
- Template for Black Box Testing,
GUI Testing, Risk Analysis and
Management, etc.
CONTENTS
Part I: Basics of Software
Engineering. Chapter 1. Introduction to
Software Engineering (SE). Chapter 2.
Software Estimation: Size, Effort & Cost.
Chapter 3. Software Risk Management.
Chapter 4. Quality Engineering for
Software Quality Assurance. Chapter 5.
Software Engineering Tools. Chapter 6.
Case Study. Part II: Software
Engineering: Traditional Approach to
Software System Development.
Chapter 7. Systems Analysis. Chapter
8. Systems Design. Chapter 9.
Introduction to Database Design.
Chapter 10. User Interface Design.
Chapter 11. Procedural Design and Use
of Reusable Components. Chapter 12.
Case Study: DVD Entertainment Ltd.
(DEL). Part III: Object Oriented
Systems Analysis & Design (OOSAD).
Chapter 13. Object Orientation and
Object Basics. Chapter 14. The Unified
Approach, and Unified Modeling
Language (UML). Chapter 15. Object
Oriented Analysis (OOA). Chapter 16.
Object Oriented Design (OOD).
Chapter 17. OODBMS: Object Store &
DBMS. Chapter 18. Case Study: DVD
Entertainment Ltd. (DEL). Part IV:
Management of Software Development.
Chapter 19. Software Project
Management. Chapter 20. Software
Development Process Management.
Chapter 21. Requirements
Management. Chapter 22. Testing for
Software Quality. Part V: Term
Projects: Chapter 23. ACME
Corporation* (Automated Sales Order
Booking & Delivering System). Chapter
24. NATIONAL BANK. Chapter 25.
Paints & Painting Services (P) Ltd.
(PPS). / Appendix 1. Special Topics in
Software Engineering. / Appendix 2:
Advanced Topics in Software
Engineering. / Appendix 3: CASE
SOLUTION: DVD Entertainment Ltd
(DEL). / Appendix 4: Rational Rose
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 83
Tools. / Appendix 5: Template Forms. /
Appendix 6: Glossary./ Appendix 7:
References & Resources for More
Learning.
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
(Special Indian Edition)
7th Edition
By Stephen R Schach, Associate
Professor, Department of Computer
Science & Engineering, Vanderbilt
University, Tennessee
2006 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647770
FEATURES
Software Engineering, 7e provides an
excellent introduction to software
engineering fundamentals, covering
both traditional and object-oriented
techniques. There is more emphasis on
practical applications that help students
learn how to implement what they are
learning. The title covers the course
content of all Indian Universities to an
excellent extent.
• Student-friendly writing style
presents difficult concepts in a clear,
understandable manner.
• This title exposes a student to both
the theory and practice of the
Unified Process.
• Over 250 problems present a good
mix of both theoretical and
application based concepts.
• Close to 300 figures provide
complete, visual presentation of the
material.
• Strong in-text pedagogy is designed
for the beginning student and
includes numerous figures,
“Learning Objectives”, “Just in Case
You Wanted to Know” boxes,
examples, chapter reviews, “For
Further Reading”, Problems,
References, and an extensive index.
• Expanded material on agile
processes and open-source
software development in chapters
“Software Life-Cycle Models”, and
“Teams”.
• Osbert Oglesby Case Study has
been replaced by MSG Foundation
Case Study.
• Many new problems have been
added
• Many new references have been
added to an extensive collection of
600 references.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: The Scope of Software
Engineering Chapter 2: Software Life-
Cycle Models Chapter 3: The Software
Process Chapter 4: Teams Chapter 5:
The Tools of the Trade Chapter 6:
Testing Chapter 7: From Modules to
Objects Chapter 8: Reusability and
Portability Chapter 9: Planning and
Estimating Chapter10: Requirements
Chapter11: Classical Analysis
Chapter12: Object-Oriented Analysis
Chapter 13: Design Chapter14:
Implementation Chapter15: Post
delivery Maintenance Chapter16: More
on UML / Appendix A: Term project:
Osric’s Office Appliances and Decor /
Appendix B: Software Engineering
Resources / Appendix C:
Requirements Workflow: The MSG
Foundation Case Study / Appendix D:
Structured Systems Analysis: The MSG
Foundation Case Study / Appendix E :
Analysis Workflow: The MSG
Foundation Case Study / Appendix F:
Software Project Management Plan:
The MSG Foundation Case Study /
Appendix G: Design Workflow: The
MSG Foundation Case Study (C++
Version) / Appendix I : Implementation
Workflow : The MSG Foundation Case
Study ( Java Version) / Appendix J:
Test Workflow : The MSG Foundation
Case Study / Author Index / Subject
Index
WEB ENGINEERING:
A PRACTIONER'S APPROACH
(Special Indian Edition)
by Roger S. Pressman, R.S.
Pressman & Associates, and
David Lowe, University of Technology,
Sydney
2009 / 472 Pages
ISBN : 9780070260474
This book by the author of the bestselling
Software Engineering: A
Practitioner's Approach is unique in its
application of software engineering
principles to building effective webbased
systems and applications. Roger
Pressman and his co-author, David
Lowe, offer practical advice to students
and professionals alike on how to
engineer and maintain complex
websites. Roger Pressman is the
leading authority in software engineering
and one of the best-known authors in
computer science. His new book targets
the emerging web engineering market,
an area whose parameters and
character are still evolving and where an
experienced and trusted voice is
especially welcome. This book is
designed to provide students with a
solid understanding of a pragmatic
process for engineering Webbased
applications. It is written in an informal,
conversational style, using a question
and answer format to mentor the reader
in this new engineering discipline.
FEATURES
• Shows how to engineer and build
complex web sites
• Presents material in an effective
method for gathering and analizing
the problem requirements, followed
by designing an effective solution to
that method and finally building and
testing the web application
• Includes proven techniques for
project management, change and
content management and quality
assurance Running Case Study
designed to provide examples of the
methods and techniques being
discussed
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
84 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
1: Web-based Systems 2: Web
Engineering 3: A Web Engineering
Process 4: Communication 5: Planning
6: The Modeling Activity 7: Analysis
Modeling For WebApps 8: WebApp
Design 9: Interaction Design 10:
Information Design 11: Functional
Design 12: Construction and
Deployment 13: Design Patterns 14:
Technologies and Tools 15: WebApp
Testing 16: Change and Content
Management 17: Future Directions
OBJECT-ORIENTED SOFTWARE
ENGINEERING PRACTICAL
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT
by Timothy Lethbridge and
Robert Laganire
2004 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780070587540
This book covers the essential
knowledge and skills needed by a
student who is specialising in software
engineering. Readers will learn
principles of object orientation, software
development, software modelling,
software design, requirements analysis,
and testing. The use of the Unified
Modelling Language to develop software
is taught in depth. Many concepts are
illustrated using complete examples,
with code written in Java.
CONTENTS
1 Software and Software Engineering. 2.
Review of Object Orientation and Java.
3. Basing Software Development on
Reusable Technology. 4. Developing
Requirements. 5. Modelling With
Classes. 6. Using Design Patterns. 7.
Focusing on Users and Their Tasks. 8.
Modelling Interactions and Behaviour. 9.
Architecting and Designing Software.
10. Testing and Inspecting to Ensure
High Quality. 11. Managing the Software
Process. 12. Review. Appendix A:
Summary of UML Notation used in this
Book. Appendix B: Summary of the
Documentation Formats Recommended
in this Book. Appendix C: System
Descriptions. Appendix D: Answers to
Selected Exercises. / Glossary. / Index
International Edition
OBJECT-ORIENTED AND
CLASSICAL SOFTWARE
ENGINEERING
8th Edition
by Stephen R. Schach, Vanderbilt
University-Nashville
2011 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780073376189
www.mhhe.com/schach
Engineering is known while making
significant improvements and additions
to content as well as problems and
projects. The revisions for the eighth
edition make the text easier to use in a
one-semester course.
Integrating case studies to show the
object oriented approach to software
engineering, Object-Oriented and
Classical Software Engineering, 8/e
presents an excellent introduction to
software engineering fundamentals,
covering both traditional and objectoriented
techniques.
While maintaining a unique organization
with Part I covering underlying software
engineering theory, and Part II
presenting the more practical life cycle,
the eighth edition includes significant
revision to problems, new content, as
well as a new chapter to enable
instructors to better-utilize the book in a
one-semester course. Complementing
this well-balanced approach is the
straightforward, student-friendly writing
style, through which difficult concepts
are presented in a clear, understandable
manner.
FEATURES
• A new, standalone Chapter 10
enables instructors to introduce the
team-based project at any time in the
semester.
• A new Chapter 18, gives an
introduction to 10 emerging
technologies, including aspectoriented
technology, model-driven
technology, component-based
technology, service-oriented
technology, social computing, web
engineering, cloud technology, web
3.0, computer security, and model
checking.
• Over 100 new problems.
• Expanded coverage of design
patterns in Chapter 8, including a
new mini case study.
• Divide-and-conquer and separation
of concerns have been added to
Chapter 5 as two new theoretical
tools.
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction to Software
Engineering 1. The Scope of Software
Engineering 2. Software Life-Cycle
Models 3. The Software Process 4.
Teams 5. The Tools of the Trade 6.
Testing 7. From Modules to Objects 8.
Reusability and Portability 9. Planning
and Estimating Part II: The Workflows
of the Software Life Cycle 10. Key
Material from Part A 11. Requirements
12. Classical Analysis 13. Object-
Oriented Analysis 14. Design 15.
Implementation 16. Postdelivery
Maintenance 17. More on UML 18.
Emerging Technologies
SOFTWARE SYSTEMS
REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING: IN
PRACTICE
by Brian Berenbach
2009 / 360 Pages
9780070147256
Using proven techniques from the global
experts at Siemens, this book helps you
ensure the success of software
development projects, regardless of size
and number of features. Software
Systems Requirements Engineering
provides practical methods and best
practices for requirements engineers
with coverage of managing scale,
metrics, Project Management, quality
assurance, and the latest RE
technologies. A global case study is
included in each chapter.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction Chapter 2.
Requirements Engineering Artifact
Modeling Chapter 3. Eliciting
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 85
ReuirementsChapter 4. Requirements
Modeling Chapter 5. Quality Attribute
Requirements Chapter 6. Requirements
Engineering for Platforms Chapter 7.
Requirements Management Chapter 8.
Requirements-Driven System Testing
Chapter 9. Rapid Development
Techniques for Requirements Evolution
Chapter 10. Distributed Requirements
Engineering Chapter 11. Hazard
Analysis and Threat Modeling Chapter
12. Conclusion Appendix A. Configuring
and Managing a Requirements
DatabaseIndex
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING BEST
PRACTICES
by Capers Jones
2009 / 700 Pages
ISBN : 9780070683594
In this practical guide, software-quality
guru Capers Jones reveals best
practices for ensuring software
development success by illustrating the
engineering methods used by the most
successful large software projects at
leading companies such as IBM,
Microsoft, Sony, and EDS. Software
Engineering Best Practices covers
estimating and planning; requirements
analysis; change control; quality control;
progress and cost tracking; and
maintenance and support after delivery.
Agile development, extreme
programming, joint application design
(JAD), six-sigma for software, and other
methods are discussed.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction and Definitions
of Software Best Practices; Chapter 2.
Overview of 50 Software Best Practices;
Chapter 3. A Preview of Software
Development and Maintenance in 2049;
Chapter 4. How Software Personnel
Learn New Skills; Chapter 5. Software
Team Organization and Specialization;
Chapter 6. Project Management and
Software Engineering; Chapter 7.
Requirements, Business Analysis,
Architecture, Enterprise Architecture,
and Design; Chapter 8. Programming
and Code Development; Chapter 9.
Software Quality: The Key to Successful
Software Engineering; Index
SOFTWARE TESTING
SOFTWARE TESTING
1st Edition
by M. G. Limaye, Registered Auditor
from IRCA (International Register of
Certificated Auditors)
2009 / 548 Pages
ISBN : 9780070139909
Software Testing helps us detect the
failures and drawbacks in developed
softwares, which ca be corrected to
meet the desired requirements.
Techniques and tools used, processes
followed, test management, risk
analysis, quality assurance and related
costs are integral to software testing.
We present a complete text targeted at
the UG/ PG level on software testing
covering the above important aspects.
"An integrated approach to Test
Management, Test Techniques and
Process requirement activities.
FEATURES
• Practical way of doing software
testing with the help of Testing
Tools, Test Case Designing, Testing
Process etc.
• Testing domains with Managerial,
Technical and Process Orientation
includes new technologies
(eBusiness and Mobile etc.).
• Comprehensive coverage of Risk
Analysis, Minimization, Regression
Testing, Data Flow Testing, Review
Programs etc.
• Dedicated chapters on Validation &
Verification and Software Quality
Assurance.
• Dedicated chapters on Testing Tools
(Dynamic-Static Testing Tool,
Smoke Testing etc.) and Special
Tests (COTS, eBusiness /
eCommerce).
• Terminologies used are in sync with
the current industry provisions.
STRONG PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• Chapter-end Testing Tips
• Solved Examples: 110
• Chapter-end exercises: 235“FAQ in
Job Interviews: 50
• Test cases: 6
• Total: 400
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Quality 2. Software
Quality 3. Fundamentals of Software
Testing 4. Configuration Management 1.
Risk Analysis 2. Software Verification
and Validation 3. V - Test Model 4.
Defect Management 5. Levels of Testing
6. Acceptance Testing 7. Special Tests
(Part I) 8. Special Tests (Part II) 9. Test
Planning 10. Test Metrics and Test
Reports 11. Qualitative and Quantitative
Analysis 12. Testing Tools 13. Test
Process Improvement"
SOFTWARE TESTING:
METHODOLOGIES, TOOLS AND
PROCESSES
by Rajani & Oak
2004 / 332 Pages
ISBN : 9780070583528
The primary goal of sftware testing is
not to eliminate all possible errors, but
to reduce the residual risk after testing
the software to an acceptable level.
Testing is primarily an exercise in “Risk
Mitigation” than an exercise to assure
software quality. Testing techniques
involve verification and validation
techniques, use of formal
methodologies and automation tools.
This book presents the know-how in a
simple and effective manner. Features:
The entire gamut of conceptual themes
in software testing; Special topics in
testing – load/performance testing,
network testing, testing of embedded
applications, testing for security,
usability, testing of web-based and
client-server applications; Metrics, best
practices and benchmarks from the
Indian IT industry; Contributions from 16
professionals; Case studies
QUICK TEST PROFESSIONAL
by V. Ravi Sankar
2009 / 340 Pages
ISBN : 9780070148819
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
86 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
QUALITY
SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE
By Milind Limaye, CEO, Consulting
Firm, Pune
2011/ 668 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072526
This book follows a general view of the
quality-assurance process, providing a
comprehensive synthesis of
fundamental concepts and techniques
and showcasing a practical way of
implementing quality assurance using
the outlined processes. The qualityassurance
domain with managerial,
technical and process orientation
includes the latest improvements such
as corporate governance and risk
management. This book discusses the
various ways of implementation of
quality-assurance standards in any
organisation, be it a softwaredevelopment
company, an engineering
enterprise or any other. ““This book will
serve as a text to undergraduates and
postgraduates of Computer Science
and Engineering, Information
Technology and Software Engineering
and students doing competitive
certifications in quality assurance such
as Certified Software Quality Assurance
(CSQA), etc. Reflecting the recent
trends in quality assurance, this book
will appeal to quality-assurance
practitioners seeking to enhance their
knowledge base as well as aspiring
professionals.
FEATURES
• Adopts an integrated approach to
quality-assurance techniques and
process-requirement activities
• Provides a comprehensive insight of
quality-assurance fundamental
concepts, major models and
standards, implementation
methodology along with risk
analysis in SQA
• Elucidates a hands-on approach for
implementing quality assurance in a
typical organisation
• Enriched with information on IT
service management, quantitative
analysis and metrics
• Uses terminologies in sync with the
current industry position
• Quality Tips, Important Definitions
and Examples enhance the
theoretical discussions
• Rich Pedagogy includes
• 491 Chapter-end Exercises
• 41 Frequently Asked Questions
(FAQs) in job interviews
• 30 Open Book Questions
• Case study on Planning a
Mailing Software
CONTENTS
1. PART I: Concepts of Quality 1.
Introduction to Quality 2. Product
Quality PART II: Quality-Standard
Models and Implementation 3. Quality
Models and Standards 4. Quality
Management at the Organisation Level
5. Configuration Management PART III:
Soft Skills for Quality Analyst 6. Soft
Skills for a Quality Analyst 7. Leadership
8. Human Resource Principles PART
IV: Quality Assurance 9. Quality
Assurance 10. Quality Planning 11.
Developing Process Framework PART
V: Quality Control Practices 12.
Software Verification and Validation
PART VI: Qualitative and Quantitative
Analysis 13. Qualitative and
Quantitative Analysis 14. Metrics at the
Organisation and Project Level PART
VII: Risk Management and Controls
15. Risk Analysis 16. Auditing and
Control 17. Vendor Control CASE
STUDY: Planning a Mailing Software
ISO 9001: 2000 FOR SOFTWARE
ORGANIZATIONS
by Kishore & Naik
2003
ISBN : 9780070601147
SOFTWARE QUALITY
by Kamna Malik, Associate Professor,
Information Systems, U21Global
2008
ISBN : 9780070248731
This book is a distillate of rich teaching
and industry experience of the authors,
and has been designed to help
academicians and software
professionals in varied roles--project
managers, IS managers, business
heads, entrepreneurs, etc. It will be
equally useful to students of
management and computer
applications.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Quality 2. Software
Process--Models and Frameworks 3.
Software Process--Detailed View 4.
Software Metrics 5. Project Types and
Delivered Quality 6. Quality and Project
Management 7. Quality Deployment--
Systems and Methods 8. Quality and
Culture 9. Sustaining Quality 10. A
Step Forward / Index
SOFTWARE RELIABILITY
ENGINEERING: MORE RELIABLE
SOFTWARE FASTER AND
CHEAPER
2nd Edition
by John D. Musa
2005
ISBN : 9780070603196
The author’s experience in reliability
engineering is apparent and his
expertise is infused in the text. This
book illustrates the entire SRE process.
It is an indispensable aid to systems
engineers, systems architects,
developers, and managers. The book
shows how to develop and test software
more efficiently. It makes you more
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 87
competitive in a world of globalization
and outsourcing. It furnishes everything
you need to implement SRE in your
organization, even showing you how to
persuade people to adopt the practice.
All material is presented in a casual,
readable style, with math placed in
separate background sections.
WHAT’S NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION?
• Workshops templates to help you
apply SRE to your project
• More than 700 Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQs)
• Step by step process summary
• List of articles of SRE user
experience
• Background sections
• Exercises
• Includes a simple, compact user
manual for free CASRE software
reliability estimation software,
downloadable from the internet.
MAKING SENSE OF
SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE
by Raghav Nandyal
2007
ISBN : 9780070633780
SOFTWARE PROJECT
MANAGEMENT
SOFTWARE PROJECT
MANAGEMENT
5th Edition
(Special Indian Indian)
by Bob Hughes, Principal Lecturer,
School of Computing, Engineering and
Mathematics, University of Brighton,
UK; Mke Cotterell, Formerly Senior
Lecturer in Information Management,
University of Brighton, UK; Rajib Mall,
Professor, Department of Computer
Science and Engineering, Indian
Institute of Technology Kharagpur, West
Bengal, India
2011 / 424 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072748
This edition aims to facilitate an updated
study of software project management
with respect to contemporary
developments in the field. It continues to
maintain the simplicity and lucid
presentation of Software Project
Management concepts. It caters to the
requirements of both UG and PG
students with an in-depth coverage of
the principles of software project
management in practice. A
distinguishing feature of the book is the
presence of numerous examples of
important principles through a running
case study. It is also accompanied with
an exhaustive website for both
instructors and students
FEATURES
• Enhanced content including several
new and important topics such as
Software Processes and Models,
Software Cost, Effort and Duration
Estimation, LOC Estimation, Effect
of Schedule Change (Putnam’s
results), Cost Performance Index
(CPI), Schedule Performance Index
(SPI), Software Project Termination,
Review Processes, Software Project
Management Tools, Process
Automation.
• Configuration management
systems, which is an important
aspect of study for any software
project manager has been provided
extended coverage.
• Discussions on topics such as
software quality management,
software testing, and life cycle
models, have been strengthened by
adding more depth.
• Almost every chapter has been
supplemented with enhanced
pedagogical features, including
additional solved examples, case
studies, solved exercises (111), and
further exercises (108).
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Software Project
Management 2. Project Evaluation and
Programme Management 3. An
Overview of Project Planning 4.
Selection of an Appropriate Project
Approach 5. Software Effort Estimation
6. Activity Planning 7. Risk Management
8. Resource Allocation 9. Monitoring and
Control 10. Managing Contracts 11.
Managing People in Software
Environments 12. Working in Teams 13.
Software Quality
CBT ON MANAGING GLOBAL
SOFTWARE PROJECTS
by Ramesh Gopalaswamy
2004
ISBN : 9780070588035
APPLIED SOFTWARE
MEASUREMENT
3rd Edition
by Capers Jones
2008
ISBN : 9780070264649
This comprehensive volume details how
to deploy a cost-effective and pragmatic
analysis strategy. learn how to use
function points and baselines,
implement benchmarks and tracking
systems, and perform efficiency tests.
Full coverage of the latest regulations,
metrics, and standards is included.
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING • SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
88 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction Chapter 2. The
History and Evolution of Software
Metrics Chapter 3. United States
Averages for Software Productivity and
Quality Chapter 4. The Mechanics of
Measurement: Building a Baseline
Chapter 5. Measuring Software Quality
and User Satisfaction Chapter 6.
Measurements, Metrics, and Industry
Leadership Chapter 7. Summary of P
MANAGING GLOBAL
SOFTWARE PROJECTS
by Ramesh Gopalaswamy
2005
ISBN : 9780070598973
SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS AND
ESTIMATION
by Swapna Kishore and Rajesh Naik,
IT Consultants, New Delhi
2001 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9780070403123
Most software projects finish late, over
budget and do not deliver what the
customers want. Some get scarped and
quite a few need major rework to be of
any use. The reasons for this crisis
situation include: -Lack of understanding
of system requirements by customers
and developers. -Poor estimating
techniques. -Large variations in
programmer productivity. -Difficulty in
monitoring progress in a software
project. -Rapid growth in the size of
software systems. -Poor
communications among groups, team
members, etc.
ESTIMATING SOFTWARE COSTS
2nd Edition
by Jones Capers
2007
ISBN : 9780070659490
SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE
by Ramesh Gopalaswamy
2005
ISBN : 9780070483453
This book covers the practical issues
that confront software maintenance. It
includes a plethora of topics and
examples which highlight the aspects
that work and don’t work, while at the
same time retaining a balance between
theory and practice. It contains:
• Detailed checklists and templates
that assist an organization to
organize its software maintenance
and support functions.
• A fair balance between the 3 key
dimensions – People, Process and
Technology.
• Additional focus on the opportunities
and challenges of globalization.
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
AND DESIGN
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS &
DESIGN METHODS
7th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Jeffrey L. Whitten, Professor,
Purdue University; West Lafayette,
Indiana; Lonnie D. Bentley, Professor,
Purdue University, West Lafayette,
Indiana
2006 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780070634176
As with the previous editions of this
book, the authors write to balance the
coverage of concepts, tools, techniques,
and their applications, and to provide
the most examples of system analysis
and design deliverables available in any
book. The textbook also serves the
reader as a reference for best current
practices.
FEATURES
• Numerous illustrations facilitate
better comprehension.
• Chapter-end mini cases allow the
student to practice the concepts
learnt.
• UML based Objected Oriented
Analysis and Design is integrated
throughout the text.
FEATURES
• Chapter on Object-Oriented
Analysis and Modeling using UML:
Enhanced and expanded coverage
of the Object-Oriented approach.
• New material on the UML 2.0
updates in the three modeling
chapters - 7, 8 and 10.
• Expanded discussion on feasibility,
including environmental and political
considerations.
• Chapter 5: Expanded coverage of
Context diagrams.
• New updated coverage of VB.NET
and C-Sharp throughout the book.
CONTENTS
Part One: The Context of Systems
Development Projects 1. The Context
of Systems Analysis and Design
Methods 2. Information System Building
Blocks 3. Information Systems
Development 4. Project Management
Part Two: Systems Analysis Methods
5. Systems Analysis 6. Fact-Finding
Techniques Requirements Discovery 7.
Modeling System Requirements with
Use Cases 8. Data Modeling and
Analysis 9. Process Modeling 10.
Object-Oriented Analysis and Modeling
Using the UML 11. Feasibility Analysis
and the System Proposal Part Three:
Systems Design Methods 12.
Systems Design13. Application
Architecture and Modeling 14. Database
Design 15. Output Design and
Prototyping 16. Input Design and
Prototyping 17. User Interface Design
18. Object-Oriented Design and
Modeling Using the UML Part Four:
Beyond Systems Analysis and
Design 19. Systems Construction and
Implementation 20. Systems Operations
and Support
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT • SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 89
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
By Jeffrey L Whitten and
Lonnie D Bentley of Purdue University-
West Lafayette
2008 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780071285810
A completfe, but less complex approach
to SA&D. Introduction to Systems
Analysis & Design is organized like
Whitten’s best-selling Systems Analysis
& Design Methods, but without the
information systems architecture
framework theme that overwhelms
some students. Each chapter covers the
same topics, but stops short of
advanced details that are unnecessary
to the typical first course.
FEATURES
• No Systems Architecture
Framework While this method is still
important to many and a big reason
for the success of Whitten’s SA&D
Methods, removing it makes the
subject more accessible to many
students.
• Streamlined Chapter Content The
last layer of depth has been
removed from each subject,
allowing instructors to cover more
ground with fewer distractions.
CONTENTS
Part One: The Context of Systems
Development Projects Chapter 1: The
Context of Systems Analysis and
Design Methods Chapter 2: Information
Systems Development Chapter 3:
Project Management Part Two:
Systems Analysis Methods Chapter 4:
Systems Analysis Chapter 5: Fact-
Finding Techniques for Requirements
Discovery Chapter 6: Modeling System
Requirements with Use Cases Chapter
7: Data Modeling and Analysis Chapter
8: Process Modeling Chapter 9: Object-
Oriented Analysis and Modeling Using
the UML Chapter 10: Feasibility Analysis
and the System Proposal Part Three:
Systems Design Methods Chapter 11:
Systems Design Chapter 12: Application
Architecture and Modeling Chapter 13:
Database Design Chapter 14: Output
Design and Prototyping Chapter 15:
Input Design and Prototyping Chapter
16: User Interface Design Chapter 17:
Object-Oriented Design and Modeling
Using the UML Part Four: Beyond
Systems Analysis and Design Chapter
1 & : Systems Construction and
Implementation
STRUCTURED SYSTEM
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
(For DOEACC ‘A’ Level)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 456 Pages
ISBN : 9780070612044
This book is designed for the course on
Structured System Analysis and
Design offered to students taking the
DOEACC’s ‘A’ level certificate
examination. The book will also be
useful to the Diploma students who take
a paper on Structured System Analysis
and Design.
FEATURES
• MIS is introduced and dwelled on in
detail.
• Comprehensive treatment of
contemporary topics like Object
Oriented Analysis and Design and
UML.
• Written in a simple and lucid
language keeping in mind the
requirements of the target audience.
• Highly Illustrative with over 175
diagrams and 16 case studies.
• Over 500 practice problems
designed for sharpening concepts
learnt.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Object Oriented
Programming 2. The JAVA Language 3.
Variable Declarations and Arrays 4.
Operators in JAVA 5. Control
Statements 6. Introduction to Classes 7.
Classes and Methods in Detail 8.
Inheritance 9. Abstract Classes and
Interfaces 10. Exception Handling 11.
Multithreaded Programming 12.
Packages and Access Modifiers 13.
Handling Strings 14. The Language
Package 15. Collections and Utilities 16.
Input Output Classes 17. Networking
18. Applets 19. AWT : Components and
Containers 20. Layout Management and
Event Handling 21. SWING : Basic
Concepts 22. SWING : Advanced
Features 23. Images 24. JDBC 25.
Remote Method Invocation 26. Servlets
/ Appendix
International Edition
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
AN ACTIVE APPROACH
by George Marakas, University of
Kansas-Lawrence
2006 / 464 Pages
ISBN : 9780071116190
This new book provides a concise text
that teaches students first how to
identify the problem, before analyzing
and designing a solution. Marakas
applies the structure method of SA&D
with some coverage of object-oriented
methods as an alternative. This text is
accompanied by a web-based case
simulation option that provides a
realistic experience for students while
automating administration for the
instructor.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 The Systems Development
Environment Chapter 2 So What is the
Problem? Chapter 3 Identification and
Slelction of Development Projects
Chapter 4 Systems Requirements
Determination Chapter 5 Modeling the
Processes and Logic Chapter 6
Modeling the Data: Conceptual and
Logical Data Modeling Chapter 7 Case
Tools and Joint and Rapid Application
Development Chapter 8 Moving from
Analysis to Design Chapter 9 Designing
Systems for Diverse Environments
Chapter 10 Designing the Files and
Databases Chapter 11 Designing the
System Output Chapter 12 Designing
the Inputs and User Interface Chapter
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
90 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
13 Designing the Systems Internals
Chapter 14 Implementing and
Maintaining the System Appendix A
Project Management: Process,
Techniques, and Tools Appendix B
Object-Oriented Analysis and Design.
ANALYSIS & DESIGN OF
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
2nd Edition
by James A. Senn, Georgia State
University
2008 / 870 Pages
ISBN : 9780070140905
This text presents the fundamentals of
systems analysis and systems design in
a student-friendly approach. It is a
complete, accurate and eminently
practical book emphasizing upon actual
case studies throughout and offers
much wanted details on design of
output, input, and controls.
FEATURES
• Emphasis on practical aspects of
systems development
• Data flow diagrams and data
dictionary entries assembled to
document the system
• Project management and selection
of hardware and software discussed
thoroughly
CONTENTS
Part 1: Introduction to Information
Systems Development 1. Managing
the Application Development Portfolio
Part 2: Requirements Analysis And
Determination 2. Tools for Determining
Systems Requirements 3. Structured
Analysis Development Strategy. 4:
Application Prototype Development
Strategy. 5. Computer-Aided Systems
Tools Part 3: Systems Design 6. The
Analysis-to-Design Transition 7. Design
of Computer Output 8. Design of Input
and Control 9. Design of Online
Dialogue 10. Design of Files and Use of
Auxiliary Storage Devices 11. Design of
Database Interactions
12. Design for Data Communications
Part4: Implementation, Develop-ment
Management, and Selection of
Hardware and Software 13. Systems
Engineering and Quality Assurance 14.
Managing System Implementation 15.
Managing Information Systems
Development 16. Hardware and
Software Selection
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
International Edition
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
2nd Edition
by David Olson, University of
Nebraska, Lincoln
2004 / 360 Pages
ISBN : 9780071232616
Olson’s Introduction to Projec
Management, 2/e is a project
management text that focuses on
systems issues. The primary focus is to
examine the many issues facing MIS
project managers. The revision also now
incorporates the Project Management
Institute’s Body of Knowledge
(PMBOK), better preparing users for the
PMI certification exam. Olson focuses
on traditional project management
topics such as project adoption,
planning, scheduling, and
implementation while encouraging
students to view the projects holistically
and analytically. Utilizing the most
current software and project
management tools, he provides
students with the most effective
strategies for today’s IT project
managers.
FEATURES
• Integration and Use of Microsoft
Project Software- Microsoft Project
continues to be an integral
component, many of the exercises
require the use of Microsoft Project;
A separate chapter on Microsoft
Project (appendix) is available; A
trial version of Microsoft Project is
available via the student CD-ROM.
This integration provides the student
extensive exposure to MS Project
the leading commercial project
management software.
• Systems Perspective—Projects are
treated as systems within the text.
Students are encouraged to view
the projects holistically, rather than
as a sequence of unrelated
activities. This approach provides
the student the opportunity to better
develop their analytical skills.
• Selective coverage of quantitative
tools: Rather than burden the
students with a comprehensive
survey of all project management
tools, Olson provides students very
clear and concise coverage of those
quantitative tools and techniques
that are likely to be used most
frequently, such as estimation,
critical path, crashing, and
simulation. Tools are used in the
project selection portion of the text.
• Real World Examples - ÓProject
FocusÓ boxes are integrated into
the text to examine both successful
and unsuccessful project scenarios.
The boxes provide the student a
better understanding of how project
management is used on the job.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Project Management.
2. Human Aspects of Information
Systems Project Management. 3.
Project Organization. 4. Project
Selection and Approval. 5.
Requirements Definition. 6. System
Development. 7. Estimation. 8.
Quantitative Project Scheduling
Methods. 9. Probabilistic Scheduling
Models. 10. Project Implementation. 11.
Project Control and Assessment.
Appendix (Microsoft Project). PMBOK
Cross References
PROJECT PLANNING, SCHEDULING
& CONTROL: A HANDS-ON-GUIDE
TO BRINGING PROJECTS IN ON
TIME AND ON BUDGET, 3rd Edition
by Lewis
2004
ISBN : 9780070587670
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 91
OBJECT TECHNOLOGY
OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS
AND DESIGN
OBJECT-ORIENTED SYSTEMS
DEVELOPMENT“A GENTLE
INTRODUCTION
by Britton & Doake, Colby College
2012 / 286 Pages
ISBN : 9781259025990
This is an introductory text, a successor
volume to the authors' previous book
Software System Development: A
Gentle Introduction. It follows the
software development process, from
requirements capture to implementation,
using an object-oriented approach. The
book takes a practical viewpoint on
developing software using
objectoriented techniques. It provides
the reader with a basic understanding of
objectoriented concepts without getting
lost in technical detail.
FEATURES
• Written in a clear, friendly style
• Provides a simple, step by step,
development of the subject matter
• Contains case studies, examples
and exercises with solutions
• Support material provided on the
Authors' website
CONTENTS
1 Introduction 2 Framework and
Approaches 3 Object-Oriented
Concepts 4 Requirements 5 Modelling 6
The object Model 7 Dynamic Modelling
8 Implementation 9 Putting it all together
Bibliography Glossary Answers to
selected Exercises Index
International Edition
OBJECT-ORIENTED SYSTEMS
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN USING UML
4th Edition
by Simon Bennett, Celesio AG, Steve
McRobb, De Montfort, University, Ray
Farmer, Coventry University
2010 / 720 Pages
ISBN: 9780077125363
(McGraw-Hill UK Title)
www.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/
bennett
The fourth edition of Object- Oriented
Systems Analysis and Design has been
revised and updated to reflect the most
up-to-date approaches to information
systems development. Still a best-seller
in its field, Bennett’s, McRobb’s and
Farmer’s text remains a key teaching
resource for Systems Analysis and
Design courses at both undergraduate
and postgraduate level.
The book provides a clear, practical
framework for development that uses all
the major techniques from UML 2.2. It
follows an iterative and incremental
approach based on the industrystandard
Unified Process, placing
systems analysis and design in the
context of the whole systems lifestyle.
Structured in four parts, the first
provides the background to information
systems analysis and design and to
objectorientation. The second part
focuses on the activities of requirements
gathering and systems analysis, as well
as the basic notation of UML. Part three
covers the activities of systems
architecture and design, and UML
notation for object design, and the book
concludes with the implementation of
systems and the issues of how the
systems life cycle is organized and how
reusable components can be
developed.
FEATURES
• Updated notation following the very
latest version of the UML standard.
• Two realistic case studies that are
used throughout the book - one for
illustrative examples and the other
for practical exercises for the reader.
• Brand new, two colour text design.
• Additional material on the Online
Learning Centre website to
complement the chapters in the
book.
CONTENTS
A1 Agate Ltd Case Study—Introduction /
B1 FoodCo Ltd Case Study—
Introduction / 1. Information Systems—
What Are They? 2. Challenges in
Information Systems Development 3.
Meeting the Challenges 4. What is
Object-Orientation? 5. Modelling
Concepts 6. Requirements Capture A2
Agate Ltd Case Study—Requirements
Model 7. Requirement Analysis A3
Agate Ltd Case Study—Requirements
Analysis 8. Refining the Requirements
Model 9. Object Interaction 10.
Specifying Operations 11. Specifying
Control A4 Agate Ltd Case Study—
Further Analysis 12. Moving into Design
13. Systems Design and Architecture
14. Detailed Design 15. Design Patterns
16. Human–Computer Interaction 17.
Designing Boundary Classes 18. Data
Management Design A5 Agate Ltd Case
Study—Design 19. Implementation 20.
Software Reuse 21. Software
Development Processes
OBJECT ORIENTED SYSTEMS
DEVELOPMENT USING THE
UNIFIED MODELING LANGUAGE
1st Edition
by Ali Bahrami, Boeing Applied
Research & Technology
432 Pages
ISBN : 9780070265127
This book, intended for an introductory
course in object-oriented systems
development at the junior, senior and
first-year graduate level, provides a
clear description of the concepts
underlying object-oriented systems
development.
FEATURES
• Unified Modeling Language notation
for Object Oriented Modeling
• Real World Issues on Agendavignettes
integrated throughout text
show students real world
applications of Object Oriented
concepts
OBJECT TECHNOLOGY
92 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• A running case study on analyzing
and designing a bank system is
used throughout the text
CONTENTS
PART I: Introduction Chapter 1.
Overview of Object-Oriented Systems
Development Chapter 2. Object Basics
Chapter 3. Systems Development Life
Cycle: Unified Approach PART II:
Methodology and Modeling Chapter 4.
Object-Oriented Methodology Chapter
5. Unified Modeling Language PART III:
Object-Oriented Analysis Chapter 6.
Object-Oriented Analysis: The Use
Case Driven Process Chapter 7. Object
Analysis: Classification Chapter 8.
Object Relationship Analysis PART IV:
Object-Oriented Design Chapter 9.
Object-Oriented Design Process and
Benchmarking Chapter 10. Designing
Classes: Defining Attributes and
Methods Chapter 11. Object Storage
and Access Layer Chapter 12.
Designing the View Layer: Toward
Object-Oriented User Interface (OOUI)
PART V: Software Quality Chapter 13.
Measuring User Satisfaction and
Systems Usability Chapter 14. Software
Quality Assurance / Appendix A
Document Template / Appendix B
Windows Basics / Glossary/ Index
OBJECT-ORIENTED DESIGN
USING JAVA
by Dale Skrien, Colby College
2011 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9780071321235
The primary strength of Object-Oriented
Design Using Java is that it has one of
the best presentations of problem
solving using patterns available. It has
received rave reviews from instructors,
and has been class tested at a number
of schools where the response from
both professors and students has been
extremely positive. This book is
intended for the object-oriented
programming design course where UML
is used extensively for design and
notation. It has been especially
designed to be accessible to students
and is full of real-world examples, case
studies, and other aids to assist student
understanding.
FEATURES
• Provides software solutions to
programming problems to help
students identify the difference
between effective program design
from inefficient design.
• Real world example programs are
used to prepare students for
decisions they will make in their
careers.
• Each chapter contains over 50
examples and exercises to help
illustrate new concepts through
hands-on learning.
CONTENTS
1: Elegance in Object-Oriented Design
and Implementation 2: Fundamentals of
Object Orientation 3: Elegance and
Implementation Inheritance 4: Elegance
and Methods 5: Elegance and Classes
6: Simple Case Study of a Money Class
7: Introduction to Design Patterns 8:
Figure-Drawing Application Case Study
9: Language Parser Case Study /
Appendix A: An Introduction to UML /
Appendix B: Coding Conventions and
Javadoc comments
OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS &
DESIGN
by Haigh
2001 / 500 Pages
ISBN : 9780070472778
UML
UML: A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
by Roff
2003
ISBN : 9780070531406
(Osborne Reprint)
Essential skills for first-time
programmers! This easy-to-use book
explains the fundamentals of UML.
You’ll learn to read, draw, and use this
visual mod el ing language to create
clear and effective blueprints for
software development projects. The
modular approach of this series—
including drills, sample projects, and
mastery checks—makes it easy to learn
to use this powerful programming
language at your own pace.
CONTENTS
1: UML Fundamentals. 2: Use Case
Diagrams. 3: Introduction to Object-
Oriented Design. 4: Workflow Modeling
with Activity Diagrams. 5: Modeling
Behavior with Sequence Diagrams. 6:
Defining Domain Models Using Class
Diagrams. 7: Collaboration Diagrams. 8:
Further Explanation of Class Diagrams.
9: Further Explanation of Sequence
Diagramming. 10: Modeling Behavior
with Statechart Diagrams. 11:
Architecting with Implementation
Diagrams. 12: Using the Object
Constraint Language. A: Answers to
Mastery Checks
International Edition
SCHAUM’S
OUTLINE GUIDE TO UML
2nd Edition
by Simon Bennett, John Skelton and
Ken Lunn
2005 / 187 Pages
ISBN : 9780071247719
OBJECT TECHNOLOGY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 93
MULTIMEDIA
CONCEPTS
MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGIES
by A Banerji, Jones International
University; A.M. Ghosh, Bengal
Engineering and Science University,
Kolkata
2009 / 315 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669239
Multimedia tchnology is characterised
by fast developments in communication
Internet, hardware technologies and
tools. Keeping this in mind this book will
be neutral to specific developmental
software. Further, in order to stimulate
learning and for catering to the various
learning styles, the book adopts varied
presentation approach. This includes -
practical orientation backed by
theoretical foundations, examples,
exercises and resources.
FEATURES
• Easy to use format with MindMap®
for each chapter designed for quick
scanning and reference
• Plenty of support and resources for
instructors and for students
• Balanced presentation providing
essential aspects of both theoretical
foundations and practical knowledge
• Designed as a course that could be
used in an classroom environment
and also provide guidance for self
learning and knowledge updating
• Exercises and assignments for
stimulating further interest
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Multimedia 2.
Applications of Multimedia 3. Computer
Graphics 4. Interaction Technologies
and Devices 5. Compression
Technologies for Multmedia 6. Text in
Multimedia Applications 7. Digital
Images 8. Digital Audio in Multimedia
Applications 9. Digital Videoand
animation 10. Designing and Developing
Multimedia 11. Internet.
PRINCIPLES OF MULTIMEDIA
by Ranjan Parekh Asstt. Professor,
School of Education Technology,
Jadavpur University, Kolkata.
2006 / 764 Pages
ISBN : 9780070588332
Principles of Multimedia, provides a
broad and comprehensive overview of
the emerging and ever changing field of
Multimedia. The book covers the entire
gamut of Multimedia components and
development processes right from the
basic building blocks like Text, Graphics,
Audio, Video, and Animation to
Compression techniques, Multimedia
Architecture and Applications
development.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 : Multimedia – an Overview
Chapter 2 : Digital Representation
Chapter 3 : Visual Display Systems
Chapter 4 : Text Chapter 5 : Image
Chapter 6 : Graphics Chapter 7 : Audio
Chapter 8 : Video Chapter 9 : Animation
Chapter 10 : Compression Chapter 11 :
CD-Technology Chapter 12 : Network
Essentials Chapter 13 : Multimedia
Architecture Chapter 14 : Multimedia
Documents Chapter 15 : Multimedia
Application Development Chapter 16 :
Virtual Reality Chapter 17 : Future
Directions Bibliography / Appendix
MULTIMEDIA: MAKING IT WORK
by Tay Vaughan is a widely known
multimedia authority. He has developed
and produced projects for clients
including Apple, Microsoft, Lotus,
Novell, and Sun.
2011 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780071331814
Multimedia: Making It Work, Eighth
Edition explains how to incorporate text,
images, sound, animation, and video
into compelling projects. Hardware and
software tools are described in detail.
Discover how to design, organize,
produce, and deliver multimedia
projects on the Web, CD-ROM, and
DVD. Each chapter includes fullcolor
illustrations and screenshots,
professional insights from multimedia
experts, self-quizzes, and hands-on
projects.
EACH CHAPTER INCLUDES
• Learning objectives
• Full-color illustrations
• Helpful notes, tips, and warnings
• Chapter summaries and key term
lists• End-of-chapter quizzes and
lab projects
THE CD-ROM FEATURES
• Additional chapter review questions
in a practice test application
• Trial versions of multimedia software
CONTENTS
1. What Is Multimedia 2. Text 3. Images
4. Sound 5. Animation 6. Video 7.
Making Multimedia 8. Multimedia Skills
9. Planning and Costing 10. Designing
and Producing 11. Content and Talent
12. The Internet and Multimedia 13.
Designing for the World Wide Web 14.
Delivering / Appendix
DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF
INTERACTIVE MULTIMEDIA
SYSTEMS
by Mohammad Dastbaz, South Bank
University
2002 / 350 Pages
ISBN : 9780071230032
(McGraw-Hill UK Title)
The book provides both a theoretical
background as well as practical
guidelines in the area of design and
developments of Interactive Multimedia
Systems. It consists of examples and
sample case studies taking the reader
through the design and development
process steps.
CONTENTS
Introduction: Chapter 1. What is
Multimedia. Chapter 2. Multimedia
Hardware. Chapter 3. Media Integration
and Production Issues. Chapter 4.
Designing for Usability - Human Factors
in the Design of Interactive Multimedia
Systems. Chapter 5. Issues in Design &
Developments of Interactive Multimedia
MULTIMEDIA
94 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Systems (IMS). Chapter 6. Evaluation of
Interactive Multimedia Systems.
Chapter 7. The WWW as a
Hypermedia Environment.a PC vendor.
Chapter 8. Multimedia as a developing
Technology. The final chapter that will
give a brief insight into the development
of the Multimedia technology, including
Mobile multimedia.
DREAMWEAVER
International Edition
WEB DESIGN USING
DREAMWEAVER
by Marc D Miller, Augusta State
University and Thomas C Padgett,
State University of West Georgia
2003 / 256 Pages
ISBN : 9780071199995
Web Page Design using Dreamweaver,
by Marc Miller and Thomas Padgett,
offers students an understanding of web
development using the powerful
DreamWeaver product. Unique online
interactive training modules stress
hands-on experience with each
chapter’s concepts and procedures.
Through the use of the text and
modules, the student will learn how to
use DreamWeaver to create a fully
functional business website from a
starting point of a blank web page.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Working in Dreamweaver.
Chapter 2: Site Definition. Chapter 3:
Setting Up A Document. Chapter 4:
Page Layout -Tables. Chapter 5: Page
Layout – Layers and Layout View.
Chapter 6: Frames. Chapter 7: Images
in Dreamweaver. Chapter 8: Linking and
Navigation. Chapter 9: Dreamweaver
Assets.Chapter 10: Cascading Style
Sheets (CSS). Chapter 11: Forms.
Chapter 12: Using Behaviors
CORELDRAW
-
CORELDRAW X5
THE OFFICIAL GUIDE
by Gary David Bouton has used
CorelDRAW professionally for more
than 15 years and is the author of six
books covering previous versions.
2011 / 1008 Pages
ISBN: 9780071077439
CorelDRAW X5 The Official Guide is the
one-stop tutorial for learning how to
create gorgeous graphics for a variety of
print and web uses. Packed with
examples and techniques, this book
delivers details no CorelDRAW user can
afford to be without!
Ideal for beginners through experts
getting started on the new release, the
book explains how to install the
software, use the illustration and
drawing tools, work with text, apply
colors, fills, and outlines, apply special
effects, and work in 3D. This is the only
Corel-authorized book on CorelDRAW
to cover the current version of the
product.
CORELDRAW X5 THE OFFICIAL
GUIDE FEATURES:
• Two new chapters on PHOTOPAINT,
the image-editing software
that’s included in the CorelDRAW
software box
• Four-color insert that highlights
results of various filters and effects
• Hundreds of tips, tricks, and
shortcuts that show how to get the
most out of the features
• Expert instruction on illustration
techniques
CONTENTS
Part I CorelDRAW X5 Essentials
1. What’s New in CorelDRAW X5?
2. Exploring Your Workspace 3.
CorelDRAW’s Ins and Outs: Importing,
Exporting, and Saving Design Work 4.
Navigation and Page Setup 5. The X5
Test Drive Part II Getting Started with
CorelDRAW X5 6. Working with Singleand
Multi-Page Documents 7.
Measuring and Drawing Helpers 8.
Creating Basic Shapes, Applying
Transformations 9. Moving, Scaling,
Rotating: Basic Transformations Part III
Working with Object Tools 10.
Drawing and Editing Objects 11.Editing
Objects Part IV Working with Text 12.
Getting Artistic with Text 13.Typography
Rules and Conventions 14. Getting Your
Words Perfect Part V Attributes for
Objects and Lines 15.Filling Objects
16. Outline Attributes 17. Digital Color
Theory Put to Practice Part VI
Creating the Illusion of 3D Objects
18.Working with Perspective 19.
Extruding Objects Part VII Creating
Special Effects 20. Envelope and
Distortion Effects 21. Blends and
Contours 22. Lens Effects,
Transparency, Shadows, Glows, and
Bevels Part VIII The Bitmap Side of
Corel Graphics Suite 23. Bitmap Boot
Camp: Working with Photographs 24.
Advanced Photography Techniques with
CorelDRAW 25. An Introduction to
PHOTO-PAINT 26. PHOTO-PAINT
Effects and Advanced Editing Part IX
Thinking Outside of the (Tool) Box 27.
Printing: Professional Output 28. Basic
HTML Page Layout and Publishing /
Index
FLEX
FLEX 3: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
by Michele E. Davis; Jon A. Phillips
2008
ISBN : 9780070248687
This is a complete, self-paced
introduction to Flex 3, the powerful new
tool for building multimedia-rich,
interactive Flash applications for the
Web. The book introduces Flex 3 in
easy-to-follow modules that allow
novices to fully grasp the fundamentals.
Find a wide-range of topics covered,
such as working with MXML and
ActionScript and creating dashboards,
mashups, and emulators. Real-world
examples and reusable sample code
are included.
CONTENTS
Acknowledgments / Introduction /
MULTIMEDIA
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 95
Chapter 1. Flex Fundamentals Chapter
2. Installation and Modules Chapter 3.
Getting Started Chapter 4. Working with
Flex Builder Chapter 5. States,
Transitions, and Behaviors Chapter 6.
Modifying Your Application's
Appearance Chapter 7. Data Access
Chapter 8. Debugging and Profiling
Chapter 9. Working with Media Assets/
Deploying / Appendix A: ActionScript
and MXML Reference / Glossary /
Index
INTERNET AND
WORLDWIDE WEB
U.S. Edition
INTERNET LITERACY
4th Edition
By Fred T. Hofstetter, University of
Delaware
2006
ISBN : 9780073214542
(with Student CD)
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Dreamweaver coverage in addition
to FrontPage and Nvu
• Illustrated timelines detailing the
history of the Internet
• Learn how to conduct and correctly
document scholarly searches
following APA, MLA and CMS
guidelines
FEATURES
• Increased coverage of Internet
security to help protect from a wide
range of computer attacks
• Latest information on copyright
issues, equity, wireless
technologies, PDAs and media hubs
• Windows and Macintosh compatible
textbook with coverage of iTunes for
both
CONTENTS
Introduction. Part One: Understanding
The Internet. Chapter 1. Defi nitions.
Chapter 2. How The Internet Is
Changing The World. Part Two: Getting
On The Internet. Chapter 3. Getting
Connected. Chapter 4. Surfi ng The Net.
Part Three: Communicating Over The
Internet. Chapter 5. Internet Etiquette
(Netiquette). Chapter. Electronic Mail.
Chapter 7. Listserv Mailing Lists.
Chapter 8. Usenet Newsgroups,Web-
Based Forums, And Rss Blogs. Chapter
9. Communicating In Real Time.
Chapter 10. Streaming Media And
Synchronized Multimedia. Part Four:
Finding Things On The Internet. Chapter
11. Searching For Information. Chapter
12. Commonly Found Internet File
Types. Chapter 13. Downloading From
The Internet. Chapter 14. Bibliographic
Style For Citing Internet Resources. Part
Five: Creating Web Pages. Chapter 15.
Web Page Creation Strategies. Chapter
16. Web Page Design. Chapter 17. How
Html Works. Chapter 18. Creating Your
Web Page Resume. Chapter 19.
Putting Images On Web Pages.
Chapter 20. Using Tables And Css For
Web Page Layout. Chapter 21. Making
A Local Web Site And A Home Page.
Chapter 22. Publishing Files On The
World Wide Web. Part Six: Using
Multimedia On The Internet. Chapter 23.
How Web Browsers Do Multimedia.
Chapter 24. Audio Recording And
Embedding. Part Seven: Planning For
The Future Of The Internet. Chapter 25.
Societal Issues. Chapter 26. Emerging
Technology. Chapter 27. How To Keep
Up And Stay Secure. Appendix A:
Internet Toolkit For Windows And
Macintosh. Appendix B: Progressive
Case Projects. Appendix C: Basic
Windows And Macintosh Tutorials.
INTERNET & INTRANET
ENGINEERING
by Minoli
1999 / 424 Pages
ISBN : 9780074637432
CONTENTS
1. Internet Structure, Protocols and
Access with an Eye to Intranets. 2.
Router Technology. 3. Internet and
Intranet Web Server Technology,
Access and Protocols. 4. HTML
Technology, Applications and Examples.
5. Browsing Systems for the Web, the
Internet and Intranets. 6. Building a
Corporate Web Site: Practical Issues on
Servers and Application Software. 7.
On-Line Services: Technology,
Applications and Vendors. 8. Broadband
Communications for the Internet and
Intranets. 9. Virtual Reality Applications
on the Internet and Intranets. Appendix
Company Information for Key Browsers.
Glossary. Index
INTERNET AND WEB
TECHNOLOGIES
by Raj Kamal, Institute of Computer
Science and Electronics, Devi Ahilya
University, Indore
2002 / 512 Pages
ISBN : 9780070472969
INTERNET TECHNOLOGY AND
WEB DESIGN
By ISRD Group, Lucknow
2011/ 368 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072762
The book covers the entire syllabus of
DOEACC ‘O’ and ‘A’- R4 Level Module.
The book starts with the basics of
Internet and World Wide Web and goes
on to explain the various applications
like Email, Browsing, Surfing,
Searching, Web Page Design etc. which
stress on the important security aspects
needed to be practiced. Each of the 12
chapters comprehensively highlight
important aspects of the internet, www,
or communicating online with internet
security.
FEATURES
• Key concepts and ideas that often
appear daunting to a novice are
introduced in a simple and easy to
understand way, using examples
and pictures
• Written in a simple and lucid
language keeping in mind the
requirements of the target audience
• Chapter-end exercises prepared
according to DOEACC question
paper pattern
MULTIMEDIA
96 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• Pedagogy:
• Multiple Choice Questions: 62
• True/False: 60
• Fill in the Blanks: 65
• Descriptive Questions: 56
• Solved Examples: 32
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Internet 2. Internet
Technology and Protocol 3. Internet
Connectivity 4. Internet Tools nad
Multimedia 5. WWW and Web Browser
6. Web Publishing 7. HTML 8. E-mail 9.
Computer Networks 10. Remote Login
11 Usenet and Internet relay Chat 12
Internet and Web Security
INLINE/ONLINE FUNDAMENTALS
OF THE INTERNET AND THE
WORLD WIDE WEB
2nd Edition
by Raymond Greenlaw, Armstrong
Atlantic State University
2005
ISBN : 9780070611139
In its second edition, Inline/Online:
Fundamentals of the Internet and the
World Wide Web continues to offer
students an entertaining and
pedagogically superior introduction to
the Internet, Web Design, and HTML
coding in textbook format. This new
edition features enhanced coverage of
FTP, discussion of a wider array of
search engines, new material on
cascading style sheets, and an
expanded and up-to-the-minute
presentation of the current state of ecommerce.
Outside of the classroom,
this book remains an excellent resource
for anyone who is interested in recent
computing developments, online
information, and the Internet as the new
social and economic frontier. Inline/
Online distinguishes itself as a text by
offering an in-depth treatment of the
Internet for non-computer specialists,
thus making it accessible to students
from all majors. E-mail, Newsgroups/
Mailing Lists, web programming,
electronic publishing, and search
engines are among the topics authors
Ray Greenlaw and Ellen Hepp cover
with flair and a sense of their
relationship to real-world applications.
Students begin by learning the basics of
e-mail and by the end of the course
have the skills to publish their own welldesigned
web Pages. In addition, the
book contains over 500 exercises, many
of them new to the second edition,
which allow the reader test and refine
their new skills online. An Online
Learning Center accompanies the book
and offers an array of supplementary
materials such as HTML examples,
useful links, and rendered code from the
book. McGraw-Hill’s Page Out allows
professors to customize the site by
including their own course syllabus, a
list of students, grading information,
assignments, projects, and more.
CONTENTS
1 Fundamentals of Electronic Mail. 2
Jump Start: Browsing and Publishing. 3
The Internet. 4 The World Wide Web. 5
Searching the World Wide Web. 6
Telnet and FTP. 7 Basic HTML. 8 Web
Graphics. 9 Advanced HTML. 10
Newsgroups and Mailing Lists, Chat
Rooms, and MUDs. 11 Electronic
Publishing. 12 Web Programming
Material. 13 Multimedia. 14 Privacy and
Security Topics. Appendix A Internet
Service Providers. Appendix B Text
Editing. Appendix C Pine Mail Program.
Appendix D Basic UNIX. Appendix E
HTML Tags. Appendix F Acronyms.
Appendix G My URLs
THE INTERNET COMPLETE
REFERENCE
by Hahn
1996 / 802 Pages
ISBN : 9780074631621
INTERNET:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
Millenium Edition
by Young, Margaret Levine
1999 / 956 Pages
ISBN : 9780074639818
(Osborne Reprints)
INTERNET:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
2nd Edition
by Margaret Levine Young
2002 / 896 Pages
ISBN : 9780070486997
CONTENTS
Part I: Connecting to the Internet: 1
Internet Connection Concepts. 2 How
the Domain Name System Works. 3
Configuring Your Internet Connection. 4
Connecting Your LAN to the Internet.
Part II: Exchanging E-mail: 5 E-mail
Concepts. 6 Configuring Your E-mail
Program. 7 Sending and Receiving Files
by E-mail. 8 Fighting Spam, Sorting
Mail, and Avoiding E-mail Viruses. Part
III: Chatting and Conferencing on the
Internet: 9 Online Chatting, Messaging,
and Conferencing Concepts. 10 E-mail
Mailing Lists. 11 Usenet Newsgroup
Concepts. 12 Reading Usenet
Newsgroups. 13 Internet Relay Chat
(IRC). 14 Instant Messaging. 15 Web-
Based Chat Rooms and Discussion
Boards. 16 Voice and Video
Conferencing. Part IV: Viewing the
World Wide Web: 17 World Wide Web
Concepts. 18 Streamlining Your
Browsing. 19 Keeping Track of Your
Favorite Web Sites. 20 Web Security,
Privacy, and Site-Blocking. 21
Searching the Web. 22 Audio and Video
on the Web. Part V: Creating and
Maintaining Web Sites: 23 Web Site
Creation Concepts. 24 Creating Web
Pages by Hand. 25 Using Web Page
Editors. 26 Creating and Optimizing
Web Graphics. 27 Creating Web Audio
Files. 28 Forms, Interactivity, and
Database-Driven Web Sites. 29
Advanced Web Page Options. 30
Uploading Web Pages. 31 Building
Traffic to Your Web Site. 32 Web
Commerce. Part VI: File Transfer and
Down Loading. 33: File Transfer by
Web, FTP, and Peer-to-Peer. 34
Downloading and Installing Software
MULTIMEDIA
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 97
US Edition
IIS 6 ADMINISTRATION
by Mitch Tulloch
2003 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780072194852
(Osborne Title)
CONTENTS
Prt 1: Overview: 1: Introducing IIS 6. 2:
IIS 6 Architecture. Part II:Deployment:
3: Planning Deployment. 4: Installing IIS
6. Part III: Basic Administration: 5:
Administering Standard/Enterprise
Edition. 6: Administering Web Edition. 7:
Creating and Configuring Websites. 8:
Creating and Configuring Applications.
9: Creating and Configuring FTP Sites.
Part IV: Advanced Administration: 10:
Securing IIS 11: Working from the
Command-Line. 12: Performance
Tuning and Monitoring. 13: Maintenance
and Troubleshooting. 14: Working with
the Metabase. 15: SMTP and NNTP. 16:
Publishing with IIS. Part V:
Appendixes: A: Comparison of IIS 5
and 6. B: Useful IIS Resources
WEB SERVICES
AN INTRODUCTION TO WEB
SERVICES (Softcover)
by Kumar & Subramanya
2004 / 475 Pages
ISBN : 9780070593787
Web services have now started making
a mark in the world of business by
building business automation
capabilities. The potential tangible
benefits of web services have make
strategists, executives, critics to
evaluate it in terms of technology
adoption and incorporation into the
existing intranet, extranet and internet
environments. This book addresses the
web services arena with a specific
agenda of providing information right
from covering the fundamental aspects
to its deployment and implementation
issues. The content is introductory in
nature, and covers not only the
technology aspects, but also highlights
the application scenarios across the
industry. In order to illustrate the
potential of web services, a case study
exemplifying the Financial and Banking
Services industry has been chosen for
presentation the book. Part I of the book
provides an overview of web services
and covers the evolution of web
services to its present form. In Part II,
constituents of web services are
covered in detail. This part also covers
predominant mechanisms of accessing
and availing web services. In Part III,
Financial and Banking Services Industry
has been chosen for a detailed analysis
of the impact of web services
technology. Emphasis of this part is on
the detailed case study that deals with
the development and implementation
exercise of web services as applied to a
particular enterprise banking
organization. This case study provides
elaborate step-by-step details from
proof-of-concept to prototype
development. Audience: This book is
designed for IT professionals in the
making, those who teach and all those
who implement. The primary audiences
for this book are the following:
Academicians, Professors, Educators,
Trainers and Students; Enterprise
Solution Architects and Designers;
Business and Technology professionals
The companion website provides a
refreshing and stimulating experience in
transacting on the web. http://highered.
mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0070593787
WEB PROGRAMMING
& DESIGN
HTML
HTML & CSS:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
5th Edition
by Powell
2010
ISBN : 9780070701946
CONTENTS
Part I: Core Markup Chapter 1:
Traditional HTML and XHTML Chapter
2: Introduction to HTML 5 Chapter 3:
HTML and XHTML Element Reference
Part II: Core Style Chapter 4:
Introduction to CSS Chapter 5: CSS
Syntax and Property Reference Chapter
6: CSS 3, Propertietary and Emerging
Features Reference Appendices
Appendix A: Character Entities
Appendix B: Fonts Appendix C: Colors
Appendix D: URLs Appendix E:
Reading a Document Type Definition
HTML, XHTML & CSS QUICKSTEPS
by Guy Hart-Davis
2010
ISBN : 9780070703537
Learn how to use HTML, XHTML, and
CSS, right away—the QuickSteps way.
Photos and screenshots with clear
instructions show you how to build your
own website, add graphics and links,
and create tables and frames. Learn
how to apply the power and flexibility of
XHTML and CSS to your website, and
make sure it’s compatible with all
browsers for PCs and Macs. Coded
tabs make it easy to flip straight to the
information you need. Get your website
up and running in no time with help from
this easy-to-use guide.
Use these handy guideposts:
• Shortcuts for accomplishing
common tasks
• Need-to-know facts in concise
narrative
• Helpful reminders or alternate ways
of doing things
MULTIMEDIA • WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
98 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
• Bonus information related to the
topic being covered
• Errors and pitfalls to avoid
CONTENTS
1. Creating Your First Web Pages with
HTML and XHTML 2. Choosing a Web
Host and Getting Your Own Website 3.
Formatting Web Pages and Applying
Manual Formatting 4. Adding Graphics
to Your Web Pages 5. Adding Links 6.
Creating Tables 7. Creating Frames 8.
Applying Formatting Using Cascading
Style Sheets 9. Creating Web Pages
Using Microsoft Office Applications 10.
Using Forms and Scripts
HTML:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
by Wendy Willard
2009 / 548 Pages
ISBN : 9780070677234
CONTENTS
Part I: HTML Basics Chapter 1.
Getting Started Chapter 2. Basic Page
Structure Chapter 3. Color Chapter 4.
Working with Text Chapter 5. Working
with LinksChapter 6. Working with
Images Chapter 7. Working with
Multimedia Chapter 8. Creating Lists
Chapter 9. Using Tables Chapter 10.
Developing Frames Chapter 11.
Employing Forms Chapter 12.
Positioning Page Elements Chapter 13.
HTML for E-Mail Part II: Beyond HTML
Chapter 14. Creating Your Own Web
Graphics Chapter 15. Web Content
Chapter 16. Dynamic Content Chapter
17. Making Pages Available to Others
Part III: Appendixes Appendix A.
Answers to Self Test Appendix B.
HTML/CSS Reference Table Appendix
C. Troubleshooting (FAQs) Appendix D.
Special Characters Appendix E. File
Types / Index
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF HTML
by David Mercer
2004 / 240 Pages
ISBN : 9780070589155
WORLD WIDE WEB DESIGN
WITH HTML
by C Xavier
1999 / 272 Pages
ISBN : 9780074639719
HTML & WEB DESIGN:
TIPS & TECHNIQUES
by Kris Jamsa
2002 / 900 Pages
ISBN : 9780070499218
(Osborne Reprint)
International Edition
EVEN MORE EXCELLENT HTML
WITH HTML REFERENCE GUIDE
2nd Edition
by Timothy T. Gottleber, North Lake
College, Texas
2003 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780071212854
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 An HTML Overview. Chapter
2 Your First Web Page. Chapter 3 Links
- Let’s Get Hyper. Chapter 4 Lists -
Bringing Order to the Chaos. Chapter 5
Formatting - Is What You See What You
Get? Chapter 6 Images A Picture is
Worth a 1,000 Words. Chapter 7 Tables
- Data in Rows and Columns. Chapter 8
Styles - Some Have It and Some Don’t.
Chapter 9 Multimedia Beyond Static
Web Pages. Chapter 10 Frames -
Divide and Conquer. Chapter 11 Forms -
Handling User Input. Chapter 12
Jazzing Up Your HTML. Chapter 13
JavaScript Programs for HTML. Chapter
14 Images Maps and Dynamic HTML.
Chapter 15 XML Overview (New).
Chapter 16 Pragmatic Hypertext - It Ain’t
All Pictures! Appendix A Style Guides.
Appendix B Using File Transfer
Protocol. Appendix C History of the
Internet (New) HTML Reference Guide
Contents. Section A Summary of HTML
4.0 Elements (New). Section B
Summary of XML Elements (New).
Section C Style Properties and Values
(old Appendix B). Section D Common
Character Sets (old Appendix C).
Section E Color blow-in/bind in page
International Edition
PROGRAMMING THE WEB USING
XHTML AND JAVASCRIPT
by Larry Randles Lagerstrom
2003 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780071199971
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to the Internet.
Chapter 2. Creating a Basic Web Page.
Chapter 3. Cascading Style Sheets.
Chapter 4. Attributes, Lists and Tables.
Chapter 5. Images, Links and
Multimedia. Chapter 6. Web Page
Design and Layout. Chapter 7.
Introduction to Programming and
JavaScript. Chapter 8. Objects and
Variables. Chapter 9. Functions and
Parameters. Chapter 10. Forms and
Interactive Server. Chapter 11.
Performing Calculations. Chapter 12.
Increasing the Interactivity. Chapter 13.
Putting It All Together: Online Quizzes
and Slide Shows. Chapter 14. Loops
and Arrays. Chapter 15. Strings, Dates
and Cookies. Chapter 16. Custom
Objects: Creating and Searching a
Database. Chapter 17. JavaScript with
Frames and Windows. Appendices: A.
Sitebuilding Exercises. B. HTML and
XHTML Elements. C. Converting HTML
into XHTML. D. Basic Style and
Properties and Values. E. Color and
Character Codes. F. JavaScript
Versions, Objects and Reserved Words.
G. Common HTML and JavaScript
Errors. H. Publishing a Web Page on
the Internet. I. Tools and Resources
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 99
JAVA
PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA
4th Edition
by E Balagurusamy: Chairman: EBG
Foundation, Coimbatore
2009 / 470 Pages
ISBN : 9780070141698
Programming with Java, 4e gives an
excellent account of the fundamentals of
Java Programming. The language
concepts are aptly explained in simple
and easy-to-understand style, supported
with examples, illustrations and
programming and debugging exercises.
FEATURES
• Discusses updates added to the
latest version of JAVA.
• Covers topics like Multithreading
and Graphics classes in depth.
• Includes new sections on Event
Handling, AWT Classes and
Swings.
• Enhancement of topics like
Multithreading, Event Handling etc.
• Shows how to create and implement
applets.
• Two new full-fledged projects.
• Includes model questions from Sun
Certified Java Programmer Exam.
CONTENTS
1: Fundamentals of Object-Oriented
Programming 2: Java Evolution 3:
Overview of Java Language 4:
Constants, Variable and Data types 5:
Operators and Expressions 6: Decision
Making and Branching 7: Decision
Making and Looping 8: Classes,
Objects and Methods 9: Arrays, Strings
and Vectors 10: Interfaces: Multiple
Inheritance 11: Packages: Putting
Classes Together 12: Multithreading
Programming 13: Managing Error and
Exceptions 14: Applet Programming 15:
Graphics Programming 16: Managing
Inputs/Output Files in Java 17: Java
Collections Appendices: Appendix A:
Java Language Reference Appendix
B: Java Keywords Appendix C:
Difference between Java C/C++
Appendix D: Bit-level Programming
Appendix E: Java API Packages
Appendix F: Java Classes and Their
Packages Appendix G: Assertion and
Design by Contract Appendix H: Java
Version History Appendix I: Deprecated
Classes and Methods Appendix J:
Statistics of Java Packages Appendix
K: SCJP Exam Model Questions
Appendix L: Points to Remember
Appendix M: Common Coding Errors
Appendix N: Glossary of Java Terms
Appendix O: Projects Bibliography /
Index
INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
WITH JAVA : A PROBLEM-SOLVING
APPROACH
by John Dean, Park University,
Parkville Raymond Dean, University of
Kansas, Lawrence
2012 / 848 Pages
ISBN : 9781259025952
This book teaches the reader how to
write programs using Java. It does so
with a unique“approach that combines
fundamentals first with objects early.
The book transitions“smoothly through a
carefully selected set of procedural
programming fundamentals to“objectoriented
fundamentals. During this early
transition and beyond, the book
emphasizes problem solving.
FEATURES
• A conversational, easy-to-follow
writing style.
• Many executable code examples
that clearly and efficiently illustrate
key concepts.
• Extensive use of UML class
diagrams to specify problem
organization.
• Simple GUI programming early, in
an optional standalone graphics
track.
• Well-identified alternatives for
altering the book's sequence to fit
individual needs.
• Well-developed projects in six
different academic disciplines, with
a handy summary.
• Detailed customizable
PowerPointTM lecture slides, with
icon-keyed hidden notes.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computers and
Programming 2. Aglorithms and Design
3. Java Basics 4. Control Statements 5.
Using Pre-Built Methods 6. Object-
Oriented Programming 7. Object-
Oriented Programming-Additional
Details 8. Software Engineering 9.
Classes with Class Members 10. Arrays
and Arrays Lists 11. Type Details and
Alternate Coding Mechanisms 12.
Composition and Inheritance 13.
Inheritance and Polymorphism 14.
Execption Handling 15. Files 16. GUI
Programming Basics 17. GUI
Programming-Componenet Layout,
Additional GUI Components
JAVA PROGRAMMING FROM THE
GROUND UP
by Ralph Bravaco, Stonehill College
Shai Simonson, Stonehill College
2012 / 1136 Pages
ISBN : 9781259025631
Java Programming, From The Ground
Up, with its flexible organization,
teaches Java in“a way that is refreshing,
fun, interesting and still has all the
appropriate programming“pieces for
students to learn. The motivation behind
this writing is to bring a
logical,“readable, entertaining approach
to keep your students involved.
FEATURES
• Bug Extermination tips on some
commonly occurring bugs and hints
for how best to avoid them
• A “Just the Facts” summary of the
important ideas at the end of each
chapter can be viewed at a glance
• Exercises--Each chapter contains a
variety of exercises and
programming problems. The style
and difficulty of the exercises and
problems vary.
• The Bigger Picture sections at the
end of each chapter provide a
variety of interesting related topics in
computer science, each of which
goes beyond the study of
programming
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
100 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
Part I: The Fundamental Tools 1. An
Introduction to Computers and Java 2.
Expressions and Data Types 3.
Variables and Assignment 4. Selection
and Decision: if Statements 5.
Repetition 6. Methods 7. Arrays and
Lists: One Name for Many Data“8.
Recursion Part II: Principles of Object
Oriented Programming 9. Objects and
Classes I: Encapsulation, Strings, and
Things 10. Objects and Classes II:
Writing Your Own Classes 11. Designing
With Classes and Objects 12.
inheritance“13. Polymorphism Part III:
More Java Classes 14. More Java
Classes: The Wrapper Classes and
Exceptions 15. Stream I/O and Random
Access Files 16. Data Structures and
Generics 17. The Java Collections
Framework Part IV: Basic Graphics,
GUIs, and Java's Event-Driven Model
18. Graphics: AWT and Swing 19. Event
Drien Programming 20. A Case Study:
Video Poker Revisited
International Edition
A COMPREHENSIVE
INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT
ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
WITH JAVA
by C. Thomas Wu (Otani),
Naval Postgraduate School
2008 / 1216 Pages
ISBN : 9780071285858
An Introduction to Object-Oriented
Programming with Java provides an
accessible and technically thorough
introduction to the basics of
programming using java. The text takes
a truly object-oriented approach.
Objects are used early so that students
think in objects right from the beginning.
FEATURES
• The Comprehensive Edition of
Wu includes chapters on Memory
Allocation Schemes and Linked
Data Structures, Generics, Lists,
Queues, and Stacks.
• New Java 5.0 features are
incorporated into the text including
two new classes, the Scanner Class
for input and the Formatter class.
• Revisions for the Comprehensive
edition include introducing the
Scanner Class at the outset rather
starting students off with JOption
Pane as Wu did in the 4th edition.
• The fundamentals of incremental
program design are emphasized by
taking students through large
Sample Development Programs that
reinforce software engineering
principles. CONSISTENT
PROBLEM SOLVING APPROACH
AT THE END OF EVERY
CHAPTER FOLLOWS: Problem
Statement; Overall Plan; Design;
Code; Test.
• Wu presents concepts visually. His
diagrams representing objects and
classes make these concepts easier
for students to understand. WU
HAS MORE DIAGRAMS THAN
ANY OTHER TEXT.
• The accompanying ARIS site
contains solutions for instructors,
Anitmated PowerPoint Slides, Labs,
Source Code, an Example Bank,
Compiler HowTos and more.
• A Testbank is available to
instructors, with questions that can
be assigned as exam questions or
homework.
CONTENTS
0 Introduction to Computers and
Programming Languages. 1. Introduction
to Object-Oriented
Programming and Software
Development. 2. Getting Started with
Java. 3. Numerical Data. 4. Defining
Your Own Classes--Part 1. 5. Selection
Statements. 6. Repetition Statements. 7.
Defining Your Own Classes--Part 2. 8.
Exceptions and Assertions. 9.
Characters and Strings. 10. Arrays. 11.
Sorting and Searching. 12. File Input
and Output. 13. Inheritance and
Polymorphism. 14. GUI and Event-
Driven Programming. 15. Recursion. 16.
Memory Allocation Schemes and Linked
Data Structures. 17. Generics. 18. List
ADT. 19. Queue ADT. 20. Stack ADT
JAVA PROGRAMMING
A PRACTICAL APPROACH
By C Xavier, HCL Technologies Ltd,
Chennai
2011/ 860 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702097
This book is intended for students of all
computer science and information
technology degree and diploma
courses, taking a paper on Java
programming. It is written in a lucid style
explaining every single concept with apt
examples, the right illustrations
accompanying a program and the best
possible laboratory exercises. Hundreds
of Lab Projects and Industry Projects
make the book handy for students as
well as practitioners.
FEATURES
• Pure object-oriented approach
• Detailed explanations for Windows,
Graphical User Interface, Swings,
AWT and Remote Method
Invocation
• Elaborate coverage of Networking,
Socket Programming, JDBC and
Servlets with programming
examples
• Provides various program designing
steps—problem speci_cation, high
level design, methods design, test
cases, output along with
screenshots to demonstrate the
implementation of examples and
projects
• 4 Industry Projects
• More than 150 real-life projects for
laboratory exercises
• Over 250 objective-type questions
with answers
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Java 2. Elements of
the Java Language 3. Objects and
Classes 4. Attributes and Methods 5.
Control Structures 6. Loop Structures 7.
Data Structures 8. Inheritance,
Interfaces and Packages 9. Windows
and Applets 10. Graphics Class 11.
AWT GUI Components Button, Label,
Checkbox, Choice and List 12. AWT
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 101
Text Components and Menu 13. Swings
14. Events and Exception Handling 15.
Multithreading 16. Remote Method
Invocation 17. Java Database
Connectivity 18. Java Servlet 19.
Network Programming
OBJECT ORIENTED
PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA
1st Editon
by Rajkumar Buyya, Associate
Professor and Reader of Computer
Science and Software Engineering and
Director of the Grid Computing and
Distributed Systems (GRIDS)
Laboratory, “University of Melbourne,
Australia.; Thamarai Selvi,
Professor and Head,“Department of
Information Technology, Madras
Institute of Technology, Anna University;
Xingchen Chu, Dept. of Computer
Science and Software Engineering, The
University of Melbourne
2009
ISBN : 9780070145962
Buyya’s text provides coverage of both
basic and advanced concepts in Java
Programming and helps in building
object oriented concepts &
programming oriented approach to the
subject. This book is targeted primarily
at Undergraduate & Graduate students
of Computer Science & Engineering &
Information Technology Engineering and
other Engineering branches. Easy &
concise explanations for the subject
related concepts like Inheritance, JDBC,
etc. supported with programming
examples enhances the features of the
text thereby catering to the
requirements of the different levels of
users in the market.
FEATURES
• A balanced treatment of OOP theory
and practice for Engineering
students.
• Introduction to software crisis and
software engineering issues.
• Programming Concepts: Covers
both Java basics and advanced
topics including thread
programming, GUI programming,
and Sockets programming, RMI
(Remote Method Invocation), and
JDBC (Java Database
Connectivity).
• Simple language & Crisp
Explanations supported with easy
sample programs (150 in number).
• Programs would be written using the
latest J2SE 7 Platform
• Contains various tools &
technologies and IDEs used in Java
Programming Language.
RICH PEDAGOGY
• Review Questions(MCQs): 260
• Solved Examples:155
• Exhaustive OLC
CONTENTS
Part I – Object Oriented Programming
and Java Basics 1. Evolution of
Software Development Paradigms 2.
Java Platform and Program Structure 3.
Lexical Elements of Java 4. Operators
and Expressions 5. Control Flow
Statements 6. Arrays Part II – Core
Object Oriented Programming 7.
Classes and Objects 8. Strings and
Collections 9. Inheritance : Extending a
Class 10. Interfaces and Packages 11.
Exceptions 12. Stream Programming
Part III – Advanced Java
Programming 13. Graphical
Programming 14. Socket Programming
15. Multithreaded Programming 16. RMI
Programming 17. JDBC Programming
INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT
ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
WITH JAVA
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by C. Thomas Wu, Naval Postgraduate
School
2006 / 976 Pages
ISBN : 9780070611030
This book provides a thorough
introduction to the basics of
programming using Java. The fourth
edition continues to take a truly objectoriented
approach. This, along with
Sample Development Programs, a
hallmark feature of the book, provides
students with an opportunity to take a
step-by-step approach to program
design, learning the fundamentals of
software engineering. Wu’s consistent,
visual approach assists students in
understanding concepts with extensive
object diagrams.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computers and
Programming Languages 2. Introduction
to Object-Oriented Programming
and Software Development 3. Getting
Started with Java 4. Numerical Data 5.
Defining Your Own Classes - Part 1 6.
Selection Statements 7. Repetition
Statements 8. Defining Your Own
Classes - Part 2 9. Exceptions and
Assertions 10. Characters and Strings
11. Arrays 12. Sorting and Searching
13. File Input and Output 14.
Inheritance and Polymorphism 15. GUI
and Event-Driven Programming 16.
Recursive Algorithms
INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT
ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
THROUGH JAVA
(For DOEACC ‘A’ Level)
by ISRD Group, Lucknow
2006 / 552 Pages
ISBN : 9780070616844
This book is designed for the course on
Object Oriented Programming
through Java offered to students taking
the DOEACC’s ‘A’ level certificate
examination. The book will also be
useful to the Diploma students of
computer science who take a paper on
Java.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage of Object
Oriented Development.
• AWT and Swing described in detail
in 2 chapters each.
• Detailed discussion on JDBC.
• The last 5 Question papers of
DOEACC ‘A’ level examinations
included at the end of the book as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Object Oriented
Programming 2. The Java Language 3.
Variable Declarations and Arrays 4.
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
102 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Operators in Java 5. Control Statements
6. Introduction to Classes 7. Classes
and Methods in Detail 8. Inheritance 9.
Abstract Classes and Interfaces 10.
Exception Handling 11. Multithreaded
Programming 12. Packages and
Access Modifiers 13. Handling Strings
14. The Language Package 15.
Collections and Utilities 16. Input Output
Classes 17. Networking 18. Applets 19.
Awt: Components and Containers 20.
Layout Management and Event
Handling 21. Swing : Basic Concepts
22. Swing : Advanced Features 23.
Images 24. Jdbc 25. Remote Method
Invocation 26. Servlets
INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
WITH JAVA: A PROBLEM SOLVING
APPROACH
by John Dean, Park University-
Parkville, and Ray Dean,
University of Kansas-Lawrence
2011 / 840 Pages
ISBN : 9780071287814
This book teaches the reader how to
write programs using Java. It does so
with a unique approach that combines
fundamentals first with objects early.
The book transitions smoothly through a
carefully selected set of procedural
programming fundamentals to
objectoriented fundamentals.
FEATURES
• Programmatic problem solving, with
emphasis of the algorithm
development and program design
• Complex Syntax covered later so
students have a better
understanding of them.
• Hands-On, Real World Problems
• Debugging tips are included
throughout the text to focus on
common problems that industry
practitioners experience.
• Robust Website will include all code
examples from the book complete
with source code, powerpoints,
solutions, textbank, and links to
compiler software..
CONTENTS
1. Introuction to Computers and
Programming 2. Algorithms and Design
3. Java Basics 4. Control Statements 5.
Using Pre-Built Methods 6. Object-
Oriented Programming 7. Object-
Oriented Programming-Additional
Details 8. Software Engineering 9.
Classes with Class Members 10. Arrays
and Array Lists 11. Type Details
and Alternate Coding Mechanisms.
12. Composition and Inheritance
13. Inheritance and Polymorphism
14. Exception Handling 15. Files 16.
GUI Programming Basics 17. GUI
Programming-Component Layout,
Additional GUI Components / Appendix
1. Unicode/ASCII Character Set with
Hexadecimal Codes / Appendix 2.
Operator Precedence / Appendix 3.
Java Reserved Words / Appendix 4.
Packages / Appendix 5. Java Coding-
Style Conventions / Appendix 6.
Javadoc / Appendix 7. UML Notations
Used in this Book / Appendix 8.
Recursion / Appendix 9. Multithreading
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA
2nd Edition
by Dr. C Muthu, Reader, Department of
Information and Statistics, St. Joseph’s
College, Trichy, Tamil Nadu.
2008 / 416 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091993
Designed in a style that is simple,
comprehensive and user-friendly, this
book provides complete coverage of all
important topics in Java programming. A
significant highlight of the book is
numerous programming problems as
examples and for practice
FEATURES
• Provides in-depth coverage of topics
suchas AWT, Swing, Networking
etc.
• Includes topics such as Servelets,
RMI and Java Beans
• Numerous programming problems
as examples and for practice
• 170 Programming examples
• Chapter-end objective questions
and short answer questions
• Step-by-step explanations
CONTENTS
1. OOP and java 2. The Primaries 3.
Control Statements 4. Arrays and
Methods 5. Classes and Objects 6.
Inheritance and Polymorphism 7.
Interfaces and Packages8. Applets 9.
Abstract Windowing Toolkit - I 10.
Abstract Windowing Toolkit -II 11. String
12. Exception Handling 13.
Multithreading 14. I/O Strings 15.
Networking 16. The Java.lang Package
17. The Java.util Package 18. Java
Database Connectivity 19. Servlets 20.
Remote Method Invocation 21. Java
Beans
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
ESSENTIALS OF JAVA
PROGRAMMING
by C. Muthu, St. Joseph College Trichy
2005 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091078
Java the general purpose programming
language is the choice programming
language of professional programmers.
This book Essentials of JAVA
Programming introduces the fundamentals
of Java and moves on to cover
concepts like AWT, Multithreading and
Netwoking. Written in a lucid and
reader-friendly manner, a significant
highlight of this book is its numerous
programs.
FEATURES
• Rich in pedagogical features
including summary, review
questions and programming
exercises
• Step-by-step explanations
• Appendix on Lab programs
CONTENTS
1. OOP and Java 2. The Primaries 3.
Control Statements 4. Arrays and
Methods 5. Classes and Objects 6.
Inheritance and Polymorphism 7.
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 103
Interfaces and Packages 8. Applets 9.
Abstract Windowing Toolkit-I 10.
Abstract Windowing Toolkit-II 11.
Exceptional Handling 12. Multithreading
13. I/O Streams 14. Networking 15. The
java.lang Package 16. The java.util
Package
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF
PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA
2nd Edition
by John R Hubbard, University of
Richmond
2004 / 352 Pages
ISBN : 9780070589421
CONTENTS
1. Getting started with Java 2. Strings 3.
Selection 4. Iteration 5. Methods 6.
Classes and Objects 7. Arrays 8.
Composition and inheritance 9.
Interfaces 10. Collections 11.
Exceptions 12. Files and streams 13.
Graphics 14. Applets
JAVA:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
7th Edition
by Herbert Schildt
2006 / 1064 Pages
ISBN : 9780070636774
Java SE 6 (release candidate) is the
current major release of the Java SE
platform. Sun endeavors to foster the
highest level of transparency and
collaboration on the platform with the
Java community through Project JDK 6,
resulting in the following.
FEATURES
• New Security Features &
Enhancements
• Integrated Web Services
• Scripting Language Support
• Enhanced Management &
Serviceability
• Increased Developer Productivity
• Improved User Experience
WHAT’S INSIDE?
Programing Guru Herbert Schildt shows
you everything you need to develop,
compile, debug, and run Java
programs. This expert guide has been
updated for Java Platform Standard
Edition 6 (Java SE 6) and offers
complete coverage of the Java
language, its syntax, keywords, and
fundamental programming principles.
There are 2 new chapters on Swing,
Java’s web application framework.
CONTENTS
1. The History and Evolution of Java 2.
An Overview of Java 3. Data Types,
Variables, and Arrays 4. Operators 5.
Control Statements 6. Introducing
Classes 7. ACloser Look at Methods
and Classes 8. Inheritance 9.
Packages and Interfaces 10. Exception
Handling 11. Multithreaded
Programming 12. Enumerations,
Autoboxing, and Annotations (Metadata)
13. I/O, Applets, and Other Topics 14.
Generics 15. String Handling 16.
Exploring java.lang 17. java.util Part 1:
The Collections Framework 18. java.util
Part 2: More Utility Classes 19. Input/
Output: Exploring java.io 20.
Networking 21. The Applet Class 22.
Event Handling 23. Introducing the
AWT: Working with Windows, Graphics,
and Text 24. Using AWT Controls,
Layout Managers, and Menus 25.
Images 26. The Concurrency Utilities
27. NIO, Regular Expressions, and
Other Packages 28. Java Beans 29.
Introducing Swing 30. Exploring Swing
31. Servlets 32. Financial Applets and
Servlets 33. Creating a Download
Manager in Java / A Using Java’s
Documentation Comments / Index
JAVA 2:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
5th Edition
by Herbert Schildt
2002 / 1184 Pages
ISBN : 9780070495432
(Osborne Reprint)
International Edition
PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA
with CD-ROM
by Julia Case Bradley and Anita C
Millspaugh, Mt. San Antonio College
2002
ISBN : 9780071124782
[IE with Student CD]
International Edition
AN INTRODUCTION TO
COMPUTER SCIENCE USING JAVA
2nd Edition
by Samuel N Kamin, and Dennis
Mickunas, both of the University of
Illinois, Champaign
2002 / 784 Pages
ISBN : 9780071122320
CONTENTS
1 What Is Programming? 2 Classes and
Methods I. 3 Fundamental Data Types
of Java. 4 Decision Making. 5 Classes
and Objects II: Classes with Multiple
Methods. 6 Iteration. 7 Classes and
Methods III: Working with Objects. 8
One-Dimensional Arrays. 9 Nested
Loops and Two-Dimensional Arrays. 10
Classes and Methods IV: Static
Methods and Variables. 11 The Java
AWT Part I: Mouse Events (Optional).
12 Inheritance and Exceptions. 13 Java
AWT Part II (Optional). 14 Recursion.
15 Text Processing and File Input/
Output. 16 Case Study: The Game of
Reversi. Appendix A: Other Java
Features. Appendix B: Precedence
Rules. Appendix C: Classes in the Java
API. Appendix D: Class Diagrams
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
104 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
International Edition
OBJECTS HAVE CLASS AN
INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING
WITH JAVA WITH CD-ROM AND OLC
by David A. Poplawski, Michigan
Technological University
2002 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780071124065
CONTENTS
1 Computers, Programs, and Java.
2 Writing Programs. 3 Getting Started.
4 Variables, Expressions, and
Assignment. 5 Defining and Creating
Multiple Objects. 6 Interacting Objects
and Events. 7 Making Decisions. 8
Program Testing. 9 Simple Class
Extension. 10 Repetition, 11 Arrays. 12
Application Programs. 13 Input and
Output. 14 Graphical User Interface
Classes. 15 Class Hierarchies. 16
Abstract Data Types and Linked Data
Structures. 17 Introduction to Recursion.
Appendix A: Java Reserved Words.
Appendix B: Java Primitive Types.
Appendix C: The Java Development
Kit. Appendix D: The Animator
International Edition
JAVA AN OBJECT-ORIENTED
LANGUAGE
by Michael Smith, University of
Brighton
1999 / 450 Pages
ISBN : 9780071169141
CONTENTS
Introduction to Programming.
Introductory Concept. Fundamentals of
Program Instructions. Solving a Simple
Problem Using Java. The Full
Language: Introduction to Design Using
an OO Methodology. Introduction - Part
1 Introduction - Part 2 The Class: Class
Variables and Methods. Wrapper
Classes. Parameters to Methods.
Windowed Programming. Arrays.
Inheritance. Polymorphism. The Game
of Checkers. Exceptions. Clonable
Objects. File I/O. Object Serialization
U.K. Edition
JAVA IN TWO SEMESTERS
2nd Edition
by Quentin Charatan, and Aaron
Kans, University of East London
2006 / 624 Pages
ISBN : 9780077108892
(McGraw-Hill UK Title)
CONTENTS
Chapter One: The First Step Chapter
Two: Selection Chapter Three: Iteration
Chapter Four: Implementing Methods
Chapter Five: Arrays Chapter Six:
Classes And Objects Chapter Seven:
Implementing Classes Chapter Eight:
Extending Classes With Inheritance
Chapter Nine: Software Quality Chapter
Ten: Graphics And Event-driven
Programmes Chapter Eleven: Case
Study - Part 1 Chapter Twelve: Case
Study - Part 2 Chapter Thirteen:
Packages Chapter Fourteen:
Abstraction, Inheritance And Interfaces
Chapter Fifteen: Exceptions Chapter
Sixteen: Two-dimensional Arrays
Chapter Seventeen: The Java
Collections Framework Chapter
Eighteen: Advanced Graphics
Programming Chapter Nineteen:
Enhancing The User Interface Chapter
Twenty: Working With Files Chapter
Twenty-one: Advanced Case Study
Chapter Twenty-two: Multi-threaded
Programs Chapter Twenty-three: Java
In A Network Environment Chapter
Twenty-four: Java In Context
SCHILDT'S JAVA PROGRAMMING
COOKBOOK
by Herbert Schildt
2007
ISBN : 9780070222878
JAVA SCRIPT
JAVASCRIPT:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
3rd Edition
by John Pollock
2009 / 520 Pages
ISBN: 9780070683488
CONTENTS
Ch. 1. Introduction to JavaScript; Ch. 2.
Placing JavaScript in an HTML File; Ch.
3. Using Variables; Ch. 4. Using
Functions; Ch. 5. JavaScript Operators;
Ch. 6. Conditional Statements and
Loops; Ch. 7. Event Handlers; Ch. 8.
Objects; Ch. 9. The Document Object;
Ch. 10. Window Object; Ch. 11.
JavaScript Arrays; Ch. 12. Math,
Number, and Date Objects; Ch. 13.
Handling Strings; Ch. 14. JavaScript
and Forms; Ch. 15. JavaScript and
Frames; Ch. 16. An Introduction to
Advanced Techniques; Appendix A.
Answers to Self Tests; Index
JAVA SCRIPT:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
2nd Edition
by Powell
2004
ISBN : 9780070590274
(Osborne Reprint)
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 105
J2EE
J2EE:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by James Keogh Columbai University
2002 / 928 Pages
ISBN : 9780070529120
(Osborne Reprint)
J2ME
J2ME:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by James Keogh, Columbai University
2003 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780070534155
(Osborne Reprint)
This comprehensive resource covers
J2ME architecture and explains how to
build applicatons and services for cell
phones and PDAs with J2ME. You’ll
also get details on security, information
management, and storage, as well as
advanced topics such as Mobile
Information Device Profile (MIDP) and
Connected Limited Device Configuration
(CLDC)
CONTENTS
Part I: J2ME Basics: 1: J2ME Overview.
2: Small Computing Technology.
3: J2ME Architecture and Development
Environment. 4: J2ME Best Practices
and Patterns. Part II: J2ME User
Interface: 5: Commands, Items, and
Event Processing. 6: High-Level
Display: Screens. 7: Low-Level Display:
Canvas. Part III: J2ME Data
Management: 8: Record Management
System. 9: J2ME Database Concepts.
10: JDBC Objects. 11: JDBC and
Embedded SQL. Part IV: J2ME
Personal Information Manager
Profile: 12: Personal Information
Manager. Part V: J2ME Networking
and Web Services: 13: Generic
Connection Framework. 14: Web
Services. Appendix: Quick Reference
Guide
JAVA SERVER FACES
JAVASERVER FACES 2.0:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Burns
2010
ISBN : 9780070703476
CONTENTS
Part I: The JavaServer Faces
Framework; Chapter 1. Introduction to
JavaServer Faces; Chapter 2. Building
a Simple JavaServer Faces Application;
Chapter 3. The JavaServer Faces
Request Processing Lifecycle; Chapter
4. The Facelets View Declaration
Language; Chapter 5. Managed Beans
and the JSF Expression Language;
Chapter 6. The Navigation Model;
Chapter 7. The User Interface
Component Model; Chapter 8.
Converting and Validating Data; Chapter
9. The JSF Event Model; Part II:
Extending JavaServer Faces; Chapter
10. Applying JSF: Introducing the Virtual
Trainer Application; Chapter 11. Building
Custom UI Components; Chapter 12.
JSF and Ajax; Chapter 13. Building
Non-UI Custom Components; Chapter
14. Securing JavaServer Faces
Applications; Part III: JavaServer
Faces Tools and Libraries; Chapter
15. Configuring JavaServer Faces
Applications; Chapter 16. The Standard
JSF Component Library; Appendix A.
JSF Portlets; Index
JSP
JSP 2.0:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Hanna
2003 / 872 Pages
ISBN : 9780070531413
(Osborne Reprint)
SWING
SWING:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
by Herbert Schildt
2006
ISBN : 9780070636484
STRUTS
STRUTS:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
2nd Edition
by James Holmes
2007
ISBN : 9780070658455
XML
XML: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Williamson
2001 / 992 Pages
ISBN : 9780070447257
(Osborne Reprint)
LINQ PROGRAMMING
by Joe Mayo
2008
ISBN : 9780070142190
This book explains how LINQ queries
are formed, when certain internal
actions occur, and what happens when
the query executes. Build powerful LINQ
queries, handle hierarchical and
relational data, use lambdas and
expression trees, and develop multithreaded
applications. Get proven
strategies for handling conflicts and
exceptions and creating custom
extension methods.
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
106 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
Foreword / Acknowledgments /
Introduction / Part I - LINQ Essentials
Chapter 1 - Introduction to LINQ
Chapter 2 - Using LINQ to Objects
Chapter 3 - Handling LINQ to SQL with
Visual Studio Part II - LINQ to any Data
Source Chapter4 - Working with
ADO.NET through LINQ to DataSet
Chapter 5 - Programming Objects with
LINQ to Entities Chapter 6 - Managing
Hierarchical Data with LINQ to XML
Chapter 7 - Automatically Generating
LINQ to SQL Code with SqlMetal Part
III - Extending LINQ Chapter 8 -
Digging Into Expression Trees and
Lambdas Chapter 9 - Constructing New
Code with Extension Methods Chapter
10 - Building a Custom LINQ Provider--
Introducing LINQ to Twitter Chapter 11 -
Designing Applications with LINQ
Chapter 12 - Concurrent Programming
with Parallel LINQ (PLINQ) / Appendix
A - Standard Query Operator Reference
/ Index
ASP
ASP.NET 4.0 PROGRAMMING
by Joydip Kanjilal
2009 / 412 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700475
This book teaches how to build dynamic
websites, Web applications, and XML
Web services. The book takes you from
core knowledge requirements to
advanced techniques, such as LINQ,
ASP.NET Ajax, and the ASP.NET MVC
Framework. You will learn how to build
Service Oriented Architectures to
support the increasingly demanding
world of Web application development.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to ASP.NET 4.0;
Chapter 2. ASP.NET State
Management; Chapter 3. Working with
ADO.NET; Chapter 4. Binding Data in
ASP.NET; Chapter 5. Building and
Deploying ASP.NET Web Sites; Chapter
6. Internationalization in ASP.NET;
Chapter 7. The ASP.NET Security
Model; Chapter 8. Tracing and
Debugging in ASP.NET; Chapter 9.
Dynamic Data; Chapter 10. Silverlight;
Chapter 11. Web Parts; Chapter 12.
Language Integrated Query (LINQ);
Chapter 13. ASP.NET Ajax; Chapter 14.
Programming ASP.NET Ajax; Chapter
15. Web Services; Chapter 16.
Windows Communication Foundation;
Chapter 17. ASP.NET MVC Framework;
Chapter 18. Program ASP.NET MVC
Framework; Chapter 19. Working with
jQuery in ASP.NET; Chapter 20.
Improving ASP.NET 4.0 Application;
Index
ASP-NET 3.5: A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
1st Editon
by William B. Sanders
2008
ISBN : 9780070140684
This book teaches beginner developers
and those new to ASP.NET 3.5 how to
use Microsoft's latest version of
ASP.NET, along with C# 3.0, the newest
version of the programming language
used to drive ASP.NET applications. It
provides the crucial step that takes a
programmer from the client side of
Internet programming to true server-side
programming.
CONTENTS
Part I - Getting Started Chapter 1 -
Introduction to ASP.NET 3.5 Chapter 2 -
ASP.NET 3.5 Tools and Development
Environment Chapter 3 - C# 3.0 and
ASP.NET 3.5 Chapter 4 - Doing More
With C# and ASP.NET Part II - Forms
and Controls Chapter 5 - HTML Forms:
A Review Chapter 6 - Standard Web
Controls Chapter 7 - CSS for ASP.NET
3.5 Page Formatting Chapter 8 - Control
Events and Event Handlers Chapter 9 -
Validation Controls Chapter 10 - Rich
Data Controls Part III - ASP.NET and
Databases Chapter 11 - An SQL Primer
Chapter 12 - ADO.NET: Hello Database
Chapter 13 - Data Binding Chapter 14 -
LINQ Chapter 15 - Files Chapter 16 -
Security Chapter 17 - ASP.NET AJAX /
Index
ASP 3.0:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
by Dare Mercer
2001 / 526 Pages
ISBN : 9780070436237
(Osborne Reprint)
ASP.NET:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Macdonald
2002 / 1008 Pages
ISBN : 9780070495364
(Osborne Reprint)
ASP.NET:
DEVELOPER’S GUIDE
by Buczek
2002 / 780 Pages
ISBN : 9780070499171
(Osborne Reprint)
ASP.NET:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
by Dave Mercer
2002/ 604 Pages
ISBN : 9780070495340
(Osborne Reprint)
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 107
International Edition
PROGRAMMING THE WEB USING
ASP.NET (WITH CD-2 COLOR TEXT)
by Dave Mercer
2004
ISBN : 9780071241595
(with Student CD)
CONTENTS
Programming the Web Using ASP.NET
1 2004. Chapter 1. ASP.NET. Chapter 2.
The ASP.Net Template. Chapter 3. The
.Net and ASP.Net Classes. Chapter 4.
ASP.NET and Languages. Chapter 5.
ASP.Net Applications and Sessions.
Chapter 6. The User Interface (UI).
Chapter 7. Databases and ASP.Net.
Chapter 8. Introduction to ADO.NET.
Chapter 9. XML Web Services. Chapter
10. ASP.NET Optimizing and Debugging
AJAX
AJAX:
A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
by Steven Holzner
2008
ISBN : 9780070139695
Designed for Easy Learning: Key Skills
& Concepts--Lists of specific skills
covered in the chapter Ask the Expert--
Q&A sections filled with bonus
information and helpful tips Try This--
Hands-on exercises that show how to
apply your skills Annotated Syntax--
Example code with commentary that
describes the programming techniques
being illustrated
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Essential Ajax Chapter 2.
Getting to Know JavaScript Chapter 3.
Creating Ajax Applications Chapter 4.
Full Throttle Ajax Chapter 5. Using Ajax
Frameworks Chapter 6. Handling XML
in Ajax Chapter 7. Working with
Cascading Style Sheets with Ajax
Chapter 8. Handling Dynamic HTML
with Ajax Chapter 9. Introducing PHP
with Ajax Chapter 10. PHP in Depth
Chapter 11. Validating User Input with
Ajax and PHP Chapter 12. Using the
HTML DOM and Ajax / Index
AJAX: THE COMPLETE
REFERENCE
by Thomas A. Powell, CEO, PINT
2008
ISBN : 9780070248496
This comprehensive guide explains how
to create and test Ajax-enabled Web
applications using the XMLHttpRequest
object as well as alternative JavaScriptbased
communication mechanisms.
Explore a variety of sample applications
featuring emerging user-interface
conventions and build applications that
address real-world networking and
security issues. The latest technologies
such as Web services, Flash-Ajax
integration, client-side templates,
Comet, and Offline Access are also
covered.
CONTENTS
Part I: Core Ideas Chapter 1.
Introduction to Ajax Chapter 2. Pre-Ajax
JavaScript Communications Techniques
Chapter 3. XMLHttpRequest Object
Chapter 4. Data Formats Part II:
Applied Ajax Chapter 5. Developing an
Ajax Library Chapter 6. Networking
Considerations Chapter 7. Security
Concerns Chapter 8. User Interface
Design for Ajax Chapter 9. Site and
Application Architecture with Ajax
Part III: Advanced Topics Chapter
10. Web Services and Beyond
Part IV: Appendixes / Appendix A.
JavaScript Quick Reference / Appendix
B. HTTP 1.1 Reference / Appendix C.
AjaxTCR Library Reference / Index
AJAX
by Rajnikant Rao, Software Consultant,
Mumbai.
2008
ISBN : 9780070656734
This book is meant for enthusiastic Web
developers who are well-versed with
knowledge of the fundamentals of
HTTP, HTML, JavaScript, XML, CSS,
and DOM.
IT HIGHLIGHTS:
• A conversational and interactive
approach to demystify Ajax
• Basics of Ajax
• Tutorial based approach to learning
• Coverage of typical scenarios that
prepare the reader to real-life Ajax
development
• Discussion on other topics of
interest like Ajax on mobiles, Web
2.0, etc.
• Complete code for all exercises
• Appendices on basics of XML, CSS,
DOM and JavaScript
CONTENTS
TRACK 1: AJAX BASICS Session 1:
What is Ajax Session 2: How does it
work? Session 3: A look at Ajax Code
Session 4: Deep dive into Ajax code
TRACK 2: GETTING STARTED
Session 5: Read a text response
Session 6: Read an XML response
Session 7: Multiple Server Requests
Session 8: Dependent Server Requests
Session 9: Optimize Ajax calls Session
10: Write to a server TRACK 3:
USAGE SCENARIOS Session 11:
Update of an input object Session 12:
Update of a View table Session 13:
Elegance in updating a View table
Session 14: Provide links to View table
data Session 15: Submit a form in Ajax
Session 16: Redirect to another page
Session 17: Display of an image
Session 18: Populate a select list
Session 19: Dynamic update of large
select lists Session 20: Multiple File
uploads Session 21: Dynamic File
inclusion TRACK 4: POINTS TO
PONDER Session 22: Separation
between HTML, XML, and JS Session
23: AJAX in a JSP/ ASPX/ PHP
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
108 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
environment Session 24: Importance of
DIV and& ID in Ajax applications
Session 25: Dynamic vs. Static Layout
Session 26: Ajax processing indicator
Session 27: Ajax vs. Iframe Session 28:
Single Load Ajax-based application
Session 29: Ajax Libraries Session 30:
Back button, Bookmarks, &and Refresh
Session 31: Ajax and Mobiles Session
32: Ajax and Web 2.0 Session 33: Ajax
and Web 3.0 / APPENDICES /
Appendix A: Setting Up Your Web
server Appendix B: Tutorial Solutions
Appendix C: XML, a Primer Appendix
D: JavaScript, a Primer Appendix E:
DOM, a Primer Appendix F: CSS, a
Primer
PHP
PLUG-IN PHP:
100 POWER SOLUTIONS
by Robin Nixon
2010
ISBN : 9780070703490
PHP 6:
A BEGINNER'S GUIDE
1st Edition
by Vikram Vaswani, CEO, Melonfire
2008
ISBN : 9780070140691
This task-oriented reference teaches
everything needed to build cutting-edge
Web applications with PHP. It shows
how to write basic PHP programs and
enhance them with more advanced
features such as MySQL and SQLite
database integration, XML input, and
third-party extensions. This fast-paced
tutorial provides one-stop coverage of
software installation, language syntax
and data structures, flow control
routines, built-in functions, and best
practices.
CONTENTS
Part I: Understanding PHP Basics
Chapter 1. Introducing PHP Chapter 2.
Using Variables and Operators Chapter
3. Controlling Program Flow Chapter 4.
Working with Arrays Chapter 5. Using
Functions and Classes Part II: Working
with Data from Other Sources
Chapter 6. Working with Files and
Directories Chapter 7. Working with
Databases and SQL Chapter 8. Working
with XML Chapter 9. Working with
Cookies, Sessions, and Headers Part
III: Security and Troubleshooting
Chapter 10. Handling Errors Chapter 11.
Securing PHP Chapter 12. Expanding
PHP Part IV: Appendixes / Appendix
A. Installing and Configuring Required
Software Appendix B. Answers to Self
Test / Index
PHP:
PROGRAMMING SOLUTIONS
by Vivek Vaswani, CEO, Melonfire
2008 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780070659780
PHP:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Steven Holzner
2007 / 590 Pages
ISBN : 9780070223622
Covering basic through advanced
functionality, PHP: The Complete
Reference explains how to develop
dynamic Web applications, such as
guest books, chat rooms, and shopping
carts. All essential topics are included--
data handling, object-oriented
programming, databases, AJAX, XML,
security, and more. The book covers the
latest PHP version, 5.2, and all
examples are platform-independent.
CONTENTS
1. Essential PHP 2. Working with HTML
Concepts 3. String Arrays 4. Creating
Functions 5. Functions 6. Object
Oriented Programming 7. Advanced
OOP 8. File Handling 9. Introducing
Databases 10. Working with Databases
11. PHP Graphics 12. Ajax 13. PHP and
XML 14. Networking and Reading RSS
15. Advanced PHP
PERL
PERL:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
2nd Edition
by Brown
2001 / 1248 Pages
ISBN : 9780070444805
(Osborne Reprint)
ADO.NET
ADO.NET:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Michael Otey and Denielle Otey
2003 / 1,008 Pages
ISBN : 9780070532830
(Osborne Reprint)
CONTENTS
Part I: ADO.NET Fundamental
Concepts: 1: Introduction to ADO.NET.
2: Understanding the .NET Framework.
3: The ADO.NET Architecture. Part II:
The ADO.NET Connection Object: 4:
Data Provider for SQL Server. 5: Using
the .NET Framework Data Provider for
Oracle. 6: Using the .NET Framework
Data Provider for OLE DB. 7: Using the
.NET Framework Data Provider for
ODBC. Part III: The ADO.NET
Command Object: 8: Using the
SqlCommand Object. 9: Using the
OracleCommand Object. 10: Using the
OleDbCommand Object. 11: Using the
OdbcCommand Object. Part IV: The
ADO.NET DataReader Object: 12:
Using the SqlData Reader. 13: Using
the OracleData Reader. 14: Using the
OleDbData Reader. 15: Using the
OdbcData Reader. Part V: The
ADO.NET DataSet Object: 16: Building
a DataSet. 17: Populating the DataSet
Using the SqlDataAdapter. 18:
Populating the DataSet Using the
OracleDataAdapter. 19: Populating the
DataSet Using the OleDbDataAdapter.
20: Populating the DataSet Using the
OdbcData Adapter. 21: Populating the
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 109
DataSet Using Multiple Tables and
DataAdapters. 22: Navigating the
DataSet Using Windows Data-Bound
Forms Controls. 23: Navigating Through
the DataSet Using DataViews. 24:
Navigating Through the DataSet Using
DataRelations. 25: Updating the
Database using the SqlData Adapter.
26: Updating the Database Using the
OracleDataAdapter. 27: Updating the
Database Using the OleDbDataAdapter.
28: Updating the Database Using the
OdbcDataAdapter. 29: Advanced
Database Updating. Part VI: ADO.NET
Data Integration: 30: Mapping Data to
XML. 31: Using ADO from ADO.NET.
Part VII: Appendixes: A: System. Data
Name space Reference. B: System.
Data. Common Namespace Reference.
C: System.Data.Odbc Namespace
Reference. D: System.Data.OleDb
Name-space Reference. E: System.
Data. OracleClient Namespace Reference.
F: System. Data. Sql Client
Name-space Reference
APPLICATIONS OF
.NET TECHNOLOGY
By ISRD Group, Lucknow
2011 / 252 Pages
ISBN : 9780071072755
The book covers the entire syllabus of
DOEACC ‘O’ R4 level module 4.1
“Application on .Net Technology. It
includes the basics of .Net framework,
Object Oriented concepts through .Net,
Data types in C# & VB .Net, Base Class
Libraries, Web Services, Windows
Services, Web and Windows based
Applications, Dialog boxes, Web Page
Creation through ASP .Net and some
advanced concepts.
FEATURES
• Key concepts and ideas that often
appear daunting to a novice are
introduced in a simple and easy to
understand way, using examples
and pictures.
• Starts with the fundamentals of .Net
framework, followed by basics of C#
programming and goes on to
explain the advanced features of
C#, ASP.Net2.0 and VB .Net
programming
• File and database related
applications; basics of advanced
programming concepts; .Net
architecture and advanced tools
covered in separate chapters
• Chapter-end exercises prepared
according to DOEACC question
paper pattern
• Pedagogy:
• Multiple Choice Questions: 45
• True/False: 45
• Fill in the Blanks: 45
• Descriptive Questions: 45
• Solved Examples: 51
CONTENTS
1. The .Net framework 2. C# Basics 3.
C# using Libraries 4. Advanced features
using C# 5. ASP. Net 2.0 6. Introduction
to Programming with Visual Basic .Net
7. File and Databse Applications 8.
Advanced Programming constructs 9.
.Net Architecture and Advanced Tools
WEB DESIGN
WEB DESIGN:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
2nd Edition
by Willard
2010
ISBN : 9780071068048
Part I: Planning; Chapter 1. Asking the
Right Questions; Chapter 2. Formulating
the Answers; Part II: Designing;
Chapter 3. Beginning the Design
Process; Chapter 4. Preparing for
Production (non-Flash Pages); Chapter
5. Producing the Design; Part III:
Coding; Chapter 6. Getting Started with
the Code; Chapter 7. Styling Content;
Chapter 8. Positioning Content; Chapter
9. Integrating Dynamic Content; Chapter
10. Editing Blog Templates; Part IV:
Testing and Deployment; Chapter 11.
Publishing Content; Chapter 12.
Advertising Your Site; Chapter 13.
Maintaining Your Site; Part V:
Appendixes
WEB DESIGN:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
2nd Edition
by Powell
2003 / 914 Pages
ISBN : 9780070582521
(Osborne Reprint)
DIGITAL IMAGE
PROCESSING
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
1st Edition
by S. Jayaraman, Professor & Head
Dept of Electronics & Communication
Engineering PSG College of
Technology Coimbatore; S.
Essakirajan, Lecturer Dept of
Instrumentation & Control Engineering
PSG College of Technology
Coimbatore; T. Veerakumar, Lecturer
Dept of Electronics & Communication
Engineering PSG College of
Technology Coimbatore
2009 / 736 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151420
This text introduces the students to
theoretical foundations and modern
applications of various concepts in
Digital Image Processing. The subject
Digital image processing is concerned
primarily with the extraction of useful
information from images and thus the
text deals heavily on the core concepts
of Image Representation, enhancement,
restoration, and compression. Modern
applications of Wavelet based image
processing and Binary Image
Processing have been presented aptly.
Simulation is an important tool for any
field related to signal processing. In this
book, the image processing algorithms
are simulated using MATLAB. Authors
have presented large number of dtailed
worked examples to illustrate various
concepts of Digital Image Processing
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Image Processing
Systems 2. Two Dimensional Signals &
Systems 3. Convolution and
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN • DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
110 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Correlations 4. Image Transforms 5.
Image Enhancement 6. Image
Restoration and Denoising 7. Image
Segmentation 8. Object Recognition 9.
Image Compression 10. Binary Image
Processing 11. Colour Image
Processing 12. Wavelet Based Image
Processing
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
USING MATLAB
2nd Edition
by R C Gonzalez, University of
Tennessee, USA; R. E. Woods,
MedData Interactive, USA; S. L.
Eddins, The MathWorks, Inc.USA
2010 / 738 Pages
ISBN : 978007072622
Digital Image Processing Using
MATLAB is the first book to offer a
balanced treatment of image processing
fundamentals and the softare principles
used in their implementation. The book
integrates all fundamental concepts of
DIP and the Image Processing Toolbox
from The MathWorks, Inc., a leader in
scientific computing. The Image
Processing Toolbox provides a stable,
well-supported software environment for
addressing a broad range of
applications in digital image processing.
A unique feature of the book is its
emphasis on showing how to enhance
those tools by developing new code.
This is important in image processing,
an area that normally requires extensive
experimental work in order to arrive at
acceptable application solutions.
FEAUTRES
• This new edition is an extensive
upgrade of the book
• The book is self-contained and
written in textbook format, not as a
manual.
• Over 100 new MATLAB image
processing functions are
developed—a 40 % increase over
existing functions in the Image
Processing Toolbox.
• Algorithms and MATLAB functions
in the mainstream of digital image
processing are discussed and
implemented, including: Intensity
transformations; spatial filtering;
fuzzy image processing; filtering in
the frequency domain; image
restoration and reconstruction;
geometric transformations and
image registration; color image
processing; wavelets; image and
video compression; morphology;
image segmentation; and image
representation and description
• In addition to a major revision of the
topics from the first edition, features
in this edition include new coverage
of: The Radon transform; image
processing functions based on
function-generating functions
(function factories); geometric
transformatins; image registration;
color profiles and deviceindependent
color conversions;
functions for video compression;
adaptive thresholding algorithms;
new image features, including
minimum-perimeter polygons and
local (corner) features.
• All new functions are documented
and listed in the book.
• Using C code with MATLAB is
covered in detail.
• The design of graphical user
interfaces (GUIs) is covered in
detail.
• All functions listed in the book are
conveniently summarized in an
appendix.
• All functions developed in the book
are available for download in p-code
format with purchase of a new book.
PEDAGOGY:
• Solved Examples: 127
• Illustrations: 233
• Tables: 45
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Intensity Transformations
and Spatial Filtering 3. Filtering in
the Frequency Domain 4. Image
Restoration and Reconstruction 5.
Geometric Transformations and Image
Registration 6. Color Image Processing
7. Wavelets 8. Image Compression 9.
Morphological Image Processing 10.
Image Segmentation Representation
and Description
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
3rd Edition
by Elaine Rich, Microelectronics and
Computer, Technology Corporation;
Kevin Knight, Carnegie Mellon
University; Shivashankar B Nair, Indian
Institute of Technology, Guwahati
2008 / 588 Pages
ISBN : 9780070087705
This hallmark text presents both
theoretical foundations of Artificial
Intelligence and an indication of the
ways that current techniques can be
used in application programs. With the
revision, most of the content has been
preserved and at the same time the
latest application areas in AI have been
amalgamated to generate new interest
amongst readers.
FEATURES
• Four new chapters on Fuzzy Logic
Systems, Genetic Algorithms,
Artificial Immune Systems, and
PROLOG
• Important Heuristic Techniques,
including Hill Climbing, BFS, and
Generate and Test covered explicitly
• Cases on Network Security, Robot
Control, and Navigation
CONTENTS
Part I- Problems and Search 1. What
is Artificial Intelligence? 2. Problems,
Problem Spaces, and Search 3.
Heuristic Search Techniques Part II
Knowledge Representation 4.
Knowledge Representation Issues 5.
Using Predicate Logic 6. Representing
Knowledge using Rules 7. Symbolic
Reasoning under Uncertainty 8.
Statistical Reasoning 9. Weak Slot-and-
Filler Structures 10. Strong Slot-and-
Filler Structures 11. Knowledge
Representation Summary Part IIIAvanced
topics 12. Game Playing 13.
Panning 14. Understanding 15. Natural
Language Processing 16. Parallel and
Distributed AI 17. Learning 18.
Connectionist Models 19. Common
Sense 20. Expert Systems 21.
Perception and Action 22. Fuzzy Logic
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING • ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 111
Systems 23. Genetic Algorithms:
Copying Nature’s Approaches 24.
Artificial Immune Systems 25.
PROLOG-The Natural Language of
Artificial Intelligence 26. Conclusion
MACHINE LEARNING
International Edition
MACHINE LEARNING
by Tom M. Mitchell, Carnegie Mellon
University
1997 / 414 Pages
ISBN : 9780071154673
CONTENTS
1. Introduction / 2. Concept Learning
and the General-t-Specific Ordering / 3.
Decision Tree Learning / 4. Artificial
Neural Networks / 5. Evaluating
Hypotheses / 6. Bayesian Learning / 7.
Computational Learning Theory / 8.
Instance-Based Learning / 9. Genetic
Algorithms / 10. Learning Sets of Rules/
11. Analytical Learning / 12. Combining
Inductive and Analytical Learning /
13. Reinforcement Learning.
NEURAL NETWORKS /
FUZZY LOGIC
ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS
by Robert J Schalkoff, Clemson
University
2011 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9781259002373
Artificial Neural Networks brings
together an identifiable core of ideas,
techniques, and“applications that
characterize this emerging field. The
text is intended for beginning“graduate/
advanced undergraduate students as
well as practicing engineers
and“scientists.
FEAUTRES
• Numerous exercises are presented
and can be expanded into projects
and thesis work.
• Each new topic is preceded by a
reduced complexity example of the
concept.
• Key concepts and related
mathematical analysis are
developed in easy-to-understand
terms.
• The distinctive coverage of genetic
algorithms provides a background in
genetic solutions for search
problems, along with two
representational techniques.
CONTENTS
Introduction 1. Overview: Artificial Neural
Networks and Neural Computing 2.
Mathematical Fundamentals for ANN
Study 3. Elementary ANN Building
Blocks 4. Single Unit Mappings and the
Perception 5. Introduction to Neural
Mappings and Pattern Associator
Applications 6. Feedforward Networks
and Training 7. Feedforward Networks II
Extensions and Advanced Topics 8.
Recurrent Networks 9. Competitive and
Self-Organizing Networks 10. Radial
Basis Function Networks and Time
Delay Neural Networks 11. Fuzzy Neural
Networks, Including Fuzzy Sets and
Logic and ANN Implementations 12.
ANN Hardware and Implementation
Concerns
NEURAL NETWORKS:
A CLASSROOM APPROACH
by Satish Kumar, Reader in Computer
Science and Applications, Dayalbagh
Educational Institute, Agra
2004 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780070482920
CONTENTS
I. Traces of History and A Neuroscience
Briefer: 1 Brain Style Computing:
Origins and Issues. 2 Lessons from
Neuroscience. II. Feedforward Neural
Networks and Supervised Learning: 3
Artificial Neurons, Neural Networks and
Architectures 4 Geometry of Binary
Threshold Neurons and Their Networks.
5 Supervised Learning I: Perceptrons
and LMS. 6 Supervised Learning II:
Backpropaga-tion and Beyond. 7 Neural
Net work: A Statistical Pattern
Recognition Perspec-tive. 8 Focussing
on Generalization: Support Vector
Machines and Radial Basis Functin Net
works. III. Recurrent Neurodynamical
Sys tems: 9 Dynamical Systems
Review. 10 Attrac-tor Neural Net works.
11 Adaptive Resonance Theory. 12
Towards the Self Oganizing Feature
Map. IV. Contemporary Topics: 13
Pulsed Neuron Models: The New
Generation. 14 Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy
Systems and Applications. 15 Neural
Networks and the Soft Computing
Paradigm
INTRODUCTION TO NEURAL
NETWORKS USING MATLAB 6.0
by Dr. S. N. Sivanandam, Head of the
Dept. of Comp Sc & Engg at PSG
College of Technology, Coimbatore.: Dr.
S. Sumathi, Asst. Professor in the
Dept. of Electrical and Electronics Engg
at PSG College of Technology,
Coimbatore.; Mrs. S. N. Deepa is
Lecturer in the Dept. of Comp Sc &
Engg at PSG College of Technology,
Coimbatore.
2005 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070591127
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Artificial Neural Networks:
Preliminaries 3. Fundamentals
MACHINE LEARNING • NEURAL NETWORKS / FUZZY LOGIC
112 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Models of ANN l Mc-Culloch Pitts
Neuron model l Learning Rules l
Hebbian Learning rule l Perceptron
learning rule l Delta learning rule l
Competitive learning rule l Outstar
learning rule l Boltzman learning l
Memory Based learning l Hebb Net 4.
Perceptron networks l Single Layer
Perceptron l Multi Layer Perceptrons -
An Introduction 5. Adaline and Madaline
6. Associative Memory Networks l
Algorithm for Association l Hebb rule for
association l Delta rule for association l
Extended Delta rule for association l
Hetroassociative Net l Autoassociative
Memory net l Bidirectional Associative
memory net 7. Feedback Networks l
Discrete Hopfield Network l Continuous
Hopfield Network l Relation between
BAM and Hopfield Nets 8. FeedForward
Networks l Back-Propagation Network l
Radial Basis Function Networks 9. Self
Organizing Features Maps 10. Counter
Propagation Network 11. Adaptive
Resonance Theory Network 12. Special
Networks l Probabilistic Network l
Cognitron l Neo Cognitron l Boltzmann
Machine l Boltzmann Machine with
learning l Gaussian Machine l Cauchy
Machine l Optical Neural Network l
Simulated Annealing l Cascade
Correlation Network l Spatio Temporal
Neural Network l Support Vector
Machines l Pulsed Neural Networks l
Neuro-Dynamic Programming 13.
Applications of Neural Networks 14.
Applications of Special Networks 15.
Neural Network Projects with Matlab 16.
Introduction to Fuzzy Systems,
Appendix: Matlab Neural Network
Toolbox, Bibliography
NEURAL NETWORKS IN
COMPUTER INTELLIGENCE
by Li-Min FU, University of Florida
2003 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780070532823
CONTENTS
Preface / Acknowledgments / Part I:
Theory, Methods, Applications
1. Introduction 2. Basic Neural
Computational Models 3. Learning:
Supervised and Unsupervised 4.
Knowledge based Neural Networks 5.
Incremental Learning 6. Mathematical
Modeling 7. Complex Domains 8.
Discovery 9. Structures and Sequences
10. Learning Spatiotemporal Patterns
Part II: Neural Networks and Expert
Systems 11. Expert Systems 12.
Casual Learning and Modeling 13.
Validation and Verification 14. Rule
Generation from Neural Networks 15.
Learning Grammars Part III: Case
Studies 16. Genetic Pattern
Recognition 17. Drug Discovery 18.
Flow Cytomet-ric Analysis of Leukemia /
Index
NEURAL NETWORK
FUNDAMENTALS WITH GRAPHS,
ALGORITHMS & APPLICATIONS
by N. K. Bose, Penn State University
1998 / 478 Pages
ISBN : 9780074635292
ROBOTICS
INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
by S. K. Saha, Professor, Department of
Mechanical Engineering,Indian Institute
of Technology, Delhi
2008 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669000
Saha : Robotics is an up-to-date,
comprehensive book that presents a
detailed exposition of the concepts
using a simple and student friendly
approach. The illustrations, case studies
and exercises make this book a unique
offering that is a must have for both
students and teachers alike.
FEATURES
• Unique chapter on Recursive Robot
Dynamics introduces methodology
for automatic generation of dynamic
algorithms.
• Comprehensive coverage on Drive
Systems, Robot control, and Robot
applications.
• Case Studies - discusses several
robot systems with execution
guidelines
• Recursive Inverse Dynamics for
Industrial Manipulator (RIDIM) and
MATLAB based exercises.
PEDAGOGY INCLUDES
• 100 Solved examples
• 141 Chapter-end problems
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Serial Robots 3.
Actuators 4. Sensors 5. Transformations
6. Kinematics 7. Statics 8.
Dynamics 9. Recursive Robot Dynamic
10. Control 11. Motion Planning 12.
Computers for Robots / Appendix A :
Mathematical Fundamentals / Appendix
B: Use of MATLAB and ridim /
Appendix C: Student Projects: Case
Studies
NEURAL NETWORKS / FUZZY LOGIC • ROBOTICS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 113
INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS:
TECHNOLOGY, PROGRAMMING
AND APPLICATIONS
by Mikell P. Groover Department of
Industrial Engineering, Lehigh
University; Mitchell Weiss,
ProgramMation Inc.; Roger N. Nagel,
Department of Computer Science and
Electrical Engineering, Lehigh
University; Nicholas G. Odrey,
Department of Industrial Engineering,
Lehigh University
2008 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070265097
This book is intended for the
undergraduate students of Mechanical,
Industrial, Production and Electrical
Engineering. It is a book on the
technology, programming, and
applications of industrial robots that
should serve the student of robotics
making the transition from the
classroom and laboratory environment
of academia into the applied and
practical world of industry.
FEATURES
• Comprehensive coverage on Robot
Technology, Robot Programming,
Applications, Machine Vision,
Artificial Intelligence, and related
social considerations
• Example problems, case studies
and end-of-chapter exercises serve
to reinforce important concepts
CONTENTS
Part 1 Fundamentals of Robotics 1.
Introduction 2. Fundamentals of Robot
Technology, Programming, and
Applications Part 2 Robot Technology:
The Robot and its Peripherals 3.
Control Systems and Components 4.
Robot Motion Analysis and Control 5.
Robot End Effectors 6. Sensors in
Robotics 7. Machine Vision Part 3 Robot
Programming and Languages 8. Robot
Programming 9. Robot Language 10.
Artificial Intelligence Part 4 Applications
Engineering for Manufacturing 11.
Robot Cell Design and Control 12.
Economic Analysis of Robotics Part 5
Robot Applications in Manufacturing
13. Material Transfer and Machine
Loading/Unloading 14. Processing
Operations 15. Assembly and Inspection
Part 6 Implementation Principles and
Issues 16. An Approach for
Implementing Robotics 17. Safety,
Training, Maintenance, and Quality Part
7 Social and Labor Issues 18. Social
and Labor Issues 19. Robotics
Technology for future 20. Future
Applications
ROBOTICS: CONTROL, SENSING,
VISION, AND INTELLIGENCE
by K.S. Fu School of Electrical
Engineering Purdue University; R.C.
Gonzalez, Department of Electrical
Engineering, University of Tennessee;
C.S.G. Lee, School of Electrical
Engineering, Purdue University
2008 / 594 Pages
ISBN : 9780070265103
This book provides a comprehensive,
well-organized, and up-to-date account
of basic principles underlying the
design, analysis and synthesis of robotic
systems.
FEATURES
• Presents analytical techniques and
fundamental principles of robotics in
a unified and coherent manner
• Numerous examples are worked out
in the text to illustrate the
discussion, and exercises of various
types and complexity are included at
the end of each chapter
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Robot Arms Kinematics
3. Robot Arm Dynamics 4. Planning of
Manipulator Trajectories 5. Robot Arm
Control 6. Sensing 7. Lower-Level Vision
8. Higher Level Vision 9. Robot
Programming Languages 10. Robot
Intelligence and Task Planning /
Appendixes
ROBOTICS AND CONTROL
by Mittal & Nagrath
2002 / 492 Pages
ISBN : 9780070482937
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Robotics 2. Coordinate
Frames, Mapping and Transforms 3.
Symbolic Modeling of Robots – Direct
Kinematic Model 4. The Inverse
Kinematics 5. Manipulator Differential
Motion and Statics 6. Dynamic Modeling
7. Trajectory Planning 8. Control of
Manipulators 9. Robotics Sensors and
Vision 10. Robot Applications
Appendices / Index
ROBOTICS TECHNOLOGY AND
FLEXIBLE AUTOMATION
2nd Edition
by S. R. Deb & Sankha Deb
2009
ISBN : 9780070077911
The authors, who have over four
decades of experience in the industry
and academia, have enhanced the
coverage of the work by comprehensively
adding the latest developments in
the field. New topics include robot
dynamics, drives, actuator systems,
mechatr
CONTENTS
1. Robotics. History, Present Status and
Future Trends 2. Robot Kinematics and
Dynamics 3. Robot Drives, Actuators
and Control 4. Robot End-Effectors 5.
Sensors and Intelligent Robots 6. Robot
Languages and Programming 7.
Mechatronics and Computer Interfacing
8. Flexible Automation Technology 9.
Quantitative Techniques for Economic
Performance 10. Applications of Robots
ROBOTICS DEMYSTIFIED:
A SELF-TEACHING GUIDE
by Wise
2005 / 314 Pages
ISBN : 9780070603134
ROBOTICS
114 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CLIENT SERVER
COMPUTING
CLIENT/SERVER COMPUTING
by Dawna Dewire
2003 / 368 Pages
ISBN : 9780070581142
The goal of client/server computing is t
move critical processing and database
functions closer to end-users, enabling
them to access information
transparently with a multivendor
environment. Now, the first volume in
the new James Martin/McGraw-Hill
Productivity Series provides IS
professionals with an up-to-date review
of the technologies required to build
client/server applications within an open
systems environment.
Client/Server Computing provides the
information IS managers need to
understand the client/server
architecture… select the client, server,
and network components of the
architecture.. and implement the
technologies required to build effective
client/server applications.
Client/Server Computing features
objectives evaluations and comparisons
of leading client/server development
tools, operating systems, GUIs,
DBMSs, LAN operating systems,
transaction managers, and distributed
management environments.
This volume is an exceptionally useful
guide for organizations that are moving
to a client/server architecture within an
open systems environment.
CONTENTS
Foreword Preface Acknowledgments
Part I: Introduction to Client/Server
Computing 1. What is Client/Server
Computing 2. Evolution of Client/Server
Computing 3. Overview of Client/Server
Applications 4. Understanding Client/
Server Computing Part II: The Client 5.
Client Hardware and Software 6.
Client Software Products 7. Client
Requirements Part III: The Server 8.
Server Hardware 9. Server
Environment 10. Server Operating
Systems 11. Server Requirements 12.
Server Data Management and Access
Tools Part IV: The Network 13.
Overview of Networking 14. LAN
Hardware and Software 15.
Development and Deployment 16.
Application Development Tools 17.
Managing the Production Environment
18. Production Requirements Part VI:
Future Trends 19. Hardware and
Software Trends List of Abbreviations
List of Trademarks / Index
U.S. Edition
INTRODUCTION TO
CLIENT/SERVER NETWORKING
by Bruce Hallberg
2004 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780072254556
CONTENTS
1: Designing a Network. 2: Networking
with Unix and Linux. 3: Networking with
Novell NetWare 6. 4: Networking with
Windows NT. 5: Networking with
Windows 2000. 6: Connecting Client
Workstations. 7: TCP/IP. 8: Configuring
Hard Drives. 9: Securing a Network
INTRODUCTION TO
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
FOR MANAGEMENT
by Ramesh Behl, International
Management Institute, Delhi
2009 / 592 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144927
The major objective of this book is to
provide not only a foundation for
understanding information technology in
the context of today's business sphere,
but also to impart the necessary skills
for solving a range of information-based
problems in today's competitive
environment.
FEATURES
• Focus on application of technology
for business decision making
• Text supported by cases from Indian
as well as international context
• Section opening cases to set the
tone for discussion
• Rich pedagogy for easy learning.
Contents
Part One: Business Organisation
And Role Of Information Technology
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Information
Technology 2. Strategic Information
Systems Part Two: Technology
Infrastructure 3. Information Technology
4. Networks and Telecommunication
Systems Part Three: Information
Technology For Decision-Making 5.
Excel Based Decision Models 6. Access
Based Database Systems Part Four:
Information Technology For Decision-
Making 7.E-Business Models 8.
Integrated Enterprise Systems Part
Five: Building Intelligent Systems For
Businesses 9. Decision Support
Systems 10. Knowledge Management
and Intelligent Systems Part Six:
Planning, Implementing And Managing
Information Systems 11. Planning and
Implementing Information Systems 12.
Managing Information Systems and
Organisational Change
COMPUTER APPLICATION
IN BUSINESS
2nd Edition
by K Kumar, Ponnaiyah Ramajayam
College, Thanjavur S Rajkumar,
Ponnaiyah Ramajayam College,
Thanjavur
2009 / 280 Pages
ISBN : 9780070081147
This book Computer Application in
Business provides a visual treat
(adequate and relevant screen shots),
step-by-step explanations and
numerous examples. It covers
fundamentals of computers, MS Word,
MS Excel and Tally. It is an ideal
introduction to applications of computers
for students of commerce and other
non-major computing students.
CLIENT SERVER COMPUTING • INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 115
FEATURES
• Completely supported by screen
shots
• End-of-chapter review questions
• Latest university question papers
• Model questions papers for
university practicals
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Computers 2.
Windows 98 3. Word 2000 4. Excel 5.
Tally - Introduction 6. Tally - Advance 7.
Practicals Appendix- A: Theory
Questions Papers Appendix-B:
Practical Questions Papers / Index
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
FOR MANAGEMENT
7th Edition
by Henry C Lucas, New York University
2000 / 752 Pages
ISBN : 9780070472426
Information Technology for Management
7/e prepares students how to take an
active role in the design, use, and
management of information systems
and technology by providing a broad
treatment of issues relating to an
organization, the technology used, and
how systems are developed. The main
focus deals with applying technology in
an organization or transforming existing
systems with the use of information
technology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Comprehensive Content Coverage -
Unique blend of technical and
managerial issues, for example five
chapters on Systems Analysis and
Design prepare students for
participation in the development of
multi-user systems.
• Applying Technology –
1. Mini-cases for students to solve
that illustrate many different ways
information technology is used
today.
2. Chapter Projects designed to help
students apply concepts learned by
conducting external research.
3. Multi-faceted running cases
appear throughout the text and
encourage teamwork among
students to master technical and
design material.
4. Implications for Management
section that provides a summary of
important concepts and how it will
affect students in the real world.
• Emphasis on globalization – full
chapter devoted to the implications
of international business and
information technology.
• Strategic Uses of IT – Chapter 5
pays particular attention to how
resources can be used to further
competitive advantage.
CONTENTS
Section I. The Role of Managers in
Information Technology 1. Using
Technology to Transform the
Organization 2. Interpreting and
Understanding Information 3.
Information Technology in Perspective
Section II. Organizational Issues 4.
Impact of IT on the Organization 5.
Strategic Issues of IT 6. International
Business and IT Section III.
Information Technology 7. The
Fundamentals 8. A Proliferation of
Computers 9. Software is the Key 10.
Database Management 11.
Communications 12. Networks and
Electronic Commerce 13. IT
Architectures 14. System Alternatives
and Acquisition Section IV. Systems
Analysis and Design 15. Building
Systems Creativity with Technology 16.
Building Systems: Further
Developments 17. Enhancing the Life
Cycle: Packages and other Non-
Traditional Techniques 18.
Reengineering: Changing Businesses
and Business Processes 19.
Implementing Change Section V.
Exciting Directions in Systems 20.
Supporting Knowledge Workers 21.
Organization Support Systems: DSS,
GDSS, EIS, Groupware, Multimedia 22.
Intelligent Systems Section VI. Issues
for Senior Management 23.
Management Control of IT 24. IT Issues
for Management 25. Societal
Implications and the Future with
Technology
INTRODUCTION TO
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
12th Edition
by James A O’Brien, North ern Arizona
University
2005 / 528 Pages
ISBN : 9780070589711
Jim O’Brien’s Introduction to Information
Systems 12/E reflects the movement
toward enterprise-wide business
applications. All new real world case
studies correspond with this movement
as well. The text’s focus is on teaching
the general business manager how to
use and manage the most current IT
technologies like the Internet, Intranets,
and Extranets for electronic commerce
and enterprise collaboration, and how IT
contributes to competitive advantage,
reengineering business processes, and
decision- making.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Analysis Exercises – New exercises
at the end of each chapter provide
practice analyzing problems and
using applications to arrive at
solutions.
• Fundamental roles of information
systems – The new edition opens
with an introduction to business and
an overview of the managerial
challenges of IT in Section I, this
starts off the book in chapter 1. The
more conceptual material on the
components of information systems
is then covered in Section II. We
changed the arrangement of the
content; as it provides students
better perspective, a more over all
view in to IT and how it applies to a
business.
• Condense of Competitive
Advantage Issues in Chapter 2:
Introductory coverage of competitive
advantage issues in Chapter 2 has
been further simplified at the urging
of reviewers by removing several
topics previously covered, including
internet value chains, e-business/ecommerce
strategy development,
and total quality management.
• New material on business
application software: the Computer
Software chapter (4) has been
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS
116 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
strengthened with more material
including the following: application
service providers, XML and Java,
and Web services. This was in part
to include the most up-to-date
material and these technologies are
important to enterprise systems.
• Update Data Resource
Management Chapter: chapter 5
has been restructured and updated
for better flow. New material on
database software and traditional
file processing improves the balance
of topics presented to improve its
sequence of topics; as well as
enhances with the addition of
material on database software and
traditional file processing. This
material has returned at the urging
of reviewers to contrast it with the
modern database management
approach.
• Most Current Real-World Material:
as with all O’Brien’s his texts,
O’Brien selects the cases and
photos at the last possible moment
so the text illustrates concepts with
the most current and relevant
examples. The material has been
updated with the most modern and
contemporary of content and in-text
real world examples that illustrate
topics discussed in the book. In
addition, most of the photos and soft
ware screen shots in the text have
been replaced with updated content.
Thus providing both the instructor
and student content contains the
latest and pertinent information.
• MISource: This computer CD-based
tutorial supplement de signed to
helps students refresh prerequisite
computer skills and reinforces MIS
concepts. It includes all the
simulations and lessons from the
MOS exam up to and including the
CORE level in excel, access and
power point; as well as learning
material animations of IT concepts
and critical-thinking video cases on
specific MIS concepts. The CD is
packaged for free with each text.
• MISource: This computer CD-based
tutorial supplement de signed to
helps students refresh prerequisite
computer skills and reinforces MIS
concepts. It includes all the
simulations and lessons from the
MOS exam up to and including the
CORE level in excel, access and
power point; as well as learning
material animations of IT concepts
and critical-thinking video cases on
specific MIS concepts. The CD is
packaged for free with each text.
FEATURES
• Internet, Intranets/Extranets,
Electronic Commerce, and
Enterprise Collaboration: The 12E
emphasizes these hot topical areas,
integrating them thoroughly
throughout the text in chapter
material and real world cases.
• Strategic, International, Ethical
Dimensions of IS: The 12E
dedicates individual chapters to
these important topics, but also
weaves them into every chapter
through the real world cases and
problems.
• Five-level framework: Another of
O’Brien’s trademarks, the frame
work organizes the complex IS
concepts a business student needs
into 5 simple components-
Foundation Concepts, Technology,
Applications, Development and
Management-that correspond to the
modules of the text. The framework
has been revised for the 12E to
better and more easily communicate
the levelsof IS knowledge.
CONTENTS
Module I Foundation Concepts. 1.
Foundations of Information Systems in
Business. Section I Foundation
Concepts: Information Systems in
Business. Section II Foundation
Concepts: Components of Information
Systems. 2. Competing With
Information Technology, Section I
Fundamentals of Strategic Advantage.
Section II Using Information Technology
for Strategic Advantage. Module II
Information Technologies.3.
Computer Hardware. Section I
Computer Systems: End User and
Enterprise Computing. Section II
Computer Peripherals: Input, Output,
and Storage Technologies. 4. Computer
Software. Section I Application
Software: End User Applications.
Section II System Softare: Computer
System Management. 5. Data Resource
Management. Section I Managing Data
Resources. Section II Technical
Foundations of Data Resource
Management. 6. Tele communications
and Networks. Section I The Networked
Enterpise. Section II Tele
communications Network Alternatives.
Module III Business Applications. 7.
Electronic Business Systems. Section I
Enterprise Business Systems. Section
II Functional Business Systems. 8.
Electronic Commerce Systems.
Section I Electronic Commerce
Fundamentals. Section II E-Commerce
Applications and Issues. 9. Decision
Support Systems. Section I Decision
Support in Business. Section II Artificial
Intelligence Technologies in Business.
Module IV Developmental Processes.
10. Developing Business/ IT
Solutions. Section I Developing
Business Systems. Section II
Implementing Business Systems.
Module V Management Challen-ges.
11. Security and Ethical Challenges.
Section I Security, Ethical, and Societal
Challenges of IT. Section II Security
Management of Information Technology.
12. Enterprise and Global Management
of Information Technology. Section I
Managing Information Technology.
Section II Managing Global IT. Review
Quiz Answers. References. Glossary
For Business Professionals. Name
Index. / Organization Index. / Subject
Index
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 117
USING INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY 6th Edition Complete
Edition
By Williams
2005 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070607491
Using Information Technology, 6/e
covers the fundamental computing
concepts that are part of the digital age,
including software, hardware, data,
people, and procedures along with
expanded coverage on Security and
ethics. The text centers on educating
today's technology consumer, using
themes of ethics, the Internet, and
communications to demonstrate how
the changing world of technology
influences our lives and the decisions
we make.
• Expanded coverage of Security:
New Security icon in the margins
indicates discussions of computer
and communications security.
• Expanded coverage of Ethics:
Ethics Iconin the margins highlight
important ethical matters throughout
the book.
• "More Info!" These internet related
margin items ask students
questions about content in the
current sectionof the text book that
suggest where students can go on
the internet to find answers. These
items teach students search skills
and provide more information about
specific topics. Web Excersizes at
the end of the chapter extend this
activity.
• "Why It's Important" end of chapter
summaries provide not only
definitions of all the key terms, but
also a concise explanation of why
each term is important and relevant
for the student.
• New and different Internet
Exercises: Additional Stage 3
learning activities have been created
as interesting Internet activities.
• Survival Tips: “Post-It”-like Survival
Tips in the margin offer practical
advice and aid student explorations
of the infotech world.
• Information in Real-Time: “Click-
Along” icon found in text margin
links students to the textbook
website where they can find up-todate,
pertinent content for further
learning reinforcement. This will
appeal to students who like to
“multitask” (i.e., do other tasks while
studying).
• Radical Redesign of
Supplements: The Supplement
Package has been completely
revised based on the three-level
learning model. The Instructor’s
Manual, Test Bank, and PowerPoint
presentations have been
significantly upgraded, with new
forms of enrichment not available in
previous editions. Please see the
supplements section for a
description of the package
components.
• Emphasis on PRACTICALITY
• Emphasis on READABILITY &
LEARNING REINFORCEMENT
• Emphasis on CUTTING-EDGE
CURRENCY
• Prominent 3-Level System
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Information Technology
2. The Internet & The World Wide
Web 3. Application Software 4. System
Software 5. Hardware-The CPU &
Storage 6. Hardware-Input & Output 7.
Telecommunications 8. Files, Databases,
& E-Commerce 9. The
Challenges of the Digital Age 10. The
Promises of the Digital Age 11.
Information Systems Appendix A:
Software Development Appendix B:
More on the Booting Process
INTRODUCTION TO
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
15th Edition
By James A O’Brien (deceased) and
George Marakas, University of Kansas-
Lawrence
2010 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780070167087
O’Brien’s Introduction to Information
Systems 15e reflects the contemporary
use of enterprise-wide business
systems. New real-world case studies
continue to correspond with this industry
reality. The text’s focus is on teaching
the future manager the potential effect
on business of the most current IT
technologies such as the Internet,
Intranets, and Extranets for enterprise
collaboration, and how IT contributes to
competitive advantage, reengineering
business processes, problem solving,
and decision-making
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Loose-Leaf- The first noticeable
change with this new edition is the
new loose-leaf format.
• 85 new blue boxes- Each chapter
replete with the blue boxes, provides
brief, in-depth examples of how
corporations apply IS concepts and
theories. Expanding on international
focus, globe icons imbedded in blue
boxes indicate those examples with
an international focus.
• 75% of the Real World Cases are
new to the Fifteenth Edition (3
cases/chapter)-The authors’
continuing commitment in delivering
timely content is evidenced by the
number of new cases providing
students with in-depth examples of
business successes and
challenges. This helps avoid the
problem of using older examples
students know are dated.
• Sections New or Expanded Include:
application virtualization, cyberterrorism,
metropolitan area
networks, cloud computing,
expanded history of computing,
search engine optimization, and
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS
118 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
trends in outsourcing and offshoring.
• Discussions New or Expanded
Include: IS careers and job market
outlook (expanded), strategic uses
of IS/IT (expanded), updated Java
discussion to reflect most recent
version: Java EE5, Facebook and
YouTube (expanded), strategic data
management (expanded), updated
number of Internet users, updated
Internet2, relationship between
SCM, CRM, and ERP with regard to
supporting corporate strategy, SCM
as a top strategic objective of
modern enterprises, use of digital
billboards in targeted marketing,
current state of cyber law
(expanded), and strategic value of
business intelligence activities in the
modern organization (expanded).
• Coverage New or Expanded
Include: Windows Server 2008,
iPhone (expanded), e-commerce
success factors (expanded), system
implementation challenges
(expanded), user resistance
(expanded), end-user development
(expanded), software piracy
economic impacts (expanded), and
IT governance (expanded), and
HIPAA (expanded).
• New data relating to top retail web
sites and online sales volume.
• End of Chapter Quizzes now contain
a review question for each key term.
RETAINED FEATURES
• Analysis Exercises – Exercises at
the end of each chapter provide
practice analyzing problems and
using applications to arrive at
solutions.
• Fundamental roles of information
systems – The book opens with an
introduction to business and an
overview of the managerial
challenges of IT.
• Thorough coverage of Competitive
Advantage Issues.
• Complete coverage of business
application software: the Computer
Software chapter covers the
following: application service
providers, XML and Java, and Web
services.
• Data Resource Management:
Material on database software and
traditional file processing provides a
balance of the topics covered in the
course.
• Most Current Real-World Material:
as with all O’Brien’s texts, the
authors incorporate the cases and
photos at the last possible moment
so the text illustrates concepts with
the most current and relevant
examples.
• MISource: Save lecture time and
office hours by empowering
students to refresh their Excel,
Access, Office, and PowerPoint
skills on their own or learn them for
the first time with this powerful
tutorial tool that provides perfect
simulation of the actual Office
software. Access to MISource may
be purchased via e-commerce
through www.mhhe.com/misource.
Alternatively, a registration code
card (0077219953) may be bundled
with the text.
CONTENTS
Module I Foundation Concepts 1.
Foundations Of Information Systems In
Business 2 Competing With Information
Technology Module II Information
Technologies 3. Computer Hardware 4.
Computer Software 5. Data Resource
Management 6. Telecommuni-cations
And Networks Module III Business
Applications 7. Electronic Business
Systems 8. Electronic Commerce
Systems 9. Decision Support Systems
Module IV Development Process 10.
Develo-ping Business / It Solutions
Module V Management Challenges
11. Security And Ethical Challenges 12.
Enterprise And Global Management Of
Information Technology
International Edition
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
ESSENTIALS
3rd Edition
By Stephen Haag.University of Denver
Maeve Cummings, Pittsburg State
Universty
2008 / 576 Pages
ISBN : 9780071285490
9 chapters plus 3 appendices cover the
traditional core material of MIS. A
comprehensive set of group projects
and e-commerce projects support an
applied component to the course.
Consistent with Haag’s best-selling MIS
for the Information Age, IS Essentials 3/
e conveys the impact of IS on the
individual with contemporary writing and
lively examples
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Chapter 1 is no longer an
introduction to the book; instead it
now sets the stage for the
technology discussions throughout
the book. The chapter jumps right
into the integration of business
strategy and information technology
by covering Porter’s Five Forces
Model, Porter’s three generic
strategies, top line versus bottom
line, the run-grow-transform (RGT)
framework, and value-chain
analysis.
• New content on component-based
development (CBD), serviceoriented
architectures (SoA), and
service level agreements (SLAs).
RETAINED FEATURES
• Haag’s style of writing and story
telling.
• MIS and Your Career, the prologue
in the 1st edition, now appears as
an appendix.
CONTENTS
1. The Information Age in which You
Live: Changing the Face of Business 2.
Major Business Initiatives: Gaining
Competitive Advantage with IT 3.
Databases and Data Warehouses:
Building Business Intelligence 4.
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 119
Decision Support and Artificial
Intelligence: Brainpower for Your
Business 5. Electronic Commerce:
Strategies for the New Economy 6.
Systems Development: Phases, Tools,
and Techniques 7. Enterprise
Infrastructure, Metrics, and Business
Continuity Planning: Building and
Sustaining the Dynamic Enterprise 8.
Protecting People and Information:
Threats and Safeguards 9. Emerging
Trends and Technologies: Business,
People, and Technology Tomorrow A
Computer Hardware and Software B
Network Basics C Careers in Business
Projects: Group Projects Electronic
Commerce Project
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
AND MANAGEMENT
2nd Edition
by Ronald L Thompson, Wake Forest
University and William Cats-Baril,
University of Vermont
2003 / 704 Pages
ISBN : 9780071110631
Information Technology and Management,
Second Edition by Thompson and
Cats-Baril is not just an introduction to
information technology; rather, it is an
introduction to business processes and
the information systems that can make
these processes more effective. The
book covers the traditional topics of
information technology, information
system components, and information
system development. But it goes
beyond this traditional coverage,
showing how businesses function and
how information systems enable
businesses to function more effectively.
The theme of IT and organizational
responsiveness has been retained, but
now centers on the context of how an
information system can impact the
competitiveness of an organization.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• More Focus on Information Systems
& Technology: Organizational
Responsiveness remains at the
center of the text, but, based on
reviewer feedback, the theme is
centered within the context of how
an information system can impact
an organization's competitiveness.
• Increased Coverage of Networks
and Telecommunications: Focused
on how technology can help an
organization achieve its goals. All
key technology concepts supported
with case vignettes.
• Enhanced Treatment of Databases
and Database Management: Helps
students become literate with a
database tool in the very first IS
course.
• Napster in Historical and
Contemporary Context: An opening
case study in the book, providing
issues around which the Framework
for Decision Making can be
contemplated and put to use. The
final chapter ends with an analysis
of Napster and what went wrong
with the business model, viewed
through the criteria developed in the
text.
• Practicum Assignments – Help
Implement inquiry into the
classroom with assignments that aid
the supervised practical application
of previously studied theory.
FEATURES
• Active-Learning Framework for
Decision-Making: Boxed Elements
such as “How this Really Works”
and “Why is this Important” ask
students to use a set of criteria,
such as performance, cost,
reliability, and ethics to develop and
present tools with which the
effectiveness of an information
systems initiative can be measured.
• Business Briefs: Real-world articles
and stories that present actual
business situations taken from
articles published in professional
publications, published cases, and
cases specifically developed by the
authors. Questions following each
case require the student to analyze
the situation using concepts
presented in the chapter. These are
interspersed throughout the text,
located near the corresponding
course material.
• Competitive, Ethical and
International Examples: Highlighted
with icons, these examples are
included throughout the chapters
and illustrate the pervasiveness of
Information Technology and the
managerial issues related to these
topics.
• Connective Cases: Designed to
reinforce concepts from each
chapter, with suggested solutions
provided for the first four connective
cases, so that those students
without case experience can gain
familiarity with the process.
• Chapter Review Materials: Including
a summary, key concepts and
terms, useful web sites, review
questions, more thought-provoking
discussion questions, group
assignments, application
assignments (requiring the use of
productivity tools), and a case
assignment.
• End of Module Cases: Multiple
installments from the same
company. Dakin Farm is a real
organization, and the installments
describe real situations and
decisions faced by the president.
The case installments at the end of
each module are longer and more
complex than those offered at the
end of the chapter. They provide an
excellent opportunity to review and
reinforce material presented within
the chapters. A web site tie-in has
been added to this edition.
CONTENTS
Modle I: Application of Information
Technology. 1. Introduction to Information
Technology and Management. 2.
Hardware and Software. 3. Data Management.
4. Tele communications and
Networking. 5. Internet and E-Business.
Module II: Information Systems and
Management. 6. Organizational Use of
IS. 7. IS and Organizational Responsiveness.
8. IS to Support Decision
Making. 9. IS and Organization al Competition.
Module III: Development and
Man age ment of IS. 10. IS and Business
Process Management. 11. IS Development.
12. IS Sourcing and Application
Ser vice Providers. 13. IS Management.
14. IT and Society. / Glossary.
/ Index
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS
120 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
International Edition
FOUNDATIONS OF
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
by Vladimir Zwass, Fairleigh Dickinson
University
1998 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071156387
FEATURES
• Development of Principal Themes
throughout text which are integrated
into chapter concepts/objectives and
reinforced in selection of case
studies/vignette boxes
• Transformation of Business
Processes
• Strategic Use of Information
Systems
• Advance of Electronic
Commerce
• Total Quality Management
• Support of Knowledge Work and
Leveraging Knowledge in
organizations
• Globalization: author intends to
"broaden the student’s horizons" by
introducing them to the effects of IT/
IS internationally; the text is
saturated with references to
companies throughout the world
who are using IT/IS to gain
competitive advantage
• Cases: Focus Minicase begins each
chapter; Case Study concludes
each chapter; Real-World Minicase
in e-o-c has questions for
assignment; Vignettes throughout
each chapter
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Information Systems &
Their Capabilities. 2. Fundamental
Concepts of Information Systems. 3.
Competing with Information Systems. 4.
Information Systems Hardware. 5.
Information Systems Soft ware. 6.
Database Management. 7. Telecommunications,
the Internet, & Information
Systems Architecture. 8. Support of
Individual & Group Knowledge Work. 9.
Transaction Processing & Management
Reporting Systems. 10. Decision
Support & Executive Information Sys
tems. 11. Expert Systems & Applied
Artificial In telligence. 12. Information
Systems for Business Functions. 13.
Business Reengineering, Information
Systems Planning & Acquisition. 14.
Managing & Controlling Information
Systems. 15. Development Life Cycle &
Systems Analysis. 16. From Design to
Main te nance of Information Systems.
17. Ethical, Societal, & Global Issues in
Information Sys tems. 18. Innovating
with Information Systems for Global
Reach.
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEM: TEXT & CASES
4th Edition
by Waman Jawadekar, Management
and IT Consultant, Pune
2009 / 848 Pages
ISBN : 9780070146624
This book aims at presenting a
systematic knowledge of the
management information technology, so
that it can be appreciated and
understood for application in business
and industry. It has a balanced
management and technology coverage,
which makes the text indispensable for
students and professionals of both
business management and computer
applications.
The new and updated fourth edition
reflects the present trend prevailing in
the information era. It shifts the focus on
the information needs of a digital firm for
running the business efficiently and
effectively. The book continues to have
five parts covering the text and
comprehensive cases related to MIS.
FEATURES
• Introduction to Digital Firm-Real
Time Enterprise
• Traditional report oriented design of
MIS replaced by strategic design of
MIS
• New topics such as content
management systems, enterprise
portals, WiMax technology, unified
communication technology,
business intelligence, score cards,
and dash board
CONTENTS
Part One: Strategic View of MIS 1.
Management Information Systems in a
Digital Firm 2. E-Business Enterprise: A
Digital Firm 3. Strategic Management of
Business Performance 4. Information
Security Challenges in E-Enterprises 5.
Information Technology: Impact on
Society Part Two: Basics Of
Management Information Systems 6.
Decision- Making 7. Information,
Knowledge, Business Intelligence 8.
Systems Engineering: Analysis and
Design 9. Development Process of MIS
10. Strategic Design of MIS 11.
Business Process Re-Engineering
(BPR) Part Three: Applications Of
Management Information Systems To
E-Business 12. Applications in
Manufacturing Sector 13. Applications in
Service Sector 14. Decision Support
Systems and Knowledge Management
15. Enterprise Management Systems
Part Four: Infotech Infrastructure 16.
Technology of Information Systems 17.
United Communications and Networks
18. Database and Client Server
Architecture 19. Data Warehouse:
Architecture to Implemen-tation 20. EBusiness
Technology Part Five:
Comprehensive Cases On
Management Information Systems
21. Tata Home Finance Ltd. (A
Comprehensive Case Study on MIS) 22.
Techno-Cases in E-Enterprise Management
23. Case Digest of SCM 24. FS
Square Infotech Ltd. (FSIT) 25. Home
Land Groceries and Stores (HLGS)
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS • MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 121
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
9th Edition
by James A. O’Brien, College of
Business Administration, Northern
Arizona University George M. Marakas,
KU School of Business, University of
Kansas Ramesh Behl, International
Management Institute, New Delhi
2009 / 864 Pages
ISBN : 9780070144941
This revised edition is designed for
business students who are or who will
soon become business professionals in
the fast-changing business world of
today. The goal of this text is to help
business students learn how to use and
manage information technologies to
revitalize business processes, improve
business decision making, and gain
competitive advantage.
FEATURES
• Business and managerial
perspective
• Emphasis on the strategic role of
information technology
• Five-Area Information Systems
Framework (Business Applications,
Management Challenges, Information
Technologies, Foundation
Concepts, Development Processes)
• Coverage of Ethics & Security
• Rich Pedagogy
CONTENTS
Part One: Foundation Concepts 1.
Foundations of Information Systems in
Business 2. Competing with Information
Technology Part Two: Information
Technologies 3. Computer Hardware 4.
Computer Software 5. Data Resource
Management 6. Telecommuni-cations
and Networks Part Three: Business
Applications 7. e-Business Systems 8.
Enterprise Business Systems 9.
Electronic Commerce Systems 10.
Decision Support Systems Part Four:
Development Process 11. Developing
Business / IT Strategies 12. Developing
Business / IT Solutions Part Five:
Management Challenges 13. Security
and Ethical Challenges 14. Enterprise
and Global Management of Information
Technology / Review Quiz Answers /
Selected References / Glossary For
Business Professionals / Name Index /
Company Index / Subject Index
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
6th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Stephen Haag – Daniels College of
Business Maeve Cummings – College
of Business, Pittsburg State University
Amy Phillips – Daniels College of
Business
2008 / 590 Pages
ISBN : 9780070668362
Chapter cover what instructors want
student to know about MIS while
Extended Learning Modules (XLMs)
show students what they can do with
MIS. A contemporary writing style and a
wealth of examples engage students.
The chapter opening cases highlight
how an organization has successfully
implemented many of the chapter’s
concepts, and the chapter closing cases
help students apply what they just
learned: this gives students the handson
knowledge.
FEATURES
• New Extended Learning Modules L
on using FrontPage to build
websites and new Extended
Learning Module M on programming
in Excel with Visual Basic.
• New or updated case studies on
industry and global perspectives that
highlight with current trends.
• Updated or expanded coverage of
numerous topics including all forms
of outsourcing,
• Career XLM shows why this course
is important to each specific
business major
• Updated cases to show the best
and most interesting examples of IS
• Simple and approachable design;
separates content between chapters
and XLMs
• Nearly 85 “Team Work” and “On
Your Own” Projects
• Contains an abundance of
assignments and exercises
• Features e-commerce and group
projects
CONTENTS
Chapter One: The Information Age in
Which you Live: Changing the Face of
Business / Extended Learning Module
A: Computer Hardware and Software /
Chapter Two: Major Business
Initiatives: Gaining Competitive
Advantage with IT / Extended Learning
Module B: The World Wide Web and
the Internet / Chapter Three: Database
and Data Warehouses: Building
Business Intelligence / Extended
Learning Module C: / Designing
Databases and Entity-Relationship
Diagramming / Chapter Four: Decision
Support and Artificial Intelligence:
Brainpower for Your Business /
Extended Learning Module D: Decision
Analysis with Spreadsheet Software /
Chapter Five: Electronic Commerce:
Strategies for the New Economy /
Extended Learning Module E: Network
Basics (on CD) / Chapter Six: Systems
Development: Phases, Tools, and
Techniques / Extended Learning
Module F: Building a Web Page with
HTML (on CD) / Chapter Seven:
Enterprise Infrastructure and Integration:
Building the Dynamic Enterprise /
Extended Learning Module G: Object-
Oriented Technologies (on CD) /
Chapter Eight: Protecting People and
Information: Threats and Safeguards /
Extended Learning Module H: Computer
Crime and Forensics / Chapter Nine:
Emerging Trends and Technologies:
Business, People, and Technology
Tomorrow / Extended Learning Module
I: Building an E-Portfolio / Extended
Learning Module J: Implementing a
Database with Microsoft Access (on
CD)/ Extended Learning Module K:
Careers in Business (on CD)
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
122 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CORPORATE INFORMATION
STRATEGY AND MANAGEMENT:
TEXT AND CASES
7th Edition
by Applegate, Austin & Mcfarian
2006 / 682 Pages
ISBN : 9780070635845
FEATURES
The text is written for students and
managers who desire an overview of
contemporary information systems
technology management. It explains the
relevant issues of effective
management of information services
activities and highlights the areas of
greatest potential application of the
technology. No assumptions are made
concerning the reader’s experience with
IT.
• Extensive use of Harvard Cases
• Contemporary view of IT
• Modular approach
For non-technical audiences
POINTS TO REMEMBER:
• Management approach
• Perfect author team – Strategy
(Applegate), Technology &
Operations (Austin), MIS (McFarlan)
• Case on BPO/IT outsourcing
pertaining to India (Case 3-5)
CONTENTS
Introduction: The Challenges of
Managing in a Networked World /
Case #I-1 Li and Fung Internet Issues
(A) (HBS #301-009) / Module 1:
Business Impacts / 1. IT and Strategy /
2. IT and Organization / 3. Extending the
Enterprise / 4. Making the Case for IT /
Case #1-1 Charles Schwab in 2002
(HBS #803-070) / Case #1-2 / Learning
from Leapfrog (HBS #804-062) / Case
#1-3 Wyndham International: Fostering
High-Touch with High Tech (HBS #803-
092) / Case #1-4 / Global Healthcare
Exchange (HBS #804-002) / Article #1-5
IT Doesn’t Matter HBR #3566) / Module
2: MANAGING INFRASTR-UCTURE
AND OPERATIONS / 5. Understanding
Internetworking Infrastructure / 6.
Assuring Reliable and Secure IT
Services / 7. Managing Diverse IT
Infrastructures / Case #2-1 CareGroup
(HBS #303-097) / Case #2-2 The
iPremier Company: Denial of Service
Attack (A) (HBS #601-114) / Case #2-3
Ford Motor Company: Supply Chain
Strategy ((HBS #699-198) / Article #2-4
The Power of Virtual Integration: An
Interview with Dell Computer’s Michael
Dell (HBR #98208) / Case #2-5
Postgirot Bank and Provment AB:
Managing the Cost of IT Operations
(HBS #302-061) / Module 3:
LEADERSHIP ISSUES / 8. Organizing
and Leading the IT Functions / 9.
Managing IT Outsourcing / 10. A
Portfolio Approach to ITProjects / Case
#3-1 Cathay Pacific: Doing More with
Less (HBS #303-106) / Case #3-2
Royal Caribbean Cruises, Ltd. (HBS
#304-019) / Case #3-3 Rakuten (HBS
#305-050) / Case #3-4 Telecomunicacoes
de São Paulo S.A. (Telesp)
(HBS #804-149) / Case #3-5
Outsourcing IT: The Global Landscape
in 2004 (HBS #304-104) Conclusion:
The Challenges of Managing in a
Network Economy Revisited / Case #C-
1 UCB: Managing Information for
Globalization and Innovation A)
Abridged)(HBS #304-096) / Case #C-2
Enabling Business Strategy with IT at
the World Bank (HBS #304-055)
Annotated Bibliography / Index
BUSINESS DRIVEN
TECHNOLOGY (With CD)
2nd Edition
by Stephen Haag, University of Denver
Paige Baltzan, University of Denver
Amy Phillips, University of Denver
2009 / 652 Pages
ISBN : 9780070671096
Business Driven Technology is state of
the art in its discussions, presents
concepts in an easy-to-understand
format, and allows students to be active
participants in learning. The dynamic
nature of information technology
requires all students, more specifically
business students, to be aware of both
current and emerging technologies. The
text engage students with numerous
case studies, exercises, projects, and
questions that enforce concepts,
Business Driven Technology creates a
unique learning experience for both
faculty and students
FEATURES
• Number of Business Plug-Ins
increased from 10 to 15.
• Number of Technology Plug-Ins
increased from 7 to 10.
• Number of case studies increased
from 55 to 64.
• Apply Your Knowledge appendix has
been updated and expanded. It
contains 50 projects.
• Business First Perspective
CONTENTS
Part One: Achieving Business
Success Through Information
Technology 1. Business Driven
Technology 2. Identifying Competitive
Advantages 3. Strategic Initiatives for
Implementing Competitive Advantages
4. Measuring the Success of Strategic
Initiatives 5. Organizational Structures
That Support Strategic Initiatives Part
Two: Managing Information for
Business Initiatives 6. Valuing
Organizational Information 7. Storing
Organizational Information—Databases
8. Accessing Organizational
Information—Data Warehouse Part
Three: Enhancing Business
Decisions 9. Enabling the
Organization—Decision Making 10.
Extending the Organization—Supply
Chain Management 11. Building a
Customer-centric Organization—
Customer Relationship Management
12. Integrating the Organization from
End to End—Enterprise Resource
Planning Part Four: Creating
Collaborative Partnerships in
Business 13. Creating Innovative
Organizations 14. E-Business 15.
Creating Collaborative Partnerships 16.
Integrating Wireless Technology in
Business Part Five: Transforming
Organizations 17. Building Software to
Support an Agile Organization 18.
Outsourcing in the 21st Century 19.
Developing a 21st Century Organization
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 123
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
2nd Edition
by Davis
2000 / 703 Pages
ISBN : 9780070402676
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction to management
information systems. 1. An overview
of management information systems. 2.
Structure of a management information
system. Part II:. Survey of information
systems technology. 3. Hardware, software
and communication technology for
information systems. 4. Storage and retrieval
of data. 5. Transaction processing,
office automation and information
processing control functions. Part III:
Conceptual foundations. 6. The Decision-
making process. 7. Concepts of
information. 8. Humans as information
processors. 9. System concepts. 10.
Concepts of planning and control. 11.
Organizational structure and management
concepts. Part IV: Informationbased
support systems. 12. Support
systems for planning. 13. Support systems
for management of knowledge
work. Part V: Information system requirements.
14. Developing a longrange
information system plan. 15.
Strategies for the determination of information
requirements. 16. Database
requirements. 17. User interface requirements.
Part VI: Development,
implementation and management of
information system resources. 18.
Developing and implementing application
systems. 19. Quality assurance and
evaluation of information systems. 20.
Organization and management of the
information resources function. 21. Future
developments and their organizational
and social implications. Name Index.
Subject Index.
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
4th Edition
by Robert Schultheis, and Mary
Sumner, Southern Illinois University
1998 / 640 Pages
ISBN : 9780074638798
MIS courses are offered in schools of
business either at the undergraduate
level in the junior/senior year, or at the
MBA level.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Revised/consolidated 4 functional
business area chapters from 3/E (on
accounting/finance information
systems (IS), marketing IS,
manufacturing/production IS, and
human resource IS) into 2 new
chapters 10 - Operational IS and 11
- Tactical and Strategic IS.
Functional area coverage still
emphasized, just reorganized to
help professors cover the topics
more quickly and easily;
• Brand new chapter 9 on the Internet
and Distributed Systems; updated
technology coverage in chapters 5-
8; new chapter 4 on Business
Process Reengineering and
Information Technology;
• All new 5 part integrated case on
Software Reengineering Company
written by Doug Bock.
FEATURES
• Real-life boxed examples - found in
most chapters and renamed for this
edition as "Manager’s Memos,"
these present real-life scenarios on
information systems.
• User-manager perspective and
emphasis - Schultheis/Sumner
focus on the question "Does the
manager need to know it?" when
choosing content for the text. The
authors select information systems
topics that are important to the
manager rather than the systems
analyst or the MIS major.
• Integration of theory and practice -
as with previous editions, this edition
also contains information
management theories important to
the manager, maintaining the text’s
higher-level, sophisticated
reputation
CONTENTS
Part I Information Systems. 1. A
Manager’s View of Information Systems.
2. An Introduction to Concepts of
Systems and Organizations. 3. Strategic
Uses of Information Techno-logy. 4.
Business Process Reengineer-ing and
Information Technology. Part II
Computer System Resources. 5.
Computer Hardware. 6. Computer
Software. 7. File and Database
Management Systems. 8.
Communications Systems Basics. 9.
Distributed Systems, the Internet, and
Office Communications. Part III
Common Business Application
Areas. 10. Applications of Operational
Information Systems to Business. 11.
Applications of Tactical and Strategic
Information Systems to Business. 12.
Decision Support Systems and Expert
Systems. Part IV Planning and
Development of Information
Systems: 13. Information Systems
Planning. 14. Systems Analysis and
Design. 15. Alternative Application
Development Approaches. Part V The
Management of Information Systems.
16. Organization of Information Systems
and End-User Computing. 17. Security
and Ethical Issues of Information
Systems.
DESIGN-DRIVEN INNOVATION
By Roberto Verganti
2009 / 288 Pages
ISBN: 9781422124826
A Professional Reference Title
Until now, the literature on innovation
has focused either on radical innovation
pushed by technology or incremental
innovation pulled by the market. In
Design-Driven Innovation: How to
Compete by Radically Innovating What
Things Means, Roberto Verganti
introduces a third strategy, a radical shift
in perspective that introduces a bold
new way of competing. Design-driven
innovations do not come from the
market; they create new markets. They
don’t push new technologies; they push
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
124 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
new meanings. It’s about having a
vision, and taking that vision to your
customers. Think of game-changers like
Nintendo’s Wii or Apple’s iPod. They
overturned our understanding of what a
video game means and how we listen to
music. Customers had not asked for
these new meanings, but once they
experienced them, it was love at first
sight. But where does the vision come
from? With fascinating examples from
leading European and American
companies, Verganti shows that for truly
breakthrough products and services, we
must look beyond customers and users
to those he calls “interpreters” – the
experts who deeply understand and
shape the markets they work in. Design-
Driven Innovation offers a prvocative
new view of innovation thinking and
practice.
CONTENTS
1. Design-Driven Innovation. An
introduction Part One: The Strategy of
Design-Driven Innovation 2. Design
and Meanings. Innovating by making
sense of things 3. Radical Pushes.
Placing design-driven innovation in the
strategy of a firm 4. Technology
Epiphanies. The interplay between
technology-push and design-driven
innovation 5. The Value and the
Challenges. Why companies do or do
not invest in design-driven innovation
Part Two: The Process of Design-
Driven Innovation 6. The Interpreters.
Doing research with the design
discourse 7. Listening. Finding and
attracting key interpreters 8.
Interpreting. Developing your own vision
9. Addressing. Leveraging the seductive
power of the interpreters Part Three:
Building Design-Driven Capabilities
10. The Design-Driven Lab. How to start
11. Businesspeople. The key role of top
executives and their culture
BUSINESS DRIVEN TECHNOLOGY
WITH PREMIUM CONTENT CARD
4th Edition
By Paige Baltzan, Amy Phillips and
Stephen Haag of University of Denver
2010
ISBN: 9780071220545
The Baltzan ad Phillips approach in
Business Driven Technology discusses
various business initiatives first and
prolifically through the Business Plug-
Ins, and how technology supports those
initiatives second. The premise for this
unique approach is that business
initiatives drive technology choices in a
corporation. With 21 Business Plug Ins,
instructors may customize the degree in
which the business initiative is explored
prior to the technology solution making
those possible. This approach takes the
difficult and often intangible MIS
concepts, brings them down to the
student’s level, and applies them using
a hands-on approach to reinforce the
concepts. BDT provides the foundation
that will enable students to achieve
excellence in business, whether they
major in operations management,
manufacturing, sales, marketing, etc.
BDT is designed to give students the
ability to understand how information
technology can be a point of strength in
an organization.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• 40% new content includes:
• The 15 Business Plug Ins have all
been updated, and we’ve expanded
the collection to now include 21
robust Business Plug Ins.
• Updates to 1-B15
• New Business Plug Ins B16-B21
include:
• Operations Management
• Organizational Architecture Trends
• Business Intelligence
• Global Information Systems
• Innovation, Social Entrepreneurship,
Social Networking, and Virtual
Worlds
• Mobile Technology
• Updated business examples
throughout all units.
• 21 New Cases including political
micro-targeting, MLB the real
competitive advantages, Social
Networking, E-espionage, Twitter,
and Women in Technology.
• Added chapter 18: Managing
Organizational Projects. Including
SME’s and the project manager you
need to know about.
• Business Plug In 15 takes a
considerably deeper look at the
PM’s role in developing successful
information systems using a variety
of strategies and tools.
CONTENTS
Unit 1: 1. Business Driven Technology
2. Identifying Competitive Advantages 3.
Strategic Initiatives for Implementing
Competitive Advantages 4. Measuring
the Success of Strategic Initiatives 5.
Organizational Structures that Support
Strategic Initiatives Unit 2: 6. Valuing
Organizational Information 7. Storing
Organizational Information – Databases
8. Accessing Organizational Information
– Data Warehouse Unit 3: 9. Enabling
the Organization – Decision Making 10.
Extending the Organization – Supply
Chain Management 11. Building a
Customer-Centric Organization –
Customer Relationship Management
12. Integrating the Organization from
End-to-End – Enterprise Resource
Planning Unit 4: 13. Creating Innovative
Organizations 14. E-Business 15.
Creating Collaborative Partnerships 16.
Integrating Wireless Technology in
Business Unit 5: 17. Building Software
to Support an Agile Organization 18.
Managing Organizational Projects 19.
Outsourcing in the 21st Century 20.
Developing a 21st Century Organization
Business Plug-Ins: B1- Business
Basics / B2- Business Process / B3-
Hardware and Software / B4- Enterprise
Architectures / B5- Networks and
Telecommunications / B6- Information
Security / B7- Ethics / B8- Supply Chain
Management / B9- Customer
Relationship Management / B10-
Enterprise Resource Management /
B11- E-Business / B12- Global Trends /
B13- Strategic Outsourcing / B14-
Systems Development / B15- Project
Management / B16- Operations
Management / B17 - Organizational
Architecture Trends / B18- Business
Intelligence / B19- Global Information
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 125
Systems / B20- Innovation, Social
Entrepreneurship, Social Networking,
and Virtual Worlds / B21- Mobile
Technology / Technical Plug-Ins: T1-
Personal Productivity Using IT (OLC
only) / T2- Basic Skills Using Excel
(OLC only) / T3- Problem Solving Using
Excel (OLC only) / T4- Decision Making
Using Excel (OLC only) / T5- Designing
Database Applications (OLC only) / T6-
Basic Skills Using Access (OLC only) /
T7- Problem Solving Using Access
(OLC only) / T8- Decision Making Using
Access (OLC only) / T9- Designing Web
Pages (OLC only) / T10- Creating Web
Pages Using HTML (OLC only) / T11-
Creating Web Pages Using
Dreamweaver (OLC only) / T12-
Creating Gantt Charts with Excel and
Microsoft Project (OLC only)
MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR
THE INFORMATION AGE
8th Edition
By Stephen Haag, University of Denver,
Maeve Cummings, Pittsburg State
University and Amy Phillips, University
of Denver
2010 / 608 Pages
ISBN : 9780070167094
Chapters cover what instructors want
students to know about MIS while
Extended Learning Modules (XLMs)
show students what they can do with
MIS. A contemporary writing style and a
wealth of examples engage students.
Arranged with chapter opening cases
that highlight how an organization has
successfully implemented many of the
chapter’s concepts and chapter closing
cases that help students apply what
they just learned gives students the
hands-on knowledge that is applicable
in both their personal and professional
experiences.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• NEW ORGANIZATION!! All
chapters are now together at the
front of the text and all XLMs on
together in an appendix or online.
This new organization will be much
simpler and cleaner for instructors
confused by the way previous
editions had some XLMs integrated
between chapters.
• Many new examples and cases,
including industry perspective
boxes, chapter opening case
studies, chapter closing case
studies, and global perspective
boxes
• New or Expanded Topics-
• Analytics/predictive analytics,
• cloud computing,
• Ethics,
• Onlne scams and security
• Viruses, worms, and botnets, and
Trojan Horse viruses.
CONTENTS
1. The Information Age in Which You
Live: Changing the Face of Business 2.
Major Business Initiatives: Gaining
Competitive Advantage with IT 3.
Databases and Data Warehouses:
Building Business Intelligence 4.
Decision Support and Artificial
Intelligence: Brainpower for Your
Business 5. Electronic Commerce:
Strategies for the New Economy 6.
Systems Development: Phases, Tools,
and Techniques 7. Enterprise
Infrastructure, Metrics, and Business
Continuity Planning: Building and
Sustaining the Dynamic Enterprise 8.
Protecting People and Information:
Threats and Safeguards 9. Emerging
Trends and Technologies: Business,
People, and Technology Tomorrow /
XLM A Computer Hardware and
Software / XLM B The World Wide Web
and the Internet / XLM C Designing
Databases and Entity-Relationship
Diagramming / XLM D Decision Analysis
with Spreadsheet Software (Office 2007)
/ XLM E Network Basics / XLM H
Computer Crime and Digital Forensics /
XLM J Implementing a Database with
Microsoft Access (Office 2007) / Group
Projects / On the OLC: / XLM D
Decision Analysis with Spreadsheet
Software (Office 2003) / XLM F Building
a Web Page with HTML / XLM G
Object-Oriented Technologies / XLM I
Building an E-Portfolio / XLM J
Implementing a Database with Microsoft
Access (Office 2003) / XLM K Careers
in Business / XLM L Building Web Sites
with FrontPage / XLM M Programming
in Excel with VBA
ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS DRIVEN
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
By Paige Baltzan and Amy Phillips of
University of Denver
2009 / 480 Pages
ISBN : 9780071287586
Essentials of Business Driven
Information Systems discusses various
business initiatives first and how
technology supports those initiatives
second. The premise for this unique
approach is that business initiatives
should drive technology choices. Every
discussion first addresses the business
needs and then addresses the
technology that supports those needs.
FEATURES
• Integrative Themes – Several
integrative themes are present
throughout the text which adds
relevancy to the material. Themes
such as ethics and social
responsibility and gaining a
competitive advantage are essential
for students to gain a full
understanding of the strategies that
a business must implement.
• Baltzan 1e is a well organized and
concisely written text which helps
students to follow the topics from
one chapter to the next in a logical
matter.
• Comprehensive and end-of-chapter
cases –These cases encourage
students to consider what concepts
have been presented and then apply
those concepts to a situation they
might find in an organization.
• Making Business Decisions Feature
– Small scenario-driven projects that
are featured in this text help
students focus individually on
decision making as they relate to
the topical elements in the chapter.
• Business Driven Teaching Notes:
The Business Driven Teaching
Notes is a comprehensive Excel
spreadsheet containing over 150
additional classroom activities,
discussion questions, and video
clips. You can also turn any of the
classroom activities into additional
assignments and use the discussion
questions for your online courses.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
126 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
You can use the business driven
teaching notes to customize your
lectures. Each topic in the text is
represented by a tab in the
workbook. Simply choose the
activities you wish to use in your
class, reorder based on your
lecture, and hide any you do not
want to use. Then you can easily
print your detailed lecture notes
straight from the worksheet.
CONTENTS
1. Information Systems in Business 2.
Strategic Decision Making 3. EBusiness
4. Ethics and Information
Security 5. IT Architectures 6.
Databases and Data Warehouses 7.
Networks, Telecommunications, and
Wireless Computing 8. Supply Chain
Management 9. Customer Relationship
Management 10. Enterprise Resource
Planning and Collaboration Systems /
Appendix A: Business Basics (on the
OLC only) / Appendix B: Business
Process (on the OLC only)
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
DELIVERING BUSINESS
INTELLIGENCE WITH MICROSOFT
SQL SERVER™ 2008
by Brian Larson
2009 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780070142596
PERFORMANCE POINT SERVER
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
WITH MICROSOFT OFFICE
PERFORMANCE POINT
SERVER 2007
by Craig Utley, Mentor, Solid Quality
Mentors
2008
ISBN : 9780070248472
This comprehensive volume covers
every aspect of PerformancePoint 2007,
the latest in Microsoft's line of Business
Intelligence applications. learn to collect
and warehouse corporate data, perform
fiscal analysis, distribute dynamic
reports across the enterprise, and
forecast business trends.
CONTENTS
Part I: Business Intelligence Chapter
1. The Case for Business Intelligence
Chapter 2. Introducing
PerformancePoint Server 2007 Chapter
3. Data Warehousing and Business
Intelligence Chapter 4. Scorecards and
Key Performance Indicators Part II:
Monitoring, Analysis, and Planning
Chapter 5. Monitoring in
PerformancePoint Server Chapter 6.
Analysis with PerformancePoint Server
and ProClarity Chapter 7. Planning
Module in PerformancePoint Server Part
III: Additional Tools and Security
Chapter 8. PerformancePoint
Deployment and Security Chapter 9.
Analysis with Excel 2007 Chapter 10.
SQL Server Reporting Services / Index
COGNOS
COGNOS 8 BUSINESS
INTELLIGENCE: THE OFFICIAL
GUIDE
by Dan Volitich, President, John Daniel
Associates
2008
ISBN : 9780070264823
Develop, deploy, and maintain a
complete BI solution across your
enterprise. This official guide provides
step-by-step instructions on developing,
maintaining, and deploying a complete
enterprise BI solution. It features realworld
insight into the successful
implementation of performance
management solutions along with
practical tips and techniques.
CONTENTS
Acknowledgment / Introduction / Part
One: Introduction to Performance
Management and IBM Cognos 8 BI
Chapter 1. Performance Management
Chapter 2. Managing Performance
Using Dashboards and Scorecards
Chapter 3. Introduction to IBM Cognos 8
Business Chapter 4. Planning,
Budgeting, and Forecasting for the
Finance Office Part Two: Accessing
and Using IBM Cognos 8 Business
Intelligence Chapter 5. Cognos
Connection I Chapter 6. Cognos
Connection II Chapter 7. IBM Cognos 8
BI Consumer Modes Part Three:
Authoring IBM Cognos 8 Business
Intelligence Content Chapter 8. Self-
Service Query Authoring Chapter 9.
Advanced Reporting I Chapter 10.
Advanced Reporting II Chapter 11.
Analytics Using Analysis Studio Chapter
12. Advanced Reporting III Chapter 13.
Scorecards and Metrics Chapter 14.
Event Management Part Four:
Administration of IBM Cognos 8
Business Intelligence Chapter 15.
Building the Model with Framework
Manager Chapter 16. Framework
Manager II Chapter 17. Security
Chapter 18. Cognos Connection
Management / Index
CRYSTAL REPORTS
CRYSTAL REPORTS 2008:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by George Peck, President, The Ablaze
Group, Inc.
2008
ISBN : 9780070265042
Comprehensive and authoritative, this
guide explains how to create and
publish visually effective, high-fidelity
reports with Crystal Reports 2008. It
begins by covering general report
design techniques that will apply to
virtually everyone who uses the tool.
The book then explains how to use
Crystal Reports as an enterprise-level
reporting solution, an offers developers
solutions for integrating Crystal Reports
into Web and Windows platforms.
"Part I: Designing Reports
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Getting a Feel for Crystal
Reports 2008 Chapter 2. Sorting and
Grouping Chapter 3. Analyzing with
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS • BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 127
Advanced Selection Criteria Chapter 4.
Using Formulas Chapter 5. Creating
Custom Functions Chapter 6. Making
Your Reports Visually Appealing
Chapter 7. Using Sections and Areas
Chapter 8. Analyzing with Cross Tabs
Chapter 9. Creating Charts Chapter 10.
Creating Geographic Maps Chapter 11.
Integration with Crystal Xcelsius and
Flash Chapter 12. Using Subreports
Chapter 13. Interactive Reporting with
Parameter Fields Chapter 14. Exporting
Reports to Different Formats Chapter
15. Reporting from SQL Databases
Chapter 16. Reporting from Proprietary
Data Types Chapter 17. Reporting from
OLAP Cubes Chapter 18.
Accommodating Database Changes
and Field Mapping Chapter 19. Creating
Crystal Reports Applications with Visual
Studio .NET Part II: Crystal Reports
Enterprise Reporting Chapter 20.
Crystal Reports Web Alternatives
Chaper 21. Using InfoView Chapter 22.
Administering Enterprise Reporting
Systems / Appendix: Formula Language
/ Reference / Index
E-BUSINESS &
E-COMMERCE
International Edition
INTERNET BUSINESS MODELS AND
STRATEGIES TEXT AND CASES
2nd Edition
by Allan Afuah, University of Michigan-
Ann, Arbor and Christopher Tucci,
New York University
2003 / 496 Pages
ISBN : 9780071252485
Afuah and Tucci’s Internet Business
Models and Strategies: Text and Cases,
2e draws on research to develop and
integrate a framework to help students
understand factors that surround a firms
performance and the central role that
business models play in the face of the
Internet. In the first part of the text,
Afuah and Tucci explore the concepts
on which Internet models rest. The
second part offers cases of both Internet
firms and Brick and Mortar companies
that must formulate and execute
successful business models and
strategies.
CONTENTS
Part I: The Internet Chapter 1.
Introduction and Overview Chapter 2.
Overview of Internet Technology and
Value Network Chapter 3. Competitive
Landscape-Changing Properties of the
Internet Part II: Components,
Linkages, Dynamics, and Evaluation
of Business Models Chapter 4.
Components of a Business Model
Chapter 5. Dynamics of Business
Models (rewritten new chapter) Chapter
6. Taxonomy of Internet Business
Models (new) Chapter 7. Value
Configurations and the Internet Chapter
8. Valuing and Financing an Internet
Start-Up Chapter 9. Appraisals of
Internet Business Models (expanded
into new chapter) Part III: The Role of
Competitive and Macro Environments
Chapter 10. Competitive and
Macro Environments Part IV: Applying
the Concepts, Models, and Tools
Chapter 11. The General Manager and
the Internet Chapter 12. Sample
Analysis of an Internet Business Model
Case Part V : Cases Case 1.
Broadcast.com Case 2. Webvan:
Reinventing the Milkman Case 3.
Reflect.com: Burn the Ship (new) Case
4. VerticalNet Case 5. Live READS:
Valuing an e-Book Startup (new) Case
6. Beyond Interactive Case 7. Hotmail:
Free email for sale Case 8
GMBuyPower Case 9 iVillage Case 10
eBay, Inc. Case 11 Microsoft: X-Box
online (new) Case 12 Sun Microsystems
Case 13 Oscar: The Open Source Car
Project (new) Case 14 E*trade: A lust for
being different (new) Case 15 RIM:
Blackberry: Wireless e-mail: the killer
App? (new) Case 16 Sprint PCS:
Winning the Wireless War? (new) Case
17 Napster: The Giant Online Pirate
Bazaar? (new)
International Edition
BUILDING AN E-BUSINESS FROM
THE GROUND UP
By Elizabeth Eisner Reding
2001 / 192 Pages
ISBN : 9780071150811 (IE)
http://www.mhhe.com/ebusiness
CONTENTS
1. Getting Started on the Web 2.
Creating a Business Plan 3. Developing
a Marketing Plan 4. Designing a Web
Page 5. Creating a Web Site 6.
Enhancing Web Pages 7. Creating
Advanced Web Pages 8. Running an EBusiness
/ Glossary
International Edition
INTERNET BUSINESS MODELS
TEXT AND CASES
by Thomas Eisenmann, Havard
Business School
2002 / 656 Pages
ISBN : 9780071124737
(IE with Case CD)
Internet Business Models rigorously
analyzes the different business models
employed by Internet companies. The
book examines eight Internet business
models: access providers, portals,
content providers, retailers, brokers,
market makers, networked utility
providers, and application service
providers. Each chapter describes the
value proposition offered by companies
that pursue a given model; the factors
that drive their revenues, costs, and
profits; and the key strategy decisions
that confront companies pursuing the
model, e.g., whether to pursue
aggressive growth strategies; whether to
diversify. Supporting each chapter are
case studies (23 total) of Internet
companies written during 1999/2000 by
professors at the Harvard Business
School.
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE • E-BUSINESS & E-COMMERCE
128 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
PREFACE / INTERNET ACCESS
PROVIDERS 1. Tele-Communications,
Inc.: Accelerating Digital Deployment 2.
Geocast Network Systems, Inc. 3.
Teledesic [CD ROM bound into volume]
ONLINE PORTALS 4. Yahoo!: Business
on Internet Time 5. StarMedia:
Launching a Latin American Revolution
6.Tellme Networks, Inc. ONLINE
CONTENT PROVIDERS 7. Boston.com
8. CNET 2000 9. BET.com 10. BMG
Entertainment ONLINE RETAILERS 11.
Staples.com 12. Petstore.com 13.
Sendwine.com ONLINE BROKERS 14.
DLJdirect: “Putting Our Reputation
Online” 15. Carpoint in 1999 16.
Rosenbluth International and
Biztravel.com 17. Wit Capital: Evolution
of the Online Investment Bank (A) and
(B) ONLINE MARKET MAKERS 18.
Priceline Webhouse Club 19.
eBricks.com 20. Sothebys.com
NETWORKED UTILITY PROVIDERS
21. Adobe Systems Incorporated
APPLICATION SERVICE PROVIDERS
22. Everdream 23. DoubleTwist, Inc.
International Edition
INTERNET MARKETING BUILDING
ADVANTAGE IN A NETWORKED
ECONOMY
2nd Edition
by Rafi Mohammed, Robert J. Fisher
and Aileen Cahill of Monitor
Marketspace Ceter
2004 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780071232593
[IE with PowerWeb]
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction to Internet
Marketing Part I: Framing the Market
Opportunity Chapter 2: Framing the
Market Opportunity Part II: Marketing
Strategy Chapter 3: Marketing Strategy
in Internet Marketing Part III: The
Design of the Customer Experience
Chapter 4: Customer Experience Part
IV: Building the Customer Interface
Chapter 5: Customer Interface Part V:
The Design of the Marketing Program
Chapter 6: Customer Relationships
Chapter 7: Product Chapter 8: Pricing
Chapter 9: Communication Chapter 10:
Community Chapter 11: Distribution
Chapter 12: Branding Chapter 13:
Designing the Marketspace Matrix
Chapter 14: Designing the Marketing
Program for Lord of the Rings Part VI:
Leveraging Customer Information
Through Technology Chapter 15:
Customer Information Systems:
Leveraging Customer Information
Through Internet Technology Part VII:
Marketing Program Evaluation
Chapter 16: Customer Metrics
INNOVATION WITH IT
2nd Edition
by Sanjiva Shankar Dubey, Project
Executive, IBM, New Delhi.
2009
ISBN : 9780070656796
E-Commerce has unleashed a new
revolution, totally transforming traditional
commerce and trade. This book, written
by experts, presents the rechnology and
non-technology aspects of e-commerce
and takes it to a level that gives a clear
understanding of the basic building
blocks for its implementation. The book
is extensively illustrated and contains
data and documents of importance, the
UN/EDIFACT message directory, UN
EDI Interchange Agreement and the IT
Action Plan which seeks to promote the
use of electronic commerce in India in a
big way. Changes in the second edition:
§ Thoroughly updated topics § New
chaptes: PKI, IT Act, Electronic
Payment Systems and Internet Banking
FEATURES
• Simplifies complex concepts,
strategies, processes, and
technology
• Addresses unique challenges,
possibilities and means of
innovating IT functions and IT
businesses
• Discusses ways to conceive and
implement innovative ideas, and
invigorate a creative workforce.
CONTENTS
1. Information System Audit and
Assurance – An Overview 2. Internal
Control and Information System Audit 3.
Conducting Information System Audit 4.
Management Control Review 5.
Application Control Review 6. Network
Security and Control 7. Internet Banking
– Risks and Controls 8. Operating
System – Risk and Control 9.
Operational Control Review 10.
Business Continuity and Disaster
Recovery (BCP/DR) Planning Control
WEB COMMERCE TECHNOLOGY
HANDBOOK
by Minoli
1999 / 621 Pages
ISBN : 9780074637425
(Osborne Reprint)
CONTENTS
Part I: Overview. 1. Electronic
Commerce environment and opportunities.
2. Modes of Electronic Commerce.
3. Approaches to safe Electronic
Commerce. 4. Electronic Cash and
Electronic Payment Schemes. Part II:
Security. 5. Internet/Intranet Security
issues and solutions. 6. MasterCard/
Visa Secure electronic transaction. 7. Email
and secure E-mail technologies for
Electronic Commerce. Part III: Internet
and Web Site establish-ment. 8.
Internet resources for Commerce. 9.
Internet resources: A Travelogue of Web
Malls. Part IV: Applications. 10.
Advertising on the Internet: issues an
Technologies. 11. Electronic Publishing
issues, approaches, legalities, and
techno-logies. Appendix A: Contents of
SET Book II: technical specification.
Appendix B: Contents of SET Book III:
formal Protocol definition. Appendix C:
recent books related to the topic- other
views. Index
E-BUSINESS & E-COMMERCE
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 129
E-COMMERCE STRATEGY,
TECHNOLOGIES AND
APPLICATIONS
by David Whiteley
2000 / 300 Pages
ISBN : 9780070445321
CONTENTS
Acknowledgements / Preface / Part 1:
Introduction to Electronic Commerce
/ Chapter 1 Electronic Commerce / Part
2: Business Strategy in an Electronic
Age / Chapter 2 The Value Chain /
Chapter 3 Competitive Advantage /
Chapter 4 Business Strategy / Chapter 5
Case Study—Electronic Commerce in
Passenger Air Transport / Part 3:
Business to Business Electronic
Commerce / Chapter 6 Interorganisational
Transactions / Chapter 7
Electronic Markets (EM) / Chapter 8
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) /
Chapter 9 EDI, the Nuts and Bolts /
Chapter 10 EDI and Business / Chapter
11 Inter-organisational E-Commerce /
Part 4: Business to Consumer
Electronic Commerce / Chapter 12
Consumer Trade Transactions / Chapter
13 The Internet / Chapter 14 A Page on
the Web / Chapter 15 The elements of
E-Commerce / Chapter 16 E-Business /
Part 5: Conclusions / Chapter 17
Electronic Commerce—May Many
Flowers Bloom / Bibliography / Index
INTRODUCTION TO E-COMMERCE
2nd Edition
by Jeffrey F. Rayport and Bernard J.
Jaworski, Monitor / Marketspace
Center and Breakaway Solutions Inc.
2003 / 544 Pages
ISBN : 9780070582279
CONTENTS
1 A Framework for E-Commerce Part I:
The Basic Technology of the Internet
and the Web 2 Basic Technology of the
Web and E-Commerce Businesses Part
II: Strategy Formulation for New
Economy Firms 3 Framing Market
Opportunity 4 Business Models 5
Customer Interface 6 Market
Communications and Branding 7
Strategy Implementation 8 Metrics Part
III: Technology Infrastructure 9
Website Development Process 10
Website Architecture Part IV: Capital
Infrastructure 11 Human and Financial
Capital Part V: Media Infrastructure 12
Media Convergence Part VI: Public
Policy and Structure 13 Public Policy:
Regulation
E-COMMERCE
2nd Edition
by Kamlesh Bajaj and Debjani Nag
2005 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780070585560
E-Commerce has unleashed a new
revolution, totally transforming traditional
commerce and trade. This book, written
by experts, presents the rechnology and
non-technology aspects of e-commerce
and takes it to a level that gives a clear
understanding of the basic building
blocks for its implementation. The book
is extensively illustrated and contains
data and documents of importance, the
UN/EDIFACT message directory, UN
EDI Interchange Agreement and the IT
Action Plan which seeks to promote the
use of electronic commerce in India in a
big way. Changes in the second edition:
§ Thoroughly updated topics § New
chaptes: PKI, IT Act, Electronic
Payment Systems and Internet Banking
CONTENTS
IT and Business / Electronic Commerce/
PCs and Networking / Electronic Mail /
The Internet / Intranets / Electronic Data
Interchange / UN/EDIFACT / The
Internet & Extranets… / Identification
and Tracking / Internet Bandwidth/
Security Issues / PKI / BPR /
Management of Change / Legal Issues /
IT Act / E-Commerce in India and Case
Studies / Electronic Payment Systems
and Internet Banking / Getting Started
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
FRAMEWORK, TECHNOLOGIES,
AND APPLICATIONS
3rd Edition
by Bharat Bhasker, Indian Institute of
Management, Lucknow
2008 / 488 Pages
ISBN : 9780070264328
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Blend of technology and application
orientation
• Strong on internet security issues
and electronic payment concepts
• Multi-tiered architectural framework
in explaining e-commerce
• Strong Indian orientation of the book
– Indian case studies on FABMART,
SBI e-Rail, IIM Lucknow etc
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Electronic Commerce
2. Electronic Commerce: Business
Models 3. Electronic Data Interchange
4. Electronic Commerce: Architectural
Framework 5. electronic Commerce:
Network Infrastructure 6. Electronic
Commerce: Information Distribution and
Messaging 7. Electronic Commerce:
Information Publishing Technology 8.
Electronic Commerce: Securing the
Business on Internet 9. Electronic
Commerce: Securing Network
Transaction 10. Electronic Payment
Systems 11. Electronic Commerce:
Influence on Marketing 12. Electronic
Commerce: Search Engines and
Directory Services 13. Internet
Advertising 14. Mobile Commerce:
Introduction, Framework, and Models
15. Agents in Electronic Commerce
E-BUSINESS & E-COMMERCE
130 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
International Edition
E-COMMERCE
by Jeffrey Rayport and Bernard
Jaworski of Monitor / Marketspace
Center
2001 / 456 Pages
ISBN : 9780071189453
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Overview of E-commerce
Framework Chapter 2: Framing Market
Opportunity Chapter 3: Business
Models Chapter 4: Customer Interface
Chapter 5: Market Communications and
Branding Chapter 6: Implementation
Chapter 7: Metrics Chapter 8: Valuation
Chapter 9: Network Infrastructure
Chapter 10: Media Convergence
International Edition
E-COMMERCE
CONTEXT, CONCEPTS AND
CONSEQUENCES
by N Bandyopadhyay, University of
East London
2002 / 400 Pages
ISBN : 9780071230681
CONTENTS
Context: 1. Introduction to Electronic
Commerce. 2. The Internet and the
World-Wide-Web for E-commerce. 3.
Information in Organizations. 4. The
Intelligent Organization Concepts. 5.
Communication Infrastructure for Ecommerce.
6. Information Management
Infrastructure for E-commerce. 7.
Operational Infrastructure for Ecommerce
Consequences. 8. Strategic
Implementation of E-commerce. 9.
Creating trust in E-Commerce. 10. Ecommerce
and Society in the 21st
century.
International Edition
E-BUSINESS AND E-COMMERCE
INFRASTRUCTURE TECHNOLOGIES
SUPPORTING E-BUSINESS
INITIATIVE
by Abhijit Chaudhury and Jean-Pierre
Kuilboer
2002 / 448 Pages
ISBN : 9780071123136
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 E-Commerce and E-Business
Chapter 2 Networking Fundamentals
Multiplexing Chapter 3 Communication
Protocols for E-Business Chapter 4
Network Security and E-Commerce
Chapter 5 Authentication, Encryption,
Digital Payments, and Digital Money
Chapter 6 Server Platforms in ECommerce
Chapter 7 Language for the
Web: HTML, XML, and Beyond Chapter
8 Chapter 9 Software Chapter 10
Multimedia and Web-casting on the
Web
THE NUTS AND BOLTS OF
E-COMMERCE
by Dhruv Nath
2002 / 184 Pages
ISBN : 9780070436251
CONTENTS
Part I: Theme of the Book. 1.
Information Technolog and Business. 2.
Electronic Commerce. Part II:
Electronic Communication. 3. PCs
and Networking. 4. Electronic. 5. The
Internet. 6. Intranets. Part III: EDI to
EC. 7. Electronic Data Interchange. 8.
The UN/EDIFACT Standards. 9. The
Internet and Extranets for EC. 10.
Identfication & Tracking Tools for EC.
Part IV: Concerns for EC Growth. 11.
Internet Bandwidth and Technology
Issues. 12. Security Issues. Part V:
Reengineering for Change. 13.
Business Process Reengineering. 14.
Management of Change. 15. Legal
Issues. 16. Case Studies. Part VI:
India: EC Readiness. 17. EC Scene in
India. 18. Getting Started. Part VII:
International Edition
CASES IN ELECTRONIC
COMMERCE
2nd Edition
by Sid L Huff, Scott Schneberger,
Michael Wade, Peter Newson and
Michael Parent
2002 / 488 Pages
ISBN : 9780071123525
Cases in Electronic Commerce is a
collection of 25 full-length case studies
written by professors at the renowned
Richard Ivey School of Business. Each
case study is centered around a realworld
company and provides sufficient
detail on the implications associated
with e-commerce initiatives. This
managerial-oriented approach allows
students to fully understand and
appreciate the strategic, tactical, and
operational challenges faced when
launching an e-commerce-based
busines.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction. 2. E-Commerce
Infrastructure. HighWired.com:
Hardware Decisions. WaveRider
Communications Inc.: The Wireless
Last Mile. Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce Wireless Strategy. Cisco
Systems Inc.: Managing Corporate
Growth Using an Intranet. 3. Sourcing of
E-Commerce Capabilities. OP4.com:
Choosing a Website Design Agency.
Enerline Restorations Inc.: Stay with an
ASP? SalesDriver: The Lorimer
Request. 4. Financial Systems and
Choices. CYBERplex Interactive Media.
Grocerygateway.com. First Virtual
Holdings Incorporated (A). Banking on
the Internet: The Advance Bank in
Germany. 5. Business-to-Consumer ECommerce.
Home Grocer. com.
Looks.com (A): Building Asia’s First
Health, Beauty and Fashion E-Tailer.
Blinds To Go: Evaluating the
BlindsToGo.com Retail E-Commerce
Venture. 6. Busines-to-Business ECommerce
and E-Commerce Strategy.
Ford Motor Company: Supply Chain
Strategy. Metropolitan Life Insurance: ECommerce.
E-Lance.com: Preventing
E-BUSINESS & E-COMMERCE
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 131
Disintermediation. Reuters’ Internet
Strategy (A). Reuters’ Internet Strategy
(B). 7. Virtual Work. eLance.com:
Projects versus Personnel. Guru.com:
Power for the Independent Professional
Scantran. 8. Virtual Communities.
Stockgroup Interactive Media. Celebrity
Sightings. 9. Social and Legal Issues.
DoubleClick Inc.: Gathering Customer
Intelligence. Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce: Digital Employee Privacy.
iCraveTV.com: A New-Media Upstart.
Euro- Arab Management School
International Edition
CASES IN E-COMMERCE
by Jeffrey Rayport and Bernard
Jaworski of Monitor / Marketspace
Center
2002 / 656 Pages
ISBN : 9780071124126
37 Harvard-style cases featuring top
companies competing in the New
Economy. Cases are organized to
facilitate discussion of the decisionmaking
process for formulating New
Economy enterprise strategy. The
presentation mirrors the organization of
the eCommerce textbook written by the
authors.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Overview of E-commerce
Framework Chapter 2: Framing the
Market Opportunityn Chapter 3:
Business Models Chapter 4: Customer
Interface Chapter 5: Marketing
Communications and Branding Chapter
6: Implementation Chapter 7: Valuation
Chapter 8: Network Infrastructure
Chapter 9: Media Convergence
THE ASIAN MANAGER’S
HANDBOOK OF E-COMMERCE
by Chakrabarti, Georgia Institute
of Technology (Atlanta) and
Kardile Vikas, Indian Agri Business
Systems P/L
2002 / 384 Pages
ISBN : 9780070435797
The Asian Manager’s Handbook of ECommerce
provides a clear
understanding of the dynamics of
business in the digital era and builds a
strong appreciation of the grassroot
level realities of the Asian IT sector. It
provides an analytical view of the lanes
and alleys of E-Commerce as well as a
detailed roadmap of the possibilities and
hurdles on the way. Managers, in
established firms and start-ups alike, will
find the comprehensive coverage of this
book invaluable to navgate through the
new economy. Students of Management
and E-Commerce, particularly in Asia,
will find here a complete view of the
important and exciting world of ECommerce.
COMPUTER ETHICS
International Edition
LEGAL LANDMINES IN
E-COMMERCE
by David R. Canton, Harrison Pensa
LLP and John E. Millar, The Attache
Group, Inc.
2003 / 144 Pages
ISBN : 9780071213257
Legal Landmines in E-Commerce is
based on 5 cases from the Ivey School
of Business. The authors take the
business issue and elaborate on the
legal issues embedded in the high tech/
internet business cases.
CONTENTS
Introduction Case 1: www.centralmba.
com Case 2: Creating a Web Site for
Medisys Health Group Case 3: Enerline
Restorations Inc.: Stay With an
ASP? Case 4: Homegrocer.com Case
5:eLance.com: Preventing Disintermediation.
International Edition
CYBERLAW AND E-COMMERCE
by David Y and J Poindexter of North
Carolina State University
2002 / 432 Pages
ISBN : 9780071123006
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: The Legal Environment of
Business in the Information Age.
Chapter 2: Basic Contract Law. Chapter
3: Current and Future Contract law for
E-Commerce. Chapter 4: Contracting
and Licensing Software. Chapter 5:
Torts: Wrongs and Their Remedies.
Chapter 6: Cybertorts, Privacy, and
Government Regulation. Chapter 7:
Product Liability in Tort. Chapter 8:
Intellectual Property I: Basic Patent and
Trade Secret Law. Chapter 9:
Intellectual Property II: Basic Copyright
and Trademark Law. Chapter 10:
Intellectual Property III: Creating, Using,
and Protecting Software. Chapter 11:
Business Organization: Bricks and
Mortar. Chapter 12: Cyber Companies
and Internet Agreements.
E-BUSINESS & E-COMMERCE • COMPUTER ETHICS
132 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
ENTERPRISE
RESOURCE PLANNING
MANAGERIAL ISSUES OF
ENTERPRISE RESOURCE
PLANNING SYSTEMS
by David L Olson, University of
Nebraska - Lincoln
2004 / 336 Pages
ISBN : 9780070589704
The primary purpose of this text will be
to lay out the scope of ERP (Enterprise
Resource Planning) Systems
implementation, explain the competitive
advantages of using ERP Systems and
support general concepts with short
case studies. This text covers the
fundamental issues important in ERP
implementation and management,
starting from an information systems/
information technolog project
management perspective. Each chapter
will include a review of real cases of
ERP implementations related to that
particular chapter content.
FEATURES
• Project Management Focus:
Chapters 2 through 6 look at the
decision to adopt an ERP system,
including consideration of alternative
vendors and alternative degrees of
ERP system completeness.
• Best Practices: Best Practices in
ERP Systems Implementation
presented in the context of Business
Process Reengineering (BPR).
• Use of Systems Development Life
Cycle Model: Although ERP projects
are fundamentally different from
other types of IS/IT projects, there
are similarities with respect to
project milestones, managing
vendors, and gaining stakeholder
buy-in.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Enterprise Resource
Planning Systems. Chapter 2: ERP
Modules and Historical Development.
Chapter 3: ERP System Options and
Selection Methods. Chapter 4: Business
Process. eEngineering and Best
Prctices. Chapter 5: ERP System
Installation. Chapter 6: ERP Project
Management. Chapter 7: ERP
Implementation and Maintenance.
Chapter 8: Business Intelligence
Systems and ERP. Chapter 9: ERP and
Supply Chains. Chapter 10: Advanced
Technology and ERP Security. Chapter
11: Trends in ERP
ERP DEMYSTIFIED
2nd Edition
by Alexis Leon
2007
ISBN : 9780070656642
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction 1. Enterprise-An
Overview 2. Introduction to ERP 3.
Basic ERP Concepts 4. Justifying ERP
Investments 5. Risks of ERP 6.
Benefits of ERP Part II: ERP and
Technology 7. ERP and Related
Technologies 8. Business Intelligence
(BI) 9. E-Business and E-Commerce
10. Business Process Reengineering
(BPR) 11. Data Warehousing 12. Data
Mining 13. On-line Analytical Processing
(OLAP) 14. Product Life Cycle
Management (PLM) 15. Supply Chain
Management (SCM) 16. Customer
Relationship Management (CRM) 17.
Advanced Technology and ERP Security
Part III: ERP Implementation 18. To be
or not to be… 19. Implementation
Challenges 20. ERP Implementation
(Transition) Strategies 21. ERP
Implementation Life Cycle 22. Preimplementation
Tasks—Getting Ready
23. Requirements Definition 24.
Implementation Methodologies 25. Not
all package are created equal—
Package Selection 26. ERP Project
Teams 27. Process Definition 28.
Vendors and Consultants 29. Dealing
with Employee Resistance 30.
Contracts with Vendors, Consultants
and Employees 31. Training &
Education 32. Data Migration 33.
Project Management & Monitoring 34.
Post Implementation Activities 35.
Success & Failure Factors of an ERP
Implementation Part IV: ERP in Action
36. After ERP implementation… 37.
Operation and Maintenance of the ERP
System 38. Measuring the Performance
of the ERP System 39. Maximizing the
ERP System Part V: The Business
Modules 40. Business Modules of an
ERP Package 41. Finance 42.
Manufacturing 43. Human Resources
44. Plant Maintenance 45. Materials
Management 46. Quality Management
47. Marketing 48. Sales, Distribution &
Service Part VI: The ERP Market 49.
ERP Marketplace and Marketplace
Dynamics 50. SAP AG 51. PeopleSoft
52. JD Edwards 53. Oracle Corporation
54. QAD Inc. 55. SSA Global 56.
Lawson Software 57. Epicor 58.
Intuitive Part VII: ERP—Present and
Future 59. Turbo charge the ERP
system 60. Enterprise Application
Integration (EAI) 61. ERP and EBusiness
62. ERP, Internet, and
WWW—ERP II 63. ERP and Total
Quality Management 64. Future
Directions and Trends in ERP
J.D. EDWARDS ENTERPRISEONE:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Allen Jacot; Joseph E. Miller;
Michael Jacot, Sr.Principal Consultant,
Oracle J.D. Edwards Consulting
Services.; John A. Stern
2008
ISBN : 9780070140707
This comprehensive guide explains how
to install and administer JD Edwards
EnterpriseOne, store BI information in
data marts and warehouses, manage
servers and portals, and develop
customized applications and kernel
processes. Also learn how to create and
distribute packages, use the security
workbench, optimize performance, and
apply the latest JD Edwards Enterprise
One updates and tools releases.
CONTENTS
Part I: EnterpriseOne Explained--
Inside and Out Chapter 1. The Future
of EnterpriseOne and Fusion Chapter 2.
EnterpriseOne Building Blocks Chapter
3. Solution Explorer Chapter 4.
EnterpriseOne Servers Chapter 5. Data
Warehouse and Business Intelligence
Chapter 6. Interactive and Batch
Applications Defined Chapter 7.
Packages and Their Delivery Chapter 8.
ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 133
Foundation Code Chapter 9.
EnterpriseOne Kernel Architecture Part
II: System Administration and
Troubleshooting Chapter 10.
EnterpriseOne Specialty Applications
Chapter 11. EnterpriseOne Security
Chapter 12. EnterpriseOne
Administrative Tasks Chapter 13.
Printing in EnterpriseOne Chapter 14.
Web Servers and Portals Chapter 15.
Upgrade Tools and Rules Chapter 16.
Optimizing EnterpriseOne for Your
Business Chapter 17. Troubleshooting
EnterpriseOne / Appendix A: The
EnterpriseOne Implementation /
Appendix B: Offshore, New Shore, and
Remote Development / Index
International Edition
WHY ERP?
A PRIMER ON SAP IMPLEMENTATION
by F Robert Jacobs, Indiana University
- Bloomington and David Clay
Whybark, University of
North Carolina - Chapel Hill
2000 / 144 Pages
ISBN : 9780071189439
Why ERP? is not a traditional text book
designed for a specified course. It is
patterned after the wildly successful
«The Goal» by Goldratt. “The Goal” is
currently required reading in many
undergraduate, MBA and executive
courses. Like “The Goal” Why ERP? is
a short novel about a manager in a
furniture manufacturing business who is
charged with learning about and
implementing a new ERP systemparticularly
SAP R/3. The story tells of
his experience learning about it, his
considering other installations as
examples, and then his deciding the key
issues and how to proceed.
Incorporated into the story is a concise
introduction to the basic concepts and
architecture of ERP systems, including
actual screen shots of R/3 modules.
Though this is NOT a programming
book, it is a quick read overview, and it
can be assigned even for ‘systems’
majors, as a background reading to
lay-out the managerial issues and build
a basic understanding of the
conceptsprior to doing actual technical
programming or hands-on R/3 projects.
Through the eyes of the hero in the
novel, the reader is presented with all
the related implementation and
business issues. Intended to provide a
non-technical, nonprogramming
introduction, this book can stand alone
as a quick-read or self-study
introduction for any manager or
business student. The text is also great
for schools who do NOT have any SAP,
Oracle, People Soft, or other ERP
system on campus, and who have no
access to online or hands on samples
or examples. This book can provide the
needed literacy and awareness of what
ERP is and why it matters.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1- Introduction to ERP Chapter
2- The SAP School Chapter 3- Back at
the Plant Chapter 4- A Different
Business
Enterprise Resource Planning
2nd Edition
by Alexis Leon
2007
ISBN : 9780070656802
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction 1. Enterprise-An
Overview 2. Introduction to ERP 3.
Basic Concepts of ERP 4. Risks and
Benefits of ERP 5. ERP and Related
Technologies Part II: ERP Marketplace
and Functional Modules 6. ERP
Marketplace and Marketplace Dynamics
7. ERP-Functional Modules Part III:
ERP Implementation 8. ERP
Implementa-tion Basics 9. ERP
Implementation Life Cycle 10. ERP
Package Selection
11. ERP (Implementation) Transition
Strategies 12. ERP Implementation
Process 13. ERP Project Teams
14. Consultants, Vendors, and
Employees 15. Success & Failure
Factors of an ERP Implementation
16. ERP Operation & Maintenance
17. Maximizing the ERP System
Part IV: Present and Future 18. ERP
and eBusiness 19. ERP, Internet and
WWW-ERP II 20. Future Directions and
Trends in ERP Part V: Appendices
ERP-A Manufacturing Perspective /
ERP Case Studies / ERP Glossary /
ERP Resources
ENTERPRISE 2.0 IMPLEMENTATION
by Aaron C. Newman, Founder and
President, Techrigy, Inc.; Jeremy
Thomas, Technical Manager,
ActiveNetwork
2008
ISBN : 9780070139701
This is the only book on the market to
show IT professionals how to integrate
and manage Web 2.0 Services within
corporate networks. The book covers
the use of blogs for widespread
communications, wikis for collaboration,
tagging and bookmarking for searching
across the enterprise, RSS feeds for
rapid transmission of data, and social
networking for connecting employees
throughout global enterprises.
Compliance, risk management, and
backup are also addressed.
CONTENTS
Foreword / Acknowledgments /
Introduction / Part I: Overview of
Enterprise 2.0 Chapter 1. The Evolving
Technology Environment Chapter 2.
Enterprise 2.0 ROI Chapter 3. Social
Media and Networking Chapter 4.
Software as a Service Part II:
Implementing Enterprise 2.0
Technologies Chapter 5. Architecting
Enterprise 2.0 Chapter 6. Enabling
Discovery Chapter 7. Implementing
Signals and Syndication Chapter 8.
Implementing Wikis Chapter 9.
Implementing Blogs Chapter 10.
Building Mashup Capabilities Chapter
11. Rich Internet Applications Chapter
12. Implementing Social Networking
Chapter 13. The Semantic Web Part III:
Managing Enterprise 2.0 Chapter 14.
Governance, Risk Management, and
Compliance Chapter 15. Security /
Glossary / Index
ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING
134 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
COMPUTER SECURITY
PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER
SECURITY, COMPTIA SECURITY+
AND BEYOND WITH CD-ROM,
2nd Edition
by White
2010
ISBN : 9780070702356
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction and Security
Trends; Chapter 2. General Security
Concepts; Chapter 3. Operational/
Organizational Security; Chapter 4. The
Role of People in Security; Chapter 5.
Cryptography; Chapter 6. Public Key
Infrastructure; Chapter 7. Standards and
Protocols; Chapter 8. Physical Security;
Chapter 9. Network Fundamentals;
Chapter 10. Infrastructure Security;
Chapter 11. Authentication and Remote
Access; Chapter 12. Wireless Security;
Chapter 13. Intrusion Detection
Systems and Network Security; Chapter
14. Baselines; Chapter 15. Types of
Attacks and Malicious Software;
Chapter 16. E-mail and Instant
Messaging; Chapter 17. Web
Components; Chapter 18. Secure
Software Development; Chapter 19.
Disaster Recovery, Business Continuity,
and Organizational Policies; Chapter 20.
Risk Management; Chapter 21. Change
Management; Chapter 22. Privilege
Management; Chapter 23. Computer
Forensics; Chapter 24. Legal Issues
and Ethics; Chapter 25. Privacy;
Appendix A. Objectives Map: CompTIA
Security+; Appendix B. About the CD;
Glossary; Index
CYBER LAW SIMPLIFIED
by Sood
2001 / 572 Pages
ISBN : 9780070435063
GRAY HAT HACKING: THE ETHICAL
HACKER'S HANDBOOK
2nd Edition
by Shon Harris, President, Logical
Security; Allen Harper, President,
n2netsecurity, Inc.; Chris Eagle,
Associate Chairman, Computer
Science Department, The Naval
Postgraduate School (NPS), Monterey,
California.; Jonathan Ness, Lead
Software Security Engineer, Microsoft
2008
ISBN : 9780070248649
This fully updated volume offers a
comprehensive overview of today's
hacking and computer security
landscape. Learn the latest techniques
to uncover, legally disclose, and fix
vulnerabilities deep within software and
networks. The book includes six brandnew
chapters and fully updated material
throughout.
It is the only ethical hacking book on the
market to provide in-depth coverage of
vulnerability discovery and reverse
engineering. It also offers full details on
cutting-edge attack methods, hackingrelated
law, malware analysis, and postexploitation
survival.
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction to Ethical
Disclosure Chapter 1. Ethics of Ethical
Hacking Chapter 2. Ethical Hacking and
the Legal System Chapter 3. Proper and
Ethical Disclosure Part II: Penetration
Testing and Tools Chapter 4. Using
Metasploit Chapter 5. Using the
BackTrack LiveCD Linux Distribution
Part III: Exploits 101 Chapter 6.
Programming Survival Skills Chapter 7.
Basic Linux Exploits Chapter 8.
Advanced Linux Exploits Chapter 9.
Shellcode Strategies Chapter 10.
Writing Linux Shellcode Chapter 11.
Basic Windows Exploits Part IV:
Vulnerability Analysis Chapter 12.
Passive Analysis Chapter 13. Advanced
Static Analysis with IDA Pro Chapter 14.
Advanced Reverse Engineering Chapter
15. Client-Side Browser Exploits
Chapter 16. Exploiting Windows Access
Control Model for Local Elevation of
Privilege Chapter 17. Intelligent Fuzzing
with Sulley Chapter 18. From
Vulnerability to Exploit Chapter 19.
Closing the Holes: Mitigation Part V:
Malware Analysis Chapter 20.
Collecting Malware and Initial Analysis
Chapter 21. Hacking Malware / Index
INFORMATION ASSURANCE FOR
THE ENTERPRISE: A ROADMAP TO
INFORMATION SECURITY
by Corey Schou, Idaho State
University and Daniel Paul
Shoemaker, University of Detroit Mercy
2006 / 560 Pages
ISBN : 9780070636545
FEATURES
• Written by the most authoritative
voice on information security in both
academia and industry.
• Introduces the concepts of
information security, the security
assessment and the implementation
of security via minimal technical
terminology and acronyms to appeal
to a broader audience
• Real world examples and case
studies for illustrations.
• End-of-chapter review includes
summaries, key terms list,
vocabulary quiz, multiplechoice test,
true/false questions, and perhaps
research projects as hands-on
projects.
• Instructor support includes instructor
manual, test bank software with
hundreds of questions,
PowerPoint® slides.
CONTENTS
Part I: The Organizational/Policy
Domain: Ch. 1: Organizational Security
Policy and Planning. Ch. 2: Defined and
Documented Infrastructure. Ch. 3:
Education and Awareness. Ch. 4: Asset
Management. Ch. 5: Business
Continuity. Ch. 6: Legal and Regulatory
Compliance. Part II: The Managerial/
Administrative Domain: Ch. 7:
COMPUTER SECURITY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 135
Building Security Functions Into
Development. Ch. 8: Personnel
Security. Ch. 9: Physical Security. Part
III: The Operational/Technical Do
main: Ch. 10: Access Control. Ch. 11:
Operations Security. Ch. 12: Network
Security. Ch. 13: Application and
System Soft ware Security. Ch. 14:
Operational Risk Assessment and Audit.
Part IV: The Community/Contextual
Domain: Ch. 15: Ethics. Ch. 16: A
Standard Implementation Model.
Glossary. Index
INTERNET SECURITY
FIREWALLS:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Strassberg
2003 / 932 Pages
ISBN : 9780070583115
(Osborne Reprint)
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND
NETWORK SECURITY
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK
SECURITY
2nd Edition
(Special Indiain Edition)
by Behrouz Forouzan, DeAnza
College; Adaptation Author: Debdeep
Mukhopadhyay, IIT Kharagpur
2010 / 765 Pages
ISBN : 9780070702080
FEATURES
• Inclusion of a new chapter on
Systems Security (Malicious
Softwares: Viruses, Worms, Trojan
Horses, Firewalls, Intruders, Intruder
Detection Systems, etc.- chapter-
19).
• Addition of important topics such as
types of conventional algorithms,
Secure Electronic Transaction
(SET), etc.
• Thorough treatment for topics
related to Symmetric Ciphers, AES;
Digital Signatures, Hash Functions.
• Provides coverage of modern
techniques like Index of
Coincidence, Random Oracle
Model, and Biometrics.
• Pseudocodes used to illustrate the
algorithm implementation.
• Enhanced Pedagogical Features:
• Solved Examples: ~260
• Exercises: ~400
• Review Questions: ~200
• Illustration: 400+
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. Mathematics of
Cryptography 3. Traditional Symmetric-
Key Ciphers 4. Mathematics of
Symmetric Key Cryptography 5.
Introduction to Modern Symmetric-Key
Ciphers 6. Data Encryption Standard
(DES) 7. Advanced Encryption Standard
(AES) 8. Encipherment Using Modern
Symmetric-Key Ciphers 9. Mathematics
of Asymmetric Key Cryptography 10.
Asymmetric-Key Cryptography 11.
Message Integrity and Message
Authentication 12. Cryptographic Hash
Functions 13. DigitalSignature 14. Entity
Authentication 15. Key Management 16.
Security at the Application Layer: PGP
and S/MIME 17. Security at the
Transport Layer: SSL and TLS 18.
Security at the Network Layer: IP Sec
19. System Security, Appendix A ASCII,
Appendix B Standards and Standard
Organizations, Appendix C TCP/IP
Protocol Suite, Appendix D Elementary
Probability, Appendix E Birthday
Problems, Appendix F Information
Theory, Appendix G List of Irreducible
and Primitive Polynomials, Appendix H
Primes Less Than 10,000, Appendix I
Prime Factors of Integers Less Than
1000, Appendix J List of First Primitive
Roots for Primes Less Than 1000,
Appendix K Random Number
Generator, Appendix L Complexity,
Appendix M ZIP, Appendix N
Differentialand Linear Cryptanalysisof
DES, Appendix O Simplified DES (SDES),
Appendix P Simplified AES (SAES),
Appendix Q Some Proofs,
Glossary, References, / Index
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND
NETWORK SECURITY
2nd Edition
by Atul Kahate, Managing Director,
SoftExcel Consultancy Services,
Mumbai
2007 / 792 Pages
ISBN : 9780070648234
Security being one of the main concerns
of any organization, this title clearly
explains the concepts behind
Cryptography and the principles
employed behind Network Security. The
text steers clear of complex
mathematical treatment and presents
the concepts involved through easy-tofollow
examples and schematic
diagrams. This text can very well serve
as a main text for students pursuing
CSE or IT streams.
FEATURES
• Uses a bottom-up approach, where
introductory topics are followed by
topics on Cryptography, Network
Security and then Case Studies.
• Updated coverage of Symmetric
Key & Asymetric Key Cryptographic
Algorithms, including expanded
section on AES, Blowfish, & Digital
Certificates.
• Stress on Case Studies and
Practical Implementations of
Cryptography.
NEW TO THE EDITION
• Content on AES, PGP, S/MIME and
Blowfish has been expanded.
• New topics like Birthday Attacks,
Trusted Systems, OSI Architecture,
Buffer Overflow, and Legal/Ethical
Issues added.
• Chapter on Practical
Implementations of Cryptography
has been updated by adding .NET
Cryptography, TCP/IP
Vulnerabilities, and security in OS.
• Chapter on Network Security has
been updated by adding material on
NAT (Network Added Translation),
Audit Records, and Honeypots.
• 138 new exercises have been
added to the already existing pool of
exercises.
• Chapter on Public Key Infrastructure
has been expanded by adding
COMPUTER SECURITY • CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
136 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
sections on Java and Digital
Certificates.
CONTENTS
1. Attacks on Computers and Computer
Security 2. Cryptography: Concepts
and Techniques 3. Symmetric Key
Algorithms and AES 4. Asymmetric Key
Algorithms, Digital Signatures, and RSA
5. Digital Certificates and Public Key
Infrastructure (PKI) 6. Internet Security
Protocols 7. User Authentication and
Kerberos 8. Cryptography in Java,
.NET and Operating Systems 9.
Network Security, Firewalls, and Virtual
Private Networks (VPN) 10. Case
Studies on Cryptography and Security.
NETWORK SECURITY
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Roberta Bragg; Mark Rhodes-
Ousley and Keith Strassberg
2003
ISBN : 9780070586710
(Osborne Reprint)
CONTENTS
Part 1 Information Security
Foundations: Ch. 1: Introduction. Ch.
2: Network Security Overview. Ch. 3:
Security Policy Development. Part 2
Security Architecture Componen-ts:
Ch. 4: Network Security Architec-ture.
Ch. 5: Computer Security Architecture.
Ch. 6: Authentication and Authorization
Methods. Ch. 7: Application Security.
Ch. 8: Unix Security. Ch. 9: Windows
Security. Ch. 10: Novell NetWare. Ch.
11: J2EE Security. Ch. 12: Database
Security. Ch. 13: Virtual Private
Networks (VPNs). Ch. 14: Wireless
Network Security. Ch. 15: Data Security
Architecture. Part 3 Managing the
Security Infrastructure: Ch. 16:
Security Management Architecture. Ch.
17: Security Organization. Ch. 18:
Integrity and Availability Architecture.
Ch. 19: Disaster Recovery and
Business Continuity. Ch. 20: Incident
Response and Forensic Analysis. Ch.
21: Physical Security. Part 4
Appendices: Appendix A: Organization
Certification, System Evaluation and
Assurance. Appendix B: HIPAA
Preparation. Appendix C: Gramm-
Leach-Bliley Act (GLB) Preparation.
Appendix D: Dictionary of IT Security
Terms
OPERATING SYSTEM SECURITY
HACKING EXPOSED WINDOWS
3rd Edition
by Joel Scambray
2007
ISBN : 9780070223691
HACKING EXPOSED™ LINUX:
LINUX SECURITY SECRETS &
SOLUTIONS
3rd Edition
by ISECOM (Institute for Security and
Open Methodologies)
2008
ISBN : 9780070187726
This authoritative guide will help you
secure your Linux network--whether you
use Linux as a desktop OS, for Internet
services, for telecommuni-cations, or for
wireless services. The book is based on
the latest ISECOM security research
and shows, in full detail, how to lock out
intruders and defend your Linux
systems against catastrophic attacks.
CONTENTS
Foreword / Acknowledgments /
Introduction / Part I: Security and
Controls Chapter 1. Applying Security
Chapter 2. Applying Interactive Controls
Chapter 3. Applying Process Controls
Part II: Hacking the System Chapter 4.
Local Access Control Chapter 5. Data
Networks Security Chapter 6.
Unconventional Data Attack Vectors
Chapter 7. Voice over IP Chapter 8.
Wireless Networks Chapter 9. Input/
Output Devices Chapter 10. RFID--
Radio Frequency Identification Chapter
11. Emanation Attacks Chapter 12.
Trusted Computing Part III: Hacking
the Users Chapter 13. Web Application
Hacking Chapter 14. Mail Services
Chapter 15. Name Services Part IV:
Care and Maintenance Chapter 16.
Reliability: Static Analysis of C Code
Chapter 17. Security Tweaks in the
Linux Kernal Part V: Appendixes /
Appendix A. Management and
Maintenance / Appendix B. Linux
Forensics and Data Recovery /
Appendix C. BSD / Index
WIRELESS SECURITY
WIRELESS MOBILE & NETWORK
SECURITY
Pallapa Venkataram Professor, Dept.
of Electrical Communication Engg, IISc,
Bangalore; Sathish Babu, Research
Scholar in PET unit, Dept. of Electrical
Communication Engg, IISc, Bangalore
2010 / 260 Pages
ISBN : 9780070700246
This book on Wireless and Mobile
Network Security comprehensively
deals with various security issues,
challenges, attacks, protocols, and
available security solutions for wireless
technologies at the application level. It
provides a collection of latest
advancements and techniques related
to the security dynamics, and adaptive
to applications. This book explains the
dynamic selection of the security
algorithms/schemes for encryption/
decryption, authentication, integrity
maintenance, non-repudiation, etc.,
depending on an application
characteristics as well as the
environment of execution. It provides a
practical approach for the
implementation of different techniques
associated with network security.
FEATURES
• Provides information on latest
researches and development in
security field related to various
networking technologies.
• Hands– on approach for
implementing different techniques
linked with network security.
• Well organized presentation of
security issues, attacks, solutions
and challenges.
• Covers conventional as well
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 137
updated attacks pertaining to
various wireless networks.
• Detailed coverage on Ubiquitous
and Integrated Network’s security.
CONTENTS
1. Security issues in mobile
communications 2. Security at device,
server, and network levels 3. Application
level security in wireless networks 4.
Application level security in cellular
networks 5. Application level security in
mobile ad hoc networks 6. Application
level security in ubiquitous computing
environment 7. Application level security
in heterogeneous wireless network 8.
Application level security in mobile
commerce
WIRELESS SECURITY MODELS,
THREATS, AND SOLUTIONS
by Randall Nichols, President,
COMSEC Solutions, and Panos
Lekkas
2002 / 657 Pages
ISBN : 9780070618848
CONTENTS
Chapter1 Why is Wireless Different?
Chapter 2 Wireless Information
Warfare. Chapter 3 Telephone System
Vulnerabilities. Chapter 4 Satellite
Communications. Chapter 5
Cryptographic Security. Chapter 6
Speech Cryptology. Chapter 7 The
Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN).
Chapter 8 Wireless Application Protocol
(WAP). Chapter 9 Wireless Transport
Lay er Security (WTLS). Chapter 10
Bluetooth. Chapter 11 Voice Over
Internet Protocol. Chapter 12 Hardware
Perspectives for End-to-End Security
(E2E) in Wireless Applications. Chapter
13 Optimizing Wireless Security with
FPGAs and ASICs. / Bibliography. /
Index
INFORMATION CODING
INFORMATION THEORY,
CODING AND CRYPTOGRAPHY
2nd Edition
by Ranjan Bose, Department of
Electrical Engineering, Indian Institute of
Technology, New Delhi
2008 / 348 Pages
ISBN : 9780070669017
The fields of Information Theory, Coding
and Cryptography are ever expanding,
and the last six years have seen a spurt
of new ideas germinate, mature and get
absorbed in industrial standards and
applications. Many of these new
concepts have been included in the
second edition, which will enable
students and professionals to learn
these topics quickly and efficiently
FEATURES
• Detailed chapter on Cryptography
covering fundamentals, private and
public key cryptography, current
encryption standards and the latest
trends
• Physical concept is provided
alongwith moderate mathematical
rigor
• Excellent pedagogy includes
• 137 Solved examples
• 164 Chapter-end problems
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• New sections on Space Time Block
Codes & Space Time Trellis Codes
• Expanded coverage on Turbo codes
and Trellis Coding Modulation
NEW TOPICAL COVERAGE ON
• Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO)
Channels
• Low Density Parity Check (LDPC)
Codes
• Space Time Codes
• Interleaver Design for Turbo Codes
• Quantum Cryptography
• Biometric Encryption
CONTENTS
1. Source Coding 2. Channel Capacity
and Coding 3. Linear Block Codes for
Error Correction 4. Cyclic Codes 5.
Bose-Chaudhuri Hocquenghem (BCH)
Codes 6. Convolutional Codes 7. Trellis
Coded Modulation 8. Cryptography
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
INFORMATION CODING
TECHNIQUES
by R Avudaiammal, St. Joseph College
of Engineering, Chennai
2006 / 342 Pages
ISBN : 9788182091153
Information Coding deals with
transmitting information efficiently and
accurately. This book Information
Coding Techniques provides a thorough
introduction to information theory and
coding. It adopts a simpliied approach to
presenting concepts. The book is
designed to suit the requirements of IT
and CSE students.
FEATURES
• Numerous solved and unsolved
problems
• Elaborate treatment of cyclic and
convolution codes
• Short and long answer questios
• Two-marks questions with answers
• University question papers with hints
CONTENTS
1. Information Entropy Fundamentals
2. Error Control Coding 3. Data and
Voice Coding 4. Text and Image
Compression 5. Audio Coding
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY • INFORMATION CODING
138 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
TROUBLESHOOTING
NETWORK
TROUBLESHOOTING
UPGRADING &
TROUBLESHOOTING NETWORKS:
THE COMPLETE
REFERENCE
by Zacker
2000 / 944 Pages
ISBN : 9780070412675
(Osborne Reprint)
PC TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING,
MAINTAINING & REPAIRING PCS,
(WITH CD)
5th Edition
by Bigelow
2001 / 1636 Pages
ISBN : 9780070473676
(Osborne Reprint)
PC HARDWARE:
A BEGINNER’S GUIDE
by Gilster
2001 / 672 Pages
ISBN : 9780070447363
(Osborne Reprint)
IBM PC AND CLONES:
HARDWARE, TROUBLESHOOTING
AND MAINTENANCE
2nd Edition
by Govindarajalu
2002 / 1044 Pages
(Book Only)
ISBN : 9780070482869
(Book + CD)
ISBN : 9780070483118
CONTENTS
Part I: Basic Concepts and
Architecture 1. Microcompuer System
2. Peripheral Devices 3. PC Hardware
Overview Part II: PC Hardware
Components 4. Hardware Components
and ICs 5. Microprocessors in PC 6.
Support Chip in the Motherboard Part
III: Circuits and Subsystems 7. PC
Bus and Motherboard 8. Printer
Controller 9. Floppy Disk Controller 10.
Hard Disk Controller Subsystem 11.
Display Adapter 12. Serial Interfaces
Part IV: Maintenance and
Troubleshooting 13. Installation and
Preventive Maintenance 14.
Troubleshooting Part V: Special
Systems 15. Introduction to Networking
16. RISC and Servers
PC HARDWARE:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
(With CD)
by Zacker
2001 / 720 Pages
ISBN : 9780070436060
(Osborne Reprint)
COMPUTER INSTALLATION
AND SERVICING
2nd Edition
by D Balasubramanian, Vice Principal,
Arasan Ganesan Polytechnic College,
Sivakasi
2006 / 185 Pages
ISBN : 9780070591189
This book is designed for the diploma
level course on Computer Installation
and Servicing taken by the students of
Computer Science and Electronics &
Communication Engineering at the
diploma level.
Using a modular approach the author
covers the basic topics like upgrading
the system, installing new devices and
software, troubleshooting and servicing
low level problems, etc which makes the
book useful to even a novice to the
computer
NEW TO THIS EDITION
• Coverage of different processors
like CISC, RISC, Pentium series,
AMD series and CYRIX series.
• Enhanced coverage of Bus
standards with the inclusion of
topics like AGP, USB, Fire Wire.
• Coverage of DVD.
• Coverage of Digital display
technology and Graphics cards.
FEATURES
• Modular approach to the subject.
• Coverage of topics like graphics
cards, DVD, Chipsets, Display
technology, etc.
• Common faults/problems, their
diagnosis and troubleshooting are
given in a lucid manner
• Richly illustrated with easily
reproducible block diagrams and
figures.
CONTENTS
1. Personal Computer 2. Inside PC 3.
On-Board Memory 4. Recording and
Retrieval in Magnetic Media 5. Floppy
Disk Drive and Controller 6. Hard Disk
Drive and Controller 7. NMX –
Multimedia Extensions 8. Input Devices
9. Monitors and Display Adapters 10.
Output Devices – I 11. Output Devices
– II 12. Computer Installation 13.
Troubleshooting and Servicing 14.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 139
Computer Maintenance 15. Computers
and Communications
QUANTUM COMPUTING
QUANTUM COMPUTING
by Vishal Sahni, Lecturer, Faculty of
Engineering, Dayalbagh Educational
Institute (Deemed University).
2007
ISBN : 9780070657007
Quantum Computing presents the ideas
and concepts of quantum computing for
first-time learner in a manner that is
simple and easy to learn-from a gentle
introduction to the core topics and finally
the algorithms, applications, physical
realizations and simulators.
FEATURES
• Lucid introduction for beginners to
the theoretical field of quantum
computing that is replete with
complex mathematical equations;
• Fundamentals explained without
assuming prior knowledge of
quantum mechanics;
• Help readers get a hands-on
experience with qubits and quantum
gates – the building blocks of
quantum computers;
• Software and code snippets for
enthusing the initiated reader to start
building a quantum computer.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Quantum Computing
2. Qubits, Quantum Mechanics and
Computer Science Perspectives 3.
Quantum Gates 4. Applications of
Quantum Computing 5. Shor's
Algorithm and Quantum Fourier
Transform 6. Grover's Algorithm
(Quantum Search Algorithms) 7.
Physical Realization of Quantum
Computers 8. Quantum Computing
Software
NANO COMPUTING
NANO COMPUTING
by Vishal Sahni, Lecturer, Faculty of
Engineering, Dayalbagh Educational
Institute (Deemed University).
2008
ISBN : 9780070248922
Computing at the nanoscale is set to
revolutionize computing and our way of
life. Nanocomputing will help
technologists to meet the quest to pack
power of computing into the smallest
possible device without compromising
on speed or accuracy.
This book will help scientists,
researchers and professionals in related
disciplines to understand the
fundamentals of this upcoming domain.
CONTENTS
1. Nanocomputing-Prospects and
Challenges 2. Physics of
Nanocomputing 3. Nanocomputing with
Imperfections 4. Reliability of
Nanocomputing 5. Nanoscale Quantum
Computing 6. QCADesigner Software
and QCA Implementation 7. Molecular
and Optical Computing
MAINFRAME COMPUTING
THE MVS JCL PRIMER
by Saba Zamir & Chander Ranade
2007 / 384 Pages
ISBN : 9780070659131
CICS
CICS HANDBOOK
by Kageyama
2002
ISBN : 9780070486362
CAD / CAM AUTOCAD
CAD/CAM: THEORY AND PRACTICE
2nd Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Ibrahim Zeid, Associate Professor,
Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Northeastern University;
R Subramanian, University of Georgia
2009 / 882 Pages
ISBN : 9780070151345
The book is intended to provide a
comprehensive study of the technical
topics related to CAD/CAM which
encompasses topics like interactive
computer graphics and CAD, numerical
control, computer process control,
group technology, computer integrated
production management, flexible
manufacturing systems etc.
FEATURES
• New Sections on
• Shop Floor Control System.
• Computer Assisted Production
Scheduling.
• Parts Based Manufacturing
Information System.
• Computer Monitoring and Control
System.
• Information System for
Manufacturing.
• Computer Integrated Manufacturing
(CIM)
• Good depth of coverage for most
topics like CAD/CAM hardware,
software, Finite Element analysis.
• The text focuses on presenting a
balanced mix of the theory and
practice of the CAD/CAM concepts.
• The CAD/CAM principles and tools
are explained in generic and basic
forms supplemented with
engineering and design application
problems.
QUANTUM COMPUTING • NANO COMPUTING • MAINFRAME COMPUTING • CAD / CAM AUTOCAD
140 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction Chapter 2.
CAD/CAM Hardware Chapter 3. CAD/
CAM Software Chapter 4. Types and
Mathematical Representation of Curves
Chapter 5. Types and Mathematical
Representation of Surfaces Chapter 6.
Types and Mathematical Representation
of Chapter 7. CAD/CAM Data
Exchange Chapter 8. Geometric
Transformations Chapter 9. Visual
Realism Chapter 10. Graphics Aids
Chapter 11. Graphics Manipulations
and Editings Chapter 12. Finite
Element Modeling and Analysis
Chapter 13. Part Programming and
Manufacturing Chapter 14. Computer
Aided Manufacturing Chapter 13. Part
Programming and Manufacturing
Chapter 14. Computer Aided
Manufacturing Chapter 15. Computer
Aided Quality Control
CAD/CAM
PRINCIPLES AND APPLICATIONS
2nd Edition
by P N Rao, Professor, Department of
Industrial Technology, University of
Northern Iowa, Iowa, USA
2009 / 784 Pages
ISBN : 9780070681934
FEATURES
• New Chapter on Computer Aided
Quality Control
• Finite Element Analysis
• Potential Energy & Equilibrium:
Rayleigh-Ritz Method, Galerkin’s
Method
• Stiffness matrix for spring system,
bar & beam elements, bar elements
in 2D space (truss element).
• Trusses
• Geometric Modeling
• Interpolation and approximation of
curves
• Synthetic curves and curve fitting
• Hermite cubic splines
• Composite Bezier curves
• Periodic and non-periodic B-spline
curves
• C-rep approaches
• Shop Floor Control
• Bar Code Technology
• Automated Data Collection System
• Expansion on the following topics
of Computer Graphics
• Windowing
• Clipping
• Hidden Line/Surface Removal
• Updation/Inclusion of the
following topics as per the latest
technological advancements
• Waiting Time in Shop World
Scenario
• Six Sigma
• Lean Manufacturing
• Update on DVD Displays,
Workstation configurations
• Replace the present AutoCAD in the
book with the latest version i.e.
AutoCAD 2010
• Replace Unigraphics General
Facilities by Invertor 2008
• PEDAGOGICAL REVISION:
• Solved Examples: 65
• Review Questions: 348
• Problems: 80
• Figures: 709
• Photographs: 85
CONTENTS
1. Introduction 2. CAD/CAM Hardware
3. Computer Graphics 4. Geometric
Modelling 6. CAD Standards 7.
Introduction to a Drafting System 8.
Introduction to Modelling System 9.
Finite Element Analysis 10. Introduction
to Computer Numerical Methods 11.
CNC Hardware Basics 12. CNC Tooling
13. CNC Machine Tools and Control
Systems 14. CNC Programming 15.
Turning Centre Programming 16.
Advanced Part Programming Methods
17. Computer Aided Part Programming
18. Information Requirements of
Manufacturing 19. Group Technology
and Computer Aided Process Planning
21. Production Planning and Control 22.
Communications 23. Material Handling
Systems 24. Flexible Manufacturing
Systems 25. Computer Aided Quality
Control 26. Computer Integrated
Manufacturing
COMPUTER SIMULATION
SIMULATION MODELING
AND ANALYSIS
4th Edition
(Special Indian Edition)
by Averill M. Law, President, Averill M.
Law & Associates, Inc. Tucson,
by Arizona, USA
2007 / 790 Pages
ISBN : 9780070667334
Simulation Modeling and Analysis
provides a comprehensive, state-of-theart,
and technically correct treatment of
all important aspects of a simulation
study. The book strives to make this
material understandable by the use of
intuition and numerous figures,
examples, and problems. It is equally
well suited for use in university courses,
simulation practice, and self study.
FEATURES
• Latest statistical techniques for
estimating the performance
measures of a simulated system,
both for terminating and steadystate
simulations.
• Comprehensive and practical
discussion of how to validate a
simulation model.
• Ranking-and-selection procedures
for choosing the best system
configuration, which allow the use of
common random numbers for
increased efficiency.
• Self-contained discussion of
classical design of experiments, with
a particular emphasis on how to
correctly implement these
techniques in the context of
simulation modeling.
• Several detailed examples on the
use of simulation-based
optimization.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Simulation Modeling 2.
Modeling Complex Systems 3.
Simulation Software 4. Review of Basic
Probability and Statistics 5. Building
Valid, Credible, and Appropriately
CAD / CAM AUTOCAD • COMPUTER SIMULATION
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 141
Detailed Simulation Models 6. Selecting
Input Probability Distributions 7.
Random-Number Generators 8.
Generating Random Variates 9. Output
Data Analysis for a Single System 10.
Comparing Alternative System
Configurations 11. Variance-Reduction
Techniques 12. Experimental Design,
Sensitivity Analysis, and Optimization
13. Simulation of Manufacturing
Systems
International Edition
SIMULATION USING PROMODEL
3rd Edition
by Charles R. Harrell, Brigham Young
University-Provo
2011 / 768 Pages
ISBN : 9780073401300
www.mhhe.com/harrell3e
Simulation Using ProModel covers the
art and science of simulation in general
and the use of ProModel simulation
software in particular. The text blends
theory with practice. Actual applications
in business, services and manufacturing
and a hands-on approach to simulation,
including real-world simulation projects,
are emphasized.
The third edition of Simulation Using
ProModel reflects the most recent
version of the ProModel software in all
the examples and labs as well as
expanded coverage on generating
random variates and design of
experiments. Additionally, the lead
author is founder and Chief Technology
Advisor for ProModel Corporation.
FEATURES
• Updated Examples to reflect current
version of ProModel.
• Expanded Random Variate
Coverage
• Simulation Covered Earlier The
material has been rearranged from
the previous edition so students are
introduced to actual simulation
sooner. The text includes a
complete account of a real-world
simulation project.
• Expanded Coverage of Experiment
Design to help students learn how to
set up and run a meaningful
experiment and document the
results.
• Enhanced Website accompanies
the text and allows users of the text
to download the latest student
version of ProModel as well as the
current ProModel Tutorial and Basic
Training course. In addition,
instructors have access to the
solutions manual, lab exercises, and
PowerPoint lecture slides.
CONTENTS
Part 1 / 1. Intro to Simulation 2. System
Dynamics 3. Simulation Basics 4.
Discrete Event Simulation 5. Data
Collection and Analysis 6. Model
Building 7. Model Verification and
Validation 8. Simulation Output Analysis
9. Comparing Systems 10. Simulation
Optimization 11. Modeling
Manufacturing Systems 12. Modeling
Material Handling Systems 13. Modeling
Service Systems Part 2 LABS / Lab 1.
Introduction to ProModel Lab 2. Building
Your First Model Lab 3. ProModel's
Output Module Lab 4. Basic Modeling
Concepts Lab 5. Fitting Statistical
Distributions to Input Data Lab 6.
Intermediate Model Building Lab 7.
Model Verification and Validation Lab 8.
Simulation Output Analysis Lab 9.
Comparing Alternative Systems Lab 10.
Simulation Optimization with SimRunner
Lab 11. Modeling Manufacturing
Systems Lab 12. Material Handling
Systems Lab 13. Modeling Service
Systems
International Edition
SIMULATION WITH ARENA
5th Edition
by W. David Kelton, Univ. Of
Cincinnati-Cincinnati; Randall P.
Sadowski, Nancy B. Swets, Rockwell
Automation
2010
ISBN : 9780071267717
Simulation with Arena provides a
comprehensive treatment of simulation
using industry-standard Arena software.
The text starts by having the reader
develop simple high-level models, and
then progresses to advanced modeling
and analysis. Statistical design and
analysis of simulation experiments is
integrated with the modeling chapters,
reflecting the importance of
mathematical modeling of these
activities.
An informal, tutorial writing style is used
to aid the beginner in fully understanding
the ideas and topics presented. The
academic version of Arena and example
files are available through the book’s
website.
FEATURES
• Text features coverage of the latest
academic version of Arena software.
• New software capabilities are
included in later chapters.
• New Exercises in all the chapters,
updated with solutions in the new
software.
CONTENTS
1. What is Simulation? 2. Fundamental
Simulation Concepts 3. A Guided Tour
Through Arena 4. Modeling Basic
Operations and Inputs 5. Modeling
Detailed Operations 6. Statistical Design
and Analysis of Terminating Simulations
7. Intermediate Modeling and Steady-
State Statistical Analysis 8. Entity
Transfer 9. A Sampler of Further
Modeling Issues and Techniques 10.
Arena Integration and Customization 11.
Continuous and Combined Discrete/
Continuous Models 12. Further
Statistical Issues 13. Conducting
COMPUTER SIMULATION
142 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Simulation Studies Appendix A: A
Functional Specification for The
Washington Post Appendix B: IIE/RS
Contest Problems Appendix C: A
Refresher or Probability and Statistics
Appendix D: Arena’s Probability
Distributions Appendix E: Academic
Software Installation Instructions
ReferencesIndex
IT TOOLS AND
APPLICATIONS
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
IT TOOLS & APPLICATIONS
by Alexis Leon, Software Consultant;
Mathews Leon, L & L Consultants
2004 / 582 Pages
ISBN : 9788182090217
IT Tools and Applications provide a
perfect introduction to computers and
telecommunications. The book starts
with fundamental concepts of IT and
then deals with latest developments of
technologies in the field. The book also
includes major coverage of PC
Applications including Word Processing,
Spreadsheets and Presentation
Software Packages.
CONTENTS
Unit I - Computer Appreciation 1.
Introduction to Computers 2. The
Computer System 3. Binary and
Decimal Number Systems 4. BCD and
ASCII Codes Unit II - Computer
Organization 5. Central Processing
Unit (CPU) 6. Memory 7. Secondary
Storage Devices 8. Mass Storage
Devices 9. Input Devices - I 10. Input
Devices - II 11. Output Devices - I 12.
Output Devices - II 13. Multimedia 14.
Multimedia Applications 15. Computer
Software - I 16. Computer Software - II
17. Computer Software – III Unit III -
Operating Systems 18. Introduction to
DOS 19. File Management Commands
20. Directory Related Commands 21.
Overview of Microsoft Windows 22.
Overview of Windows Me 23. Using
Windows 24. System Tools in Windows
25. Accessories and Games 26.
Overview of Linux – I 27. Overview of
Linux - II 28. File Structure and File
Management in Linux 29. Hardware
Requirements and Pre-installation Steps
for Linux 30. Installing and Using Red
Hat Linux 9 Unit IV - Word Processing
31. Introduction to Word Processing 32.
Word 2000 Basics 33. Creating and
Saving a Document 34. Editing Text 35.
Formatting Documents36. Advanced
Formatting 37. Mail Merging 38.
Working with Graphics 39. Working with
Tables 40. Advanced Topics Unit V -
Electronic Spreadsheets 41.
Introduction to Electronic Spreadsheets
42. Excel 2000 Basics 43. Creating and
Saving a Workbook 44. Data Entry—
Manual and Automatic 45. Basic
Formatting 46. Advanced Formatting 47.
Formulas and Macros 48. Excel
Functions 49. Charts and Graphs 50.
Advanced Topics Unit VI - Presentation
Packages 51. PowerPoint 2000 Basics
52. Creating and Saving a Presentation
53. Basic Formatting 54. Advanced
Formatting 55. Slide Show Basics 56.
Advanced Topics Unit VII - Information
Technology and Society 57. IT in
Financial Services, Manufacturing and
Tourism 58. IT in Office Automation,
Management and Decision-making 59.
IT in Transaction Processing,
Entertainment, Medicine, Science and
Engineering 60. IT in Homes, Education
and Training
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
PC SOFTWARE MADE EASY
by Alexis Leon, Software Consultant;
Mathews Leon, Executive Director of
L&L Consultancy Pvt. Ltd.
2006 / 582 Pages
ISBN : 9788182090705
Alexis and Mathews Leon take you on
an exciting ride into the world of
computers. Beginning with fundamental
concepts, this text moves on to provide
major coverage on fascinating areas like
Multimedia, Operating Systems, MSOffice
and IT Applications. Advanced
concepts, theories and practical
applications are presented in an easyto-
read and jargon-free style that makes
this book a welcome read for all.
CONTENTS
Unit I - Computer Appreciation 1.
Introduction to Computers 2. The
Computer System 3. Binary and
Decimal Number Systems 4. BCD and
ASCII Codes Unit II - Computer
Organization 5. Central Processing
Unit (CPU) 6. Memory 7. Secondary
Storage Devices 8. Mass Storage
Devices 9. Input Devices - I 10. Input
Devices - II 11. Output Devices - I 12.
Output Devices - II 13. Multimedia 14.
Multimedia Applications 15. Computer
Software - I 16. Computer Software - II
17. Computer Software – III Unit III -
Operating Systems 18. Introduction to
DOS 19. File Management Commands
20. Directory Related Commands 21.
Overview of Microsoft Windows 22.
Overview of Windows Me 23. Using
Windows 24. System Tools in Windows
25. Accessories and Games 26.
Overview of Linux – I 27. Overview of
Linux - II 28. File Structure and File
Management in Linux 29. Hardware
Requirements and Pre-installation Steps
for Linux 30. Installing and Using Red
Hat Linux 9 Unit IV - Word Processing
31. Introduction to Word Processing 32.
Word 2000 Basics 33. Creating and
Saving a Document 34. Editing Text 35.
Formatting Documents 36. Advanced
Formatting 37. Mail Merging 38.
Working with Graphics 39. Working with
Tables 40. Advanced Topics Unit V -
Electronic Spreadsheets 41.
Introduction to Electronic Spreadsheets
42. Excel 2000 Basics 43. Creating and
Saving a Workbook 44. Data Entry—
Manual and Automatic 45. Basic
Formatting 46. Advanced Formatting 47.
Formulas and Macros 48. Excel
Functions 49. Charts and Graphs 50.
Advanced Topics Unit VI -
Presentation Packages 51.
PowerPoint 2000 Basics 52. Creating
and Saving a Presentation 53. Basic
Formatting 54. Advanced Formatting 55.
Slide Show Basics 56. Advanced Topics
Unit VII - Information Technology and
COMPUTER SIMULATION • IT TOOLS AND APPLICATIONS
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 143
Society 57. IT in Financial Services,
Manufacturing and Tourism 58. IT in
Office Automation, Management and
Decision-making 59. IT in Transaction
Processing, Entertainment, Medicine,
Science and Engineering 60. IT in
Homes, Education and Training
PC SOFTWARE FOR WINDOWS 98
MADE SIMPLE
2nd Edition
by R.K. Taxali; Department of
Electronics, Govt. of India
2000 / 760 Pages
ISBN : 9780070403062
CONTENTS
Part I Computer Appreciation and DOS
1. Computer appreciation 2. Disk
operating system (DOS) 3. Additional
DOS commands 4. Configuring DOS
and batch files Part II Windows 5.
Windows basics 6. Working with
windows and windows accessories 7.
Windows miscellaneous features 8.
Internet and web features Part III Word
9. Introduction to Word 10. Editing a
document 11. Move and copy text and
help system 12. Formatting text and
paragraph 13. Finding and replacing text
and checking spelling 14. Using tabs 15.
Enhancing a document 16. Columns,
tables and other features 17. Using
graphics, templates and wizards 18.
Using mailmerge 19. Miscellaneous
features of Word Part IV Excel 20.
Introduction to worksheet and Excel 21.
Getting started with Excel 22. Editing
cells and using commands and
functions 23. Moving and copying,
inserting and deleting rows and columns
24. Getting help and formatting a
worksheet 25. Printing the workbook 26.
Creating charts 27. Using date and time
and addressing modes 28. Naming
ranges and using statistical, math and
financial functions 29. Database in a
worksheet 30. Additional formatting
commands and drawing toolbar 31.
Miscellaneous commands and functions
32. Multiple workbooks, pivot table,
macros and hyperlinks Annexures A.
Introduction to desktop publishing B.
Overview of PowerPoint C. Computer
viruses
IT TOOLS AND BUSINESS SYSTEM
By ISRD Group, Lucknow
468 Pages
ISBN : 9780071077712
The book is composed exactly as per
the syllabus (M1-R4/ A1-R4, Module 1)
prescribed for 'O' and 'A' level syllabi of
DOEACC. The objective of the book is
to help the readers understand the
technology that lies beneath the IT
revolution.
FEATURES
• Provides complete and easy
explantions for computer
findamentals, hardware and
software concepts, opertaing
systems, MS Office packages,
database concepts and operations
and various issues related to IT and
the applications of IT
• Key concepts and ideas that often
appear daunting to a novice are
introduced in a simple and easy to
understand way, using examples
and pictures
• Written in a simple and lucid
language keeping in mind the
requirements of the target audience
• Chapter-end exercises prepared
according to DOEACC question
paper pattern
• Pedagogy:
• Multiple Choice Questions: 128
• True/False: 131
• Fill in the Blanks: 133
• Descriptive Questions: 138
• Solved Examples: 14
CONTENTS
1. Getting to Know Computers 2.
Processing and Memory 3. Peripheral
Devices 4. Secondary Storage Devices
5. software Concepts 6. Multimedia 7.
An Introduction to Windows 8. Windows
Accesoories and File Management 9.
The Linux OS 10. Microsoft Word
Basics 11. Profing Documents 12.
Document enhancements 13. Mail
Merge 14. Working with wizards and
Templates 15. Creating tables and
HTML documents 16. Microsoft Excel
Basics 17. working with Formulae and
Cell Referencing 18. Chats and Data
Sharing 19. MIcrosoft PowerPoint 20.
Database Fundamentals 21 Microsoft
Access Basics 22. Access Objects 23.
Information Technology and Society
OFFICE COMPLETE
MS OUTLOOK 2010
MICROSOFT OFFICE OUTLOOK
2010 QUICKSTEPS
by Matthews
2010
ISBN : 9780071068079
MS OFFICE 2007
Vijay Nicole Imprints Title
PC SOFTWARE MADE EASY
by Alexis Leon, Software Consultant;
Leon, Mathews; L & L Consultants
2006 / 582 Pages
ISBN : 9788182090705
Alexis and Mathews Leon take you on
an exciting ride into the world of
computers. Beginning with fundamental
concepts, this text moves on to provide
major coverage on fascinating areas like
Multimedia, Operating Systems, MSOffice
and IT Applications. Advanced
concepts, theories and practical
applications are presented in an easyto-
read and jargon-free style that makes
this book a welcome read for all.
CONTENTS
Unit I - Computer Appreciation 1.
Introduction to Computers 2. The
Computer System 3. Binary and
Decimal Number Systems 4. BCD and
ASCII Codes Unit II - Computer
IT TOOLS AND APPLICATIONS • OFFICE COMPLETE
144 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Organization 5. Central Processing
Unit (CPU) 6. Memory 7. Secondary
Storage Devices 8. Mass Storage
Devices 9. Input Devices - I 10. Input
Devices - II 11. Output Devices - I 12.
Output Devices - II 13. Multimedia 14.
Multimedia Applications 15. Computer
Software - I 16. Computer Software - II
17. Computer Software – III Unit III -
Operating Systems 18. Introduction to
DOS 19. File Management Commands
20. Directory Related Commands 21.
Overview of Microsoft Windows 22.
Overview of Windows Me 23. Using
Windows 24. System Tools in Windows
25. Accessories and Games 26.
Overview of Linux – I 27. Overview of
Linux - II 28. File Structure and File
Management in Linux 29. Hardware
Requirements and Pre-installation Steps
for Linux 30. Installing and Using Red
Hat Linux 9 Unit IV - Word Processing
31. Introduction to Word Processing
32. Word 2000 Basics 33. Creating and
Saving a Document 34. Editing Text 35.
Formatting Documents 36. Advanced
Formatting 37. Mail Merging 38.
Working with Graphics 39. Working with
Tables 40. Advanced Topics Unit V -
Electro-nic Spreadsheets 41.
Introduction to Electronic Spreadsheets
42. Excel 2000 Basics 43. Creating and
Saving a Workbook 44. Data Entry—
Manual and Automatic 45. Basic
Formatting 46. Advanced Formatting 47.
Formulas and Macros 48. Excel
Functions 49. Charts and Graphs 50.
Advanced Topics Unit VI - Presentation
Packages 51. PowerPoint 2000 Basics
52. Creating and Saving a Presentation
53. Basic Formatting 54. Advanced
F o r m a t t i n g
55. Slide Show Basics 56. Advanced
Topics Unit VII - Information
Technology and Society 57. IT in
Financial Services, Manufacturing and
Tourism 58. IT in Office Automation,
Management and Decision-making 59.
IT in Transaction Processing, Entertainment,
Medicine, Science and Engineering
60. IT in Homes, Education and
Training
MS OFFICE 2003
MICROSOFT OFFICE 2003:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Kettell
2003 / 932 Pages
ISBN : 9780070582996
(Osborne Reprint)
MS OFFICE XP
OFFICE XP:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
(With CD)
by Nelson
2001 / 1040 Pages
ISBN : 9780070447233
(Osborne Reprint)
MS ACCESS 2010
MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2010
QUICKSTEPS
by Cronan
2010
ISBN : 9780071068086
MS ACCESS 2007
MICROSOFT OFFICE ACCESS 2007:
THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
by Virginia Andersen
2007 / 1024 Pages
ISBN : 9780070222854
MS EXCEL 2010
MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2010
QUICKSTEPS
by Cronan
2010
ISBN : 9780071067362
MS EXCEL 2007
EXCEL 2007 VBA MACRO
PROGRAMMING
by Shepherd
2010
ISBN : 9780070703483
HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH
MICROSOFT OFFICE EXCEL 2007
by Guy Hart-Davis
2008 / 486 Pages
ISBN : 9780070647671
MS PROJECT 2007
MICROSOFT OFFICE PROJECT
SERVER 2007: THE COMPLETE
REFERENCE
by Dave Gochberg, Lead, Enterprise
Project Management Center of
Excellence, CDW Berbee.;
Rob Stewart, Microsoft Solutions
Specialist, CDW Berbee.
2008
ISBN : 9780070230286
This comprehensive guide takes you
through the planning and
implementation lifecycle of a Project
Server installation. Learn how to utilize
OFFICE COMPLETE
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 145
this powerful software to set up and
manage projects, allocate human as
well as financial resources, track
progress, and adjust activities quickly to
accommodate project changes and
updates.
CONTENTS
Part I: Consider This Before You
Commit to Project Server 2007
Chapter 1. What Your CFO Needs to
Know about Project Server Chapter 2.
The New Architecture of the Microsoft
EPM Environment Chapter 3. New
Features and Some That Have Been
Retired Part II: Plan for Your Project
Server 2007 Implementation Chapter
4. Building Blocks for Implementation
Success Chapter 5. Requirements,
Prioritization, and Project Planning for
Project Server Part III: Details on the
Installation and Configuration of
Project Server 2007 Chapter 6.
Installation of Project Server 2007 and
Prerequisite Software Chapter 7.
SharePoint Central Administration in a
Project Server Environment Chapter 8.
Configuring Security in Your EPM
Environment Chapter 9. Configuring
Enterprise Data Settings Chapter 10.
Configuring Time and Task
Management Chapter 11. Configuring
Look and Feel Settings Chapter 12.
Configure the Remaining Server
Settings Chapter 13. Roll Out the
Desktop Part IV: Project Server 2007
Maintenance Chapter 14. Performance
of Your EPM System Chapter 15.
Application/Database Migration from
Previous Versions Chapter 16.
Techniques and Solutions for New
Project Requests Chapter 17.
Integrating Project Server 2007 with
External Systems Part V: Project Server
in Action Chapter 18. Time Tracking and
Task Updates Chapter 19. Reporting
and Views Chapter 20. Resource
Management Chapter 21. How the
Project Manager Interacts with Project
Server Chapter 22. How the Team
Member Interacts with Project Server
Chapter 23. How the Resource Manager
Interacts with Project Server Chapter
24. The Executive and Miscellaneous
Rolls Chapter 25. Project Server 2007--
Doing More for Collaboration and
Communications Part VI: Program and
Portfolio Management Chapter 26.
Program Management Chapter 27.
Project Portfolio Management / Index
HOW TO DO EVERYTHING WITH
MICROSOFT OFFICE PROJECT
2007
by Elaine Marmel
2007 / 394 Pages
ISBN : 9780070658486
EXCHANGE SERVER
US Edition
MICROSOFT EXCHANGE SERVER
2007: A BEGINER'S GUIDE
2nd Edition
by Nick Cavalancia
2008 / 508 Pages
ISBN : 9780071486392
(Osborne Media Professional Title)
CONTENTS
Part 1– Migration and Deployment 1.
Introduction to Exchange Server 2007 2.
Installing Exchange Server 2007 Part II
– Administration 3. Creating and
Managing Recipients 4. Creating and
Managing Public Folders 5.
Administering Storage 6. Managing Hub
Transport Servers 7. Managing Unified
Messaging Servers 8. Managing Client
Access Servers 9. Managing Edge
Transport Servers Part III –
Administering Clients 10. Administering
Exchange Server 2007 Clients 11.
Administering Mobile Clients Part IV –
Advanced Administration 12. Securing
Exchange Server 2007 13. Scripting
Exchange Server 2007 Administration
14. Monitoring Exchange Server 2007
15. Backup & Recovery 16.
Performance Tuning Exchange Server
2007 17. Exchange and Regulatory
Compliance
US Edition
MICROSOFT EXCHANGE SERVER
2007: THE COMPLETE REFERENCE
2nd Edition
by Richard Luckett; Bharat Suneja
2008 / 800 Pages
ISBN : 9780071490849
(Osborne Media Professional Title)
Here is a fully overhauled, authoritative
guide to Microsoft Exchange Server
2007, the latest version of the premier
Windows messaging system. You will
learn to install and configure Exchange
Server 2007; manage e-mail, shared
calendars, and tasks; set up mobile and
Web-based accounts; and optimize
performance. Tips for migrating from
existing systems as well as
implementing security are also included.
CONTENTS
Part 1– Exchange Server 2007
Fundamentals 1. Introduction to
Exchange Server 2007 2. Active
Directory Integration 3. x64-bit
Computing 4. Exchange Server
2007Architectural Review Part 2–
Designing and Deploying Exchange
Server 2007 5. Designing an Exchange
Server 2007 Infrastructure 6. Transport
and Routing 7. Installing Exchange
Server 2007 8. Transitioning and
Migrating Part 3–Administering
Exchange Server 2007 9.
Administering Mailbox Servers 10.
Administering Hub and Edge Transport
11. Administering Client Access Server
12. Administering Unified Messaging
Services Part 4–Exchange Clients and
SharePoint 13. Administering
Recipients 14. Outlook 2007 15.
Outlook Web Access 2007 16. Unified
Communications and Collaboration Part
5– Security 17. Administering Models
18. Regulatory Compliance 19.
Securing E-mail 20. Perimeter Security
Part 6– E-mail Continuity 21. High
Availability 22. Backup, Restore, and
Disaster Recovery 23. Maintenance and
Optimization 24. Troubleshooting
OFFICE COMPLETE
146 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
AUTHOR INDEX
INDEX
A
Adelstein : Fundamentals Of Mobile &
Pervasive Computing ................................................. 69
Afuah : Internet Business Models And
Strategies Text And C ............................................... 127
Anbuchelian : Visual Progamming ................................. 19
Andersen : Just Enough Unix 5th Edition ....................... 33
Andersen : Microsoft Office Access 2007:
The Complete Reference ......................................... 144
Austin : Corporate Information Strategy
And Management: Tex ............................................. 122
Avudaiammal : Information Coding Techniques .......... 137
Bahrami : Object Oriented Systems
Development Using The Unif ..................................... 92
Bailey : Java Structures Data Structures
In Java For The Pr ...................................................... 26
Bajaj : E-commrce 2nd Edition ...................................... 129
Balagurusamy : Computing Fundamentals
And C Programming ..................................................... 1
Balagurusamy : Fundamentals Of Computers ................ 1
Balagurusamy : Numerical Methods .............................. 74
Balagurusamy : Object Oreinted Programming
With C++ 5th Edition .................................................. 10
Balagurusamy : Programming In Ansi C,
6th Edition ..................................................................... 7
Balagurusamy : Programming In Basic
3rd Edition ..................................................................... 6
Balagurusamy : Programming In C#:
A Primer 3rd Edition ................................................... 14
Balagurusamy : Programming With
Java 4th Edition .......................................................... 99
Balakrishan : Theory And Problems
Of Graph Theory (Schaum’s Outline Series) ............ 71
Balasubramanian : Computer Installation
And Servicing 2nd Edition ........................................ 138
Balch : Complete Digital Design ..................................... 45
Bali : 2000 Solved Problems In Digital
Electronics (Sigma Series) ........................................ 45
Baltzan : Business Driven Technology
With Premium Content Ca ....................................... 124
Baltzan : Essentials Of Business
Driven Information Systems ..................................... 125
Bandyopadhyay : E-commerce Context,
Concepts And Consequences .................................. 130
Banerji : Multimedia Technologies .................................. 93
Bartee : Computing Architecture And
Logic Design ............................................................... 51
Bartee : Digital Computer Fundamentals
6th Edition ................................................................... 44
Bates : Principles Of Voice And
Data Communications ................................................ 63
Behl : Information Technology
For Management ....................................................... 114
Bennett : Object-oriented Systems Analysis
And Design Using ....................................................... 91
Bennett : Schaum’s Outline Guide To
Uml 2nd Edition .......................................................... 92
Berenbach : Software Systems Requirements
Engineering: In Practice ............................................. 84
Berson : Data Warehousing,
Data Mining & Olap .................................................... 79
Bhasker : Electronic Commerce
Framework, Technologies, And A ............................ 129
Bigelow : Troubleshooting, Maintaining
& Repairing Pcs, (With Cd) ...................................... 138
Bose : Information Theory, Coding
And Cryptography 2nd Edition ................................. 137
Bose : Neural Network Fundamentals
With Graphs, Algorithm ............................................. 112
Bouton : Coreldraw X5 The Official Guide ..................... 94
Bradley : Advanced Programming Using
Visual Basic 2008 4th Edition .................................... 17
Bradley : Advanced Programming Using
Visual Basic.net 3rd Editon ........................................ 18
Bradley : Programming In C# .net .................................. 15
Bradley : Programming In Visual
Basic.net, Update Edition .......................................... 19
Bradley : Programming In Visual
Basic 2008 7th Edition ............................................... 17
Bradley : Programming In
Visual Basic 2010 ....................................................... 16
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 147
AUTHOR INDEX
Bradley : Programming In Visual
Basic 6.0 (Updated Editon) ........................................ 15
Bradley : Programming In Visual
Basic.net 4th Edition (With ........................................ 18
Bradley : Programming In Visual C#
2008 3rd Edition ......................................................... 15
Bradley : Programming With
Java With Cd-rom ..................................................... 103
Bragg : Network Security The
Complete Reference ................................................ 136
Bravaco : Java Programming
From The Ground Up ................................................. 99
Britton : Object-oriented Systems
Development“A Gentle Intro ....................................... 91
Brown : Fundamentals Of Digital
Logic Design With Vhdl 2nd ....................................... 42
Brown : Fundamentals Of Digital
Logic With Verilog Design .......................................... 43
Brown : Fundamentals Of Digital
Logic With Vhdl Design 3rd Edition ........................... 42
Perl : The Complete Reference
2nd Edition ................................................................ 108
Buczek : Asp.net: Developer’s Guide ........................... 106
Budd : Exploring Python .................................................. 21
Burns : Javaserver Faces 2.0: The
Complete Reference ................................................ 105
Burrows : Learning Programming Using
Visual Basic .net 4th Edition ...................................... 19
Buyya : Object Oriented Programming
With Java 1st Editon ................................................ 101
Canton : Legal Landmines In
E-commerce ............................................................. 131
Capers : Estimating Software
Costs 2nd Edition ....................................................... 88
Carter : Computer Architecture And
Organization 2nd Edition ............................................ 51
Cavalancia : Microsoft Exchange Server
2007: A Beginer’s Guide .......................................... 145
Ceri : Distributed Databases
Principles And Systems ............................................. 78
Chai : Structuring Data
And Building Algorithms ............................................. 24
Chakrabarti : The Asian Manager’s
Handbook Of E-commerce ...................................... 131
Chapman : Fortran 95/2003 For
Scientists & Engineers 3rd Edition .............................. 6
Chapra : Applied Numerical Methods
With Matlab For Engineer .......................................... 72
Chapra : Applied Numerical Methods
With Matlab For Engineer .......................................... 72
Chapra : Numerical Methods For
Engineers 5th Edition (SIE) ....................................... 71
Charatan : Java In Two Semesters
2nd Edition ................................................................ 104
Chartrand : Introduction To Graph Theory ...................... 71
Chaudhury : E-business And E-commerce
Infrastructure Technolog ........................................... 130
Cheng : C For Engineers And
Scientists With Companion CD ................................... 9
Chrisz : Visual C++6:The Complete Reference ............. 20
Cohoon : Programming In C++
(Special Indian Edition) .............................................. 13
Collins : Carrier Grade Voice
Over Ip 2nd Edition ..................................................... 65
Collins : Data Structures And
The Java Collections Frame Wor .............................. 26
Collins : Data Structures And
The Standard Template Library .................................. 25
Conte : Elementary Numerical Analysis
An Algorithmic Approach ............................................ 74
Coope : Computers Systems Architecture,
Networks And Communication ................................... 51
Cornell : Visual Basic 6: From The Ground Up .............. 16
Cronan : Microsoft Office Access
2010 Quicksteps ....................................................... 144
Cronan : Microsoft Office Excel
2010 Quicksteps ....................................................... 144
Crowley : Operating System: A
Design-oriented Approach .......................................... 32
Curtin : Information Technology:
The Breaking Wave ...................................................... 3
Das : Unix Concepts And Applications
4th Edition ................................................................... 32
Das : Your Unix: The Ultimate Guide ............................... 33
Dasgupta : Algorithms ..................................................... 27
Dastbaz : Design And Development
Of Interactive Multimedia S ........................................ 93
148 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
David : Cyberlaw And E-commerce .............................. 131
Davis : Flex 3: A Beginner’s Guide .................................. 94
Davis : Management Information
Systems 2nd Edition ................................................ 123
Deal : Cisco Asa Configuration ........................................ 68
Dean : Introduction To Programming
With Java A Problem- ................................................. 99
Dean : Introduction To Programming
With Java: A Problem S ........................................... 102
Deb : Robotics Technology And Flexible
Automation 2nd Edition .............................................113
Deshmukh : Microcontrollers: Theory
And Applications ......................................................... 57
Dewire : Client/Server Computing .................................. 114
Dhamdhere : Operating Systems: A
Concept Based Approach, 3rd Edition ...................... 30
Dhamdhere : Systems Programming ............................. 37
Donovan : Systems Programming .................................. 38
D’orazio : C++ Programming For
Engineers And Scientists ........................................... 12
Dubey : Innovation With It 2nd Edition .......................... 128
Dwivedi : Mobile Application Security ............................. 69
Eisenmann : Internet Business Models
Text And Cases ......................................................... 127
Elmasri : Operating Systems:
A Spiral Approach ....................................................... 30
Fairley : Software Engineering Concepts ....................... 81
Feit : Tcp/Ip: Architecture, Protocols,
And Implementati ....................................................... 64
Fischer : Applied C An Introduction And More ................. 9
Forouzan : Computer Networks: A Top
Down Approach Ist Edition ......................................... 59
Forouzan : Cryptography And Network
Security 2nd Edition (SIE) ........................................ 135
Forouzan : Data Communication And
Networking 2nd Update .............................................. 60
Forouzan : Data Communications And
Networking 4th Edition (SIE) ...................................... 59
Fu : Neural Networks In Computer Intelligence ............. 112
Fu : Robotics: Control, Sensing,
Vision, And Intelligen ................................................. 113
Fu : Fundamentals Of Computing C
Programming & Ms Office ............................................ 3
Gadre : Programming And Customizing
The Avr Microcontrolle ................................................ 57
Ganesh : 60 Tips On Object
Oriented Programming ............................................... 13
Ganesh : Cracking The C, C++
And Ava Interview ....................................................... 14
Garcia : Communication Networks
2nd Edition .................................................................. 62
Gilmore : Microprocessors Principles
And Applications 2nd Edition ..................................... 56
Gilster : Pc Hardware: A Beginner’s Guide .................. 138
Givone : Digital Principles And Design
With Cd-rom ................................................................ 43
Gochberg : Microsoft Office Project
Server 2007: The Complete ..................................... 144
Godbole : Data Communication &
Networks 2nd Edition ................................................. 61
Godbole : Operating Systems 3rd Edition ...................... 31
Godbole : Web Technologies: Tcp/Ip,
Architecture, And Java P ............................................ 64
Golfarelli : Data Warehouse Design:
Modern Principles And Metho .................................... 80
Gonzalez : Digital Image Processing
Using Matlab 2nd Edition .......................................... 110
Gopal : Bioinformatics: With
Fundamentals Of Genomics And............................... 80
Gopalaswamy : Cbt On Managing
Global Software Projects ............................................ 87
Gopalaswamy : Managing Global
Software Projects ....................................................... 88
Gopalaswamy : Software Maintenance .......................... 88
Goralski : Optical Networking & Wdm ............................ 66
Gottfried : Programming With C
3rd Edition (Schaum’s Outline Series) ........................ 7
Gottfried : Schaum’s Outline
Of Visual Basic ........................................................... 16
Gottleber : Even More Excellent
Html With Html Reference Guide .............................. 98
Govindarajalu : Ibm Pc And Clones:
Hardware, Troubleshooting And M .......................... 138
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 149
Govindarajulu : Computer Architecture
And Organization 2nd Edition .................................... 51
Groover : Industrial Robotics:
Technology, Programming And A .............................. 113
Gupta : Database Management Systems ....................... 76
Gustafson : Schaum’s Outline
Of Theory And Problems Of Softwar ......................... 82
Haag : Business Driven Technology
(With Cd) 2nd Edition ............................................... 122
Haag : Information Systems Essentials
3rd Edition .................................................................. 118
Haag : Management Information Systems
6th Edition (SIE) ...................................................... 121
Haag : Management Information Systems
For The Information .................................................. 125
Hahn : Harley Hahn’s Guide To
Unix And Linux ............................................................ 34
Haag : The Internet Complete Reference ....................... 96
Haigh : Object Oriented Analysis & Design .................... 92
Hall : Microprocessors And Interfacing
(Revised 2nd Edition) ................................................. 53
Hallberg : Introduction To Client/
Server Networking ..................................................... 114
Hallberg : Networking A Beginner’s
Guide 5th Edition ........................................................ 63
Hamacher : Computer Organization,
5th Edition ................................................................... 48
Hanna : Jsp 2.0: The Complete Reference .................. 105
Harnal : Linux Applications And
Administration ............................................................. 35
Harrell : Simulation Using Promodel
3rd Edition ................................................................. 141
Harrington : Computer Graphics 2nd Edition ................ 30
Harris : Operating Systems
(Schaum’s Outline Series) (SIE) ................................ 32
Harshwardhan : Bioinformatics: Principles
And Applications ......................................................... 81
Harshwardhan : Perl Programming For
Bioinformatics ............................................................. 80
Hart-davis : How To Do Everything With
Microsoft Office Excel 2 ........................................... 144
Hart-davis : Html, Xhtml & Css Quicksteps ................... 97
Hayes : Computer Architecture And
Organization, 3rd Editio .............................................. 49
Hayes : Computer Architecture And
Organization 3rd Edition ............................................. 49
Heath : Scientific Computing 2nd Edition ....................... 73
Heileman : Data Structures, Algorithms
And Object-oriented Pr ............................................... 25
Hintz : Microcontrollers .................................................... 58
Hofstetter : Internet Literacy
4th Edition ................................................................... 95
Holmes : Struts: The Complete
Reference 2nd Edition .............................................. 105
Holzner : Ajax: A Beginner’s Guide ............................... 107
Housel : Measuring And Managing Knowledge .............. 80
Hubbard : Data Structures With Java
2nd Edition (SOS) ...................................................... 26
Hubbard : Programming With
C++ 3rd Edition (Special Indian Edition ..................... 11
Hubbard : Schaum’s Outline Of
Data Structures With C++ .......................................... 25
Hubbard : Schaum’s Outline Of
Programming With Java 2nd Edition ....................... 103
Huff : Cases In Electronic
Commerce 2nd Edition ............................................. 130
Hughes : Software Project Management
5th Edition (SIE) ......................................................... 87
Hwang : Advanced Computer Architecture
2nd Edition (SIE) ........................................................ 52
Hwang : Computer Architecture And
Parallel Processing ..................................................... 52
Ismail : Principles Of Programming
Languages A Paradigm A ............................................. 5
Isrd Group : Applications Of .net Technology .............. 109
Isrd Group : Basics Of Os Unix And
Shell Programming (For Doeac ................................. 32
Isrd Group : Computer Graphics
(For Doeacc ‘A’ Level) ................................................ 29
Isrd Group : Computer Organization
(For Doeacc ‘A’ Level) ................................................ 49
Isrd Group : Data Communication &
Computer Networks (For Doeacc .............................. 61
Isrd Group : Data Structues Through C++ ..................... 25
AUTHOR INDEX
150 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Isrd Group : Data Structures In C ................................... 23
Isrd Group : Internet Technology And
Web Design ................................................................ 95
Isrd Group : Introduction To Object
Oriented Programming And C+ ................................. 13
Isrd Group : Introduction To Object
Oriented Programming Throug ................................ 101
Isrd Group : It Tools And Business System ................ 143
Isrd Group : Programming And Problem
Solving Using C Language ........................................... 8
Isrd Group : Structured System
Analysis And Design (For Doeacc ............................. 89
Ivens : Windows Server 2003:
The Complete Reference ........................................... 38
Iyer : Embedded Realtime Systems
Programming .............................................................. 59
Jacobs : Why Erp: A Primer On Sap
Implementation ......................................................... 133
Jacot : J.d. Edwards Enterpriseone:
The Complete Referenc ........................................... 132
Jain : Digital Electronics, Microprocessors
Problems & So ............................................................ 45
Jain : Modern Digital Electronics
4th Edition ................................................................... 40
Jang : Rhce Red Hat Certified
Engineer Linux Study Guide ...................................... 35
Jain : Ubuntu Server Administration ................................ 37
Jankiram : Grid Computing Models:
A Research Monograph (Book ................................... 65
Jawadekar : Management Information
System: Text & Cases 4th Edition ........................... 120
Jawadekar : Software Engineering: A Primer ................. 82
Jawadekar : Software Engineering: Principles
And Practice ............................................................... 82
Jayaraman : Digital Image Processing
1st Edition ................................................................. 109
Jerke : Visual Basic 6: The Complete
Reference (With Cd) .................................................. 17
Jones : Applied Software Measurement
3rd Edition ................................................................... 87
Jones : Software Engineering Best
Practices ..................................................................... 85
Joshi : Data Structures And Algorithms Using C ............ 23
Jones : Data Structures And Algorithms
Using C++ Ist Edition ................................................. 24
Jotwani : Computer System Organization
1st Edition ................................................................... 48
Kageyama : Cics Handbook .......................................... 139
Kahate : Cryptography And Network Security
2nd Edition ................................................................ 135
Kamal : Embedded Systems:
Architecture, Programming And De ........................... 58
Kamal : Internet And Web Technologies ......................... 95
Kamin : An Introduction To Computer
Science Using Java 2nd Edition .............................. 103
Kani : Microprocessors (8085
) And Its Applications 1st Edition ............................... 54
Kani : Microprocessors (8086)
Programming And Interfacing .................................... 54
Kani : Microprocessors And
Microcontrollers, 2nd Edition ..................................... 55
Kanjilal : Asp.net 4.0 Programming .............................. 106
Keiser : Local Area Networks With
Cd-rom 2nd Edition .................................................... 65
Kelton : Simulation With
Arena 5th Edition ...................................................... 141
Keogh : J2ee: The Complete Reference ...................... 105
Kettell : Microsoft Office 2003:
The Complete Reference ......................................... 144
Kishore : Iso 9001: 2000 For Software
Organizations .............................................................. 86
Kishore : Software Requirements And Estimation ......... 88
Krishnamoorthy : Data Structures Using C ................... 24
Kumar : An Introduction To Web
Services (Softcover) ................................................... 97
Kumar : Computer Application In Business
2nd Edition .................................................................114
Kumar : Conceptual Programming Tips For
Interviews And Com ..................................................... 4
Kumar : Fundamentals Of Computer Architecture ......... 50
Kumar : Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach ....... 111
Kumar : Theory Of Automata Languages And
Computation ................................................................ 46
Lagerstrom : Programming The Web Using
Xhtml And Javascript .................................................. 98
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 151
Larson : Delivering Business Intelligence With
Microsoft Sql ............................................................. 126
Law : Simulation Modeling And Analysis
4th Edition (SIE) ....................................................... 140
Leach : Digital Principles
And Applications 7th Edition (SIE) ............................ 39
Lee : Introduction To The Design
And Analysis Of Algorit ............................................... 28
Lee : Introduction To The
Design And Analysis Of Algorit .................................. 27
Leon : Enterprise Resource Planning
2nd Edition ................................................................ 133
Lee : Erp Demystified 2nd Edition ................................. 132
Lee : Essentials Of Dbms ................................................ 77
Lee : Fundamentals Of Computers &
C Programming ............................................................ 2
Lee : Fundamentals Of Computing
C Programming & Ms Offic .......................................... 3
Lee : Fundamentals Of Database
Management Systems ............................................... 78
Lee : It Tools & Applications ........................................... 142
Lee : Pc Software Made Easy ............................... 142, 143
Lethbridge : Object-oriented Software
Engineering Practical Sof ........................................... 84
Lewis : Project Planning,
Scheduling & Control: A Hands-on ............................ 91
Limaye : Software Quality Assurance ............................. 86
Limaye : Software Testing 1st Edition ............................. 85
Limaye : Vhdl-a Design Oriented Approach ................... 45
Lin : Computer Networks: An
Open Source Approach .............................................. 61
Lipschutz : Data Structures
(Schaum Outline Series) (SIE) .................................. 22
Lipschutz : Data Structures With
C (Sie) (Schaum Outline Serie .................................. 22
Lipschutz : Discrete Mathematics 3rd
Edition (Schaum’s Outline Series) ............................. 70
Liu : Elements Of Discrete Mathematics
3rd Edition (SIE) ......................................................... 70
Long : Ip Network Design ................................................ 65
Lucas : Information Technology For
Management 7th Edition ........................................... 115
Luckett : Microsoft Exchange Server
2007: The Complete Refer ....................................... 145
Macdonald : Asp.net: The Complete
Reference ................................................................. 106
Madnick : Operating Systems ......................................... 32
Majumdar : Introduction To Database
Management System ................................................. 78
Malik : Software Quality ................................................... 86
Mallach : Decision Support And Data
Warehouse Systems .................................................. 78
Malvino : Digital Computer Electronics:
An Introduction To M .................................................. 44
Mandal : Digital Electronics: Principles
And Applications ......................................................... 40
Mandal : Microprocessors And
Microcontrollers: Architecture .................................... 55
Mansfield : Programming: A Beginner’s Guide .............. 22
Marakas : Systems Analysis And
Design An Active Approach ........................................ 89
Marcovitz : Introduction To Logic
And Computer Design (SIE) ...................................... 41
Marcovitz : Introduction To Logic Design 3rd Edition .... 41
Marmel : How To Do Everything
With Microsoft Office Project ................................... 145
Martin : Introduction To Languages
And The Theory Of Comput ....................................... 47
Martin : Introduction To Languages
And The Theory Of Comput ....................................... 47
Matthews : Microsoft Office Outlook
2010 Quicksteps ....................................................... 143
Matthews : Microsoft Windows Server
2008: A Beginer’s Guide ............................................ 39
Matthews : Windows 7 Quicksteps ................................. 36
Matthews : Windows Server 2003 A
Beginner’s Guide 2nd Edition .................................... 39
Mattison : Web Warehousing &
Knowledge Management ............................................ 80
Mayo : Schaum’s Outline Of
Programming With Fortran 77 ..................................... 6
Mcloughlin : Computer Architecture:
An Embedded Approach ............................................ 49
Mercer : Asp 3.0: A Beginner’s Guide ........................... 106
AUTHOR INDEX
152 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Mercer : Asp.net: A Beginner’s Guide ........................... 106
Mercer : Programming The Web Using
Asp.net (With Cd-2 Color ......................................... 107
Mercer : Programming The Web
Using Visual Studio.net .............................................. 20
Mercer : Schaum’s Outline Of Html ................................ 98
Milenkovic : Operating Systems:
Concepts & Design 2nd Edition ................................. 32
Miller : Web Design Using Dreamweaver ....................... 94
Minoli : Internet & Intranet Engineering .......................... 95
Minoli : Web Commerce Technology Handbook .......... 128
Mitchell : Machine Learning ........................................... 111
Mittal : Robotics And Control ..........................................113
Mohammed : Internet Marketing Building
Advantage In A Network ........................................... 128
Mohanty : Data Warehousing .......................................... 79
Mueller : From The Ground Up 2nd Edition ................... 19
Mukherjee : Data Structures Using C
(Sigma Series) ............................................................ 23
Muller : Bluetooth Demystified ........................................ 68
Musa : Software Reliability Engineering:
More Reliable S .......................................................... 86
Muthu : Essentials Of Java Programming .................... 102
Muthu : Programming With Java 2nd Edition ............... 102
Muthu : Visual Basic.net .................................................. 19
Muthu : Visual C#.net ...................................................... 15
Nandyal : Making Sense Of Software
Quality Assurance ...................................................... 87
Nath : The Nuts And Bolts Of E-commerce ................. 130
Navabi : Verilog Digital System Design
2nd Edition (SIE) ........................................................ 44
Navabi : Vhdl: Modular Design
And Syntesis Of Cores And Sys ................................ 46
Nelson : Office Xp: The Complete
Reference (With Cd) ................................................ 144
Newman : Enterprise 2.0 Implementation .................... 133
Newman : Principles Of Interactive Computer
Graphics 2nd Edition .................................................. 30
Nichols : Wireless Security Models,
Threats, And Solutions ............................................. 137
Nithyashri : System Software 1st Edition ....................... 38
Nixon : Plug-in Php: 100 Power Solutions .................... 108
Norton : Introduction To
Computers 7th Edition (SIE) ........................................ 1
Norton : Peter Norton’s Computing
Fundamentals 6th Edition ............................................ 4
O’brien : Introduction To Information
Systems 12th Edition ................................................ 115
O’brien : Introduction To Information
Systems 15th Edition ................................................ 117
O’brien : Management Information
Systems 9th Edition ................................................. 121
Olson : Introduction To Business
Data Mining ................................................................. 79
Olson : Introduction To Information
Project Management 2nd ........................................... 90
Olson : Managerial Issues Of
Enterprise Resource Planning ................................. 132
Oppel : Data Modeling A Beginner’s Guide .................... 78
Orloff : How To Do Everything: Ubuntu ........................... 36
Otey : Ado.net: The Complete Reference .................... 108
Pai : Data Structures And Algorithms:
Concepts, Techniqu .................................................... 22
Palmer : Schaum ’s Outline Of Introduction
To Digital Syste ........................................................... 43
Pappas : Visual C++.net: The
Complete Reference .................................................. 20
Parekh : Principles Of Multimedia ................................... 93
Patt : Introduction To Computing
Systems From Bits And G ............................................ 3
Peck : Crystal Reports 2008: The
Complete Reference ................................................ 126
Perry : Vhdl Programming By
Example 4th Edition ................................................... 45
Petersen : Linux: The Complete
Reference 6th Edition ................................................. 35
Petersen : Red Hat Fedora Core 7
& Red Hat Enterprise Linux: ...................................... 35
Petersen : Ubuntu: The Complete Reference ................ 36
Petrusha : Visual Basic 2005: The
Complete Reference .................................................. 18
Philippakis : Comprehensive Cobol,
Vol Ii Advanced Cobol Program ................................... 6
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 153
Plenderleith : Microsoft Visual Studio
2008 Programming ..................................................... 20
Ponnambalam : A C++ Primer For
Engineers:An Object-oriented Approach ................... 13
Poornachandra : Digital Computer
Fundamentals ............................................................. 43
Poplawski : Objects Have Class
An Introduction To Programming ............................. 104
Powell : Ajax: The Complete Reference ....................... 107
Powell : Html & Css: The Complete
Reference 5th Edition ................................................. 97
Powell : Java Script: The Complete
Reference 2nd Edition .............................................. 104
Powell : Web Design: The Complete
Reference 2nd Edition .............................................. 109
Praba : Discrete Mathematics ......................................... 70
Predko : Digital Electronics Demystified:
A Self-teaching G ....................................................... 45
Predko : Programming & Customizing The
8051 Microcontroller ................................................... 57
Pressman : Software Engineering: A
Practitioner’s Approach 7 ........................................... 81
Pressman : Web Engineering: A
Practioner’s Approach (SIE) ...................................... 83
Price : Fundamentals Of Wireless Networking ............... 66
Pritchard : Mathcad: A Tool For
Engineers And Scientists 2nd E ................................ 21
Puri : Digital Electronics:
Circuits And Systems ................................................. 45
Quinn : Parallel Computing: Theory
And Practice 2nd Editio .............................................. 52
Quinn : Parallel Programming In C
With Mpi And Open Mp .............................................. 53
Raghavan : Compiler Design 1st Edition ........................ 28
Rajani : Software Testing: Methodologies,
Tools And Process ...................................................... 85
Ram : Advanced Microprocessors
And Interfacing ........................................................... 55
Rao : Ajax ........................................................................ 107
Rao : Cad/Cam Principles And
Applications 2nd Edition ........................................... 140
Ravichandran : Programming With
C++ 3th Edition ........................................................... 10
Ray : Advanced Microprocessors &
Peripherals 2nd Edition .............................................. 54
Rayport : Cases In E-commerce ................................... 131
Rayport : E-commerce ................................................... 130
Rayport : Introduction To E-commerce
2nd Edition ................................................................ 129
Reding : Building An E-business From
The Ground Up ......................................................... 127
Rich : Artificial Intelligence 3rd Edition .......................... 110
Rob : Databases Design, Development And
Deployment Using ...................................................... 78
Rob : Robotics Technology And Flexible
Automation 2nd Ed .................................................... 113
Roff : Uml: A Beginner’s Guide ........................................ 92
Rogers : Mathematical Elements For
Computer Graphics 2nd Ed ....................................... 29
Rogers : Procedural Elements For
Computer Graphics 2nd Edit ..................................... 29
Rosen : Discrete Mathematics &
Its Applications (Sie) With .......................................... 69
Rosen : Unix: The Complete Reference
2nd Edition .................................................................. 33
Roy : Cobol Programming Including
Ms-cobol And Cobol-85 ................................................ 6
Ruest : Microsoft Windows Server
2008: The Complete Refere ....................................... 38
Saha : Introduction To Robotics ...................................... 112
Sahni : Nano Computing................................................ 139
Sahni : Quantum Computing ......................................... 139
Sanders : Asp-net 3.5: A Beginner’s
Guide 1st Editon ....................................................... 106
Sankar : Quick Test Professional .................................... 85
Scambray : Hacking Exposed Windows
3rd Edition ................................................................. 136
Schach : Object-oriented And Classical
Software Engineering ................................................. 84
Schach : Software Engineering
(Special Indian Edition) 7th Edition ........................... 83
Schalkoff : Artificial Neural Networks ............................ 111
Scheid : Numerical Analysis 2nd
Edition (Schaum’s Outline Series) ............................. 74
Schildt : C# 4.0 The Complete Reference ...................... 14
AUTHOR INDEX
154 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Schildt : C++ A Beginner’s Guide 2nd Edition ............... 12
Schildt : C++: The Complete
Reference 4th Edition ................................................. 12
Schildt : C: The Complete
Reference 4th Edition ................................................... 9
Schildt : Java 2: The Complete
Reference 5th Edition ............................................... 103
Schildt : Java: The Complete
Reference 7th Edition ............................................... 103
Schildt : Mfc Programming From The
Ground Up 2nd Edition ............................................... 21
Schildt : Schildt’s C++ Programming Cookbook ............ 13
Schildt : Schildt’s Java Programming Cookbook ......... 104
Schildt : Swing: A Beginner’s Guide ............................. 105
Schildt : Teach Yourself C++ ........................................... 12
Schou : Information Assurance For
The Enterprise: A Roadma ....................................... 134
Schultheis : Management Information
Systems 4th Edition ................................................. 123
Schweber : Data Communications ................................. 62
Selvi : Test Your Skills In C 2nd Edition ............................ 8
Senn : Analysis & Design Of Information
Systems 2nd Edition .................................................. 90
Shapiro : Visual Basic.net: The
Complete Reference .................................................. 18
Shen : Modern Processor Design:
Fundamentals Of Superscal ...................................... 56
Shepherd : Excel 2007 Vba Macro
Programming ............................................................ 144
Shibu : Introduction To Embedded Systems .................. 58
Simmons : How To Do Everything
With Windows Vista ................................................... 36
Simpson : Discrete Mathematics
By Example ................................................................. 70
Singhal : Advanced Concepts In Operating
Systems ...................................................................... 32
Sinha : Computer Graphics ............................................. 28
Sivanandam : Introduction To
Neural Networks Using Matlab 6.0 ........................... 111
Skrien : Object-oriented Design Using Java .................. 92
Smith : Java An Object-oriented Language .................. 104
Smity : 3g Wireless Networks 2nd Edition ...................... 67
Smity : Software Engineering: A Primer .......................... 82
Sood : Cyber Law Simplified ......................................... 134
Soyinka : Linux Administration: A
Beginner’s Guide 5th Edition ..................................... 35
Spalding : Storage Networks The
Complete Reference .................................................. 67
Spohn : Data Network Design 3rd Edition ...................... 65
Strassberg : Firewalls: The Complete
Reference ................................................................. 135
Sunitha : Formal Languages And
Automata Theory 1st Edition ..................................... 47
Talukder : Mobile Computing:
Technology, Applications And Ser .............................. 68
Tan : C Programming For
Engineering And Computer Science ........................... 9
Tan : C Programming: A Concise
Q & A Approach 2nd Editio ........................................ 10
Taxali : Computer Course .................................................. 2
Taxali : Pc Software For Windows 98
Made Simple 2nd Edition ......................................... 143
Thompson : Information Technology And
Management 2nd Edition .......................................... 119
Tittel : Computer Networking
(Special Indian Edition) .............................................. 62
Tokhei : Digital Electronics:
Principles And Applications .................................... 7, 44
Tokheim : Digital Electronics Principles And
Applications (W .......................................................... 44
Toledo : Database Management Systems
(Schaum’s Outline Series) ......................................... 77
Tracy : Linux+ Certification Study Guide ......................... 35
Tremblay : Discrete Mathematical Structure
With Applications ........................................................ 70
Tucker : Programming Languages 2nd Edition ................ 5
Tulloch : Iis 6 Administration ........................................... 97
Udayashankara : 8051 Microcontrollers ......................... 56
Utley : Business Intelligence With Microsoft
Office Perfor .............................................................. 126
Vaswani : Php: Programming Solutions ....................... 108
Vaughan : Multimedia: Making It Work ........................... 93
AUTHOR INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 155
Veerarajan : Discrete Mathematics ................................. 71
Veerarajan : Numerical Methods (Sigma Series) ........... 73
Velte : Cloud Computing: A Practical Approach.............. 66
Venkataram : Wireless And Mobile
Network Security ........................................................ 68
Venkataram : Wireless Mobile &
Network Security ...................................................... 136
Venugopal : Digital Circuits & Systems .......................... 41
Venugopal : Mastering C ................................................... 8
Venugopal : Mastering C++ ............................................. 11
Venugopal : Problems And Solutions
In C++ (Sigma Series) ................................................ 12
Verganti : Design-driven Innovation .............................. 123
Vince : Computer Architecture An
Embedded Approach .................................................. 50
Volitich : Cognos 8 Business
Intelligence: The Official Guide ................................ 126
Watters : Solaris 10: The Complete
Reference ................................................................... 36
Weng : Vliw Microprocessor Hardware
Design ......................................................................... 56
White : Principles Of Computer
Security, Comptia Security+ ..................................... 134
Whiteley : E-commerce Strategy,
Technologies And Application ................................. 129
Whitten : Introduction To Systems Analysis
And Design ................................................................. 89
Whitten : Systems Analysis & Design
Methods 7th Edition (SIE) .......................................... 88
Willard : Html: A Beginner’s Guide ................................. 98
Willard : Web Design: A Beginner’s
Guide 2nd Edition ..................................................... 109
Williams : Mcqs In Computer Science
4th Edition ..................................................................... 3
Williams : Using Information Technology
6th Edition Complete ................................................. 117
Williamson : Xml: The Complete Reference ................ 105
Wise : Robotics Demystified: A
Self-teaching Guide ................................................... 113
Wrightson : Introduction To Unix .................................... 34
Wu : A Comprehensive Introduction To
Object Oriented P .................................................... 100
Wu : Introduction To Object Oriented
Programming With J ................................................. 101
Xavier : Java Programming A
Practical Approach ................................................... 100
Xavier : World Wide Web
Design With Html ........................................................ 98
Xiang : Computer Graphics 2nd Edition
(Schaums Outline Ser ................................................ 29
Young : Internet: The Complete
Reference 2nd Edition ................................................ 96
Young : Windows Vista: The
Complete Reference .................................................. 36
Zacker : Pc Hardware: The
Complete Reference (With Cd) ............................... 138
Zacker : Upgrading & Troubleshooting
Networks: The Complete .......................................... 138
Zamir : The Mvs Jcl Primer ........................................... 139
Zeid : Cad/Cam: Theory And Practice
2nd Edition (Special .................................................. 139
Zwass : Foundations Of
Information Systems ................................................ 120
AUTHOR INDEX
156 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
TITLE INDEX
2000 Solved Problems In Digital
Electronics (Sigma Series) : Bali ............................. 45
3g Wireless Networks 2nd Edition : Smity ..................... 67
60 Tips On Object Oriented
Programming : Ganesh ............................................ 13
8051 Microcontrollers : Udayashankara ........................ 56
A C++ Primer For Engineers:An Object-oriented
Approach : Ponnambalam ....................................... 13
A Comprehensive Introduction To Object
Oriented P : Wu ...................................................... 100
Ado.net: The Complete
Reference : Otey ..................................................... 108
Advanced Computer Architecture
2nd Edition (SIE) : Hwang ........................................ 52
Advanced Concepts In Operating
Systems : Singhal .................................................... 32
Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals
2nd Edition : Ray ....................................................... 54
Advanced Microprocessors And Interfacing
: Ram ......................................................................... 55
Advanced Programming Using Visual
Basic 2008 4th Edition : Bradley .............................. 17
Advanced Programming Using Visual
Basic.net 3rd Editon : Bradley ................................. 18
Ajax : Rao ....................................................................... 107
Ajax: A Beginner’s Guide : Holzner .............................. 107
Ajax: The Complete Reference : Powell ...................... 107
Algorithms : Dasgupta .................................................... 27
An Introduction To Computer Science Using
Java 2nd Edition : Kamin ....................................... 103
An Introduction To Web Services
(Softcover) : Kumar .................................................. 97
Analysis & Design Of Information
Systems 2nd Edition : Senn ..................................... 90
Applications Of .net Technology : Isrd Group ............. 109
Applied C An Introduction And
More : Fischer ............................................................. 9
Applied Numerical Methods With
Matlab For Engineer : Chapra .................................. 72
Applied Numerical Methods With
Matlab For Engineer : Chapra .................................. 72
Applied Software Measurement 3rd Edition : Jones ..... 87
Artificial Intelligence 3rd Edition : Rich ........................ 110
Artificial Neural Networks : Schalkoff .......................... 111
Asp 3.0: A Beginner’s Guide : Mercer .......................... 106
Asp.net 4.0 Programming : Kanjilal ............................. 106
Asp.net: A Beginner’s Guide : Mercer .......................... 106
Asp.net: Developer’s Guide : Buczek .......................... 106
Asp.net: The Complete
Reference : Macdonald .......................................... 106
Asp-net 3.5: A Beginner’s Guide
1st Editon : Sanders ............................................... 106
Basics Of Os Unix And Shell Programming
(For Doeac : Isrd Group ........................................... 32
Bioinformatics: Principles And
Applications : Harshwardhan .................................. 81
Bioinformatics: With Fundamentals Of
Genomics And : Gopal .............................................. 80
Bluetooth Demystified : Muller ....................................... 68
Building An E-business From The
Ground Up : Reding ................................................ 127
Business Driven Technology
(With Cd) 2nd Edition : Haag .................................. 122
Business Driven Technology With
Premium Content Ca : Baltzan .............................. 124
Business Intelligence With Microsoft
Office Perfor : Utley ................................................ 126
C For Engineers And Scientists
With Companion CD : Cheng ..................................... 9
C Programming For Engineering And
Computer Science : Tan ............................................. 9
C Programming: A Concise
Q & A Approach 2nd Editio : Tan .............................. 10
C# 4.0 The Complete Reference : Schildt ..................... 14
C: The Complete Reference
4th Edition : Schildt .................................................... 9
C++ A Beginner’s Guide 2nd Edition : Schildt ............... 12
C++ Programming For Engineers
And Scientists : D’orazio .......................................... 12
C++: The Complete Reference
4th Edition : Schildt .................................................. 12
Cad/Cam Principles And Applications
2nd Edition : Rao ..................................................... 140
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 157
TITLE INDEX
Cad/Cam: Theory And Practice
2nd Edition (Special : Zeid ...................................... 139
Carrier Grade Voice Over Ip
2nd Edition : Collins ................................................. 65
Cases In E-commerce : Rayport .................................. 131
Cases In Electronic Commerce
2nd Edition : Huff .................................................... 130
Cbt On Managing Global Software
Projects : Gopalaswamy .......................................... 87
Cics Handbook : Kageyama ......................................... 139
Cisco Asa Configuration : Deal ....................................... 68
Client/Server Computing : Dewire ................................ 114
Cloud Computing: A
Practical Approach : Velte ........................................ 66
Cobol Programming Including Ms-cobol
And Cobol-85 : Roy ..................................................... 6
Cognos 8 Business Intelligence:
The Official Guide : Volitich ................................... 126
Communication Networks
2nd Edition : Garcia .................................................. 62
Compiler Design 1st Edition : Raghavan ....................... 28
Complete Digital Design : Balch ..................................... 45
Comprehensive Cobol, Vol Ii
Advanced Cobol Program : Philippakis .................... 6
Computer Application In
Business 2nd Edition : Kumar ................................ 114
Computer Architecture An Embedded
Approach : Vince ....................................................... 50
Computer Architecture And And
Organization 2nd Edition : Carter ............................. 51
Computer Architecture And
Organization 2nd Edition : Govindarajulu ............... 51
Computer Architecture And
Organization 3rd Edition : Hayes .............................. 49
Computer Architecture And
Organization, 3rd Editio : Hayes ............................... 49
Computer Architecture And Parallel
Processing : Hwang .................................................. 52
Computer Architecture: An
Embedded Approach : Mcloughlin .......................... 49
Computer Course : Taxali ................................................. 2
Computer Graphics : Sinha ............................................ 28
Computer Graphics
(For Doeacc ‘A’ Level) : Isrd Group ......................... 29
Computer Graphics
2nd Edition : Harrington ........................................... 30
Computer Graphics 2nd Edition
(Schaums Outline Ser : Xiang .................................. 29
Computer Installation And
Servicing 2nd Edition : Balasubramanian ............ 138
Computer Networking
(Special Indian Edition) : Tittel ................................. 62
Computer Networks: A Top
Down Approach Ist Edition : Forouzan .................... 59
Computer Networks: An
Open Source Approach : Lin .................................... 61
Computer Organization
(For Doeacc ‘A’ Level) : Isrd Group ......................... 49
Computer Organization,
5th Edition : Hamacher ............................................. 48
Computer System Organization
1st Edition : Jotwani ................................................. 48
Computers Systems Architecture,
Networks And Communication : Coope ................... 51
Computing Architecture And
Logic Design : Bartee ............................................... 51
Computing Fundamentals
And C Programming : Balagurusamy ....................... 1
Conceptual Programming Tips For
Interviews And Com : Kumar ..................................... 4
Coreldraw X5 The Official
Guide : Bouton.......................................................... 94
Corporate Information Strategy
And Management: Tex : Austin .............................. 122
Cracking The C, C++ And
Ava Interview : Ganesh............................................. 14
Cryptography And Network Security
2nd Edition : Kahate ............................................... 135
Cryptography And Network Security
2nd Edition (SIE) : Forouzan ................................. 135
Crystal Reports 2008: The
Complete Reference : Peck ................................... 126
Cyber Law Simplified : Sood ........................................ 134
Cyberlaw And E-commerce : David.............................. 131
Data Communication & Computer
Networks (For Doeacc : Isrd Group ........................ 61
158 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Data Communication & Networks
2nd Edition : Godbole ............................................... 61
Data Communication And Networking
2nd Update : Forouzan ............................................ 60
Data Communications : Schweber ................................ 62
Data Communications And Networking
4th Edition (SIE) : Forouzan .................................... 59
Data Modeling A Beginner’s Guide : Oppel ................... 78
Data Network Design 3rd Edition : Spohn ..................... 65
Data Structues Through C++ : Isrd Group .................... 25
Data Structures (SOS) (SIE) : Lipschutz ....................... 22
Data Structures And
Algorithms Using C : Joshi ....................................... 23
Data Structures And Algorithms
Using C++ Ist Edition : Jones .................................. 24
Data Structures And Algorithms:
Concepts, Techniqu : Pai .......................................... 22
Data Structures And The Java
Collections Frame Wor : Collins .............................. 26
Data Structures And The Standard
Template Library : Collins ........................................ 25
Data Structures In C : Isrd Group .................................. 23
Data Structures Using C : Krishnamoorthy .................. 24
Data Structures Using C
(Sigma Series) : Mukherjee ..................................... 23
Data Structures With C (Sie)
(Schaum Outline Serie : Lipschutz ......................... 22
Data Structures With Java
2nd Edition (SOS) : Hubbard ................................... 26
Data Structures, Algorithms And
Object-oriented Pr : Heileman ................................. 25
Data Warehouse Design: Modern
Principles And Metho : Golfarelli ............................. 80
Data Warehousing : Mohanty ......................................... 79
Data Warehousing, Data
Mining & Olap : Berson ............................................ 79
Database Management Systems : Gupta ...................... 76
Database Management Systems
(Schaum’s Outline Series) : Toledo ......................... 77
Databases Design, Development
And Deployment Using : Rob ................................... 78
Decision Support And Data
Warehouse Systems : Mallach ................................ 78
Delivering Business Intelligence
With Microsoft Sql : Larson .................................... 126
Design And Development Of
Interactive Multimedia S : Dastbaz .......................... 93
Design-driven Innovation : Verganti ............................. 123
Digital Circuits & Systems : Venugopal ......................... 41
Digital Computer Electronics:
An Introduction To M : Malvino ................................ 44
Digital Computer
Fundamentals : Poornachandra .............................. 43
Digital Computer Fundamentals
6th Edition : Bartee ................................................... 44
Digital Electronics Demystified:
A Self-teaching G : Predko ....................................... 45
Digital Electronics Principles
And Applications (W : Tokheim ................................ 44
Digital Electronics, Microprocessors
Problems & So : Jain ................................................ 45
Digital Electronics: Circuits
And Systems : Puri ................................................... 45
Digital Electronics: Principles
And Applications : Tokhei ..................................... 7, 44
Digital Electronics: Principles
And Applications : Mandal ........................................ 40
Digital Image Processing
1st Edition : Jayaraman .......................................... 109
Digital Image Processing Using
Matlab 2nd Edition : Gonzalez ............................... 110
Digital Principles And Applications
7th Edition (SIE) : Leach .......................................... 39
Digital Principles And Design
With Cd-rom : Givone ............................................... 43
Discrete Mathematical Structure With
Applications : Tremblay ............................................ 70
Discrete Mathematics : Praba ........................................ 70
Discrete Mathematics : Veerarajan ................................ 71
Discrete Mathematics
By Example : Simpson ............................................. 70
Discrete Mathematics & Its
Applications (Sie) With : Rosen ............................... 69
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 159
Discrete Mathematics 3rd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series) : Lipschutz .................... 70
Distributed Databases Principles
And Systems : Ceri ................................................... 78
E-business And E-commerce
Infrastructure Technolog : Chaudhury ................... 130
E-commerce : Rayport .................................................. 130
E-commerce Context, Concepts
And Consequences : Bandyopadhyay .................. 130
E-commerce Strategy, Technologies
And Application : Whiteley .................................... 129
E-commrce 2nd Edition : Bajaj ..................................... 129
Electronic Commerce Framework,
Technologies, And A : Bhasker .............................. 129
Elementary Numerical Analysis
An Algorithmic Approach : Conte ............................. 74
Elements Of Discrete Mathematics
3rd Edition (SIE) : Liu ............................................... 70
Embedded Realtime Systems
Programming : Iyer ................................................... 59
Embedded Systems: Architecture,
Programming And De : Kamal.................................. 58
Enterprise 2.0 Implementation : Newman.................... 133
Enterprise Resource Planning
2nd Edition : Leon ................................................... 133
Erp Demystified 2nd Edition : Lee ................................ 132
Essentials Of Business Driven
Information Systems : Baltzan ............................... 125
Essentials Of Dbms : Lee ............................................... 77
Essentials Of Java Programming : Muthu ................... 102
Estimating Software Costs
2nd Edition : Capers ................................................. 88
Even More Excellent Html With Html
Reference Guide : Gottleber .................................... 98
Excel 2007 Vba Macro
Programming : Shepherd ....................................... 144
Exploring Python : Budd ................................................. 21
Firewalls: The Complete
Reference : Strassberg .......................................... 135
Flex 3: A Beginner’s Guide : Davis ................................. 94
Formal Languages And Automata
Theory 1st Edition : Sunitha ..................................... 47
Fortran 95/2003 For Scientists &
Engineers 3rd Edition : Chapman .............................. 6
Foundations Of
Information Systems : Zwass ................................. 120
From The Ground
Up 2nd Edition : Mueller ........................................... 19
Fundamentals Of Computer
Architecture : Kumar ................................................. 50
Fundamentals Of Computers : Balagurusamy ............... 1
Fundamentals Of Computers &
C Programming : Lee .................................................. 2
Fundamentals Of Computing C
Programming & Ms Offic : Lee ................................... 3
Fundamentals Of Computing C
Programming & Ms Office : Fu ................................... 3
Fundamentals Of Database
Management Systems : Lee ..................................... 78
Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
Design With Vhdl 2nd : Brown ................................. 42
Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
With Verilog Design : Brown .................................... 43
Fundamentals Of Digital Logic
With Vhdl Design 3rd Edition : Brown ..................... 42
Fundamentals Of Mobile
& Pervasive Computing : Adelstein ......................... 69
Fundamentals Of Wireless
Networking : Price ..................................................... 66
Grid Computing Models: A
Research Monograph (Book : Jankiram .................. 65
Hacking Exposed Windows
3rd Edition : Scambray ........................................... 136
Harley Hahn’s Guide To
Unix And Linux : Hahn .............................................. 34
How To Do Everything With
Microsoft Office Excel 2 : Hart-davis ..................... 144
How To Do Everything With
Microsoft Office Project : Marmel .......................... 145
How To Do Everything
With Windows Vista : Simmons .............................. 36
How To Do Everything:
Ubuntu : Orloff .......................................................... 36
Html & Css: The Complete
Reference 5th Edition : Powell................................. 97
TITLE INDEX
160 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Html, Xhtml & Css
Quicksteps : Hart-davis ............................................ 97
Html: A Beginner’s Guide : Willard ................................ 98
Ibm Pc And Clones: Hardware,
Troubleshooting And M : Govindarajalu ............... 138
Iis 6 Administration : Tulloch .......................................... 97
Industrial Robotics: Technology,
Programming And A : Groover ............................... 113
Information Assurance For The
Enterprise: A Roadma : Schou............................... 134
Information Coding Techniques : Avudaiammal.......... 137
Information Systems Essentials
3rd Edition : Haag ................................................... 118
Information Technology And Management
2nd Edition : Thompson ......................................... 119
Information Technology For
Management : Behl ................................................. 114
Information Technology For
Management 7th Edition : Lucas ........................... 115
Information Technology:
The Breaking Wave : Curtin ....................................... 3
Information Theory, Coding And
Cryptography 2nd Edition : Bose ........................... 137
Innovation With It 2nd Edition : Dubey ......................... 128
Internet & Intranet Engineering : Minoli ......................... 95
Internet And Web Technologies : Kamal ........................ 95
Internet Business Models And
Strategies Text And C : Afuah................................. 127
Internet Business Models
Text And Cases : Eisenmann ................................. 127
Internet Literacy 4th Edition : Hofstetter ........................ 95
Internet Marketing Building Advantage
In A Network : Mohammed ..................................... 128
Internet Technology And
Web Design : Isrd Group ......................................... 95
Internet: The Complete
Reference 2nd Edition : Young ................................ 96
Introduction To Business
Data Mining : Olson .................................................. 79
Introduction To Client/Server
Networking : Hallberg ............................................. 114
Introduction To Computers
7th Edition (SIE) : Norton ........................................... 1
Introduction To Computing Systems
From Bits And G : Patt ................................................ 3
Introduction To Database
Management System : Majumdar ............................ 78
Introduction To E-commerce
2nd Edition : Rayport .............................................. 129
Introduction To Embedded
Systems : Shibu ........................................................ 58
Introduction To Graph Theory : Chartrand ..................... 71
Introduction To Information Project
Management 2nd : Olson ......................................... 90
Introduction To Information
Systems 12th Edition : O’brien .............................. 115
Introduction To Information
Systems 15th Edition : O’brien .............................. 117
Introduction To Languages And
The Theory Of Comput : Martin ............................... 47
Introduction To Languages And
The Theory Of Comput : Martin ............................... 47
Introduction To Logic And
Computer Design (SIE) : Marcovitz ........................ 41
Introduction To Logic Design
3rd Edition : Marcovitz ............................................. 41
Introduction To Neural
Networks Using Matlab 6.0 : Sivanandam ............ 111
Introduction To Object Oriented
Programming And C+ : Isrd Group .......................... 13
Introduction To Object Oriented
Programming Throug : Isrd Group ........................ 101
Introduction To Object Oriented
Programming With J : Wu ...................................... 101
Introduction To Programming With
Java A Problem- : Dean ............................................ 99
Introduction To Programming With
Java: A Problem S : Dean ....................................... 102
Introduction To Robotics : Saha .................................... 112
Introduction To Systems
Analysis And Design : Whitten ................................. 89
Introduction To The Design And
Analysis Of Algorit : Lee............................................ 28
Introduction To The Design
And Analysis Of Algorit : Lee .................................... 27
Introduction To Unix : Wrightson.................................... 34
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 161
Ip Network Design : Long ............................................... 65
Iso 9001: 2000 For Software
Organizations : Kishore ............................................ 86
It Tools & Applications : Lee .......................................... 142
It Tools And Business
System : Isrd Group ............................................... 143
J.d. Edwards Enterpriseone:
The Complete Referenc : Jacot ............................. 132
J2ee: The Complete Reference : Keogh ..................... 105
Java 2: The Complete Reference
5th Edition : Schildt ................................................ 103
Java An Object-oriented
Language : Smith .................................................... 104
Java In Two Semesters 2nd Edition : Charatan .......... 104
Java Programming A
Practical Approach : Xavier .................................... 100
Java Programming From
The Ground Up : Bravaco ........................................ 99
Java Script: The Complete
Reference 2nd Edition : Powell.............................. 104
Java Structures Data Structures In
Java For The Pr : Bailey ........................................... 26
Java: The Complete Reference
7th Edition : Schildt ................................................ 103
Javaserver Faces 2.0: The
Complete Reference : Burns ................................. 105
Jsp 2.0: The Complete Reference : Hanna.................. 105
Just Enough Unix 5th Edition : Andersen ...................... 33
Learning Programming Using Visual
Basic .net 4th Edition : Burrows .............................. 19
Legal Landmines In
E-commerce : Canton ............................................ 131
Linux Administration: A Beginner’s TITLE INDEXTITLE INDEX
Guide 5th Edition : Soyinka...................................... 35
Linux Applications And
Administration : Harnal ............................................. 35
Linux: The Complete Reference
6th Edition : Petersen ............................................... 35
Linux+ Certification Study
Guide : Tracy ............................................................. 35
Local Area Networks With
Cd-rom 2nd Edition : Keiser ..................................... 65
Machine Learning : Mitchell ......................................... 111
Making Sense Of Software
Quality Assurance : Nandyal .................................... 87
Management Information System:
Text & Cases 4th Ed : Jawadekar ......................... 120
Management Information
Systems 2nd Edition : Davis .................................. 123
Management Information Systems
4th Edition : Schultheis .......................................... 123
Management Information Systems
6th Edition (SIE) : Haag ......................................... 121
Management Information Systems
9th Edition : O’brien ................................................ 121
Management Information Systems
For The Information : Haag..................................... 125
Managerial Issues Of Enterprise
Resource Planning : Olson .................................... 132
Managing Global Software
Projects : Gopalaswamy .......................................... 88
Mastering C : Venugopal .................................................. 8
Mastering C++ : Venugopal ............................................ 11
Mathcad: A Tool For Engineers
And Scientists 2nd E : Pritchard ............................. 21
Mathematical Elements For
Computer Graphics 2nd Ed : Rogers ...................... 29
Mcqs In Computer
Science 4th Edition : Williams ................................... 3
Measuring And Managing
Knowledge : Housel .................................................. 80
Mfc Programming From
The Ground Up 2nd Edition : Schildt ....................... 21
Microcontrollers : Hintz ................................................... 58
Microcontrollers: Theory
And Applications : Deshmukh .................................. 57
Microprocessors (8085) And
Its Applications 1st Edition : Kani............................. 54
Microprocessors (8086)
Programming And Interfacing : Kani ........................ 54
Microprocessors And Interfacing
(Revised 2nd Edition) : Hall ...................................... 53
Microprocessors And
Microcontrollers, 2nd Edition : Kani ......................... 55
TITLE INDEX
162 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Microprocessors And Microcontrollers:
Architecture : Mandal ............................................... 55
Microprocessors Principles And
Applications 2nd Edition : Gilmore .......................... 56
Microsoft Exchange Server
2007: A Beginer’s Guide : Cavalancia ................... 145
Microsoft Exchange Server
2007: The Complete Refer : Luckett ..................... 145
Microsoft Office 2003: The
Complete Reference : Kettell ................................. 144
Microsoft Office Access 2007: The Complete
Reference : Andersen ............................................ 144
Microsoft Office Access
2010 Quicksteps : Cronan ...................................... 144
Microsoft Office Outlook
2010 Quicksteps : Matthews.................................. 143
Microsoft Office Project Server
2007: The Complete : Gochberg ........................... 144
Microsoft Visual Studio
2008 Programming : Plenderleith ........................... 20
Microsoft Windows Server
2008: A Beginer’s Guide : Matthews ....................... 39
Microsoft Windows Server
2008: The Complete Refere : Ruest ........................ 38
Mobile Application Security : Dwivedi ............................ 69
Mobile Computing: Technology,
Applications And Ser : Talukder ............................... 68
Modern Digital Electronics
4th Edition : Jain ....................................................... 40
Modern Processor Design:
Fundamentals Of Superscal : Shen ......................... 56
Multimedia Technologies : Banerji ................................. 93
Multimedia: Making It Work : Vaughan .......................... 93
Nano Computing : Sahni ............................................... 139
Network Security The Complete
Reference : Bragg ................................................... 136
Networking A Beginner’s
Guide 5th Edition : Hallberg ..................................... 63
Neural Network Fundamentals
With Graphs, Algorithm : Bose ............................... 112
Neural Networks In Computer
Intelligence : Fu ....................................................... 112
Neural Networks: A
Classroom Approach : Kumar ................................ 111
Numerical Analysis 2nd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series) : Scheid ......................... 74
Numerical Methods : Balagurusamy ............................. 74
Numerical Methods
(Sigma Series) : Veerarajan ..................................... 73
Numerical Methods For Engineers
5th Edition (SIE) : Chapra ........................................ 71
Object Oreinted Programming
With C++ 5th Edition : Balagurusamy .................... 10
Object Oriented Analysis & Design : Haigh ................... 92
Object Oriented Programming With
Java 1st Editon : Buyya .......................................... 101
Object Oriented Systems Development
Using The Unif : Bahrami ......................................... 92
Object-oriented And Classical
Software Engineering : Schach ................................ 84
Object-oriented Design Using Java : Skrien .................. 92
Object-oriented Software Engineering
Practical Sof : Lethbridge ........................................ 84
Object-oriented Systems Analysis
And Design Using : Bennett ..................................... 91
Object-oriented Systems
Development“A Gentle Intro : Britton ...................... 91
Objects Have Class An Introduction
To Programming : Poplawski ................................. 104
Office Xp: The Complete
Reference (With Cd) : Nelson ................................ 144
Operating System: A Design-oriented
Approach : Crowley .................................................. 32
Operating Systems : Madnick ........................................ 32
Operating Systems (Schaum’s Outline Series)
(SIE) : Harris ............................................................. 32
Operating Systems 3rd Edition : Godbole ..................... 31
Operating Systems: A Concept
Based Approach, 3rd Edition : Dhamdhere............. 30
Operating Systems: A
Spiral Approach : Elmasri ......................................... 30
Operating Systems: Concepts &
Design 2nd Edition : Milenkovic .............................. 32
Optical Networking & Wdm : Goralski ........................... 66
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 163
Parallel Computing: Theory And
Practice 2nd Editio : Quinn ...................................... 52
Parallel Programming In C
With Mpi And Open Mp : Quinn ............................... 53
Pc Hardware: A Beginner’s Guide : Gilster .................. 138
Pc Hardware: The Complete
Reference (With Cd) : Zacker ................................ 138
Pc Software For Windows
98 Made Simple 2nd Edition : Taxali ..................... 143
Pc Software Made Easy : Lee .............................. 142, 143
Perl Programming For
Bioinformatics : Harshwardhan ............................... 80
Peter Norton’s Computing
Fundamentals 6th Edition : Norton ............................ 4
Php: Programming Solutions : Vaswani ...................... 108
Plug-in Php: 100 Power Solutions : Nixon ................... 108
Principles Of Computer Security,
Comptia Security+ : White ..................................... 134
Principles Of Interactive Computer
Graphics 2nd Edition : Newman .............................. 30
Principles Of Multimedia : Parekh .................................. 93
Principles Of Programming
Languages A Paradigm A : Ismail .............................. 5
Principles Of Voice And
Data Communications : Bates.................................. 63
Problems And Solutions In
C++ (Sigma Series) : Venugopal ............................. 12
Procedural Elements For Computer
Graphics 2nd Edit : Rogers ...................................... 29
Programming In C++ (Special Indian Edition) : Cohoon13
Programming & Customizing The
8051 Microcontroller : Predko .................................. 57
Programming And Customizing
The Avr Microcontrolle : Gadre ................................. 57
Programming And Problem Solving
Using C Language : Isrd Group ................................. 8
Programming In Ansi
C, 6th Edition : Balagurusamy .................................. 7
Programming In Basic
3rd Edition : Balagurusamy ....................................... 6
Programming In C# .net : Bradley .................................. 15
Programming In C#: A Primer
3rd Edition : Balagurusamy ..................................... 14
Programming In Visual Basic.net,
Update Edition F : Bradley ....................................... 19
Programming In Visual
Basic 2008 7th Edition : Bradley .............................. 17
Programming In Visual
Basic 2010 : Bradley ................................................ 16
Programming In Visual Basic
6.0 (Updated Editon) ( : Bradley .............................. 15
Programming In Visual Basic.net
4th Edition (With : Bradley ....................................... 18
Programming In Visual
C# 2008 3rd Edition : Bradley .................................. 15
Programming Languages
2nd Edition : Tucker .................................................... 5
Programming The Web Using
Asp.net (With Cd-2 Color : Mercer ........................ 107
Programming The Web Using
Visual Studio.net : Mercer ........................................ 20
Programming The Web Using
Xhtml And Javascript : Lagerstrom ......................... 98
Programming With C 3rd Edition
(Schaum’s Outline Series) : Gottfried ....................... 7
Programming With C++ 3rd Edition
(Special Indian Edition : Hubbard ............................ 11
Programming With C++
3th Edition : Ravichandran ...................................... 10
Programming With Java
2nd Edition : Muthu................................................. 102
Programming With Java
4th Edition : Balagurusamy ..................................... 99
Programming With Java
With Cd-rom : Bradley ............................................ 103
Programming: A Beginner’s
Guide : Mansfield ..................................................... 22
Project Planning, Scheduling &
Control: A Hands-on : Lewis ..................................... 91
Quantum Computing : Sahni ........................................ 139
Quick Test Professional : Sankar ................................... 85
Red Hat Fedora Core 7 & Red
Hat Enterprise Linux: : Petersen .............................. 35
Rhce Red Hat Certified Engineer
Linux Study Guide : Jang.......................................... 35
Robotics And Control : Mittal ........................................ 113
TITLE INDEX
164 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
Robotics Demystified: A Self-teaching
Guide : Wise ............................................................ 113
Robotics Technology And Flexible
Automation 2nd Edition : Rob ................................ 113
Robotics Technology And Flexible Automation
2nd Edition : Deb ..................................................... 113
Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision,
And Intelligen : Fu ................................................... 113
Schaum ’s Outline Of Introduction
To Digital Syste : Palmer .......................................... 43
Schaum’s Outline Guide To
Uml 2nd Edition : Bennett ........................................ 92
Schaum’s Outline Of Data
Structures With C++ : Hubbard ............................... 25
Schaum’s Outline Of Html : Mercer ............................... 98
Schaum’s Outline Of
Programming With Fortran 77 : Mayo ........................ 6
Schaum’s Outline Of Programming With
Java 2nd Edition : Hubbard.................................... 103
Schaum’s Outline Of Theory And
Problems Of Softwar : Gustafson ............................ 82
Schaum’s Outline Of Visual Basic : Gottfried ............... 16
Schildt’s C++ Programming
Cookbook : Schildt ................................................... 13
Schildt’s Java Programming
Cookbook : Schildt ................................................. 104
Scientific Computing 2nd Edition : Heath....................... 73
Simulation Modeling And Analysis
4th Edition (SIE) : Law ............................................ 140
Simulation Using Promodel
3rd Edition : Harrell ................................................. 141
Simulation With Arena 5th Edition : Kelton ................. 141
Software Engineering (Special Indian Edition)
7th Edition : Schach ................................................. 83
Software Engineering Best
Practices : Jones ...................................................... 85
Software Engineering Concepts : Fairley ....................... 81
Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s
Approach 7 : Pressman............................................ 81
Software Engineering: A Primer : Jawadekar ................ 82
Software Engineering: A Primer : Smity ......................... 82
Software Engineering: Principles
And Practice : Jawadekar ........................................ 82
Software Maintenance : Gopalaswamy ......................... 88
Software Project Management
5th Edition (SIE) : Hughes ....................................... 87
Software Quality : Malik .................................................. 86
Software Quality Assurance : Limaye ............................ 86
Software Reliability Engineering:
More Reliable S : Musa ............................................ 86
Software Requirements And
Estimation : Kishore ................................................. 88
Software Systems Requirements
Engineering: In Practice : Berenbach ..................... 84
Software Testing 1st Edition : Limaye ............................ 85
Software Testing: Methodologies,
Tools And Process : Rajani ...................................... 85
Solaris 10: The Complete
Reference : Watters .................................................. 36
Storage Networks The Complete
Reference : Spalding ................................................ 67
Structured System Analysis And
Design (For Doeacc : Isrd Group ............................ 89
Structuring Data And
Building Algorithms : Chai ........................................ 24
Struts: The Complete Reference
2nd Edition : Holmes .............................................. 105
Swing: A Beginner’s Guide : Schildt ............................ 105
System Software 1st Edition : Nithyashri ...................... 38
Systems Analysis & Design
Methods 7th Edition (SIE) : Whitten ........................ 88
Systems Analysis And Design
An Active Approach : Marakas ................................. 89
Systems Programming : Dhamdhere............................. 37
Systems Programming : Donovan ................................. 38
Tcp/Ip: Architecture, Protocols,
And Implementati : Feit ............................................. 64
Teach Yourself C++ : Schildt .......................................... 12
Test Your Skills In C 2nd Edition : Selvi ........................... 8
The Asian Manager’s
Handbook Of E-commerce : Chakrabarti ............. 131
The Complete Reference
2nd Edition : Perl ..................................................... 108
The Internet Complete
Reference : Haag ...................................................... 96
TITLE INDEX
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 165
The Mvs Jcl Primer : Zamir ........................................... 139
The Nuts And Bolts Of E-commerce : Nath ................ 130
Theory And Problems Of Graph Theory
(Schaum’s Outline Series) : Balakrishan ................ 71
Theory Of Automata Languages
And Computation : Kumar ........................................ 46
Troubleshooting, Maintaining &
Repairing Pcs, (With Cd) : Bigelow ....................... 138
Ubuntu Server Administration : Jain ............................... 37
Ubuntu: The Complete Reference : Petersen ............... 36
Uml: A Beginner’s Guide : Roff ....................................... 92
Unix Concepts And Applications
4th Edition : Das ........................................................ 32
Unix: The Complete Reference
2nd Edition : Rosen .................................................. 33
Upgrading & Troubleshooting Networks:
The Complete : Zacker ........................................... 138
Using Information Technology
6th Edition Complete : Williams ............................ 117
Verilog Digital System Design
2nd Edition (SIE) : Navabi ........................................ 44
Vhdl Programming By Example
4th Edition : Perry ..................................................... 45
Vhdl: Modular Design And Syntesis
Of Cores And Sys : Navabi ...................................... 46
Vhdl-a Design Oriented Approach : Limaye................... 45
Visual Basic 2005: The
Complete Reference : Petrusha .............................. 18
Visual Basic 6: From The
Ground Up : Cornell ................................................. 16
Visual Basic 6: The Complete
Reference (With Cd) : Jerke ..................................... 17
Visual Basic.net : Muthu ................................................. 19
Visual Basic.net: The Complete
Reference : Shapiro ................................................. 18
Visual C#.net : Muthu ..................................................... 15
Visual C++.net: The Complete
Reference : Pappas .................................................. 20
Visual C++6:The Complete
Reference : Chrisz .................................................... 20
Visual Progamming : Anbuchelian ................................ 19
Vliw Microprocessor
Hardware Design : Weng .......................................... 56
Web Commerce Technology
Handbook : Minoli ................................................... 128
Web Design Using Dreamweaver : Miller ...................... 94
Web Design: A Beginner’s Guide
2nd Edition : Willard ............................................... 109
Web Design: The Complete
Reference 2nd Edition : Powell .............................. 109
Web Engineering: A Practioner’s
Approach (SIE) : Pressman ..................................... 83
Web Technologies: Tcp/Ip,
Architecture, And Java P : Godbole ........................ 64
Web Warehousing & Knowledge
Management : Mattison ........................................... 80
Why Erp? A Primer On Sap
Implementation : Jacobs ........................................ 133
Windows 7 Quicksteps : Matthews ................................ 36
Windows Server 2003 A Beginner’s
Guide 2nd Edition : Matthews .................................. 39
Windows Server 2003: The
Complete Reference : Ivens ..................................... 38
Windows Vista: The Complete
Reference : Young .................................................... 36
Wireless And Mobile Network
Security : Venkataram .............................................. 68
Wireless Mobile &
Network Security : Venkataram ............................. 136
Wireless Security Models, Threats,
And Solutions : Nichols .......................................... 137
World Wide Web Design With Html : Xavier ................. 98
Xml: The Complete Reference : Williamson ............... 105
Your Unix: The Ultimate Guide : Das .............................. 33
TITLE INDEX
166 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
EBI JOHN AMOS – General Manager
Sales and Business Development (Higher Eduaction)
B-4, Sector - 63, Noida - 201301
Tel.: 0120-438400 Fax: 0120-4383401-403
E-mail: ebi_john@mcgraw-hill.com
SOUTH I
TAMIL NADU, PONDICHERRY, KERALA & SRI LANKA
444/1, Sri Ekambara Naicker Industrial Estate
Alapakkam, Porur, Chennai-600 116
Tel.: 044-3010 1606 Fax : 044-24769564
Higher Education
A. K.DHANAPAL
e-mail: dhanapal_ak@mcgraw-hill.com
P. ARUL SELVAM
e-mail: arul_poothathan@mcgraw-hill.com
R. ANAND
e-mail: anand_ramakrishna@mcgraw-hill.com
SIJO JOSEPH
e-mail: sijo_joseph@mcgraw-hill.com
M. MURUGAN
e-mail: murugan_munusamy@mcgraw-hill.com
A. RAMAKRISHNAN
e-mail: ramakrishnan_arumugam@mcgraw-hill.com
M. MOHAMED ASRAB ALI
e-mail: mohamed_meeran@mcgraw-hill.com
M. SUBHASH
e-mail: subash_murugesan@mcgraw-hill.com
U. K. Karthe
e-mail: kathe_uk@mcgraw-hill.com
G. MARK PANI JINO
e-mail: mark_pani@mcgraw-hill.com
P. KUPPURAJ
e-mail: kuppuraj_purusothama@mcgraw-hill.com
ABHILASH AYYAPAN
e-mail: abhilash_ayyappan@mcgraw-hill.com
A. PRABAKARAN
e-mail: prabakaran_arjunan@mcgraw-hill.com
ABIN BABY
e-mail: baby_abin@mcgraw-hill.com
K. RAJESH
e-mail: rajesh_venkatachalam@mcgraw-hill.com
NATESA DEEPAN
e-mail: natesa_deepan@mcgraw-hill.com
KERALA
No: 39 / 632, PARVATHY NIVAS, KAREKKAMURY,
MONASTRY ROAD, ERNAKULAM – 11
Mobile: 9846641128
AJITH MOHAN
e-mail: ajith_mohan@mcgraw-hill.com
SOUTH II
ANDHRA PRADESH & KARNATAKA
SRIRAM KUMAR – Regional Manager
1st Floor, “Kala Nilayam”,
E-6,Vikrampuri Colony, Karkhana,
Secunderabad-500 009
Tel.: 040-27842412, Fax: 040 -27842436
e-mail: sriram_kumar@mcgraw-hill.com
ANDHRA PRADESH
Higher Education
N. B. RAJU
e-mail: raju_basava@mcgraw-hill.com
CH. MOHAN
e-mail: mohan_cheddellha@mcgraw-hill.com
B. MAHESH
e-mail: mahesh_bheemavarpu@mcgraw-hill.com
A. PRAMOD
e-mail: pramod_amanchi@mcgraw-hill.com
M. VENKAT RAMANI REDDY
A. ANIL Kumar
R. Shravan Kumar
B. V. SRIVATSA
e-mail: srivatsa_vijaya@mcgraw-hill.com
DHARAM RATHOD
e-mail: dharam_rathod@mcgraw-hill.com
M. ANAND RAO
e-mail: ananda_manukonda@mcgraw-hill.com
KARNATAKA
“Sudhama”, No. 726, 6th Cross, K G Layout
Banashankari III Stage, Bangalore – 560 085
Tel.: 080 - 32485124, 080 - 32487912
Tel.No.080 - 42056498, 080 - 42056499
Higher Education
A. SRINIVASAN
e-mail: arulpari_srinivasan@mcgraw-hill.com
ARUN KUMAR
e-mail: arun_kumar3@mcgraw-hill.com
DINESH RV
e-mail: dinesh_venkataram@mcgraw-hill.com
P. GOURI MOHAN RAM
e-mail: gouri_potnuru@mcgraw-hill.com
SUDHIR KUMAR JAIN
e-mail: sudhir_jain1@mcgraw-hill.com
TMH OFFICES IN INDIA
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 167
SHAKTI SWAROOP ROUTRAY
e-mail: shakti_routray@mcgraw-hill.com
WEST
MAHARASHTRA, GUJARAT & GOA
SANTOSH K. JOSHI – Regional Manager
Sales & Business Development - Higher Education
507, Powai Plaza, Central Avenue,
Hiranandani Gardens, Powai, Mumbai-400 076
Tel.: 022-65025723, 65025725, 25700782,
40054512 Fax: 022-25700784
e-mail: santosh_joshi@mcgraw-hill.com
Higher Education
SAGAR DIVEKAR
e-mail: sagar_divekar@mcgraw-hill.com
RAHUL KHUJE
e-mail: rahul_khuje@mcgraw-hill.com
DEEPAK BOONLA
e-mail: deepak_boonla@mcgraw-hill.com
ANKIT KHANDERIA
VISHAL PAREKH
e-mail: vishal_parekh@mcgraw-hill.com
PRIYANK VYAS
e-mail: priyank_vyas@mcgraw-hill.com
DIPANKAR DEY
e-mail: dipankar_dey@mcgraw-hill.com
MAYUR PHADKE
e-mail: mayur-phadke@mcgraw-hill.com
HARSHAL TAMATKAR
PUNE
Higher Education
MANGESH KULKARNI
e-mail: mangesh_kulkarni@mcgraw-hill.com
RAM DESHPANDE
e-mail: ram_deshpande@mcgraw-hill.com
ANKESH KADVAWAT
e-mail: ankesh_kadvawat@mcgraw-hill.com
NAGPUR
Higher Education
DINESH ADYALKAR
Plot No. 62, Old Dnyaneshwar Nagar
Manewada Road, Nagpur 440 027
Tel.: 099705 45744
e-mail : dinesh_adyalkar@mcgraw-hill.com
AHMEDABAD
Higher Education
MAUNISH H. PANDYA
A-107, Anand Chambers, Opp. Muktjivan Colour Lab,
Nr.Satidum Five Roads, Nr. Stadium Under Bridge,
Navrangpura, Ahmedabad – 380009
Tel.: 09998722971
e-mail: maunish_pandya@mcgraw-hill.com
PARTH DOSHI
e-mail: parth_doshi@mcgraw-hill.com
JAY ARGADE
e-mail: jaykumar_argade@mcgraw-hill.com
MUKESH MAHATO
e-mail: mukesh_mahato@mcgraw-hill.com
EAST
WEST BANGAL, ORISSA, BIHAR, JHARKHAND AND
BANGLADESH, BHUTAN
SUDIPTO BANERJEE – Regional Manager
2, Raja Subodh Mullick Square
Kolkatta – 700 013
Ph:033-30254200-09, 40066395
email : sudipto_banerjee@mcgraw-hill.com
ASHOK K SARKAR
e-mail: ashok_sarkar@mcgraw-hill.com
SANTANU BASU
e-mail: santanu_basu@mcgraw-hill.com
SAIKAT SEN
e-mail: saikat_sen@macgraw-hill.com
NIRJHAR MUKHERJEE
e-mail: nirjhar_mukherjee@mcgraw-hill.com
ARUP RATAN KUNDU
e-mail: arup_kundu@mcgraw-hill.com
SABARNA BANERJEE
e-mail: sabarna_banerjee@mcgraw-hill.com
PRATIK MAZUMDAR
e-mail: pratik_mazumdar@mcgraw-hill.com
DEBAJYOTI BORO
e-mail: debajyoti_boro@mcgraw-hill.com
TAPAS KUMAR BEHERA
e-mail: tapas_behera@mcgraw-hill.com
ORISSA & JHARKHAND
52 Forest Park, 2nd Floor
Bhubaneshwar-751009
Tel.: 0674-2595228, 2534622
TMH OFFICES IN INDIA
168 Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com
SWARNENDU GHOSH
e-mail: swarnendu_ghosh@mcgraw-hill.com
SURYAKANT PADHIARY
e-mail: suryakant_padhiary@mcgraw-hill.com
NORTH
DELHI, UTTAR PRADESH, RAJASTHAN, HARYANA,
PUNJAB, UTTARAKHAND, HIMACHAL PRADESH,
JAMMU & KASHMIR, MADHYA PRADESH,
CHATTISGARH, PAKISTAN & NEPAL
P PRADEEP KUMAR – Regional Manager
B-4, Sector - 63, Noida-201301
Tel.: 91-120-4383400, 0120-4383434
e-mail: pradeep_kumar@mcgraw-hill.com
Higher Education
VIVEK THAPA
e-mail: vivek_thapa@mcgraw-hill.com
RAHUL ARORA
e-mail: rahul_arora@mcgraw-hill.com
PRITAM BISHT
e-mail: pritam_bisht@mcgraw-hill.com
AMAN TANEJA
e-mail: aman_taneja@mcgraw-hill.com
BIPIN BISHT
e-mail: bipin_bisht@mcgraw-hill.com
SAURABH SRIVASTAVA
e-mail: saurabh_srivastava@mcgraw-hill.com
MOHIT NAGARKOTI
e-mail: mohit_nagarkoti@mcgraw-hill.com
RAJ KAMAL YADAV
e-mail: raj_yadav@mcgraw-hill.com
PRAKASH TIWARI
e-mail: prakash_tiwari@mcgraw-hill.com
BHASKAR SEHGAL
e-mail: bhaskar_sehgal@mcgraw-hill.com
SAJAL CHOUDHARY
e-mail: salaj_choudhary@mcgraw-hill.com
INDRADEEP SINGH WALIA
e-mail: indradeep_walia@mcgraw-hill.com
AMIT GUPTA
e-mail: amit_gupta@mcgraw-hill.com
LUCKNOW
14-A/5, First Floor
Park Road
Hazarat Ganj
Lucknow – 226 001
Higher Education
PRASOON GUPTA
e-mail: prasoon_gupta@mcgraw-hill.com
ANAND BAJPAI
MADHYA PRADESH – BHOPAL
PANKAJ KALMEGH
Bldg No. 49, 1st Floor, Zone-1
Major Shopping Centre,
M.P. Nagar, Bhopal-462011
Tel.: 0755-4075638, 4075637
e-mail: pankaj_kalmegh@mcgraw-hill.com
Higher Education
RAHUL SAHARIYA
e-mail: rahul_sahariya@mcgraw-hill.com
VINAY GARG
e-mail: vinay_garg@mcgraw-hill.com
DINESH WAILA
e-mail: dinesh_waila@mcgraw-hill.com
NAVEEN KUMAR RAI
e-mail: naveen_rai@mcgraw-hill.com
TMH OFFICES IN INDIA
Visit us at www.mhhe.com www.tatamcgrawhill.com 169
SUBJECT INDEX
COMPUTING ENGINEERING
COMPUTER SCIENCE INTRODUCTORY ............................................................................................................................... 1
PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES .............................................................................................................................................. 5
DATA STRUCTURES .............................................................................................................................................................. 22
COMPILERS ........................................................................................................................................................................... 28
COMPUTER GRAPHICS ....................................................................................................................................................... 28
OPERATING SYSTEMS ......................................................................................................................................................... 30
DIGITAL ELECTRONICS / DIGITAL LOGIC DESIGN .......................................................................................................... 39
VHDL / VERILOG ................................................................................................................................................................... 45
AUTOMATA THEORY / THEORY OF COMPUTATION.......................................................................................................... 46
COMPUTER ORGANISATION / ARCHITECTURE ................................................................................................................ 48
ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE .......................................................................................................................... 52
PARALLEL PROGRAMMING ................................................................................................................................................ 52
MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLERS ......................................................................................................... 53
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS ......................................................................................................................................................... 58
DATA COMMUNICATION & NETWORKING ......................................................................................................................... 59
TCP/IP ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 63
LAN .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 65
MOBILE NETWORKS ............................................................................................................................................................ 67
COMPUTER MATHEMATICS ................................................................................................................................................ 69
DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS).................................................................................................................. 75
DATA MINING / DATA WAREHOUSING................................................................................................................................ 79
BIO-INFORMATICS ................................................................................................................................................................ 80
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING ................................................................................................................................................. 81
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................... 87
SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN .................................................................................................................................... 88
OBJECT TECHNOLOGY ....................................................................................................................................................... 91
MULTIMEDIA .......................................................................................................................................................................... 93
WEB PROGRAMMING & DESIGN ....................................................................................................................................... 97
DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING .......................................................................................................................................... 109
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ............................................................................................................................................... 110
MACHINE LEARNING ........................................................................................................................................................... 111
NEURAL NETWORKS / FUZZY LOGIC ............................................................................................................................... 111
ROBOTICS............................................................................................................................................................................ 112
INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................ 114
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS ........................................................................................................................ 120
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE ................................................................................................................................................ 126
E-BUSINESS & E-COMMERCE .......................................................................................................................................... 127
COMPUTER ETHICS ........................................................................................................................................................... 131
ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING .............................................................................................................................. 132
COMPUTER SECURITY ...................................................................................................................................................... 134
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY ................................................................................................................. 135
INFORMATION CODING ..................................................................................................................................................... 137
TROUBLESHOOTING.......................................................................................................................................................... 138
QUANTUM COMPUTING ..................................................................................................................................................... 139
NANO COMPUTING ............................................................................................................................................................. 139
MAINFRAME COMPUTING ................................................................................................................................................. 139
CAD / CAM AUTOCAD ......................................................................................................................................................... 139
COMPUTER SIMULATION .................................................................................................................................................. 140
IT TOOLS AND APPLICATIONS ......................................................................................................................................... 142
OFFICE COMPLETE ............................................................................................................................................................ 143
Tata McGraw-Hill Education is bringing 21st century custom publishing solution to India with
McGraw-Hill Create (www.mcgrawhillcreate.in), an innovative platform that gives instructors
unprecedented control over and customization of higher education classroom content.
Increasingly, instructors are looking for low-cost solutions that offer the ability to integrate
content from multiple disciplines, allow them to seamlessly incorporate their own material,
contain enhanced search functions and promise faster delivery times. Instructors are
demanding content solutions that are tailored to the way they teach. It is with these needs in
mind that Create has been developed.
The create platform enables professors to design custom classroom content from a library of
nearly 50,000 sources. At Create's core is a Google-like search engine functionality that enables
professors to immediately pull from a wide range of quality content, including 4,000 McGraw-
Hill textbooks, 5,500 articles, 11,000 literature, philosophy and humanities readings, and 25,000
business case studies from prominent business schools across the world. This powerful search
tool allows professors to view content across the library, or limit their search by category, such
as discipline or copyright year.
CREATE, which is now being used by higher education institutions worldwide, is currently
available across all 75 disciplines for which McGraw-Hill supplies content.
To know more, please contact
Marketing Manager
Higher Education
vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com
Tel : + 91-120-4383400/ 3486
Vijay Sarathi
The Next- Generation
Custom Publishing
Platform
press
Tata McGraw-Hill, India’s leading publisher of text and reference books now offers
Express-a library of selet e-books in Engineering, Computing, Technology and
Management areas.
Express is available in India on the Mylibrary platform. MyLibrary is an industry-leading
e-content aggregation platform for public, academic and professional libraries areound
the world. I
The easy-to-navigate user interface allows for fast access to electronic information,
making Express an indispensable tool for Engineering , Computing, Science &
Technology library users. This is supported by flexible authentication, comprehensive
search and retrieval capabilities and the ability for individual users to annotate and store
searches and notes for access at a later date.
Express features 500 key works spread across Civil Engineering, Computing, Electrical
Engineering, Electronics Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Business Management,
Science and Mathematics. These carefully selected best-sellers include works of authors
such as APJ Abdul Kalam, Ajoy Ghatak, Gerd Keiser, D P Kothari, P K Nag, A K Ray, Jacob
Millman, Dennis Roddy, Elaine Rich among others.
Express is certain to be a very valuable addition to your digital library.
To know more, please contact.
Marketing Manager
Higher Education
vijay_sarathi@mcgraw-hill.com
Tel : + 91-120-4383400/ 3486
Vijay Sarathi

No comments:

Post a Comment

Post a Comment